Fuji - Frontier 330 PDF

www.minilablaser.
com
SERVICE MANUAL
DIGITAL MINILAB
FRONTIER 330
FUJIFILM SCANNER AND LASER PRINTER
FRONTIER SLP-800SC
Servicing and Electrical Circuit Diagrams
System Disk Ver.1.0 First Edition

PP3-C917E
www.minilablaser.com
1 MENU
2 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION
3 MESSAGES AND ACTIONS
4 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION
5 MAINTENANCE MENU
6 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR ABNORMAL IMAGES
7 OPERATION SECTION
8 FILM CARRIER SECTION
9 SCANNER SECTION
10 PAPER SUPPLY SECTION
11 PAPER FEED SECTION
12 REGISTRATION AND EXPOSURE SECTIONS
13 PRINTER EXIT SECTION
14 PROCESSOR SECTION
15 PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM
16 PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM
17 DRYER/SORTER SECTION
18 ELECTRICAL SECTION
19 ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
20 APPENDIX
INTRODUCTION
This Servicing Manual outlines the maintenance and servicing procedures for the Fujifilm Digital Minilab
FRONTIER 330 SLP-800SC.
This manual is a professional publication provided for qualified service personnel or persons fully trained in
equipment service procedures. All other personnel and operators are restricted from servicing the SLP-800SC.
When maintenance service is needed, be sure to contact qualified service personnel.
Precautions Generally Applying to All Serving Operations
! WARNING
When servicing internal machine parts, make sure the built-in circuit breaker and the main power supply on the power
distribution board are both set to the OFF position.
If the main power is left ON, electricity will flow as far as the power supply section, and this can cause electric shocks and/or
short-circuiting.
If the power is left on, there is also the possibility for the machine to maybe accidentally activated causing damage to the
machine and/or bodily injury.
! CAUTION
The light source section and dryer will be hot to the touch. Wait 15 minutes after turning off the power before commencing
with servicing procedures.
• Wear gloves when handling the optical system parts to keep the parts free from fingerprints.
• When mounting machine parts, take care not to sandwich any of the wires.
• Each of the connectors is provided with a symbol indicating what it is to be connected to. Make sure the connectors are
connected to the connectors, harness ends or parts bearing the corresponding symbols.
• The plastic connectors have a locking catch on the plug (male) end. To disconnect one of these connectors, loosen the
catch first; to connect, make sure the catch engages (locks).
Service Manual Appropriations
1. All rights are reserved by the Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. (FUJIFILM).
2. Manual usage is restricted to FUJIFILM equipment related technical and service

personnel.
3. This manual contains information relating to FUJIFILM equipment and is therefore

proprietary. Unauthorized disclosure is prohibited.
4. FUJIFILM’s prior consent is required in regard to the following.
K Manual copying in whole or in part.

K Disclosure of manual contents to unauthorized personnel.
K Manual uses for purposes other than technical service.
1. MENU
1.1 Menu Table

1.1 Menu Table

Classification User (Password)
Laboratory
Operator SE1 SE2
No. Screen No. Display Menu No. Pull-down Menu Sub Menu Manager
– 0000 6666 7777
0 Main Menu K K K K
1 Pre-operational 12 Check Item K K K K
Check Display
13 Scanner K K K K
Correction
14 Processor
Temperature K K K K
Check
15 Control Strip K K K K
Processing
16 Print Condition K K K K
Upkeep
2 (1) Quit K K K K
(2) Printing (1) Index Print 135 K K K K
IX240 K K K K
(2) Back Print 135/120 K K K K
IX240 K K K K
Back Print of
Custom Setting K K K K
(Display)
(3) Front Print K K K K
(4) P.SET Initial Setting K K K K
(5) Special Film CH Select K K K K
(6) Print Mode Selection Normal Print K K K K
Mounted Print K K K K
Frame/Character K K K K
Print
Red-eye/Soft/ K K K K
Cross
Digital Image K K K K
Import (sRGB)
Digital Image
Import K K K K
(No convert)
Export
Export and Print
(7) Cropping Center Cropping K K K K
Free Cropping K K K K
(8) Preview K K K K
(9) Exposure Condition K K K K
Retrieve
(3) Scanner Op. (1) Original Select K K K K
(2) →Reorder⇔→1st Print K K K K
(3) P.Size in Mixed Process K K K K
(4) Frame Display Switch
K K K K
6⇔1
(5) Sort Data Display/Setting K K K K
(6) Frame→Feed K K K K
(7) AF K K K K
1.1 Menu Table

Laboratory
Operator SE1 SE2
– 0000 6666 7777
(4) Image Correction (1) Tone Adjustment K K K K
(2) Sharpness K K K K
(3) Monotone Correction K K K K
(4) RP-tone Correction K K K K
(5) Auto Correction ON/OFF K K K K
(6) Custom Setting Number K K K K
Selection
(7) Frame/Character Print K K K K
(8) Retouch K K K K
(5) Printer Op. (1) Processor Start⇔Stop K K K K
3 Post- 31 Check Item K K K K
operational Display
Check
411 Product K K K K
Information 1
35 Next Timer ON
Date/Time K K K K
Confirmation
4 Setup and 41 System Operation 411 Production Information 1 K K K K
Maintenance Setup and Check
412 Production Information 2 K K K
414 Timer Setup K K K
415 Error Information Check 415 Error log K K K
information
41C Accumulated K K K
error information
416 Installation Information K K K
Reference
417 Data Backup K K K
41E Clear Error Log K
41F Installation Information K
Setup
41G Shipping Information K
Reference
41I DI Manager K K K
Administrative Setting
41J Timer Waiting Time Setup K K K
42 Print Condition 421 Paper Condition Setup K K K K
Setup and Check
422 Processor Temperature K K K K
Check
423 Control Strip Processing K K K K
424 Print Size Setup K K K
426 Monitor Adjustment K K K
42C Image Correction Setup K K
42D Fine Adjustment of the K K
Print Mag. Setting
42E Special Film Channel K K K
Setting
42G Monotone Correction K K K
Setting
42J Paper Condition Method K
Setup
42K Shop Logo Registration/ K K K
Delete
1.1 Menu Table

Laboratory
Operator SE1 SE2
– 0000 6666 7777
42L Template Registration/ K K K
Delete
42M Custom Setting K K K
Registration/Delete
42N Holiday File Registration/ K K K
Delete
43 Scanner 431 Input Check K K K
Adjustment/
Maintenance 432 Focus Calibration K K K
433 Focus Position K K K
Adjustment
434 Operation Information K K K
Display
43A I/O Check K
43B Carrier Inclination Display K
43C CCD Data Display K K K
43D Lens Registration K K
43E Optical Axis Adjustment K K
43F Optical Magnification K K
Calibration
43G Bright Correction K K K K
43H Dark Correction K K
43J Spectral Calibration K
43K DC Offset Cancel K K
43L LED Light Amount K K
Adjustment
43U Unexposed Frame Detect K K K K
Level
44 Carrier 441 Mask Position Adjustment K K K
Adjustment/
Maintenance 442 NC100AC Input Check K K K
448 Monitor Frame Ratio K K K
Setup
44A NC100AC Sensor K K
Calibration
44C NC100AC Sensor K K
Calibration Information
44D NC100AC Installation K
Information Display
44E NC100AC Installation K
Information Setup
44F NC100AC I/O Check K
44K NC100AC Machine Data K
Setup
44M NC100AC Magnetic K
Information Reading
44N NC100AC Magnetic Verify K
44R NC100AC Fixed Feeding K K K K
Setup
45 Printer 451 Paper Magazine K K K
Adjustment/ Registration
Maintenance
452 Paper Feed Length K K K
Adjustment
453 Test Pattern Printing K K
1.1 Menu Table

Laboratory
Operator SE1 SE2
– 0000 6666 7777
454 G, B Laser (SHG) Optimal K K K
Temperature Setup
455 Paper Feed K K K
456 Printer Temperature K K K
Display
457 Printer Input Check K K K
458 Image Position Fine K K K
Adjustment
45A Printer I/O Check K
45B Filter Replacement K
History
45C Laser Exposure Check K K
45D R Laser (R-LD) Data K K
45E G Laser (G-SHG) Data K K
45F B Laser (B-SHG) Data K K
45G Scanning Position/
Scanning Home Position K K
Parameter Setup
45H Main Scanning Position
Adjustment/Laser Beam K
Sync. Rough Adjustment
45J Laser Beam Sync. Fine K
Adjustment Print
45K Laser History Display K
45L Paper Condition Setup K
Table (LUT) Copy
45M Printer Mechanism Fine K
Adjustment
45N Back Printer Test K
45P Printer Operation Data K
Display
45Q Clearing Selected Printer K
Operation Data
45R Clearing All Operation K
Data
45S Side Register Calibration K
45T Data Saving K
45U Data Download K
45V Precut Length Setting K K K
46 Processor 461 Pump Output K K
Adjustment/ Measurement/Setting
Maintenance
462 Auto Cleaning Output K K
Measurement/Setting
463 Processing Temperature K K K
Setting
464 Replenisher Rate Setting K K K
465 Evaporation Correction K K K
Rate Setting
466 Low Volume Setup K K K
467 Processor Temperature K K K
Calibration
468 Processor Input Check K K K
46A Processor I/O Check K
1.1 Menu Table

Laboratory
Operator SE1 SE2
– 0000 6666 7777
46B Processor Operating K K
Condition Setup
46C Processor Operation Data K
Display
46D Clearing Selected K
Processor Operation Data
46E Processor Operation Data K
Display 2
46F Installation K
49 Self-Diagnostic 491 Trouble Help K
492 Help Update K
493 Abnormal Image Check K
494 Paper Feed Check K
410 Special Operations 410A Paint K
410B Explorer K
410C Command K
2. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION
2.1 Maintenance Schedule

2.2 Regular Maintenance and
Inspection Table
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection
2.3.1 Laser Unit Air Filter Replacement
2.3.2 Cutter Inspection
2.3.3 Dryer Rack Roller Inspection/Cleaning
2.3.4 Processing Solution Level Sensor Inspection
2.3.5 Waste Solution Level Sensor Inspection
2.3.6 Processing Rack Drive Gear Lubrication
2.3.7 Processor Drive Chain Lubrication
2.3.8 Replenisher Cartridge Washing Nozzle
Cleaning
2.3.9 Circulation Pump Inspection
2.3.10 Processing Rack Roller Inspection
2.3.11 Processing Tank Heater Inspection
2.3.12 Dryer Rack Drive Chain Lubrication
2.1 Maintenance Schedule
Day
Schedule (Every)
Pre-operational Post-operational Week Month 3 Months Year
Item
Check Check
Diffusion Box Clean
Auto Film Carrier NC100AC Clean
Control Strip Process/Check
Magnetic Heads of Auto Film Carrier NC100AC Clean
No.6 Crossover Rack Wash
Light Source Cooling Air Filter Clean
Printer Section Cooling Air Filters Clean
Power Supply Section Cooling Air Filter Clean
Control Section Cooling Air Filter Clean
Solution Heater Cooling Air Filters Clean
Dryer Air Filter Clean
Crossover Racks Wash
Dryer Entrance Guide/Roller Clean
Circulation Filters Replace
Processing Racks Wash
Laser Unit Cooling Air filter Replace
Densitometer Whiteboard Clean
Auto Washing Nozzle Joint Rubbers Replace
G, B Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup Execute*
*: Message to indicate execution will appear on the screen one month after initial installation and every three months thereafter.
2.2 Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table
Implementation Period (Every) Refer to

6 Months Year 2 Years 3 Years
Item Subsection:
Main Scanning Position/Laser Beam 5.6.15/
Scanner Inspect
Synchronous Adjustment 5.6.16
Laser Unit Air Filter Replace 2.3.1
Printer Cutter Inspect Replace 2.3.2/10.4.2
Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replace 12.3.2
Replenisher Pump Output Measure/Set up 5.7.1
Auto Cleaning Output Measure/Set up 5.7.2
Dryer Rack Rollers Inspect/Clean 2.3.3
Processing Solution Lever Sensors Inspect 2.3.4
Waste Solution Level Sensor Inspect 2.3.5
Processing Rack Drive Gears Lubricate 2.3.6
Processor Drive Chain Lubricate 2.3.7
Processor
Replenisher Cartridge Washing Nozzles Clean 2.3.8
Circulation Pumps Inspect 2.3.9
Processing Rack Rollers Inspect 2.3.10
Processing Tank Heaters Inspect 2.3.11
Processing Solution Temperature Sensors Inspect/Calibrate 5.7.7
Hose Clamps Inspect 15.2.8
Dryer Rack Drive Chain Lubricate 2.3.12

2.3.1 Laser Unit Air Filter Replacement
Removal
1. Shut OFF the system after performing the

post-operational checks and turn OFF the
built-in circuit breaker and the main power
supply.
2. Open the magazine door and remove the

front upper cover.
Front Upper Cover

Magazine Door
CD006
3. Loosen the screw, remove the screw and Screw (Remove) Screw (Loosen)
then the filter section cover. Filter Section Cover
CD708
4. Loosen the screw and remove the air filter. Air Filter
Installation
Install the air filter in the reverse order of

removal.
After installation, click [Replace] in the menu
45B “Filter Replacement History” screen.
Screw (Loosen)
CD709
2.3.2 Cutter Inspection

1. In menu 452 “Paper Feed Length
Adjustment”, enter “82.5” in “Small Size”
boxes and “254.0” in “Large Size” boxes for
both “Feed length set value” and “Actual
measured value”.
2. In menu 453 “Test Pattern Printing”, print

“Grid” patterns with “254.0” and “82.5”
lengths for all paper magazines to be used.
3. Check the edges of the prints. If they are

rough, replace the cutter with a new one
(see subsection 10.4.2).
4. Measure and record the length of the grid

test pattern prints.
5. In menu 452 “Paper Feed Length

Adjustment”, enter actual measured lengths
in “Actual measured value” boxes.
6. Click [OK].
2.3.3 Dryer Rack Roller Inspection/Cleaning

1. Remove the dryer section
cover (see subsection 17.1.1).
2. Inspect the dryer rollers for: Spring (No Mark)

Spring (Black Mark)
• smooth rotation by turning them
Spring (Red Mark)
by hand.
• paper passage without deflection

by turning the knob by hand.
• surface damage.
Black soft (ø32)
Black hard (ø20)
• nip coil spring deterioration. Black soft (ø20)
White hard (ø20)
White hard (ø20)
3. Clean or replace the parts if White hard (ø20)
White hard (ø20)
necessary. Brown hard (ø20)
White soft (ø20)
Black hard (ø22)
4. Reinstall the dryer section Black hard (ø20)
cover. Black hard (ø16)
CD226
2.3.4 Processing Solution Level Sensor Inspection

1. Open the menu 468 “Processor Section
Input Check” screen.
2. Remove the circulation filter section cover.
3. Remove the screw and then the level sensor. Screw
Level Sensor
CD348
4. Immerse the tip of the sensor in water and

move it up and down. The sensor is normal if
it matches the screen display.
Level Sensor
5. Reinstall the level sensor and circulation

filter section cover.
Water
EZ243
2.3.5 Waste Solution Level Sensor Inspection

1. Open the circuit board bracket
2. Remove the waste solution tank cap.
Waste Solution Tank Cap

CD330
3. Turn ON the main power supply and the

built-in circuit breaker and start the system
up by pressing the START switch.
4. Open the menu 468 “Processor Section

Input Check” screen.
5. Immerse the tip of the sensor in water and

move it up and down. The sensor is normal if
it matches the screen display.
6. Reinstall the level sensor and removed

parts.
Sensor
Water
CD1088
2.3.6 Processing Rack Drive Gear Lubrication

supply.
2. Remove the No.1 to No.6 crossover racks. Drive Gears
3. Apply the recommended grease to the drive

gears.
Recommended Grease:
FUJI MINILAB GREASE FOR CHAIN AND
GEAR
(P/N 891G02003) or equivalent
4. Reinstall the No.1 to No.6 crossover racks.
E116
2.3.7 Processor Drive Chain Lubrication

supply.
2. Remove the No.1 to No.6 crossover racks. Drive Chain
3. Wipe off grease from the drive chain and

sprockets.

chain.
Recommended Grease:
GEAR
(P/N 891G02003) or equivalent
E116
5. Reinstall the crossover racks.
2.3.8 Replenisher Cartridge Washing Nozzle Cleaning

1. Open the replenisher box door and remove
the replenisher cartridge.
2. Clean the washing nozzles using a

toothbrush.
3. Install the replenisher cartridge and close Toothbrush

the door.
Washing Nozzles
EZ758
2.3.9 Circulation Pump Inspection

1. Remove the circulation pump section cover
2. Turn ON the main power supply and the

built-in circuit breaker and start the system
up by pressing the START switch.
3. Open the menu 46A “Processor Section I/O

Check” screen.
4. Check the pumps for proper operation by

clicking [ON] and [OFF] for “PU401 to PU406
Circulation Pumps”.
5. Reinstall the circulation pump section cover.

2.3.10 Processing Rack Roller Inspection

1. Remove the No.1 to No.6 crossover racks
and wash them with warm water
(30°C to 40°C/86°F to 104°F).
2. Remove the P1 processing rack and wash it

with warm water.
3. Check for:
• smooth rotation by turning the rollers by hand.
• paper passage without deflection by turning

the knob by hand.
• damage on the roller surface.
• deterioration of the roller nip coil spring.

CD225
4. Return the P1 processing rack and install the Splash Prevention Cover
contamination prevention cover over the P1
tank.
5. Install the splash cover over the dryer fan
section.
6. Remove the P2 to PS4 processing rack and
perform step 3.
IMPORTANT:
Take special care to prevent overflow of the P2
solution into the P1 solution.
7. If the soft rollers on the racks are slimy, wipe Contamination

them clean with a cloth moistened with warm Prevention Cover
water. CD117
8. Replace the parts if necessary.
9. Remove the contamination prevention cover
and splash prevention cover.
10. Reinstall the No.1 to No.6 crossover racks.
2.3.11 Processing Tank Heater Inspection

1. Start the system up and open the menu 422
“Processor Temperature Check” screen.
2. Check that the temperatures increase

properly.
3. If the temperature increases slowly or does

not rise, the circulation filters are clogged or
the safety thermostat or heater may
malfunction.
Safety Thermostat Replacement:

See subsection 15.2.5.
Processing Tank Heater Replacement:
See subsection 15.2.6.
2.3.12 Dryer Rack Drive Chain Lubrication

supply.
2. Remove the dryer section cover Drive Chain

3. Wipe grease off the dryer rack drive chain

and sprockets.

chain.
Recommended Grease:
GEAR
(P/N 891G02003) or equivalent E117
5. Reinstall the dryer section cover.

3. MESSAGES AND ACTIONS
3.1 Error Indication Rule

3.1.1 Message Number
3.1.2 Message Icon
3.1.3 X-#### Actions
3.2 Messages and Actions

3.1 Error Indication Rule

3.1.1 Message Number
The messages are identified by the following four codes.
Symbol Error
E Trouble (Error requires action of the service representative.)
W Mismatching of condition (Error can be corrected by the operator.)
I Information
X Software trouble
The first two digits indicate the location or operation of the error occurred.
No. Error Location

11XX Scanner
12XX CTC22 circuit board
13XX Scanner image processing
14XX Film carrier
15XX Operation
21XX Scanner to printer interface
22XX Printer operation
23XX Printer control
24XX Paper feed
25XX Laser printer
26XX Processor
3.1.2 Message Icon

Icon Error
Errors with code “E” (Take measures after turning OFF the power
supply.)
Errors with code “E” , “W” or “X” (Error can be recovered.)
For code “I” (Informations)
3.1.3 X-#### Actions

X-#### errors (software error)
Take the following actions.
1. Write down the error number.

2. Restart the system.
3. Reinstall the software if the problem persists.
4. Create the report in the specified format.

No. Message Factor Actions
W-1101 Film or mask not installed. (Causes of the error message)
1. A film or mask is not installed. 1. Install the film or mask correctly.
Install film or mask. 2. Film leading end sensor/mask sensor -to- 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in connector replace the harness.
-to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly connected
or broken harness
3. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 3. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
4. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
E-1102 No optical magnification An operation such as scanning was
calibration data. attempted without first performing the optical
Optical magnification calibration magnification calibration.
not done. (Causes of the error message)
Consult your technical 1. The calibration that was registered after 1. Perform “Optical Magnification
representative. the lens was exchanged has not been Calibration (43F).”
performed.
I-1103 Carrier installation data will be Confirmation message before writing data to –
written into the carrier the EEPROM
EEPROM.
Do not remove the carrier.

W-1104 Scanner correction not A scanning operation was attempted without Perform the scanner correction at the
performed. first performing the scanner adjustment/ pre-operational check.
maintenance.
Perform the scanner correction
in “ 1. Pre-operational Check ”.
W-1105 Carrier not installed correctly or An operation such as scanning was
no carrier installed. attempted while the carrier was not installed.
(Causes of the error message)
Install carrier correctly. 1. The carrier is not installed. 1. Install the carrier.
2. Plug-in connector -to- CTC22 circuit 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
board, poorly connected or broken replace the harness.
harness
W-1107 Carrier upper cover opened. An operation such as scanning was
attempted while the carrier cover was open.
Remove carrier and then close (Causes of the error message)
carrier cover. 1. The carrier pressure cover was opened 1. Remove the carrier and close the
after the carrier was installed. pressure cover.
2. Upper cover open/close sensor (D120) - 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in replace the harness.
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly
connected or broken harness
3. Faulty D120 3. Replace the sensor.
W-1109 Scanner correction not started Scanner correction was attempted with film NC100AC: Remove film.
because the film or mask exists. or mask left installed. M69D: Install the calibration mask.
Remove film or mask.

W-1110 Diffusion box not installed. Scanning was attempted without the diffusion
box installed.
Install it. (Causes of the error message)
1. The diffusion box is not set correctly. 1. Install the diffusion box correctly.
2. Faulty diffusion box sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the harness or repair/
between the diffusion box sensor and replace the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.

W-1111 No data for focus calibration. An operation such as scanning was Perform “Focus Calibration (432).”
Focus calibration not performed. attempted without first performing the focus
Perform the focus calibration in calibration.
“ 3. Scanner Adjustment / (Causes of the error message)
Maintenance ” in “ 4. Setup and 1. The necessary data set has not been
Maintenance ”. created.
2. The necessary data set was deleted by
mistake.
W-1112 No focus position adjustment An operation such as scanning was Install the correct carrier/mask and
data for each carrier. attempted without first performing the focus perform “Focus Position Adjustment
Focus position adjustment for position adjustment. (433).”
each carrier not performed. (Causes of the error message)
Perform the focus position 1. The necessary data set has not been
adjustment in “ 3. Scanner created.
Adjustment / Maintenance ” in 2. The necessary data set was deleted by
“ 4. Setup and Maintenance ”. mistake.
I-1114 Measuring. An operation such as the optical Wait until the operation is completed.
magnification calibration, focus calibration, or
Please wait. LED light amount adjustment is in progress.
E-1117 No lens data registered. An operation such as scanning was
Lens registration not performed. attempted without the lens data registered.
Call technical representative. (Causes of the error message)
1. The necessary data set was deleted by 1. Register “Lens ID No.” and “Lens focal
mistake. distance” in “Lens Register (43D).”
E-1118 No optical magnification An operation such as scanning was
calibration data. attempted without first performing the optical
Optical magnification calibration magnification calibration.
not performed. (Causes of the error message)
Call technical representative. 1. The calibration that was registered after 1. Perform “Optical Magnification
the lens was exchanged has not been Calibration (43F).”
performed.
W-1120 Wrong combination of carrier, The film carrier and diffusion box do not
mask and diffusion box. match.
Install the carrier and diffusion 1. 135 diffusion box is installed. 1. Install the 120 diffusion box.
box in a correct combination. 2. Incorrect wiring to the diffusion box sensor 2. Repair or replace the sensor.
(D201, D202)
W-1121 Carrier not installed correctly or An operation such as scanning was
no carrier installed. attempted without the carrier installed.
Install carrier correctly. 1. The carrier pressure cover was opened 1. Remove the carrier and close the
after the carrier was installed. pressure cover.
2. Upper cover open/close sensor (D120) - 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in replace the harness.
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly

W-1122 Film or cartridge remains. An operation such as scanning was
attempted with film remaining.
Remove the carrier and then (Causes of the error message)
take out the film or cartridge. 1. The cartridge was left in the carrier. 1. Remove the cartridge.
2. Cartridge sensor (D115) -to- CYS22 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
circuit board -to- plug-in connector -to- replace the harness.
CTC22 circuit board, poorly connected or
broken harness
W-1123 No film. (Causes of the error message)
1. Scanning was attempted without the film 1. Set the film.
Insert film. installed.
2. Film leading end sensor (D101/D104) -to- 2. Reconnect the harness or repair/
-to- CTP22 circuit board, poorly connected
or broken harness
3. Faulty D101/D104 3. Replace the sensor.
E-1126 DC offset cancel failed. The level is not within the specified range
even if the DC level is set to the lower limit.
Even in the minimum setting the (Causes of the error message)
DC level was beyond the aim 1. Faulty CCD, ADC, and image processing 1. Perform “Abnormal Image Check
range. section circuit boards (493)” and follow the instruction found
in this menu 493.
2. Faulty harness between the image 2. Repair or replace the harness.
processing section and the CCD circuit
board
3. Faulty power supply unit 3. Replace the PWR22 circuit board.
*The light source and CTC22 circuit board do

not cause this problem.
E-1127 DC offset cancel failed. The DC offset could not be adjusted normally.
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty CCD, ADC, and image processing 1. Perform “Abnormal Image Check
persist, consult your technical section circuit boards (493)” and follow the instruction found
representative. in this menu 493.
2. Blown fuse (FE5, FE7) in the CTC22 2. Replace the fuse.
circuit board
3. Blown fuse (FH3, FH32, FH38, or FH39) in 3. Replace the fuse.
the PWR22 circuit board
W-1130 The auto light amount The auto light amount adjustment could not
adjustment failed because the be completed in the auto focus mode or
output in the scanner section is during brightness correction.
too much. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty CCD, light source, and image 1. Perform “Abnormal Image Check
Check the light source, scanner processing section circuit boards (493)” and follow the instruction found
and carrier sections, and then in this menu 493.
film. 2. Faulty power supply unit 2. Replace the PWR22 circuit board.
E-1131 DC offset cancel failed. The level is not within the specified range
even if the DC level is set to the upper limit.
1. Faulty CCD, ADC, and image processing 1. Perform “Abnormal Image Check
section circuit boards (493)” and follow the instruction found
in this menu 493.

W-1132 Auto focus failed. The auto focus function could not achieve
proper focus.
Check if carrier, film and mask (Causes of the error message)
are set correctly. 1. The carrier is not firmly pressed against 1. Install the carrier correctly.
the carrier base.
2. The film is not firmly pressed. 2. Check the carrier upper mask for the
state, or perform “NC100AC Input/
Output Check (44F)” to check mask
pressing operation.
3. Faulty scanner drive section (Lens/ 3. Repair the drive section.
Conjugate length variable motor)
4. There is an obstacle in the optical path 4. Remove the obstacle.
(between the original negative and the
lens).
5. The original negative is not set, or the 5. Set the original negative or check it for
current process focused the optical the state.
system on an unexposed part of a film.
W-1133 Incorrect carrier ID. Incorrect carrier is going to be used to Install the correct carrier.
perform adjustment/maintenance.
Install correct carrier.
W-1135 Incorrect diffusion box. (Causes of the error message)
1. Adjustment was attempted with an 1. Install the correct diffusion box.
Install the correct diffusion box. incorrect diffusion box.
2. Faulty diffusion box sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the harness or repair/
between the diffusion box sensor and the replace the harness.
CTC22 circuit board
W-1140 Mask not installed. A mask specially designed for the brightness Install a mask specially designed for the
correction is not installed for the spectral brightness correction.
Install mask. calibration, focus position adjustment, or
brightness correction.
W-1143 The display data will be cleared. Data clear confirmation message on Press [OK] or [Cancel].
operational information data
OK?
I-1144 Initializing. The mechanism is being initialized after the Wait until the initialization is completed.
maintenance on a carrier or other parts has
Please wait. been performed.
I-1145 Perform the bright correction. The brightness correction for the spectral Install the manual film carrier with the
calibration is going to start. calibration mask and then press [OK].
Install the carrier.
I-1146 Measurement was completed The spectral calibration is now completed. Press [OK].
correctly.
I-1147 Sensor calibration data will be Confirmation message on writing data into –
written into carrier EEPROM. the EEPROM

I-1148 Correction data will be written Confirmation message on writing data into –
into the carrier EEPROM. the EEPROM


E-1152 Communication error occurred. Timeout occurred between the scanner PC
and SH.
Consult your technical (Causes of the error message)
representative. 1. Communication error due to the SCSI 1. Reconnect or replace the cable.
cable between the main control unit and
the GHT22 circuit board
2. Faulty GMB22 circuit board 2. Replace the GMB22 circuit board.
3. The GHT22 circuit board is faulty or the 3. Reconnect or replace the CHT22
board is not installed correctly. circuit board.
4. Faulty SCSI board in the main control unit. 4. Replace the SCSI board in the main
control unit.
W-1153 Auto-focus failure. During the auto focus operation, the peak
was always at the highest position even
Check if carrier, film and mask though the same operation was tried again.
are installed correctly. (Causes of the error message)
1. The carrier is off the surface. 1. Install the carrier correctly.
2. The manual film carrier mask is not 2. Install the mask correctly.
installed correctly.
3. The film is not pressed correctly against 3. Confirm whether or not the film is
the surface or film curling is excessive. installed.
4. Focus position maladjustment 4. Perform “Focus Position Adjustment
(433).”
5. Home position detection failure of the 5. Replace the CCD unit.
scanner-related mechanism drive section,
or other drive system failure
W-1156 Auto-focus failure. During the auto focus operation, the peak
was always at the lowest position even
Check if carrier, film and mask though the same operation was tried again.
are installed correctly. (Causes of the error message)
1. The carrier is off the surface. 1. Install the carrier correctly.
2. The manual film carrier mask is not 2. Install the mask correctly.
installed correctly.
3. The film is not pressed correctly against 3. Confirm whether or not the film is
the surface or film curling is excessive. installed.
4. Focus position maladjustment 4. Perform “Focus Position Adjustment
(433).”
5. Home position detection failure of the 5. Replace the CCD unit.
scanner-related mechanism drive section,
or other drive system failure
W-1157 No FD or wrong FD inserted. A floppy disk insertion error occurred during
the spectral calibration.
Insert the calibration FD into the (Causes of the error message)
drive. 1. The floppy disk used for the spectral 1. Insert the correct floppy disk.
calibration is not inserted.
2. The data on the floppy disk is corrupted. 2. Use an error-free floppy disk.
3. The FDD in the main control unit is faulty. 3. Replace the main control unit.
W-1159 Image data judge error Image data criterion error occurred during the
occurred. spectral calibration.
Insert film again. 1. The spectral calibration chart is upside 1. Try the operation again after checking
down, inverted or out of sequence. the procedure and original used.
2. Film type is incorrectly exchanged 2. Try the operation again after checking
between the positive and negative films the original used.
when writing data into a floppy disk.
3. Incorrect chart 3. Replace or clean the chart.
4. Incorrect shade 4. Check whether or not the shield mask
and external light satisfy the required
conditions.

W-1160 Calculating of adjustment A calculation error occurred with a spectral
parameter failed. adjustment parameter during the spectral
calibration.
Measurement cancelled. (Causes of the error message)
1. The spectral calibration chart is upside 1. Try the operation again after checking
down, inverted or out of sequence. the procedure and original used.
2. Film type is incorrectly exchanged 2. Try the operation again after checking
between the positive and negative films the original used.
when writing data into a floppy disk.
3. Incorrect chart 3. Replace or clean the chart.
4. Incorrect shade 4. Check whether or not the shield mask
and external light satisfy the required
conditions.
W-1164 An error occurred during the An error occurred during the pre-scanning
pre-scan. process used with the spectral calibration.
Measurement cancelled. 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. If the
error occurs again, reinstall the
system software.
2. Faulty hardware 2. Perform “Abnormal Image Check
(493)” and follow the instruction found
in this menu 493.
W-1165 An error occurred during the An error occurred while executing a fine- Confirm that the order and contents of
fine-scan. scanning used with the spectral calibration. the procedure are correct.
(Causes of the error message) Perform “Abnormal Image Check (493)” if
Measurement cancelled. 1. The original and floppy disk do not match. the hardware is suspected.
2. The original is upside down, inverted or
out of sequence.
3. The position verification cursor is out of
place.
4. Abnormality in the CCD unit
5. Abnormality in the light source
W-1166 An error occurred during the An error occurred during the fine-scanning
fine-scan. process used with the spectral calibration.
Measurement cancelled. 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system. If the error occurs
again, reinstall the system software.
2. Faulty hardware 2. Perform “Abnormal Image Check
(493)” and follow the instruction found
in this menu 493.
W-1169 Wrong mask. The 135M mask is not installed when the
spectral calibration is performed.
Install the mask again. (Causes of the error message)
1. A mask other than the specified one is 1. Install the correct mask.
installed.
2. Faulty mask sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Mask Sensor -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
plug-in connector -to- CTC22 circuit replace the harness.
board, poorly connected or broken
harness
W-1176 Adjusting of LED light amount (Causes of the error message)
failed. 1. Foreign matter is caught in the carrier. 1. Remove the foreign matter.
2. LED is not lit due to poorly connected or 2. Reconnect the harness or repair/
Check if the carrier and mask broken harness. replace the harness.
are set correctly. 3. Faulty LED 3. Replace the LED.
5. Faulty CCD unit 5. Replace the CCD unit.

W-1182 Couldn’t perform the scanner (Causes of the error message)
correction for this carrier. 1. The pre-operational check was attempted 1. Install the NC100AC and re-execute
using the SC135A. this operation in the 135 feed lane.
Install the auto film carrier. 2. Faulty carrier position sensor (D121, 2. Replace the sensor.
D122)
W-1183 Couldn’t perform the scanner The 135F mask is not installed in the auto
correction for this mask. film carrier NC100AC.
Install the 135F mask in the auto 1. The 135H mask is installed, or no mask is 1. Install the 135F mask and try the
film carrier. installed. operation again.
2. Faulty mask sensor (D118, D119) 2. Replace the sensor.
W-1184 Couldn’t do the scanner (Causes of the error message)
correction with this mask. 1. The scanner correction was attempted 1. Install the calibration mask.
without using the calibration mask for the
Install the calibration mask. manual film carrier.
2. Faulty mask sensor (D118, D119) 2. Replace the sensor.
W-1185 Couldn’t perform the scanner The scanner correction was attempted in the Switch the feed lane to the 135 feed lane.
correction for this lane. auto film carrier(NC100AC) IX240 feed lane.
Switch to 135 lane.

W-1188 Wrong diffusion box. The scanner correction was attempted using
the 120 diffusion box.
Install the 135 diffusion box or (Causes of the error message)
below. 1. The combination of the carrier and the 1. Install the correct diffusion box.
diffusion box is inappropriate.
2. Faulty diffusion box sensor (D201, D202) 2. Replace the sensor.
E-1189 A communication error occurred (Causes of the error message)
between the input mechanical 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Reconnect or replace the cable.
control CB and image communication cable 2. Restart the system software. Reinstall
processing CB. 2. Faulty system software it if the problem occurs again.
(CTC22-GHT22) 3. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 3. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
Restart the system. If problems
persist, consult your technical
representative.
I-1190 Reading image. The spectral calibration is in process. Wait until the spectral calibration is
completed.
Please wait.
I-1191 Cancel measurement? The spectral calibration is canceled. Select [OK] or [Cancel].
I-1192 Insert the next film. Message that prompts the operator to set the Set the next film for the spectral
No.%NUM% film used for the spectral calibration. calibration.
W-1193 Auto light amount adjustment The auto light amount adjustment, which is
failed due to the lack of light used in the auto focus and brightness
amount. correction, failed because the LED is not lit,
or the light source section failed
Check the light source, scanner mechanically.
and carrier sections, and then (Causes of the error message)
film. 1. An obstacle is on the diffusion box or in 1. Remove the obstacle.
the carrier.
2. The original is too dark (such as an 2. Check the film.
unexposed positive film).
3. The LED is not lit (faulty LED circuit board, 3. Replace the LED circuit board, the
harness, and CTC22 circuit board) harness, or the CTC22 circuit board.
4. Abnormality in the image processing 4. Perform “Abnormal Image Check
section and the circuit boards related to (493)” and follow the instruction found
the CCD in this menu 493.

W-1202 The pixel sensitivity correction When the brightness correction is performed Perform the scanner correction in the
not done. as the scanner maintenance, the light source pre-operational check or the “Pixel
shading cannot be performed because the Sensitivity Correction” in “Bright
Perform the correction using the pixel sensitivity correction has not been Correction (43G).”
135 lane for auto film carrier. conducted.
When using the manual film
carrier, perform the correction
with the calibration mask.
I-1203 The correction value registered. Registration confirmation message displayed Press [OK].
when the mask opening position correction is
performed.
I-1204 The setting value stored. Confirmation display used when setting the Press [OK].
monitor frame ratio
W-1205 Wrong carrier. A carrier other than the specified one is
installed during maintenance or adjustment.
Install the correct carrier. (Causes of the error message)
1. A carrier type other than the specified type 1. Set the correct carrier.
is used.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the plug-in connector and CTC22 replace the harness.
circuit board
W-1206 Chart pattern not detected. An error occurred while executing the optical
magnification calibration.
1. The reference chart is not installed. 1. Install the reference chart and execute
the operation.
2. The carrier base is out of place. 2. Perform “Optical Axis Adjustment
(43E)” and then “Optical Magnification
Adjustment (43F).”
W-1219 Wrong character type of lens ID. Inappropriate characters are entered. Enter the lens ID as shown in the label on
the lens cone.
Enter the correct lens ID.
W-1220 Lens ID digit out of range. Seven or more characters were entered as Enter the lens ID as shown in the label on
the lens ID in “Lens Registration (43D)”. the lens cone.
Enter the correct lens ID.
W-1221 Lens focal point distance out of The focal length is outside of the specified Enter as shown in the label on the lens
range. range. cone.
Enter the correct focal point

distance.
I-1222 Following adjustment data will Registration data to be updated when Re-execute “Optical Magnification
be deleted. replacing the lens unit Calibration (43F)”, “Focus Calibration
Perform the following menu (432)”, and “Focus Position Adjustment
again. To start adjustment, set (433).”
the dedicated chart.
“ “ Optical Magnification
Calibration ” - “ Focus
Calibration ” - “ Focus Position
Adjustment ” ”
I-1223 Following adjustment data will The operator attempted to register data after Re-execute “Focus Calibration (432) ”
be deleted. executing “Optical Magnification Calibration and “Focus Position Adjustment (433).”
Perform the following menu (43F).”
again.
“ “ Focus Calibration ” - “ Focus
Position Adjustment ” ”

I-1226 Focus calibration is in progress. The focus calibration is being performed as –
the scanner maintenance.
Please wait.
I-1227 Following adjustment data will The operator attempted to register data after Re-execute “Focus Position Adjustment
be deleted. executing “Focus Calibration (432).” (433).”
Perform the following menu

again.
“Focus Position Adjustment ”
I-1228 DC offset cancel completed Normal completion message for the DC Press [OK].
normally. offset adjustment.
W-1232 The focus position adjustment Message that confirms that the operator has
for this carrier not done. not adjusted the MFC mask
Perform the focus position 1. The necessary data has not been created. 1. Install the correct carrier and mask
adjustment in “ 3. Scanner and perform “Focus Position
Adjustment / Maintenance ” in Adjustment (433).”
“ 4. Setup and Maintenance ”.
I-1234 Insert film. The operator is requested to insert a film to Insert film.
be used for the focus position adjustment as
the scanner maintenance.
I-1235 Focus position adjustment is in The focus position adjustment is being Wait until the adjustment is completed.
progress. performed as the scanner maintenance.
Please wait.
E-1238 Warming-up of the light source The warm-up for the LED is not completed 10 When the temperature cannot be
not completed. minutes after the system startup. measured:
Restart the system. If problems Check the warm-up for the LED as per “Input
persist, consult your technical Check (431).”
representative. When the temperature cannot be measured:
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connecter, or repair/
between the LTC22 circuit board and the replace the harness.
LED
2) Faulty LTC22 circuit board 2) Replace the LTC22 circuit board.
3) Faulty LED 3) Replace the LED.
When the Peltier element is faulty: When the Peltier element is faulty:
1) Abnormality with the Peltier element 1) Replace the LED.
When the power is faulty: When the power is faulty:

1) Blown fuse in the PWR22 circuit board 1) Replace the fuse.
2) Poorly connected or broken harness 2) Reconnect the connecter, or repair/
between the PWR22 circuit board and the replace the harness.
LTC22 circuit board
3) Faulty LTC22 circuit board 3) Replace the LTC22 circuit board.
W-1242 Auto-exposure adjustment The auto light amount adjustment failed
failure. because the light amount was unstable
during the auto focus, brightness correction,
Check the light source, scanner and so on.
and carrier sections, and then (Causes of the error message)
film. 1. Faulty light source section (such as the 1.Remove the obstacle or replace the
light source not lit or there is an obstacle) LED, harness, or CTC22 circuit board.
2. External light is detected. 2. Install the shade mask.
3. Abnormality in the CCD circuit board, ADC 3. Perform “Abnormal Image Check
circuit board, or image processing section (493).”

E-1244 OFD auto adjustment failure. The OFD auto adjustment level is not within
the target range.
Try again or restart the system. (Causes of the error message)
If problems persist, consult your 1. The AD timing adjustment has not been 1. Perform the AD timing adjustment
technical representative. performed.
2. Faulty CCD circuit board and the related 2. Perform “Abnormal Image Check
places (493).”
3. Faulty light source section (not lit or dark) 3. Replace the LED unit, harness,
CTC22 circuit board, or diffusion box.
W-1245 Too many gray pixels. (Causes of the error message)
1. There is dust or an obstacle in the 1. Clean the dust or remove the
Check and clean the optical diffusion box or scanner optical system. obstacle.
system. 2. Vignetting is produced during readout and 2. Remove the cause of the vignetting.
light is not sensed evenly over the whole
surface of CCD.
3. Faulty CCD 3. Replace the CCD unit.
W-1246 Too large gray pixel. (Causes of the error message)
1. There is dust, dirt or an obstacle in the 1. Clean the dust or remove the
Check and clean the optical diffusion box or scanner optical system. obstacle.
system. 2. There is vignetting. 2. Remove the cause of the vignetting.
3. Faulty CCD 3. Replace the CCD unit.
E-1253 Image processing CB failure. Writing data to or reading data from the GIA Perform “Abnormal Image Check (493)”
(GIA22) circuit board has detected a failure. and then follow the instructions in this
Consult your technical (Causes of the error message) self-diagnostic test.
representative. 1. Faulty GIA22 circuit board
2. Faulty GHT22 circuit board (if an error
related to another image processing circuit
board is included)
3. Faulty GMB22 circuit board (if an error
related to another image processing circuit
board is included)
W-1258 Couldn’t perform because the An adjustment such as the OFD auto Remove the carrier and re-execute the
carrier is installed. adjustment was attempted while the carrier operation.
Remove the carrier and perform was installed.
it again.
W-1259 Wrong diffusion box. (Causes of the error message)
1. The operator attempted to perform 1. Install the 120 diffusion box.
Install the diffusion box for 120 maintenance using the 135 diffusion box.
carrier. 2. Incorrect wiring to the diffusion box sensor 2.Repair or replace the sensor.
(D201, D202)
W-1263 Wrong value. A value outside of the specified range was Correct the value.
entered during scanner or carrier
Set the correct value again. maintenance.
I-1265 Writing of data into the carrier Writing data into the EEPROM is now –
EEPROM completed. completed.
W-1266 Wrong carrier type. NC100AC-specific maintenance or
adjustment was attempted using a carrier
Install the auto film carrier. other than NC100AC.
1. NC100AC is not set. 1. Install NC100AC.
between the plug-in connector and CTC22 replace the harness.
circuit board.

W-1267 Wrong feeding lane. An operation such as magnetic information
readout was attempted while NC100AC is not
Switch to IX240 lane. at the IX240 feed lane.
1. NC100AC is not at the IX240 feed lane. 1. Set the carrier in the IX240 feed lane.
between the IX240 carrier position sensor replace the harness.
(D121) and CTP22 circuit board
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-1268 Carrier or feeding lane changed. The manual film carrier was exchanged to the
other type of carrier during spectral
Press the [OK] button to exit, calibration.
and try again. (Causes of the error message)
1. The manual film carrier was exchanged 1. Install the manual film carrier.
with another type of carrier.
2. The feed lane is changed. 2. Install the carrier correctly.
3. Poorly connected plug-in connector or 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
broken harness replace the harness.
E-1269 Detecting of leading frame (Causes of the error message)
failed. 1. A film that has not been exposed was 1. Check the film for exposure.
used.
between the unexposed frame sensor replace the harness.
(D108, D109) and CTP22 circuit board.
3. Faulty sensor (D108, D109) 3. Replace the sensor.
I-1270 Light source temperature not The scanner correction was attempted while
stable yet. Do the scanner the LED temperature control was not
correction after the temperature completed.
is stabled. (Causes of the error message)
1. The optical source stays without the 1. Try it again after a while.
Press the [END] button to exit temperature control for longer time than
the scanner correction. usual because the room temperature is
Press the [Run] button to start low.
the scanner correction ignoring 2. Faulty LTC22 circuit board 2. Replace the LTC22 circuit board.
the stabilization of the light
source temperature.
I-1275 Correcting the scanner. The scanner correction is in progress. Wait until the scanner correction is
completed.
Please wait.
W-1276 Light source shading not done. The light source shading correction table
does not exist.
Perform the scanner correction (Causes of the error message)
in “ 1. Pre-operational Check ”. 1. While the auto film carrier was used, the 1. Switch the film feed lane or perform
film was inserted by suspending the light the pre-operational check.
source shading on the print screen.
W-1277 LED light amount adjustment The table used to adjust the LED light
not done. amount is unavailable.
Perform the LED light amount 1.The LED light amount is not adjusted. 1. Perform the adjustments in the order
adjustment in “ 3. Scanner of “LED Light Amount Adjustment
Adjustment / Maintenance ” in (43L)” and “Spectral Calibration (43J).”
“ 4. Setup and Maintenance ”. 2. Foreign matter is caught in the carrier. 2. Remove the foreign matter.
3. Faulty LED 3. Replace the LED.
4. Malfunction of the CCD shutter 4. Replace the CCD unit.

W-1278 Mask removed. The mask is out of place.
Processing cancelled. 1. The mask was removed while the scanner 1. Install the mask and try it again.
was being corrected.
2. Mask sensor -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
plug-in connector -to- CTC22 circuit replace the harness.
board, poorly connected or broken
harness
W-1279 Diffusion box removed. The diffusion box was out of place.
Processing cancelled. 1. The diffusion box was removed. 1. Install the diffusion box.
3. Faulty diffusion box 3. Repair or replace the diffusion box.
W-1280 Film inserted. The carrier needs to be removed because the Remove the film, release the lock lever,
Processing cancelled. film was installed during a scanner and then lock it again.
Install the carrier again. correction.
W-1283 Scanner correction not The pixel sensitivity correction table does not
performed. exist.
Perform the correction using the 1. The operator attempted to perform 1. Perform the pre-operational check, or
135 lane for auto film carrier. scanning without first performing the “Bright Correction (43G).”
When using the manual film scanner correction.
carrier, perform the correction
with the calibration mask.
W-1289 No film in the mask opening. (Causes of the error message)
1. The leading frame was set while there was 1. Take the film out and try the operation
Insert it again. no film at the mask opening section. again.
2. Faulty film sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
E-1295 Image processing CB not (Causes of the error message)
detected. 1. The GIA22 circuit board is not installed 1. Correctly install the GIA22 circuit
(GIA22) correctly. board.
Consult your technical 2. The GHT22 circuit board is not installed 2. Correctly install the GHT22 circuit
representative. correctly. board.
E-1301 Image processing section Errors in the GPA22 DSP processing
failure. Image processing not (Causes of the error message)
completed. 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
(GPA22) it if the problem occurs again.
Restart the system. If problems 2. Faulty GPA22 circuit board 2. Replace the GPA22 circuit board.
persist, consult your technical 3. Faulty GMB22 circuit board 3. Replace the GMB22 circuit board.
representative. 4. Faulty GHT22 circuit board 4. Replace the GHT22 circuit board.
E-1302 Image processing not completed Timeout in the GPA22-DSP processing
within the time. (Causes of the error message)
(GPA22) 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
Restart the system. If problems it if the problem occurs again.
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty GPA22 circuit board 2. Replace the GPA22 circuit board.
representative. 3. Faulty GMB22 circuit board 3. Replace the GMB22 circuit board.
4. Faulty GHT22 circuit board 4. Replace the GHT22 circuit board.
E-1303 Communication error occurred Abnormal end in the GPA22-DSP processing
in image processing. (Causes of the error message)
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty GPA22 circuit board 2. Replace the GPA22 circuit board.
representative. 3. Faulty GMB22 circuit board 3. Replace the GMB22 circuit board.

W-1406 %MAGAZINE% not installed or The magazine is not installed.
paper end processing in (Causes of the error message)
progress. 1. The magazine is not set. 1. Set the magazine.
2. Faulty magazine ID sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
Install the magazine, and then 3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the harness or repair/
start printing. between the magazine ID sensor and the replace the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
W-1407 Communication error occurred The widths of the print size and the magazine
in image processing. paper do not match.
(GPA22) (Causes of the error message)
Restart the system. If problems 1. A magazine whose size does not match 1. Set an appropriate magazine.
persist, consult your technical the print size is installed.
representative. 2. Faulty magazine ID sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the magazine ID sensor and the replace the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
W-1408 Back print cannot be performed Back printing is specified with medium weight
with specified paper. paper.
Press [Continue] to perform 1. Incorrect magazine or incorrect print mode 1. Set an appropriate magazine, or
printing without back print. change the print size.
CTP22 circuit board
W-1410 An error occurred during the An error occurred during the auto setup for a
auto correction. roll of film.
Do the pre-scan again. 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
it if the problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-1411 An error occurred during the An error occurred during the auto setup for a
auto correction. frame.
it if the same problem occurs again.
W-1417 An error occurred during An error occurred during the auto setup.
creating of image. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
Do the pre-scan again. it if the same problem occurs again.
W-1418 %MAGAZINE% not installed or The index format consistency check detected
paper end processing in absence of the magazine.
progress. (Causes of the error message)
1. The magazine is not installed. 1. Set an appropriate magazine.
Install the magazine, and then 2. Faulty magazine ID sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
start printing. 3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
CTP22 circuit board

W-1419 Selected paper width and index The paper size does not match in the index
print size mismatched. format consistency check.
Press the [OK] button and 1. The magazine currently installed does not 1. Install the correct magazine.
replace magazine, or change match the print size.
the index format. 2. Faulty magazine ID sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
If you press [Output], an 3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connecter, or repair/
incorrect index print will be between the magazine ID sensor and the replace the harness.
outputted. CTP22 circuit board
I-1420 Printer processor is busy, so (Causes of the error message)
post-operational check not 1. The output section was busy printing when 1. Perform the post-operational check
performed. the post-operational check started. after the print process has been
completed.
Upon completion of printing, 2. Faulty system software 2.Restart the system software. Reinstall
perform “3. Post-operational it if the problem occurs again.
check”. 3. Faulty main control unit 3. Replace the main control unit.
I-1421 Printer processor is busy. (Causes of the error message)
1. An incorrect operating message (printing 1. Perform the post-operational check
Please wait a moment, and then is in process, jammed paper is being run when the printer finishes printing.
perform “3. Post-operational out, warm-up is in process)
check”. 2. Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software. Reinstall
W-1422 A communication error occurred A message saying that the output section did
between the main control not respond is received when the post-
section and printer processor. operational check started.
1. Poorly connected or broken SCSI cable 1. Connect the cable correctly or replace
between the main control unit and the it.
GHT22 circuit board
E-1425 Initializing of printer processor The output device initialization failed when
failed. Consult your technical the system started (interface or
representative. communication error)
1. Communication error between the main 1. Connect the SCSI cable correctly or
Press [End] to shut down the control unit and the GHT circuit board replace it.
system. 2. Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software. If the
Press the [Stand-alone] button error occurs again, reinstall the
to start up the scanner only at system software.
the next start-up. 3. Blown fuse (FH12, FH24, FH25, FH27) 3. Replace the fuse.
W-1427 A communication error occurred A magazine status acquisition error occurred
between the main control during the system startup.
section and printer processor. (Causes of the error message)
Check the connection, and then it if the same problem occurs again.
press the [Retry] button. 2. A SCSI cable breakage or poorly 2. Reconnect or replace the cable.
contacting connector between the main
control unit and the GHT22 circuit board
5. Blown fuse (FH11, FH24, FH25, FH27, 5. Replace the fuse.
FH29, or FH30) in the PWR22 circuit
board

W-1428 A communication error occurred Failed to acquire the magazine status when
between the main control the system was started.
section and printer processor. (Causes of the error message)
Check the connection, and then it if the problem occurs again.
press the [Retry] button. 2. Poorly connected or broken SCSI cable 2. Reconnect or replace the cable.
between the main control unit and the
GHT22 circuit board
3. Poorly connected or broken serial cable 3. Reconnect or replace the cable.
between the GHT22 circuit board and the
GTP22 circuit board
6. Blown fuse (FH11, FH24, FH25, FH27, 6. Replace the fuse.
FH29, or FH30) in the PWR22 circuit
board
E-1432 Communication error occurred A SCSI communication error occurred when
between main controller and image processing conditions for a frame were
image processor. transferred to the GMB22 circuit board.
(Sending parameter failed) (Causes of the error message)
Restart the system. If problems 1. A SCSI cable breakage or poorly 1. Reconnect or replace the cable.
persist, consult your technical contacting connector between the main
representative. control unit and the GHT22 circuit board
E-1433 Communication error occurred An error occurred when the JOB list (Do
between main controller and FineIp_xxx) started.
image processor. (Causes of the error message)
(Image processing control 1. Poorly connected or broken SCSI cable 1. Reconnect or replace the cable.
failure) 2. Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software. Reinstall
persist, consult your technical 3. Poorly connected or faulty GHT22 circuit 3. Check the GHT22 circuit board for
representative. board good contact or replace it.
4. Poorly connected or faulty GPA22 circuit 4. Check the GPA22 circuit board for
board good contact or replace it.
5. Poorly connected or faulty GMB22 circuit 5. Check the GMB22 circuit board for
E-1434 A communication error occurred The JOB list failed.
between the main control (Causes of the error message)
section and image processing 1. Poorly connected or broken SCSI cable 1. Reconnect or replace the cable.
section. 2. Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software. Reinstall
(Image processing CB failure) it if the problem occurs again.
Restart the system. If problems 3. Poorly connected or faulty GHT22 circuit 3. Check the GHT22 circuit board for
persist, consult your technical board good contact or replace it.
representative. 4. Poorly connected or faulty GPA22 circuit 4. Check the GPA22 circuit board for
6. Faulty main control unit. 6. Replace the main control unit.
W-1436 Software error. An index frame image could not be edited
correctly.
Restart the system. (Causes of the error message)

W-1438 Software error. The HW parameters could not be acquired
correctly from SIP.
W-1439 Software error. SIP index print image could not be processed
correctly.
W-1440 Software error. SIP index print image could not be obtained
correctly.
W-1442 Software error. An error (DoFinelp_xxx) occurred when a
JOB list started.
E-1443 Communication error occurred A SCSI error occurred when transferring the
between main controller and image process condition and image process
image processor. start commands into the GMB22 circuit board
(Parameter setting error) during file print such as index or DSC print.
Restart the system. If problems (Causes of the error message)
persist, consult your technical 1. Poorly connected or broken SCSI cable 1. Reconnect or replace the cable.
representative.
3. Poorly connected or faulty GHT22 circuit 3. Check the GHT22 circuit board for
4. Poorly connected or faulty GPA22 circuit 4. Check the GPA22 circuit board for
W-1445 Pre-scan not done correctly. An error occurred in GMB22 circuit board
during pre-scanning.
Do the pre-scan again. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty power supply to GMB22 circuit 1. Inspect or repair the power supply
board system for the GMB22 circuit board..
2. Poorly connected or broken SCSI cable 2. Reconnect or replace the cable.
W-1446 Reading of parameter from the A scan data parameter error from SIP
image-processing module failed. occurred during the consistency check.

W-1447 FID cannot be read. An error occurred while reading FID.
Press the [Cancel] button to 1. Dusty film transfer path 1. Clean the film feed path.
rewind the film. Check CID and 2. The mask position is out of adjustment. 2. Perform the mask position correction
then insert the film again. as per “Mask Position Adjustment
(441).”
3. The optical axis is out of adjustment. 3. Perform the optical axis adjustment as
per “Optical Axis Adjustment (43E).”
W-1448 Back printer unit not installed. The back printer is not set up correctly.
Install back printer properly. 1. Incorrect back printer setup position. 1. Correctly set up the back printer.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector. Repair or
between the back printing set sensor and replace the harness.
the CTP22 circuit board.
3. Faulty back printing set sensor 3. Replace the sensor.
W-1449 No valid frame detected during The number of detected frames was zero.
frame detection. (Causes of the error message)
1. The optical path is obstructed during the 1. Perform the scanner correction at the
Do the pre-scan again. brightness correction while the pre- pre-operational check.
operational check is being conducted.
2. Faulty LED 2. Replace the LED.
3. Faulty CCD unit 3. Replace CCD unit.
W-1450 Error occurred while reading Magnetic information read error
magnetic information. (Causes of the error message)
1. Magnetic information on the film is 1. Check the film for this problem.
Clean the magnetic head and corrupted.
then try pre-scan again. 2. Dirty magnetic head 2. Clean the magnetic head.
3. Faulty magnetic head 3. Replace the magnetic head.
I-1451 Film reversed. The 135 film was reversely loaded. Load the film correctly.
Press the [Scan Cancel] key to

eject the film, and insert it again.
I-1453 Film bar code cannot be read. Illegible 135 barcode
Process continued. 1. The mask position is out of adjustment. 1. Perform the mask position correction
as per “Mask Position Correction
(441).”
2. Dusty 135 film feed path 2. Clean the 135 film feed path.
3. A film with notch was inserted. 3. Continue the process.
4. Blown fuse (FH3) in the PWR22 circuit 4. Replace the fuse.
board
I-1455 Magnetic data registered on film Magnetic information data error
failure. (Causes of the error message)
Continue the process ignoring corrupted.
the magnetic information. 2. Dirty magnetic head 2. Clean the magnetic head.
W-1461 Reading of image file failed. File print image cannot be obtained from the 1. Check the image file and the file
DI Controller. format.
Image import printing cancelled. 2. Restart the DI Controller.
W-1468 Mask type not recognized The carrier mask type sent from the scanner Set the mask correctly.
correctly. SS is incorrect.
Install the mask again.


W-1471 Image file cannot be generated. An image file used for digital image export
cannot be created. (Disk FULL, etc.)
Image export printing cancelled. (Causes of the error message)
1. The hard disk in the DI Controller is full. 1. Delete the unnecessary files and re-
execute it again.
2. Communication errors with the DI 2. Perform the pre-operational check.
Controller.
W-1473 Incorrect template. Composite formats to be sent to the extended

SIP cannot be set.
Delete all templates stored in (Causes of the error message)
HD and register them again. 1. The hard disk in the Frontier is full. 1. Delete all templates and re-register
them.
2. Faulty hard disk in the Frontier. 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-1475 Template and paper widths The template width and the magazine paper
mismatched. do not match.
Press the [OK] button, and then 1. A magazine that matches the print size is 1. Set the correct magazine.
replace magazine. not set.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connecter, or repair/
CTP22 circuit board
I-1476 Film with FTPM loaded. A film with FTPM specified is loaded. –
Perform printing with FTPM.

I-1477 “Series Scene” film loaded. A film with Series Scene specified is loaded. –
W-1478 “Series Scene” magnetic The Series Scene magnetic information does
information failure. not comply with the RedBook.
Continue process. (Causes of the error message)
corrupted.
2. Dirty magnetic head 2. Clean the magnetic head.
W-1479 Template image size does not Template and print sizes specified in frame/ Change the print size or template so that
match print size. character print do not match. both sizes match.
Confirm print size and template

size.
W-1480 Cannot be printed with this The specified cropping area is out of the Set the cropping area so that it is within
cropping. range. the range.
Re-crop within the image area.

E-1481 Hard disk failure occurred during A hard disk error occurred when data was
the data copy. copied during the post-operational check.
Data copy cancelled. (Causes of the error message)
Consult your technical 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
representative. it if the problem occurs again.
E-1482 Hard disk failure occurred. A hard disk error was detected when file was
imported from or exported to the imaging
Consult technical controller.
representative. (Causes of the error message)

E-1483 Index image data cannot be An image data file used for the index edition
read. cannot be read.
Consult technical 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
representative. it if the problem occurs again.
W-1484 Initializing of printer processor The output device initialization failed during
failed. the system startup.
Press the [Stand-alone] button, (Causes of the error message)
and only the film scanner will be 1. A SCSI cable breakage or poorly 1. Reconnect or replace the cable.
started up. contacting connector between the main
control unit and the GHT22 circuit board
3. Blown fuse (FH12, FH24, FH25, or FH27) 3. Replace the fuse.
in the PWR22 circuit board
W-1485 Couldn’t generate image file due An image file used for digital image export
to insufficient disk space. cannot be created. (The hard disk on the DI
Controller is full, and so on.) (FDi)
Please wait a moment and then (Causes of the error message)
press the [Retry] button. If 1. The hard disk in the DI Controller has 1. Re-execute it after a while or delete
problems persist, consult your insufficient space. the unnecessary files from the DI
technical representative. Controller.
2. Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software.
3. Faulty DI Controller software 3. Restart the DI Controller. Reinstall the
software if the problem occurs again.
4. Faulty hard disk in the DI Controller 4. Replace the hard disk in the DI
Controller.
W-1486 Writing image file failed. An image file failed to be output because the
network is open.
Check the network connections (Causes of the error message)
and press the [Retry] button. If 1. Poorly connected communication cables 1. Reconnect the cable.
problems persist, consult your 2. Communication network failure 2. Repair or replace the communication
technical representative. network.
W-1487 Selected print size and paper (Causes of the error message)
width mismatched. 1. The widths of the print size and the paper 1. Set the widths of the print size and the
in the magazine do not match. paper in the magazine correctly.
Press [OK] to change magazine, 2. Faulty magazine ID sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
or change print size. 3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector or repair or
Press [Output] to output forcibly. between the magazine ID sensor and the replace the harness.
CTP22circuit board
4. Faulty CTP22circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22circuit board.
W-1488 Template and paper widths (Causes of the error message)
mismatched. 1. The widths of the template and the paper 1. Set the widths of the template and the
in the magazine do not match. paper in the magazine correctly.
Press [OK] and replace 2. Faulty magazine ID sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
magazine. 3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector or repair or
Press [Output] to output forcibly. between the magazine ID sensor and the replace the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
4. Faulty CTP22circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22circuit board.

W-1492 Carrier not installed. An operation such as scanning was
attempted without a carrier installed.
Install carrier and press [OK]. (Causes of the error message)
1. A carrier is not installed. 1. Install a carrier.
between the plug-in connector and the replace the harness.
CTC22circuit board
3. Faulty carrier 3. Replace the carrier
board
W-1494 An error occurred in calling the An error occurred when the exposure
exposure condition retrieve. conditions were retrieved.
Return to the state just after the 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
pre-scan. it if the problem occurs again.
W-1495 Select the correct magazine The magazine paper type (surface type or
paper type. emulsion type) does not match.
Press [Output] to output forcibly. 1. The magazine does not match the print 1. Set the correct magazine.
size.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connecter, or repair/
CTP22 board
I-1501 Selected function cannot be The function currently not available was –
used. selected.
I-1502 Insert the floppy disk into the FD A message that requests the operator to Insert a floppy disk and then press [OK].
drive. exchange the floppy disk during data backup
W-1503 The floppy disk not inserted, so A floppy disk is not inserted during data
writing not performed. backup to floppy disk.
Insert the correct floppy disk into 1. A floppy disk is not inserted. 1. Insert a floppy disk.
the FD drive. 2. Faulty floppy disk drive 2. Replace the main control unit.
I-1504 Insert the next floppy disk into Message that prompts the operator to insert Insert the next floppy disk and then press
the FD drive. the next floppy disk when backing up data to [OK].
more than one floppy disk.
W-1505 Incorrect floppy disk. Couldn’t The inserted floppy disk was inappropriate.
perform writing. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty floppy disk 1. Insert an error free floppy disk.
Insert the correct floppy disk into 2. The inserted floppy disk is set to the read 2. Set the floppy to the write enable
the FD drive. only mode. mode.
3. Faulty floppy disk drive 3. Replace the main control unit.
E-1506 Reading of control information The file necessary to display data on the
file failed. screen could not be read.
Couldn’t display the selected (Causes of the error message)
screen. 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. If the
To use this function, consult your error occurs again, reinstall the
technical representative. system software.
I-1507 Data backup completed Failed to back up data.
abnormally. (Causes of the error message)
1. The FD is faulty. 1. Use a new FD.
2. The FD is set to the read only mode. 2. Set the FD to the write enable mode.
3. There is an insufficient disk space in the 3. Delete the unnecessary files.
hard disk in the main control unit.

I-1508 Data backup is canceled. The process used to stop backing up data –
through an operator request.
W-1510 Date value exceeds the limit. The date entered exceeds the limit value.
(1998/01/01 00:00:00 - 2040/12/ (Causes of the error message)
31 23:59:59) 1. Incorrectly entered date 1. Enter the current date correctly.
Set the correct date. 2. Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software. If the
system software.
W-1511 Next timer-ON time exceeds the The next system startup time exceeds the
limit. limit value. Check the present time.
(1998/01/01 00:00:00 - 2040/12/ (Causes of the error message)
31 23:59:59) 1. Incorrect present time 1. Enter the present date correctly.
Confirm the present time. 2. Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software. If the
system software.
W-1512 The FD free space insufficient. The FD currently being used has no disk
space available.
Insert the correct floppy disk into (Causes of the error message)
the FD drive. 1. The floppy disk is full. 1. Insert an empty FD.
2. Faulty floppy disk drive 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-1513 Unsorted print remains. The data was not sorted when the job was Press the [Sort] key.
completed.
Perform sorting.
W-1521 PU800B is not turned ON or is Communication error occurred when
disconnected. downloading data from the PU800B.
Check the connection with 1. The power for PU800B is turned off. 1. Turn the PU800B power on.
PU800B, press the [Retry] 2. Poorly connected or broken harness of the 2. Connect the cable correctly or replace
button. PU800B communication cable the cable.
W-1522 PU800B is not turned ON or is Communication error occurred when
disconnected. uploading data to the PU800B.
PU800B, press the [Retry] 2. Poorly connected or broken harness of the 2. Connect the cable correctly or replace
button. PU800B communication cable the cable.
W-1523 PU800B is not turned ON or is Communication error occurred when sending
disconnected. the bill of charges for the PU800B.
PU800B, press [Retry] to retry. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness of the 2. Connect the cable correctly or replace
To stop printing of the price PU800B communication cable the cable.
table, press the [Stop] button.
W-1524 Couldn’t read the backup data A file read error occurred when downloading
for PU800B. data from the PU800B.
Check the connection with 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. If the
PU800B. error occurs again, reinstall the
system software.
W-1525 Couldn’t write to the backup A file write error occurred when uploading
data for PU800B. data to the PU800B.
Check the connection with 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. If the
PU800B. error occurs again, reinstall the
system software.

I-1526 Production information log file A read error occurred while reading data –
not found. from the production information log file.
A new file will be created.
W-1527 Production information cannot An error occurred while writing data on the
be written into file. production information log file.
To use this function, consult your 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. If the
technical representative. error occurs again, reinstall the
system software.
W-1531 FDi device registration failed. An error occurred while registering the FDIA
logical output device (This problem can be
Check the network connections, recovered).
and then press the [Retry] (Causes of the error message)
button. 1. The DI controller power is turned off. 1. Start the DI controller.
2. Poorly connected LAN cable 2. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
3. Faulty software on the DI controller 3. Reinstall the software.
4. Faulty main control unit on the DI 4. Replace the main control unit.
controller side.
W-1532 Registering with FDi not done. An error occurred while registering the FDIA Perform the pre-operational check.
logical output device with the external input
To register it, perform the “1. enabled.
Pre-operational Check”.
W-1533 The image file output is stopped. Failed to print the external input data. Try to input data from the external source
again.
Resume printing by selecting
“Digital Image” as “Input
Device”.
W-1534 Order not unlocked. A communication error occurred on the DI
controller side while the Frontier was
Check the network connections, processing an order.
button. 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
2. Faulty software on the DI controller 2. Restart the DI controller. If the error

occurs again, reinstall the software.
W-1535 Couldn’t provide the service. A communication error occurred on the DI

E-1536 Error occurred during the order An inappropriate status was detected
completion. because there was no device authority.
Incorrect order status. (Causes of the error message)
Change the status in the DI occurs again, reinstall the software.
Controller.
E-1537 An error occurred in the DI Other errors in the FDIA
Controller. (Causes of the error message)
Couldn’t provide the service. 1. Faulty software on the DI controller 1. Restart the DI controller. If the error
Consult technical
representative.

W-1538 Registering with FDi not done. The FDIA logical output device is not
registered.
To register it, perform the “1. (Causes of the error message)
Pre-operational Check”. 1. The pre-operational check has not been 1. Perform the pre-operational check.
conducted.
E-1539 Error occurred during the order The order was already queued to be deleted.
end process. (Causes of the error message)
The status shows “Wait to 1. Faulty software on the DI controller 1. Restart the DI controller. If the error
delete”. occurs again, reinstall the software.
Change the status in the DI

Controller.
I-1540 No order of the selected paper Any order cannot be printed with the lab-in. Change the paper magazine appropriate
width. for the external input.
W-1541 Couldn’t provide the service. A communication error occurred on the DI

W-1542 Couldn’t provide the service. An error occurred due to the status changes
during normal printing.
Check the network connections, (Causes of the error message)
and then press the [Retry] 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
button.
W-1543 Couldn’t provide the service. An error occurred due to the status changes
during abnormal printing.
button.
W-1544 Couldn’t provide the service. An error occurred when the message
informing that one order had finished was
Check the network connections, received.
W-1545 Couldn’t provide the service. An error occurred while the order was being
deleted.
button. 2. Faulty software on the DI controller 2. Restart the DI controller. If the error
W-1546 Couldn’t provide the service. An error occurred when the status changed
while no orders were registered.

W-1547 Couldn’t provide the service. An error occurred while an order was being
read.
W-1548 Printer processor not in standby. An error occurred when an image file was
printed (while the external input was
Check the network connections, selected).
button. 1. The printer section was not in the standby 1. Set the printer to the standby mode
To cancel the image import, mode while the external input was and press [Retry].
press the [Cancel] button. selected.
E-1549 Error occurred while deleting the Every order except for the one currently being
order. registered is deleted.
The status of the order to be (Causes of the error message)
deleted does not become 1. Faulty software on the DI controller 1. Restart the DI controller. If the error
“Creating”. occurs again, reinstall the software.
Change the status on the DI
Controller.
E-1551 Dialog cannot be displayed. The function used to manage character string
Message definition file not found resource returned an error while a dialog was
or defective. being generated.
To use this function, consult your (Causes of the error message)
technical representative. 1. The message file is corrupted. 1. Reinstall the system software.
2. Faulty hard disk 2. Replace the main control unit.
E-1552 Could not start up the Red-eye/ An error occurred when starting Red Eye/
Soft/Cross plug-in. Soft/Cross plug-in.
The Red-eye/Soft/Cross plug-in (Causes of the error message)
not installed or the file may be 1. Faulty system software (A1) 1. Reinstall the system software.
corrupted. 2. Faulty Variety Print software (B1) 2. Reinstall the software.
To use this function, consult your 3. Faulty hard disk 3. Replace the main control unit.
technical representative.
E-1553 Couldn’t continue the Red-eye/ A read error occurred while Red Eye/Soft/
Soft/Cross. Cross plug-in was being read.
Could not find the file that was (Causes of the error message)
required for the Red-eye/Soft/ 1. Faulty system software (A1) 1. Reinstall the system software.
Cross plug-in or the file may be 2. Faulty Variety Print software (B1) 2. Reinstall the software.
corrupted. 3. Faulty hard disk 3. Replace the main control unit.
To use this function, consult your
E-1554 Couldn’t continue the Red-eye/ A write error occurred while Red Eye/Soft/
Soft/Cross. Cross plug-in was being written.
Could not create the file that (Causes of the error message)
was required for the Red-eye/ 1. Faulty system software (A1) 1. Reinstall the system software.
Soft/Cross plug-in. 2. Faulty Variety Print software (B1) 2. Reinstall the software.
Could not create the file that 3. Faulty hard disk 3. Replace the main control unit.
was required for the Red-eye/
Soft/Cross plug-in.
To use this function, consult your
W-1556 This frame cannot be selected. A mounted print frame number does not
match the specified one.
Frame No. to specify template (Causes of the error message)
not matched. 1. Large index or template frame number 1. Specify the frame number that
Select another frame again. does not match the specified one. matches the template.
2. A frame number could not be read. 2. Reinstall the film.

W-1566 Printing the image file. Couldn’t Pre-scanning was attempted while an image Install the film after the process has been
perform the pre-scan. file was being exported. completed.
Eject film.
After printing of the image file,
insert the film.
E-1571 Message definition file not found An error occurred while reading the character
or defective. string resource.
Check message definition file. 1. Faulty system software (A1) 1. Reinstall the system software.
W-1574 Frame with selected No. already A frame was overwritten although the –
mounted. numbered frame was already mounted.
Frame overwritten.
W-1580 Editing error log info failed. An error occurred while editing error log
information.
1. Poorly connected communication cable 1. Connect the cable correctly.
2. Faulty system software (A1) 2. Reinstall the system software.
W-1581 Editing working information An error occurred while editing working
failed. information.
W-1583 Editing system information An error occurred while editing the system
failed. configuration information.
W-1584 Editing quality information failed. An error occurred while editing quality
information.
W-1585 Reading of received data failed. An error occurred while acquiring pre-
Sending of the MI NETWORK maintenance data.
mail canceled. (Causes of the error message)
I-1587 Reading print mag. fine adjust Data is being loaded from the registry. Wait until the process is completed.
data.
Please wait.
I-1588 Saving print mag. fine adjust Data is being saved to the registry. Wait until the process is completed.
data.
Please wait.
W-1591 Frame specified on invoice not The frame specified by an invoice cannot be Confirm whether or not the film is
detected. detected. installed.
Check the film.


I-1593 %TEMPLATE%. The template is being set. Wait until the process is completed.
Please wait.
I-1594 Reading service name list. This message is displayed while reading the Wait until the process is completed.
service name list used for image file export/
Please wait. import.
I-1595 Start the connection with DI This message is displayed while registering –
Controller, and update the data. the logical device.
Press [OK] to start.

E-1596 Couldn’t provide the service. A FDi error occurred while reading a service
name list.
Check the network connections. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
W-1597 The service type is not selected, Pre-scanning was performed in a mode other
so pre-scan not performed. than the image file export while the scanner
Film is ejected. was set to the stand-alone mode.
Select the service type, and (Causes of the error message)
then insert the film. 1. Digital image export has not been 1. Select the external output.
selected.
I-1598 Processing Red-eye/Soft/Cross Red eye/Soft/Cross startup is in progress. –
%HQ%.
Please wait.
E-1599 An error occurred. Red eye/Soft/Cross failed to start up.
Couldn’t continue the “Red-eye/ (Causes of the error message)
Soft/Cross”. 1. The carrier or mask is removed during 1. Restart Red eye/Soft/Cross plug-in.
Red eye/Soft/Cross startup.
Complete the “Red-eye/Soft/ 2. Faulty system software (A1) 2. Reinstall the system software.
Cross” plug-in. 3. Faulty Variety Print software (B1) 3. Reinstall the software.
W-1701 This is the last frame. When the film mode is “Manual,” the [START/ Press [OK] to terminate the operation or
ENTER] key was pressed at the last frame of press the frame return key to return to the
Press [OK] to feed out film. the film. previous frame.
W-1702 The carrier or mask removed, so The carrier or mask was removed while the Correctly install the carrier or mask and
the custom setting information is dialog box related to the custom setting was then perform the custom setting again.
not displayed correctly. displayed.
The related dialog(s) closed.
Install the carrier or mask, and
then try again.
W-1703 Invalid custom setting. The selected custom setting number is Print with the master settings or select a
Changed to master settings. invalid. correct custom setting number.
E-1710 Templates are not available for When Mounted print/Frame characters is
the bordered print. selected , and when a print size for “Bordered
print” is selected
Select the borderless print size. (Causes of the error message)
1. A print size with “Bordered print” is 1. Change the print size to “Borderless.”
selected.

W-1751 %REALTIME_START% The real-time display is unavailable.
Could not start displaying the (Causes of the error message)
image. Film is ejected. 1. A template used for mounted print or 1. Wait until the template setting finishes.
frame/character is being installed.
2. The “Output destination selection” screen 2. Select the output destination using the
is being displayed for exporting image file. “Output destination selection” screen.
3. The “Original selection” screen is being 3. Close the “Original selection” screen.
displayed.
4. The template selection screen for 4. Select the template using the template
mounted print or frame/character is being selection screen, and then wait until it
displayed. is set.
5. Exporting image files is in progress. 5. Wait until the file is output.
6. The manual film carrier is installed during 6. Set the auto film carrier.
the single scan digitizing.
7. The carrier or mask type does not fit for 7. Install the carrier or mask
the composite type. corresponding to the composite type.
8. The “Image preview” screen used for 8. Close the “Image preview” screen.
mounted print or frame/character is being
displayed.
9. The batch retrieval of exposure conditions 9. Close the “Exposure condition retrieve
is in progress. setup” screen.
W-1752 %REALTIME_OKEND% (Causes of the error message)
Could not adjust determine the 1. A template used for mounted print or 1. Wait until the template setting finishes.
image position. frame/character is being installed.
displayed.
displayed. is set.
displayed.

W-1753 %REALTIME_START% The pre-scanning cannot be performed.
Couldn’t start pre-scan. Film is (Causes of the error message)
ejected. The film was inserted under the condition that
the wait time for the leading frame position
determination is 0 second.
1. A template used for mounted print or 1. Wait until the template setting finishes.
frame/character is being installed.
displayed.
displayed. is set.
displayed.
W-1754 Couldn’t provide the service. An error occurred while a service name list
Check the network connections. was being read.
If the network connections are (Causes of the error message)
correct, consult your technical 1. The DI controller power is turned off. 1. Start the DI controller.
representative. 2. Poorly connected LAN cable 2. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
3. Faulty software on the DI controller 3. Reinstall the software.
4. Faulty main control unit on the DI 4. Replace the main control unit.
controller side
W-1762 “Print Mode Select” cannot be A different type of service was requested Wait until one sheet of mounted print is
done while the scanned image is while a mounted or frame/character printing completed, or select [Print] or [Cancel] on
mounted. was in progress. the image preview screen.
Complete a mounted print, or

press the [Print] or the [Cancel]
in the “Image Preview” screen,
and then select it again.
W-1763 The printing operation cannot be The process in progress was forcibly Wait until one sheet of mounted print is
canceled while the image is terminated while a mounted or frame/ completed, or select [Print] or [Cancel] on
mounted. character printing was in progress. the image preview screen.
Complete a mounted print, or

press the [Print] or the [Cancel]
button in the “Image Preview”
screen, and then try it.
E-1801 Conjugate length variable upper Conjugate length variable upper limit sensor
limit sensor (D212) failure. (D212) failure
Restart the system. If problems 1. Disconnected conjugate length variable 1. Reconnect the connector.
persist, consult your technical home position sensor (D211) connector
representative. 2. Faulty D211 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Disconnected D212 connector 3. Reconnect the connector.
5. Faulty conjugate length drive system 5. Replace the drive section (gear ASSY,
etc.).
*This error may be recovered by

performing “I/O Check (43A).”

E-1802 Conjugate length variable lower Conjugate length variable lower limit sensor
limit sensor (D213) failure. (D212) failure
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty conjugate length drive system 1. Reconnect the connector.
persist, consult your technical 2. Foreign matter is caught in D121. 2. Remove the foreign matter.
representative. 3. Blown fuse (FE2) in the CTC22 circuit 3. Replace the fuse.
board
E-1803 Conjugate length variable home Conjugate length variable home position
position sensor (D211) failure. sensor (D211) failure
Restart the system. If problems 1. Disconnected D211 connector 1. Reconnect the connector.
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty D211 2. Replace the sensor.
representative. 3. Faulty conjugate length drive system 3. Replace the drive section (gear ASSY,
etc.).
4. Faulty conjugate length variable motor 4. Replace the motor.
(M201)
5. Shipping fixture remains in the scanner 5. Remove the shipping fixture.
section.
6. Blown fuse (FE5) in the CTC22 circuit 6. Replace the fuse.
board
board
E-1804 Conjugate length variable home Conjugate length variable home position
position sensor (D211) failure. sensor (D211) failure
Restart the system. If problems 1. Disconnected conjugate length variable 1. Remove the scanner cover and
persist, consult your technical motor (M201) connector reconnect the motor connector if
representative. disconnected.
2. Faulty M201 2. Replace the motor.
3. Faulty drive gear 3. Replace the drive gear ASSY.
E-1805 Lens home position sensor Lens home position detecting error
(D214) failure. (Causes of the error message)
1. Disconnected lens drive motor (M202) 1. Reconnect the connector.
Restart the system. If problems connector
persist, consult your technical 2. M202 meshing error 2. Replace the lens unit.
representative. 3. Disconnected lens home position sensor 3. Reconnect the connector.
(D214) connector
board
board
E-1806 Lens home position sensor Lens home position clearing error
1. Disconnected lens drive motor (M202) 1. Reconnect the connector.
persist, consult your technical 2. M202 meshing error 2. Replace the lens unit.
representative.
E-1807 Shutter home position sensor Shutter home position detecting error
1. Disconnected shutter home position 1. Reconnect the connector.
Restart the system. If problems sensor (D215) connector
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty D215 2. Replace the sensor.
representative. 3. Disconnected shutter motor (M203) 3. Reconnect the connector.
connector
board
board

E-1808 Shutter home position sensor Shutter home position clearing error
1. Disconnected shutter motor (M203) 1. Reconnect the connector.
persist, consult your technical 2. Disconnected shutter home position 2. Reconnect the connector.
representative. sensor (D215) connector
E-1811 Scanner cooling fan (F202) Scanner cooling fan failure
stopped. (Causes of the error message)
1. Disconnected scanner cooling fan (F216) 1. Remove the scanner cover and
Restart the system. If problems connector reconnect the fan connector if
persist, consult your technical disconnected.
representative. 2. Faulty F216 2. Replace the fan.
board
board
E-1812 Light source cooling fan (F201) Light source cooling fan failure
1. Disconnected light source cooling fan 1. Remove the scanner cover and
Restart the system. If problems (F201) connector reconnect the fan connector if
persist, consult your technical disconnected.
representative. 2. Faulty F201 2. Replace the fan.
board
board
E-1825 The temperature of the light Abnormal temperature of the LED controller
source controller out of the (Causes of the error message)
range. 1. Faulty light source 1. Replace the LED.
Restart the system. If problems between the CTC22 circuit board and LED replace the harness.
persist, consult your technical 3. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 3. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
representative.
E-1826 Carrier motor driver temperature Abnormal temperature of the carrier motor
beyond the specified driver
temperature range. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty feed motor in the carrier 1. Replace the motor.
Restart the system. If problems 2. Feed motor -to- plug-in connector -to- 2. Replace the harness.
persist, consult your technical CTC22 circuit board, short-circuited
representative. harness
E-1827 Scanner motor driver Abnormal temperature of the scanner motor
temperature beyond the driver
specified temperature range. (Causes of the error message)
1. Short-circuited conjugate length variable 1. Replace the motor.
Restart the system. If problems motor
persist, consult your technical 2. Conjugate length variable motor -to- plug- 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
representative. in connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, replace the harness.
poorly connected or broken harness
E-1828 An error occurred in the 3.3V 3.3 V power supply failure
power supply (PERR_3V) in the (Causes of the error message)
light source section. 1. Blown fuse (FE3) in the CTC22 circuit 1. Replace the fuse.
board
Restart the system. If problems 2. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 2. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
representative.

E-1829 An error occurred in the P5V P5V power supply failure
power supply (PERR_5V) in the (Causes of the error message)
scanner section. 1. Blown fuse (FE5) in the CTC22 circuit 1. Replace the fuse.
board
Restart the system. If problems 2. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 2. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
representative.
E-1831 The connector between the LED connector was disconnected.
input mechanical control CB and (Causes of the error message)
the light source section 1. Disconnected connector (CTC6, CTC7, 1. Reconnect the connector.
disconnected. CTC8, CTC9) in the CTC22 circuit board
(CTC22-LED) 2. Blown fuse (FE3) in the CTC22 circuit 2. Replace the fuse.
Restart the system. If problems board
representative.
E-1833 An error occurred in the An error occurred in the piezoelectric
piezoelectric actuator power unit actuator power unit.
(ZERRPZR) in the scanner (Causes of the error message)
section. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the PZR22 circuit board and the replace the harness.
Restart the system. If problems CTC22 circuit board
persist, consult your technical 2. Blown fuse (FH37) in the PWR22 circuit 2. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
representative. board
3. Faulty PZR22 circuit board 3. Replace the fuse.
E-1834 An error occurred in the motor 24V1 motor power supply failure
power supply (PERR_24V1) in (Causes of the error message)
the scanner section. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the scanner and the CTC22 replace the harness.
Restart the system. If problems circuit board
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 2. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
representative. 3. Blown fuse (FH32) in the PWR22 circuit 3. Replace the fuse.
board
E-1835 An error occurred in the carrier 24V2 motor power supply failure
motor power supply (Causes of the error message)
(PERR_24V2). 1. Faulty motor or solenoid (M101, M102, 1. Replace the motor or solenoid.
M103, M104, S101) in the carrier
Restart the system. If problems 2. Blown fuse (FE5) in the CTC22 circuit 2. Replace the fuse.
persist, consult your technical board
representative. 3. Blown fuse (FH32) in the PWR22 circuit 3. Replace the fuse.
board
E-1836 An error occurred in the power Excessive current control error
supply CB in the scanner (Causes of the error message)
section. 1. Short-circuited piezoelectric actuator 1. Replace the CCD unit.
(PZR22) 2. Broken harness between the PWR22 2. Replace the harness.
Restart the system. If problems circuit board and the PZR22 circuit board
persist, consult your technical 3. Blown fuse (FE3) in the CTC22 circuit 3. Replace the fuse.
representative. board
board
E-1841 Warming of light source section Temperature control error (Temperature could
failed. not be measured.)
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty LTC22 circuit board 1. Replace the LTC22 circuit board.
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty PWR22 circuit board 2. Replace the PWR22 circuit board.
representative. 3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the LTC22 circuit board and the replace the harness.
CTC22 circuit board

E-1842 Warming of light source section Temperature control error (Peltier element is
failed. faulty.)
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty peltier element or broken harness 1. Replace the light source section.
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty LTC22 circuit board 2. Replace the LTC22 circuit board.
representative. 3. Faulty PWR22 circuit board 3. Replace the PWR22 circuit board.
4. Poorly connected or broken harness to the 4. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
light source temperature sensor (D203) replace the harness.
E-1843 Warming of light source section Temperature control error (LTC power supply
failed. failure)
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty LTC22 circuit board 1. Replace the LTC22 circuit board.
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty PWR22 circuit board 2. Replace the PWR22 circuit board.
representative. 3. Poorly connected or broken harness to the 3. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
light source temperature sensor (D203) replace the harness.
W-1857 Diffusion box removed. No diffusion box was found just before driving
the piezoelectric actuator.
Remove carrier, and then install (Causes of the error message)
diffusion box. 1. Diffusion box is not installed, or incorrectly 1. Install the diffusion box.
installed.
W-1901 An error occurred during storing An error occurred while exposure conditions
of exposure conditions. were being stored to a data file.
Storing of exposure conditions (Causes of the error message)
will not be done from the next 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
time. it if the problem occurs again.
W-1902 Memory full. Couldn’t printing. Data could not be output to the DI Controller Wait until the DI Controller outputs image
because digitizing process continued, thus data.
Wait until the memory space is causing insufficient memory space.
available, and then start printing.
W-1903 Image data full. Couldn’t Data could not be output to the DI Controller Wait until the DI Controller outputs image
printing. because digitizing process continued, thus data.
causing insufficient memory space.
Please wait a moment, and start
printing.
E-1904 Image processing CB failure. The DSP is unavailable due to the problem.
(GPA22) (Causes of the error message)
Call technical representative. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the GMB22 and the GPA22circuit replace the harness.
boards
2. Faulty GPA22circuit board 2. Replace the GPA22circuit board.
E-1905 Image processing CB printing The DSP is unavailable due to a problem.
function failure. (Causes of the error message)
Call technical representative. it if the problem occurs again.
3. Faulty GPA22 circuit board 3. Replace the GPA22 circuit board.
E-1906 Image processing CB pre-scan The DSP is unavailable due to the problem.
function failure. (Causes of the error message)
Call technical representative. it if the problem occurs again.
3. Faulty GPA22circuit board 3. Replace the GPA22circuit board.

I-1907 Printing. Animation scanning cannot be started Re-execute it after a while.
because the DSP is busy.
Please wait.
I-1908 Available frame not detected. No frame is detected during animation
Eject film. scanning. (All the frames are unexposed.)
1. All the frames of the installed film are 1. Check the film.
unexposed.
2. Faulty unexposed frame sensor in the 2. Replace the sensor.
carrier
I-1909 Light source not stabilized. After The scanner LED is not stabilized.
the stabilization, positioning of (Causes of the error message)
image will be displayed. 1. Faulty LED 1. Replace the LED.
2. Faulty LED22 circuit board 2. Replace the LED22 circuit board.
Press the [End] to exit the image 3. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 3. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
position adjustment.
Press the [Run] button to start
the image position adjustment
ignoring the stabilization of the
light source temperature.
W-1910 Carrier not installed. (Causes of the error message)
1. A carrier is not installed. 1. Install the carrier.
Install the carrier and then start 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
pre-scan. between the plug-in connector and the replace the harness.
CTC22 circuit board
W-1911 Mask for MFC not installed. The mask sensor in the manual film carrier
does not function.
Install the mask and then start (Causes of the error message)
pre-scan. 1. The mask is installed incorrectly floating 1. Correctly install the mask.
above the target surface.
3. Faulty MFC circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board.
CTC22 circuit board
W-1912 Carrier upper cover opened. A scanning was attempted while the pressure
cover was open.
Close it and then start pre-scan. (Causes of the error message)
1. The pressure cover is open. 1. Correctly install the mask.
2. Faulty cover sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Faulty AFC circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board.
CTC22 circuit board
W-1914 Image not read correctly. An image acquisition error occurred during
animation scanning.
W-1915 Image not read correctly. A read error occurred during animation
scanning.
I-1916 Printing. The scanner cannot be corrected because Re-execute it after a while.
DSP is busy.
Please wait.

E-1998 Error table item( %TableItem% ) The item(s) required for the error table file
cannot be omitted. is(are) not written.
Sub-system:%SubSystemID% (Causes of the error message)
( %TableFileName% ) 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
Error No.:%NUM% it if the problem occurs again.
E-1999 Error table items ( %TableItem% ) Incorrect values are written in the error table
are incorrect. file.
Sub-system:%SubSystemID% (Causes of the error message)
( %TableFileName% ) 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
Error No.:%NUM% it if the problem occurs again.
E-2102 A communication error occurred A communication timeout occurred.
between the film scanner and (Causes of the error message)
the printer processor. 1. Poorly connected SCSI cable 1. Connect the SCSI cable correctly or
(Command time-out) replace it.
Restart the system. If problems 2. Faulty GHT22 circuit board 2. Replace the GHT22 circuit board.
persist, consult your technical 3. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
representative. 4. Blown fuse due to a broken harness in the 4. Replace the fuse.
PWR22 circuit board or the LDD22 circuit
board
W-2106 Printer setup and maintenance An uncalibrated magazine was installed Quit “Setup and Maintenance” screen,
is in progress. during printer maintenance. and perform paper condition setup.
Perform the paper condition

setup after the operation.
E-2107 Data file not opened. The file could not be opened when saving/
This message appears when loading data.
performing the new intallation. It (Causes of the error message)
is not an error message. 1. The file used to save or load data is 1. Reinstall the system software.
In case of the installation other corrupted.
than new installation, consult 2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
your technical representative.
E-2109 A communication error occurred Data cannot be sent to the printer processor.
the printer processor. 1. GMB22 circuit board power supply failure 1. Check or repair the power system
(SCSI sending error: Code related to the GMB22 circuit board.
No.=%NUM%) 2. Poorly connected or broken SCSI cable 2. Connect the SCSI cable correctly or
If problems persist after the replace it.
restart, consult your technical 3. Faulty system software 3. Restart the system software. If the
representative. error occurs again, reinstall the
system software.
*: Open the main control unit, and

disconnect/connect each circuit board
(especially memory board).
Sometimes this method solves the
problem.
W-2110 A communication error occurred Data cannot be sent to the printer processor.
the printer processor. 1. Poorly connected or broken SCSI cable 1. Correctly connect the SCSI cable or
(Sending error: Code replace it.
No.=%NUM%) 2.Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software. If the
Do countermeasures referring to error occurs again, reinstall the
the manual. system software.

E-2202 CB failure detected in printer When the circuit board diagnostic test detects
processor. an error
(Error code:%NUM%) (Causes of the error message)
Consult your technical 1. CTP22 circuit board power supply failure 1. Check or repair the power system
representative. related to the GMB22 circuit board.
2. Blown fuse in the PWR22 circuit board 2. Replace the fuse.
E-2305 The backup memory of the SRAM information key is not found.
printer processor failure. (Causes of the error message)
This message does not mean 1. When the software upgrade is performed 1. This message does not mean an
abnormality when the software abnormality exists.
version is updated. 2. Insufficiently recharged backup battery 2. Recharge the battery for 1 or 2 days.
For other than the version-up, 3. Faulty backup battery 3. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
consult your technical 4. Faulty backup circuit 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
representative.
E-2306 Current time of printer processor During the first initialization after the power
was changed to the time of film ON, time data read from the timer IC is
scanner. abnormal.
If this error persists, consult your it if the problem occurs again.
technical representative. 2. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 2. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
I-2307 The laser warm-up in the (Causes of the error message)
exposure section not completed. 1. When the print command was received 1. Wait until the temperature control
while the laser temperature control was finishes.
Please wait. not completed
2. Blown fuse in the LDD22 circuit board 2. Replace the fuse.
3. Faulty LDD22 circuit board 3. Replace the LDD22 circuit board.
I-2308 Warming up the processing When the print command was received while Wait until the temperature control
tanks. the solution temperatures had not reached finishes.
the setting values
Please wait.
I-2311 Printing. When the processor shutdown was –
If processing stopped, paper will attempted with the processor in operation
remain in processor.
Shut down the processor?
I-2312 The dryer unit or the dryer The processor cover is open when driving/
section cover opened. stopping the processing rack.
Close it. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the dryer unit detecting interlock replace the harness.
switch (D416) and PAC22 circuit board
3. Faulty PAC22 circuit board 3. Replace the PAC22 circuit board.

W-2407 Auto-loading of paper failed. The paper end sensor and splice sensor do
not change their state even if the film leading
Refer to manual for guidance. end is pulled out by a preset length.
1. Paper supply motor (M301) does not 1.
rotate, or the drive system is faulty.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between M301 and the PDC22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty M301 2) Replace the motor.
3) Faulty PDC22 circuit board 3) Replace the PDC22 circuit board.
4) Disengaged or worn timing belt in the 4) Reinstall or replace the belt.
paper supply section
5) Disengaged or worn timing pulley in the 5) Reinstall or replace the pulley.
6) Increased load in the drive section 6) Inspect or repair the drive section.
2. Paper splice sensor (D301) does not 2.
detect paper.
between D301 and the CTP22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty D301 2) Replace the sensor.
3) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
3. Paper cannot be rewound. 3.
1) Broken magazine drive pulley 1) Replace the pulley.
2) Paper slippage due to dirty rollers 2) Clean the roller.
3) Broken or disengaged magazine nip 3) Repair or replace the spring.
spring
4) Reverse-prevention lock in the magazine 4) Replace the cutter guide or magazine.
cannot be unlocked (broken cutter guide
pin, bent or scuffed magazine lock pin)
4. Paper does not reach the sensor. 4.
1) D301 cannot detect paper because the 1) Cut the paper’s leading end straight.
paper’s leading end is cut aslant.
2) Paper protrudes too much when setting it. 2) Adjust the length of the paper that
protrudes from the magazine.
3) Paper hit the magazine nip roller. 3) Inspect or replace the magazine nip
roller section guide.
4) Paper is set aslant. 4) Set the paper correctly.
5) Magazine table is incorrectly set. 5) Inspect or repair the table.
6) Magazine shutter malfunction (broken 6) Replace the cutter guide or magazine.
cutter guide pin, faulty magazine shutter
section)
7) Faulty magazine end detecting plate 7) Replace the magazine end detecting
plate or magazine.
board

W-2409 Auto-rewinding of paper failed. The paper end sensor and splice sensor do
not change their state even if the film leading
Refer to manual for guidance. end is rewound by a preset length.
board
detect paper.
board
spring
W-2411 Paper remains in printer section. (Causes of the error message)
1. The magazine door was opened while the 1. Remove the paper.
Remove paper. paper was being fed.
between the interlock switch (D322) and replace the harness.
the CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty D322 3. Replace the interlock switch.
E-2412 The cutter malfunctions. The outputs of the home position and closing
sensors did not change during operation.
1. Cutter drive motor (M307) does not rotate. 1.
board
2. Cutter home position sensor (D312) does 2.
not change the state.
board
4) Deformed detecting plate 4) Repair the detecting plate.
3. Cutter blade does not function 3.
1) Broken drive gear 1) Replace the motor.
2) Paper is caught in the cutter section. 2) Remove paper.
3) Faulty cutter blade sliding section 3) Replace the cutter unit.

W-2421 Paper end processing The paper end sensor detected the paper
completed. end.
Install the paper in the 1. The feed section stopped when the paper 1. Set a new roll of paper or replace the
magazine, or replace with the end process stopped. magazine.
magazine containing same 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
width paper. between the paper end sensor (D311) and replace the harness.
5. Paper end detecting plate on the
magazine side that is deformed or out of 5. Repair the detecting plate, or replace
place. the magazine.
W-2423 Unknown magazine ID is set. A magazine replaced at the time of paper end
had a different ID from the one used before
Set correct magazine ID. the replacement.
1. Magazine has been changed. 1.
1) A magazine that was different from the 1) Change the print size or install the
one used before the replacement was original magazine.
installed.
2) The ID chip has been changed. 2) Install the original ID chip or register
the ID.
2. Magazine ID sensor (D306 to D310) does 2.
not detect the magazine ID.
CTP22 circuit board
2) Faulty magazine ID sensor 2) Replace the sensor.
3. The magazine is incorrectly installed. 3.
1) The ID chip is not installed. 1) Install the ID chip.
2) The magazine table is out of place or 2) Inspect or repair the magazine table.
broken.
3) The sensor bracket is deformed or out of 3) Inspect or repair the bracket.
place.
W-2424 Magazine ID not registered. When a magazine whose ID is not registered
is installed
Set the paper magazine in the (Causes of the error message)
“4.Setup and Maintenance” - “5. 1. The ID of the currently installed magazine 1. Install the correct magazine.
Printer Adj./Maintenance” menu. is not registered.
CTP22 circuit board
broken.
place.

W-2426 Identifying of magazine failed. The magazine is not installed in the specified
position.
Check magazine, and then (Causes of the error message)
reinstall it. 1. Magazine ID sensor (D306 to D310) does 1.
If problems persist when it is not detect the magazine ID.
correctly installed, consult your 1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
technical representative. between the magazine ID sensor and the replace the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
broken.
place.
W-2427 Paper width and print size When a magazine that has a different paper
mismatched. width is installed
Install the correct magazine. 1. The size of the magazine does not match 1. Install the correct magazine.
the paper size.
CTP22 circuit board
broken.
place.
W-2432 Back printer unit not installed. Back printer is not installed when starting
printing.
Do countermeasures referring to (Causes of the error message)
the manual. 1. Back printer is not installed. 1. Correctly install the back printer unit.
between the back printer set sensor replace the harness.
(D320) and the CTP22 circuit board
I-2435 Magazine installed. Paper magazine whose paper condition Press [OK] to resume printing.
setup is already performed is installed.
Printing resumed.
W-2435 Magazine door opened. (Causes of the error message)
1. The magazine door is open. 1. Close the magazine door.
Close it. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the magazine door detecting replace the harness.
interlock switch (D322) and the PDC22
circuit board
4. Faulty PDC22 circuit board 4. Replace the PDC22 circuit board.

W-2436 Front upper cover or feeding (Causes of the error message)
section upper/lower cover 1. The cover is open. 1. Close the cover.
opened. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the sensor (D323, D324, D325) replace the harness.
Close it. and the PDC22 circuit board
3. Faulty sensor (D323, D324, D325) 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty PDC22 circuit board 4. Replace the PDC22 circuit board.
W-2441 Magazine with wrong ID The ID of the installed magazine does not Set the magazine that was installed
specified. match the specified one. during scanning.
Install magazine with

ID=%NUM%.
W-2450 Paper remains in printer section. (Causes of the error message)
(Paper supply section) 1. A sheet of paper is left in the print section. 1. Remove the paper.
Remove paper. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the magazine ID sensor (D306 to replace the harness.
D310) and the CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty sensors (D306 to D310) 3. Replace the sensor.
W-2451 Paper remains in printer section. Back printer entrance sensor detects paper
(Paper supply section or back when the initialization finishes.
printer section) (Causes of the error message)
Remove paper. 1. Back printer entrance sensor (D302) 1. Remove the paper.
detects paper.
board
W-2452 Paper remains in printer section. The registration sensor detects a sheet of
(Back printer section) paper when the initialization finishes.
Remove paper. (Causes of the error message)
1. Registration sensor (D303) detects paper. 1. Remove the paper.
board
W-2453 Paper remains in printer section. The registration sensor detects a sheet of
(Register section) paper when the initialization finishes.
1. Registration sensor (D303) detects paper. 1. Remove the paper.
board
W-2454 Paper remains in printer section. The pre-exposure sensor detects a sheet of
(Sub-scanning section) paper when the initialization finishes
1. Pre-exposure sensor (D304) detects 1. Remove the paper.
paper.
board
3. Faulty sensor D304 3. Replace the sensor.

W-2455 Paper remains in printer section. The processor entry sensor detects a sheet
(Exit section) of paper when the initialization finishes
1. A piece of paper is left in the feed section. 1. Remove the paper.
between the processor entry sensor replace the harness.
(D305) and CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty sensor (D305) 3. Replace the sensor.
E-2460 The registration nip motor When the mechanical section fails during the
(M309) malfunctions. initialization
Consult your technical 1. Registration nip motor (M309) does not 1.
representative. rotate.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness to 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
M309 replace the harness.
2. Registration nip roller stops at the home 2.
position.
between the registration nip home position replace the harness.
sensor (D316) and CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty nip release mechanism 3.
1) Broken cam 1) Replace the cam.
2) Broken bearing 2) Replace the bearing.
3) Disengaged or worn gear 3) Reinstall or replace the gear.
4) Foreign matter is caught in the nip release 4) Remove the foreign matter.
mechanism.
5) Increased load in the drive section 5) Inspect/repair the drive section.
board
E-2461 Width detecting drive motor When the mechanical section fails during the
(M310) failure. initialization
1. Width detecting drive motor (M310) does 1.
Consult your technical not rotate.
representative. 1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
board
2. Width detecting home position is not 2.
detected.
between the width detecting home replace the harness.
position sensor (D315) and CTP22 circuit
board
3. Faulty width detecting slide mechanism. 3.
1) Deformed home position detecting plate 1) Repair the plate.
2) Disengaged or worn timing belt 2) Reinstall or replace the belt.
3) Disengaged or worn timing pulley 3) Reinstall or replace the pulley.
4) Increased load in the slide bearing 4) Clean/replace the slide shaft, or
inspect/replace the width detecting
guide
5) Foreign matter is caught in the slide 5) Remove the foreign matter.
mechanism.
board

E-2462 Sub-scanning nip motor (M311) When the mechanical section fails during the
failure. initialization
Consult your technical 1. Sub-scanning nip motor (M311) does not 1.
representative. rotate.
board
2. Sub-scanning nip home position sensor 2.
(D317) does not detect the nip home
position.
between D317 and CTP22 circuit board replace the harness.
1) Broken cam (deformed detecting plate/ 1) Replace the cam.
broken stopper)
4) Disengaged or worn timing belt 4) Reinstall or replace the belt.
5) Disengaged or worn timing pulley 5) Reinstall or replace the pulley.
mechanism.
E-2464 Feed nip motor (M313) failure. When the mechanical section fails during the
initialization
representative. 1. Feed nip motor (M313) does not rotate. 1.
board
2. Feed nip home position sensor (D319) 2.
does not detect the nip home position.
broken stopper)
mechanism.

E-2465 Exit section up/down belt motor When the mechanical section fails during the
(M314) failure. initialization
Consult your technical 1. Exit section up/down motor (M314) does 1.
representative. not rotate.
board
2. Feed nip home position sensor (D319) 2.
does not detect the home position.
board
3. Faulty up/down release mechanism 3.
broken stopper)
mechanism.
board

W-2466 An error occurred during (Causes of the error message)
measuring of the side 1. Width detecting waiting position is 1.
registration. incorrect.
1) Side registration calibration has not been 1) Perform “Side Register Calibration
Do countermeasures referring to performed. (45S).”
the manual. 2) Disengaged or worn timing belt 2) Reinstall or replace the belt.
3) Disengaged or worn timing pulley 3) Reinstall or replace the pulley
4) Increased load in the slide bearing 4) Clean/replace the slide shaft, or
inspect/replace the width detecting
guide.
5) The magazine ID does not match the 5) Replace with the correct ID chip, or
paper width. correct the setting.
between the magazine ID sensor (D306 to replace the harness.
7) Faulty sensor (D306 to D310) 7) Replace the sensor.
2. Paper feed position is incorrect. 2.
1) Paper width guide in the magazine is 1) Correct the width guide position.
incorrectly set.
2) Flanges in the magazine is incorrectly set. 2) Correct the flange position.
3) Positioning pin in the magazine is 3) Replace the magazine.
incorrectly set.
4) Broken cutter guide positioning hole 4) Replace the cutter guide.
5) Faulty magazine table 5) Inspect/repair the magazine table.
6) Disengaged feed roller or nip spring in the 6) Inspect/repair the nip roller/spring.
magazine
7) Disengaged feed roller or nip spring in the 7) Inspect/repair the nip roller/spring.
feed section
8) Paper is incorrectly set (aslant) in the 8) Correctly set the paper.
magazine
9) Paper skewing due to dirty roller 9) Clean the roller.
3. Width detecting sensor (D314) 3.
malfunction
1) LED in D314 is not lit. 1) Replace the sensor.
board
3) Deformed or broken width detecting guide 3) Replace the width detecting guide.
W-2467 Can’t rewind because paper is The rewind request from the PC was received Try the operation again after the paper
being fed. while paper was being fed feed is completed.
Try again after the completion of

feeding paper.

W-2470 Paper jam occurred in printer. The paper end sensor and splice sensor do
(Paper supply section) not change the state even if the film leading
Remove paper. end is pulled out by a preset length.
board
detect paper.
board
spring
4. Paper does not reach the sensor. 4.
1) D301 cannot detect paper because the 1) Cut the paper’s leading end straight.
paper’s leading end is cut aslant.
2) Paper protrudes too much when setting it. 2) Adjust the length of the paper that
protrudes from the magazine.
3) Paper hit the magazine nip roller. 3) Inspect or replace the magazine nip
roller section guide.
4) Paper is set aslant. 4) Set the paper correctly.
5) Magazine table is incorrectly set. 5) Inspect or repair the table.
6) Magazine shutter malfunction (broken 6) Replace the cutter guide or magazine.
cutter guide pin, faulty magazine shutter
section)
7) Faulty magazine end detecting plate 7) Replace the magazine end detecting
plate or magazine.
board

W-2471 Paper jam occurred in printer. Paper feed error
(Paper supply section - Feeding (Causes of the error message)
section) 1. Paper jamming occurred. 1.
Remove paper. 1) The nip roller or spring is out of place. 1) Inspect/repair the nip roller and spring.
2) Paper remains in the printer. 2) Remove the paper.
3) Deformed or incorrectly installed guide 3) Check/repair the guide plate.
plate
4) The curl of the paper is excessive. 4) Replace the paper.
2. Feed drive motor 1 (M302) does not 2.
board
4) Disengaged or worn feed drive gear 4) Reinstall or replace the gear.
5) Increased lode in the drive section 5) Inspect/repair the drive section.
3. Back printer entrance sensor (D302) does 3.
not detect paper.
board
(Feeding section - Back printer (Causes of the error message)
Remove paper. 1) Back printer clearance is incorrectly 1) Adjust the clearance correctly.
adjusted.
plate
board
3. Back printer entrance sensor (D302) does 3.
not detect paper.
board

(Back printer section - Register (Causes of the error message)
Remove paper. 1) Back printer clearance is incorrectly 1) Adjust the clearance correctly.
adjusted.
plate
board
3. Registration sensor (D303) does not 3.
detect paper.
board
4. Faulty feed roller nip or pre-registration 4.
roller nip mechanism (The rollers do not
nip paper.)
1) Broken nip release cam 1) Replace the cam.
2) Broken nip release arm 2) Reinstall or replace the arm.
3) Faulty mechanism fine adjustment 3) Perform fine adjustment again.

(Register section - Sub- (Causes of the error message)
scanning section) 1. Paper jamming occurred. 1.
Remove paper. 1) Abnormal width detecting operation 1) Refer to E-2466.)
2) The magazine ID does not match the 2) Replace with the correct ID chip, or
paper width. correct the setting.
3) Abnormal magazine ID detection 3) (Refer to W-2426.)
4) Inspect or repair the width detecting
section.
5) Disengaged nip roller or spring 5) Inspect, repair or replace the nip roller
or spring.
6) Width detecting section is incorrectly 6) Inspect, repair or replace the guide
installed, deformed or broken. plate.
7) Paper slippage due to dirty roller 7) Clean the roller.
9) Heavily curled paper 9) Replace the paper.
2. Registration drive motor (M304) does not 2.
board
3) Disengaged or worn drive gear 3) Reinstall or replace the gear.
3. Registration sensor (D303) or Pre- 3.
exposure sensor (D304) does not detect
paper.
between D303/D304 and the CTP22 replace the harness.
circuit board
2) Faulty D303/D304 2) Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty registration nip or first sub-scanning 4.
roller nip (The rollers do not nip paper.)
1) Broken nip release cam 1) Replace the cam.
2) Broken nip release arm 2) Reinstall or replace the arm.
3) Faulty mechanism fine adjustment 3) Perform the fine adjustment again.
5. Sub-scanning drive motor (M305) does 5.
not rotate, or the drive system is faulty.
board
3) Faulty motor driver 3) Replace the motor driver.
4) Disengaged or broken steel belt 4) Reinstall or replace the steel belt.
5) Abnormal steel belt tension 5) Adjust the belt tension again.
6) Increased load in the drive section 6) Inspect or repair the drive system.
6. Exit section up/down belt malfunction 6.
2) Faulty mechanism fine adjustment 2) Perform the fine adjustment again.

(Exit section) (Causes of the error message)
Remove paper. 1. Paper jamming occurred. 1.
1) The feed roller or spring is out of place. 1) Inspect or repair the nip roller and
spring.
2) Deformed, incorrectly installed or broken 2) Repair or replace the feed belt.
feed belt
3) Deformed or incorrectly installed guide 3) Inspect or repair the guide plate.
plate
2. Exit drive motor (M306) does not rotate, or 2.
the drive system is faulty.
board
3) Disengaged or worn exit drive motor drive 3) Reinstall or replace the gear.
gear
4) Disengaged or worn exit drive timing belt 4) Reinstall or replace the belt.
5) Disengaged or worn exit drive pulley 5) Reinstall or replace the pulley.
3. Processor entry sensor (D305) does not 3.
detect paper.
2) Faulty mechanism fine adjustment 2) Adjust the lowest position of the up/
down belt.
W-2476 Paper jam occurred in printer. The error recovery process used to cope with Wait until the process is completed.
a jam is in progress.
The error recovery process is in
progress. Please wait.
I-2477 Loading paper. (Causes of the error message)
1. The feed section initialization is in 1. Wait until the auto load operation is
Please wait. progress during the system startup or after complete.
a cover is closed.
board

W-2478 Paper jam occurred in printer or Paper feed error
processor section. (Causes of the error message)
(Exit section - Processor 1. Paper jamming occurred. 1.
section) 1) The feed roller or spring is out of place. 1) Inspect or repair the nip roller and
Remove paper. spring.
2) Deformed, incorrectly installed or broken 2) Repair or replace the feed belt.
feed belt
3) Deformed or incorrectly installed guide 3) Inspect or repair the guide plate.
plate
2. Exit drive motor (M306) does not rotate, or 2.
the drive system is faulty.
board
3) Disengaged or worn exit drive motor drive 3) Reinstall or replace the gear.
gear
4) Disengaged or worn exit drive timing belt 4) Reinstall or replace the belt.
5) Disengaged or worn exit drive pulley 5) Reinstall or replace the pulley.
3. Processor entry sensor (D305) does not 3.
detect paper.
2) Faulty mechanism fine adjustment 2) Adjust the lowest position of the up/
down belt.
board
I-2479 Paper-end processing. The paper end process is in progress. Wait until the process is completed.
Please wait.
E-2501 ROS shutter malfunctions. The mechanical shutter linked to the optical
system did not function. (The shutter-open
Consult your technical signal could not be detected by the shutter-
representative. open sensor.)
1. Blown fuse (FC07) in the LDD22 circuit 1. Replace the fuse.
board
2. Poorly connected or broken harness that 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
includes the connector in the laser unit replace the harness.
4. Faulty laser unit 4. Replace the laser unit.

E-2502 ROS fan malfunctions. The mechanical shutter linked to the optical
system did not function. (The rotation sensor
Consult your technical did not function.)
representative. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected or broken harness that 1. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
includes the connector (JROS) in the laser replace the harness.
unit
2. Poorly connected fan connector 2. Reconnect the connector.
board
E-2503 The polygon malfunctions. The mechanical polygon did not function.
(The rotation sensor did not function.)
representative. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness that 1. Reconnect the connector, or replace/
includes the connector (JROS) in the laser repair the harness.
unit
2. Poorly connected connector (JPLG) at the 2. Reconnect the connector.
bottom of the laser unit
board
board
6. Faulty PWR22 circuit board 6. Replace the PWR22 circuit board.
E-2506 The exposure section cooling The fan in the exposure section did not
fan malfunctions. function. (The rotation sensor did not
function.)
representative. 1. Poorly contacting connector for the cooling 1. Reconnect the connector.
fan
board
3. Faulty cooling fan 3. Replace the fan.
4. Faulty LDD22 4. Replace the LDD22 circuit board.
W-2507 The paper condition setup of the When a magazine is installed, a message
magazine not performed. indicating that the density measurement has
not been performed is displayed.
Perform the paper condition 1. The magazine has been replaced. 1. Perform the paper condition setup.
setup.
E-2508 The communication error A timeout with the optical section (LDA22)
occurred in the printer occurred.
processor. (Causes of the error message)
(GHT22-LDA22) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
Consult your technical between the GHT22 and LDA22 circuit replace the harness.
representative. boards
3. Faulty LDA22 circuit board 3. Replace the LDA22 circuit board.
E-2509 R-laser information (R-LD) Incorrect data read from the EEPROM in the
information failure. laser unit during the system startup.
Call technical representative. 1. Incorrect data in the laser unit 1. Replace the laser unit.
2. Poorly contacting connector (JML1 or 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
JML2) or broken harness between the replace the harness.
laser unit and the JML22 circuit board
board
4. Abnormal system software 4. Restart the system. Reinstall it if the
problem occurs again.

E-2510 G-laser (G-SHG) information Incorrect data read from the EEPROM in the
failure. laser unit during the system startup.
2. Poorly contacting connector (JML6) or 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
broken harness between the laser unit and replace the harness.
the JML22 circuit board
board
E-2511 B-laser (B-SHG) information Incorrect data read from the EEPROM in the
failure. laser unit during the system startup.
2. Poorly contacting connector (JML1 or 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
JML2) or broken harness between the replace the harness.
laser unit and the JML22 circuit board
board
E-2512 R laser (R-LD) temperature Laser temperature is outside of the specified
outside specified range. range during the initialization.
Warming-up of laser stopped. (Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the 1. Blown fuse (FC01 or FC02) in the LDD22 1. Replace the fuse.
restart, consult your technical circuit board
representative. 2. Poorly contacting connector or broken 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
harness between the laser unit and the replace the harness.
LDD22 circuit board
E-2513 G laser (G-SHG) temperature Laser temperature is outside of the specified
If problems persist after the 1. Poorly contacting connector (JML5) or 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
restart, consult your technical broken harness between the laser unit and replace the harness.
representative. the JML circuit board
2. Blown fuse (FC01 or FC02) in the LDD22 2. Replace the fuse.
circuit board
E-2514 B laser (B-SHG) temperature Laser temperature is outside of the specified
If problems persist after the 1. Poorly contacting connector (JML8) or 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
restart, consult your technical broken harness between the laser unit and replace the harness.
representative. the JML circuit board
2. Blown fuse (FC01 or FC02) in the LDD22 2. Replace the fuse.
E-2515 R-laser (R-LD) temperature When laser temperature is outside of the
error occurred. specified range
representative. 2. Broken wire in the laser unit 2. Replace the laser unit.

E-2516 G-laser (G-SHG) temperature When laser temperature is outside of the
E-2517 B-laser (B-SHG) temperature When laser temperature is outside of the
W-2518 A temperature error detected in When the ambient temperature is outside of
the printer. the specified range
Check it referring to the manual. 1. The current temperature is above (or 1. Measure the internal temperature, and
below) the specified range. adjust it (using an airconditioner) to
within 5 to 45 degrees centigrade as
per “Printer Temperature Display
(456).”
2. Poorly connected or broken harness of the 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
temperature sensor replace the harness.
3. Blown fuse (FC01, FC02, or FC03) in the 3. Replace the fuse.
LDD22 circuit board
4. Faulty LDD22 circuit board 4. Replace the LDD22 circuit board
5. Faulty temperature sensor 5. Replace the sensor.
E-2519 AOM temperature error An abnormal temperature was observed at
occurred. the AOM immediately before the exposure.
If problems persist after the 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
restart, consult your technical between the LDD22 circuit board and the replace the harness.
representative. AOM driver
2. Blown fuse in the LDD22 circuit board 2. Replace the fuse.
3. Faulty AOM driver 3. Replace the AOM driver.
E-2520 Excessive R laser (R-LD) The LD current limiter detected an excessive
current detected. current.
If problems persist after the 1. Incorrect data in the laser unit 1. Replace the laser unit.
restart, consult your technical 2. Blown fuse (FC01, FC02, or FC03) in the 2. Replace the fuse.
representative. LDD22 circuit board
E-2521 Excessive G laser (G-SHG) The LD current limiter detected an excessive
E-2522 Excessive B laser (B-SHG) The LD current limiter detected an excessive

E-2523 R laser (R-LD) current The PD current is not within the specified
measurement value outside range.
specified range. (Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the LDD22 circuit board
restart, consult your technical 2. Broken wire in the laser unit 2. Replace the laser unit.
representative.
E-2524 G laser (G-SHG) current The PD current is not within the specified
specified of range. (Causes of the error message)
restart, consult your technical 2. Blown fuse (FH12 or FH14) in the PWR22 2. Replace the fuse.
representative. circuit board
3. Broken wire in the laser unit 3. Replace the laser unit.
E-2525 B laser (B-SHG) current The PD current is not within the specified
specified range. (Causes of the error message)
restart, consult your technical 2. Blown fuse (FH12 or FH15) in the PWR22 2. Replace the fuse.
representative. circuit board
3. Broken wire in the laser unit 3. Replace the laser unit.
W-2526 R laser (R-LD) is about to its Laser deterioration was detected in the last
lifetime. post-operational check.
No problem for the moment, but 1. Incorrect data in the laser unit 1. Replace the laser unit.
consult technical representative. 2. Deteriorated laser 2. Replace the laser unit.
W-2527 G laser (G-SHG) is about to its Laser deterioration was detected in the last
consult technical representative. 2. The temperature has not been periodically 2. Perform temperature optimization by
set to an optimum value. referring to “B, G Laser (SHG) Optimal
Temperature Setup (454).”
3. Deteriorated laser 3. Replace the laser unit.
W-2528 B laser (B-SHG) is about to its Laser deterioration was detected in the last
consult technical representative. 2. The temperature has not been periodically 2. Perform temperature optimization by
set to an optimum value. referring to “B, G Laser (SHG) Optimal
Temperature Setup (454).”
3. Deteriorated laser 3. Replace the laser unit.
E-2529 SOS detection failed. When SOS cannot be detected
If problems persist after the 1. Cable to the AOM driver is not connected 1. Confirm that the AOM driver is
restart, consult your technical or the wires are incorrectly swapped properly connected.
representative. (check them for the correct colors).
LDD22 circuit board

E-2530 Electrical failure occurred in the The power supply voltages are outside of the
exposure section. specified range.
If problems persist, call technical 1. The cable between the LDD22 and 1. Connect the cable properly.
representative. PWR22 circuit boards is not connected.
3. Blown fuse(s) (FH9 to FH15) in the LDD22 3. Replace the fuse.
circuit board
W-2532 G laser (SHG) temperature SHG needs to be set.
adjustment required. (Causes of the error message)
1. Three months have passed since the 1. Perform temperature optimization by
Perform the G, B-laser (SHG) setting was performed last. referring to “B, G Laser (SHG) Optimal
optimal temperature setup in the Temperature Setup (454).”
“4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.
Printer Adj./Maintenance” menu.
W-2533 10 days passed since the last The paper condition setup for the master Perform the paper condition setup.
paper condition setup. magazine has not been performed for 10
days.
We recommend paper condition
setup.
E-2534 An error detected by R-laser(R- Laser Thermistor detects an error.
LD) sensor. (Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the between the laser unit and the JML22 replace the harness.
representative. 2. Faulty JML22 circuit board 2. Replace the JML22 circuit board.
E-2535 An error detected by G-laser(G- Laser Thermistor detects an error.
SHG) sensor. (Causes of the error message)
E-2536 An error detected by B-laser(B- Laser Thermistor detects an error.
SHG) sensor. (Causes of the error message)
W-2537 Laser temperature adjustment After the initialization, the ambient
not started because the ambient temperature has been outside of the
temperature is too low(high). specified range for more than the specified
period.
Adjust the ambient temp. (Causes of the error message)
between 15 to 30-C. (Laser 1. The current temperature is above (or 1. Measure the internal temperature, and
temp. adjustment will be started below) the specified range. adjust it (using an airconditioner) to
when the ambient temp. within 5 to 45 degrees centigrade as
exceeds 5-C.) per “Printer Temperature Display
(456).”
temperature sensor. replace the harness.
LDD22 circuit board

W-2538 Time to replace ROS filter. The air filter has not been replaced during the
specified period.
Replace ROS filter. (Causes of the error message)
1. The specified time has elapsed since the 1. Replace the filter and press the
filter was replaced last. [Replace] button in “Filter
Replacement History (45B).”
E-2539 Time to replace ROS filter. The air filter has not been replaced during the
specified period.
Replace ROS filter. (Causes of the error message)
1. The specified time has elapsed since the 1. Replace the filter and press the
filter was replaced last. [Replace] button in “Filter
Replacement History (45B).”
W-2540 Ambient temperature too low The ambient temperature is outside of the
(high). range between 10 to 42 degrees centigrade
(by default).
Adjust the ambient temperature (Causes of the error message)
between 15 to 30-C. 1. The current temperature is above (or 1. Measure the internal temperature, and
below) the specified range. adjust it (using an airconditioner) to
within 5 to 45 degrees centigrade as
per “Displaying the Internal Printer
Temperature (456).”
temperature sensor replace the harness.
LDD22 circuit board
4. Faulty LDD22 circuit board 4. Replace the LDD22 circuit board
E-2541 R-laser (R-LD) CB temperature R-laser (R-LD) CB temperature is outside of
error occurred. the specified range.
1. Disconnected connector (JML1, JML2) 1. Reconnect the connector.
If problems persist after the 2. Broken harness between the laser unit 2. Repair/replace the harness.
restart, consult your technical and the JML22 circuit board
representative. 3. Faulty JML22circuit board 3. Replace the JML22circuit board.
W-2541 Periodic time to set the optimal SHG needs to be set.
temperatures of B laser (SHG). (Causes of the error message)
1. Three months have passed since the 1. Perform temperature optimization by
Perform the G, B-laser (SHG) setting was last performed. referring to “B, G Laser (SHG) Optimal
optimal temperature setup in the Temperature Setup (454).”
“4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.
Printer Adj./Maintenance” menu.
W-2601 Paper jam occurred in the Paper is not fed out after the specified time
processor section. has passed.
%NUM% papers remain in (Causes of the error message)
processor. 1. Incorrectly installed unit (processing rack, 1. Reinstall each unit.
Remove paper. crossover rack, dryer rack, etc.)
2. Paper remains in the processor due to a 2. Remove paper.
power failure during paper feed.
3. Poorly connected connector (CTP19) or 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
broken harness between the Dryer section replace the harness.
exit sensor (D411) and the CTP22 circuit
board
5. Faulty processing rack or crossover rack 5. Clean or replace the parts or unit.
W-2602 Paper remains in the processor The power is turned OFF while paper is in the Remove the paper in the processor or
section. processor. dryer section.
Remove paper.

E-2606 Replenisher cartridge opening Replenisher cartridge section is faulty.
drive motor (M402) failure. (Causes of the error message)
Consult your technical between the replenisher cartridge opening replace the harness.
representative. drive motor (M402) and the CTP22 circuit
board
between the cartridge box sensor (D408, replace the harness.
4. Faulty D408 or D409 4. Replace the sensor.
between the replenisher door detecting replace the harness.
interlock switch(D410) and the PAC22
circuit board
6. Faulty D410 6. Replace the interlock switch.
W-2607 PSR replenisher nearly empty. When the PSR lower limit sensor sensed
“solution low” during the FA process
Mix the replenisher. (Causes of the error message)
1. The PSR tank is empty. 1. Add two liters of water.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Correctly connect, repair, or replace
between the PSR external replenisher the harness.
solution level sensor (FS418) and the
CTP16 in the CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty FS418 3. Replace the sensor.
W-2609 The dryer unit or the dryer cover Dryer unit or dryer section cover is opened
opened. while paper is processed in the processor.
Processing cancelled. (Causes of the error message)
Remove paper, and then start 1. Incorrectly installed dryer unit 1. Correctly install the dryer unit.
processing. 2. Incorrectly installed dryer cover 2. Correctly install the dryer cover.
(incorrectly tightened thumbscrews)
switch (D416) and the PWR22 circuit
board
4. Blown fuse related to the interlock switch 4. Replace the fuse.
5. Faulty PWR22 circuit board 5. Replace the PWR22 circuit board
W-2611 The dryer unit or the dryer Dryer unit or dryer section cover is opened
section cover opened. while paper is processed in the processor.
Close the cover. 1. Incorrectly installed dryer unit 1. Correctly install the dryer unit.
2. Incorrectly installed dryer cover 2. Correctly install the dryer cover.
(incorrectly tightened thumbscrews)
3. Deformed interlock detecting plate 3. Repair/replace the detecting plate.
switch (D416) and the PWR22 circuit
board

E-2614 P1 processing tank temperature Solution temperature does not rise more than
not rising. 1°C within 30 minutes.
Processing tank heaters (H401) (Causes of the error message)
turned off. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
If problems persist after the between the P1 solution heater (H401) replace the harness.
restart, consult your technical and the PAC6 in the PAC22 circuit board
representative. 2. Faulty electrical section 2. Repair the electrical section.
3. Faulty H401 3. Replace the heater.
4. Clogged hose, nozzle or circulation filter 4. Clean the hose or nozzle, or replace
the circulation filter.
between the P1 circulation pump (PU401) replace the harness.
and the PAC22 circuit board
6. Faulty P1 solution temperature sensor 6. Replace the sensor.
(TS401)
7. Faulty CTP22circuit board 7. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
E-2615 P2 processing tank temperature Solution temperature does not rise more than
not rising. 1°C within 30 minutes.
If problems persist after the between the P2 solution heater (H402) replace the harness.
(TS402)
E-2616 PS1, 2 processing tank Solution temperature does not rise more than
temperatures not rising. 1°C within 30 minutes.
If problems persist after the between the PS1/2 solution heater (H403) replace the harness.
between the PS1/2 circulation pump replace the harness.
(PU403/PU404) and the PAC22 circuit
board
6. Faulty PS1/2 solution temperature sensor 6. Replace the sensor.
(TS403)

E-2617 PS3, 4 processing tank Solution temperature does not rise more than
temperatures not rising. 1°C within 30 minutes.
If problems persist after the between the PS3/4 solution heater (H404) replace the harness.
board
(TS404)
7. Blown fuse in the CTP22 circuit board 7. Replace the fuse.
E-2618 Dryer section temperature not Solution temperature does not rise more than
rising. 1°C within 1 minute during heat-up.
Dryer section heaters (H406) (Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the between the dryer heater (H406) and the replace the harness.
restart, consult your technical PAC22 circuit board
E-2619 Temperature of P1 processing Abnormal P1 solution temperature
tank outside the specified (Causes of the error message)
temperature range. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
Heater (H401) turned off. between the P1 solution heater (H401) replace the harness.
If problems persist after the and the PAC6 in the PAC22 circuit board
restart, consult your technical 2. Faulty electrical section 2. Repair the electrical section.
representative. 3. Faulty H401 3. Replace the heater.
5. Poorly connected or broken harness the circulation filter.
between the P1 circulation pump (PU401) 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
and the PAC22 circuit board replace the harness.
(TS401)
E-2620 Temperature of P2 processing Abnormal P2 solution temperature
tank outside the specified (Causes of the error message)
Heater (H402) turned off. between the P2 solution heater (H402) replace the harness.
(TS402)

E-2621 Temperature of PS 1,2 Abnormal PS1/PS2 solution temperature
processing tank outside the (Causes of the error message)
specified temperature range. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
Heater (H403) turned off. between the PS1/2 solution heater (H403) replace the harness.
board
(TS403)
E-2622 Temperature of PS 3,4 Abnormal PS3/PS4 solution temperature
processing tank outside the (Causes of the error message)
specified temperature range. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
Heater (H404) turned off. between the PS3/4 solution heater (H404) replace the harness.
board
(TS404)
E-2623 Temperature of dryer section Abnormal dryer temperature
outside the specified (Causes of the error message)
Heater (H406) turned off. between the dryer heater (H406) and the replace the harness.
If problems persist after the PAC22 circuit board
E-2624 P1 safety thermostat (D401) Safety thermostat in P1 processing tank is
activated. activated.
Heater (H401) turned off. (Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the 1. Clogged hose, nozzle or circulation filter 1. Clean the hose or nozzle, or replace
restart, consult your technical the circulation filter.
representative. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
(TS401)
E-2625 P2 safety thermostat (D402) Safety thermostat in P2 processing tank is
(TS402)

E-2626 PS1/2 safety thermostat (D403) Safety thermostat in PS1/2 processing tank is
Heaters (H403) turned off. (Causes of the error message)
between the PS2 circulation pump replace the harness.
(PU404) and the PAC22 circuit board
(TS403)
E-2627 PS3/4 safety thermostat (D404) Safety thermostat in PS3/4 processing tank is
Heaters (H404) turned off. (Causes of the error message)
between the PS4 circulation pump replace the harness.
(PU406) and the PAC22 circuit board
(TS404)
E-2628 Safety thermostat in dryer Safety thermostat in the dryer section is
section (D406) activated. activated.
If problems persist after the 1. Faulty dryer fan (F405) 1. Clean the hose or nozzle, or replace
between the dryer air temperature sensor replace the harness.
(TS406) and the CTP13 in the CTP22
circuit board
3. Faulty TS406 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Foreign matter is caught in the dryer duct. 4. Remove the foreign matter.
W-2629 P1 solution level has fallen. The solution level of the P1 processing tank
Temperature adjustment is low.
Refer to manual for guidance. 1. Solution leak 1. Repair the solution leak.
between the P1R replenisher pump replace the harness.
(PU408) and PAC3 in the PAC22 circuit
board
between the P1 solution level sensor replace the harness.
(FS401) and the CTP15 in the CTP22
circuit board
4. Faulty PU408 4. Replace the pump.
7. Faulty PAC22 circuit board 7. Replace the PAC22 circuit board.
W-2630 P2 solution level has fallen. The solution level of the P2 processing tank
between the P2 solution level sensor replace the harness.
circuit board

W-2631 PS1 solution level has fallen. The solution level of the PS1 processing tank
between the PS1 solution level sensor replace the harness.
circuit board
3. Faulty sensor (FS403) 3. Replace the sensor.
circuit board
3. Safety FS404 3. Replace the sensor.
circuit board
between the sensor (FS406) and the replace the harness.
W-2635 P1R replenisher solution level When the P1R lower limit sensor detects
has fallen. “solution low” during the FA process
Mix the replenisher. 1. P1R solution level is low. 1. Replenish the P1R.
between the P1R external replenisher replace the harness.
sensor (FS416) and the CTP16 in the
CTP22 circuit board
W-2638 P1R replenisher empty. When the P1R lower limit sensor detects
“Completely no solution”
Add replenisher. (Causes of the error message)
1. No solution is in the P1R tank. 1. Replenish the P1R.
level sensor (FS416) and the CTP16 in the
CTP22 circuit board

W-2644 W2 waste tank nearly full. When the external waste solution sensor
detects “solution exists”
Collect it in the recovery tank. (Causes of the error message)
1. The external waste solution level sensor 1. Collect the waste solution.
(FS420) detected “Solution exists.”
between FS420 and the CTP16 in the replace the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
W-2645 W2 waste tank full. When the external waste solution sensor
detected “solution completely full”
1. The external waste solution level sensor 1. Collect the waste solution.
(FS420) detected “Solution exists.”
between FS420 and the CTP16 in the replace the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
W-2648 PSR replenisher nearly empty. When the PSR upper limit sensor detects
“solution low”
Replenish 4L of replenisher. (Causes of the error message)
1. PSR solution level is low. 1. Add one FSC and four liters of FRSS.
between the PSR upper level sensor the harness.
circuit board
W-2649 PSR replenisher empty. When the PSR lower limit sensor detects
“solution low”
Replenish 8L of replenisher. (Causes of the error message)
1. The PSR tank is empty. 1. Add two FSCs and eight liters of
FRSS.
between the PSR lower level sensor the harness.
circuit board
W-2650 W1 waste tank nearly full. When the internal waste solution sensor
detects “Solution exists.”
1. The waste solution level sensor (FS415) 1. Collect the waste solution.
indicates “Solution exists.”
between FS415 and the CTP16 in the the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board

W-2651 W1 waste tank full. When the external waste solution sensor
detects “solution completely full”
1. The waste solution level sensor (FS415) 1. Collect the waste solution.
indicates “Solution exists.”
between FS415 and the CTP16 in the the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board
E-2657 P1R replenishment pump When the integrated discharge up to the P1R
(PU408) or P1R replenisher upper limit sensor exceeds the specified
stirring valve (S410) value (1998 ml)
malfunctions. (Causes of the error message)
Call technical representative. between P1R replenisher pump (PU408) replace the harness.
and the PAC3 in the PAC22 circuit board
between P1R stirring valve (S410) and the replace the harness.
PDC12 in the PDC22 circuit board
4. Faulty S410 4. Replace the stirring valve.
between P1R cartridge washing valve replace the harness.
(S407) and the PDC12 in the PDC22
circuit board
6. Faulty S407 6. Replace the washing valve.
between P1R upper level sensor (FS407) replace the harness.
and the CTP16 in the CTP22 circuit board
E-2658 P2RA replenishment pump When the integrated discharge up to the
(PU409) or P2RA replenisher P2RA upper limit sensor exceeds the
cartridge washing valve (S408) specified value (777 ml)
Call technical representative. between the P2RA replenisher pump replace the harness.
(PU409) and the PAC3 in the PAC22
circuit board
between the P2RA cartridge washing replace the harness.
valve (S408) and the PDC12 in the PDC22
circuit board
between the P2RB upper level sensor replace the harness.
circuit board

E-2659 P2RB replenishment pump When the integrated discharge up to the
(PU410) or P2RB replenisher P2RB upper limit sensor exceeds the
cartridge washing valve (S409) specified value (777 ml)
Call technical representative. between the P2RB replenisher pump replace the harness.
circuit board
between the P2RB cartridge washing replace the harness.
circuit board
circuit board
W-2660 PSR replenisher empty. When the PSR lower limit sensor detects
1. The PSR tank is empty. 1. Add eight liters of water into the
FRSS.
between the PSR external replenisher the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
I-2662 Performing the evaporation Evaporation replenishment is in progress. Wait until the process is completed.
correction.
Warming-up will be started after
the evaporation correction.
Please wait.
E-2663 P1R replenisher pump (PU408) When the integrated discharge between the
malfunctions. P1R upper and lower limit sensors exceeds
the specified value
between the P1R replenisher pump replace the harness.
circuit board
between the P1R lower level sensor replace the harness.
circuit board

E-2664 P2RA replenisher pump When the integrated discharge between the
(PU409) malfunctions. P2RA upper and lower limit sensors exceeds
the specified value
between the P2RA replenisher pump replace the harness.
circuit board
between the P2RA lower level sensor replace the harness.
circuit board
E-2665 P2RB replenisher pump When the integrated discharge between the
(PU410) malfunctions. P2RB upper and lower limit sensors exceeds
the specified value
between the P2RB replenisher pump replace the harness.
circuit board
W-2666 P2R replenisher nearly empty. When the P2R lower limit sensor detects
1. The replenisher solution level is low. 1. Replenish the P2R tank.
between the external replenisher level replace the harness.
sensor (FS417) and the CTP16 in the
CTP22 circuit board
W-2667 P2R replenisher empty. When the P2R lower limit sensor detects
“solution completely empty” during the FA
Mix the replenisher. process
1. The P2R tank is empty. 1. Replenish the P2R tank.
CTP22 circuit board
W-2670 Replenisher cartridge not (Causes of the error message)
loaded. 1. The replenisher cartridge is not installed. 1. Install a new replenisher cartridge.
Install new replenisher cartridge. between the sensor (D407) and the replace the harness.

W-2671 Replenisher door open. The replenisher box door is open.
Close it. 1. The replenisher box door is open. 1. Close the replenisher box door.
between the replenisher door detecting replace the harness.
interlock switch (D410) and the PWR4 in
the PWR22 circuit board
4. Faulty PWR22 circuit board 4. Replace the PWR22 circuit board.
W-2672 PSR lowered. When the PSR upper limit level sensor
detects “solution low”
Continue to replenish PSR until (Causes of the error message)
this message disappears. 1. The replenisher solution level is low. 1. Add FRSS until the message
disappears.
between the PSR upper level sensor replace the harness.
circuit board
E-2673 Opening of replenisher cartridge When the lower limit sensor does not detect
failed. “solution exists” within a specific time after
the cartridge is opened.
1. Faulty replenisher cartridge opening 1. - Check whether or not if any solution
remains in the cartridge due to
opening failure. If an opening error
occurred, also check whether or not
the opening section is broken.
- If an opening error occurred but no
abnormality was found, drain off the
P1R,P2RA,P2RB replenisher tanks,
set a new replenisher cartridge and
resume operation.
2. Clogged replenishment pipe(s) 2. Check whether or not foreign matter is
caught in the hopper section, the hose
of the replenisher tank is clogged, or
solution has leaked from the hopper
section. If any abnormality is found,
clean it.
3. Faulty replenisher tank lower level sensor 3. Replace the sensor.
W-2674 The replenisher cartridge that is When the lower limit sensor detected
currently used is empty. “solution low in all tanks” a preset time after
the valve was opened
Insert a new replenisher (Causes of the error message)
cartridge. 1. An empty replenisher cartridge is 1. Install a new replenisher cartridge.
installed.
2. The replenisher cartridge is not installed. 2. Install a new replenisher cartridge.
between the lower level sensor replace the harness.
(FS411,FS412,FS413) and the CTP16 in
4. Faulty sensor (FS411,FS412,FS413) 4. Replace the sensor.
between the cartridge setting sensor replace the harness.
(D407) and the CTP17 in the CTP22
circuit board

E-2675 P1R replenisher cartridge When the P1R replenisher upper limit sensor
washing valve (S407) or P1R detects “solution low”
replenisher stirring valve (S410) (Causes of the error message)
malfunctions. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the P1R stirring valve (S410) and replace the harness.
Call technical representative. the PDC12 in the PDC22 circuit board
2. Faulty S410 2. Replace the stirring valve.
between the P1R cartridge washing valve replace the harness.
(S407) and the PDC12 in the PDC22
circuit board
between the auto washing pump (PU407) replace the harness.
and the PDC9 in the PDC22 circuit board
6. Faulty PU407 6. Replace the washing pump.
between the P1R upper level sensor replace the harness.
circuit board
E-2676 P2RA replenisher cartridge When the P2RA upper limit sensor detects
washing valve (S408) “solution low”
Call technical representative. between the P2RA cartridge washing replace the harness.
circuit board
E-2677 P2RB replenisher cartridge When the P2RB replenisher upper limit
washing valve (S409) sensor detects “solution low”
Call technical representative. between the P2RB cartridge washing replace the harness.
circuit board
circuit board
W-2680 Number of prints exceeds limit. The integrated replenishment into the P1R Clear the error previously displayed.
exceeded the specified value.
Cancel printing.

I-2681 Mixing replenisher. Replenisher box door opening is designated –
during replenisher mixing.
Please wait. (Causes of the error message)
1. When replenisher mixing is in progress
during system start-up.
2. When installation opening is specified
during opening
3. When the solution exceeds the specified
amount
W-2686 Washing solution nearly empty. When the washing solution level sensor
Replenish the cleaning water. (Causes of the error message)
1. Low solution level 1. Add eight liters of water into the tank.
between the external washing solution the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
W-2688 Washing solution empty. When the washing solution level sensor
detects “solution completely empty”
Replenish the cleaning water. (Causes of the error message)
1. Low solution level 1. Add eight liters of water into the tank.
between the external washing solution the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
I-2689 The replenisher is mixed. The previous opening conditions were Replace the replenisher cartridge.
detected.
Replace the replenisher
cartridge.
I-2691 Solution remains in the When the replenisher lower limit sensor
replenisher tank. detects “solution exists”
Consult your technical 1. The solution is left in the replenisher tank. 1. Drain the solution.
representative. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Correctly connect, repair, or replace
between the lower level sensor (FS411, the harness.
FS412, FS413) and the CTP16 in the
CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty lower level sensor (FS411, FS412, 3. Replace the sensor.
FS413)
I-2692 Intermittent operation. While in the auto intermittent operation –
Please wait.
I-2693 Processing... The auto washing was attempted while the Wait until the process is completed.
processor section was processing.
Please wait.
W-2701 Sort position error occurred. Paper overlapping occurred when sorting.
Check the number of prints that 1. The next paper caught up with the paper 1. Clean the processing rack.
were outputted in the sorter. in the processor.
2. Paper jamming occurred at the dryer exit. 2. Remove paper.
3. The actuator of the dryer section exit 3. Release the actuator.
sensor (D411) was stuck.

E-2702 An error occurred in the solution The thermistor connector is out of place.
temperature sensors (TS401 to (Causes of the error message)
TS405). 1. Poorly connected or broken harness at 1. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
The connectors of the solution the temperature sensor (TS401, TS402, replace the harness.
temperature sensors may be TS403, TS404, TS406)
disconnected. 2. Faulty temperature sensor (TS401, 2. Replace the sensor.
Consult your technical TS402, TS403, TS404, TS406)
representative.
E-2703 An error occurred in the solution Short-circuited thermistor
temperature sensors (TS401 to (Causes of the error message)
TS405). 1. Temperature sensor (TS401, TS402, 1. Replace the sensor.
The solution temperature TS403, TS404, TS406) is short-circuited.
sensors may be shorted.
Consult your technical
representative.
W-2704 PSR replenisher empty. 3.5 liters of solution has been used after the Add one FSC and 4 liters of FRSS.
PSR upper level sensor detects “solution
Pour 4L of FRSS, and then put empty.”
one FSC tablet into the port.
W-2705 PSR lowered. When the washing solution level sensor
Pour FRSS until this message (Causes of the error message)
disappears, and then put one 1. Low solution level 1. Add FRSS until the message
FSC tablet into the port. disappears, and the add one FSC.
between the PSR lower level sensor the harness.
(FS414) and the CTP22 circuit board
W-5001 Perforation rupture exists. Torn perforations were found while the film
was being inserted when using the AFC135.
Frame position may not detected (Causes of the error message)
correctly. Remove carrier and 1. Film with torn perforation(s) 1. Repair the tearing, or print with the
then film, and mend the rupture. manual film carrier.
2. Film jamming 2. Repair the leading end of the film.
4. D102 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 4. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
W-5002 Perforation rupture exists. Torn perforations were found while the film
was being ejected when using the AFC135.
Frame position may not detected (Causes of the error message)
correctly. Remove carrier and 1. Film with torn perforation(s) 1. Repair the tearing, or print with the
then film, and mend the rupture. manual film carrier.
2. Film jamming 2. Repair the leading end of the film.

W-5004 Too long film. The film is too long when using the AFC135.
Remove carrier and then film. 1. A film length of 2 m or more was used. 1. Use the manual film carrier or cut the
film.
2. Dirty or faulty 135 frame sensor (D107) 2. Clean or replace the sensor.
3. Sensor -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug- 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
in connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, replace the harness.
E-5005 An error detected by mask The LHP motor home position detection error
motor home position sensor occurred when using the AFC135.
(D117). (Causes of the error message)
1. The mask motor home position sensor 1. Connect it properly to the connector.
Install the carrier again. If (D117) is not connected.
problems persist, consult your 2. The mask motor (M103) is not connected. 2. Connect it properly to the connector.
technical representative. 3. Faulty D117 3. Replace the sensor.
board
6. Blown fuse (FH5) in the CTC22 circuit 6. Replace the fuse.
board
E-5006 An error detected by mask The LHP motor home position detection error
motor home position sensor occurred when using the AFC135.
(D117). (Causes of the error message)
1. The mask motor home position sensor 1. Connect it properly to the connector.
Install the carrier again. If (D117) is not connected.
problems persist, consult your 2. The mask motor (M103) is not connected. 2. Connect it properly to the connector.
technical representative. 3. Faulty D117 3. Replace the sensor.
board
6. Blown fuse (FH5) in the CTC22 circuit 6. Replace the fuse.
board
W-5007 Too short film. A film length of 67 mm or less was used
when using the AFC135.
Remove carrier and then film. (Causes of the error message)
1. A film length of 76 mm or less was used. 1. Use the manual film carrier.
2. Faulty 135 frame sensor (D107) 2. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board

W-5010 Film sensors (D101 to D111) CTC sensor calibration error
deteriorated. (Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty sensor glass (D101 to D111) 1.
Remove the carrier, clean the 1) Clean the glass surface.
sensor and install the carrier 2) First load data to the EPROM as per
again. If problems persist, “NC100A Sensor Calibration
consult your technical Information (44C)” and then write data
representative. to the EPROM.
2. Faulty sensor (D101 to D111) 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Sensor (D101 to D111) -to- CYS22 circuit 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
board -to- plug-in connector -to- CTC22 replace the harness.
circuit board, poorly connected or broken
harness
W-5016 135 film not inserted. A 135 film was installed while not in the feed
lane control sequence.
1. The carrier is not at the 135 feed position. 1. Set the carrier in the 135 feed lane.
3. Sensor (D101, D122) -to- CYS22 circuit 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
harness
W-5018 Feeding of film failed. Incorrect number of perforation holes were
More than the specified number detected while the AFC135 was used:
of perforations detected. Upstream perforation suffer overflow
Remove carrier and then clean (Causes of the error message)
135 feeding lane. 1. Dirty glass of the upstream perforation 1. Clean the sensor glass.
sensor (D102)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D102 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
W-5022 Feeding of film failed. Film feed error while using the AFC135. A
perforation obstruction of 8.2 mm occurred in
Remove carrier and then film. both directions.
1. Dirty glass of the upstream perforation 1. Clean the sensor glass.
sensor (D102)

W-5023 Feeding of film failed. Film feed error occurred while using the
AFC135: the load correction is outside of the
Remove carrier and then film. 5-mm tolerance.
sensor (D102) or downstream perforation
sensor (D103)
3. Sensor (D102, D103) calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
W-5024 Feeding of film failed. A film feed error occurred while using the
AFC135: the unload correction is outside of
Remove carrier and then film. the 5-mm tolerance.
sensor (D102) or downstream perforation
sensor (D103)
W-5029 Feeding of film failed. Film feed error while using the AFC135
Remove carrier and then film. 1. Dirty glass of the downstream perforation 1. Clean the sensor glass.
sensor (D103)
W-5030 Feeding of film failed. Film feed error while using the AFC135
Remove carrier and then film. 1. Dirty glass of the upstream perforation 1. Clean the sensor glass.
sensor (D102)

W-5031 Film remains in 135 feeding A switching error occurred when a film was Remove the carrier, remove the film, and
lane. still loaded while using the AFC. reinstall the carrier.
Remove carrier and then film.

W-5032 Film remains in 135 feeding A switching error occurred near the upstream
lane. perforation sensor when a film was still
(Around 135 upstream loaded while using the AFC.
perforation sensor (D102)) (Causes of the error message)
Remove carrier and then film. 1. The film remains in the 135 feed lane. 1. Remove the film.
sensor (D102)
3. Poorly connected or broken harness of 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
D102 replace the harness.
W-5033 Film remains in 135 feeding A switching error occurred at around the
lane. downstream perforation sensor when a film
(Around 135 downstream was still loaded while using the AFC.
perforation sensor (D103)) (Causes of the error message)
Remove carrier and then film. 1. The film remains in the 135 feed lane. 1. Remove the film.
2. Dirty glass of the downstream perforation 2. Clean the sensor glass.
sensor (D103)
3. Poorly connected or broken harness at the 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
sensor (D103) replace the harness.
W-5034 Film remains in 135 feeding A switching error occurred at around the
lane. leading end sensor when a film was still
(Around 135 leading end sensor loaded while using the AFC.
(D101)) (Causes of the error message)
Remove carrier and then film. 1. Blown fuse (FH2) in the PWR22 circuit 1. Replace the fuse.
board
2. Dirty glass of the 135 leading end sensor 2. Clean the sensor glass.
(D101)
W-5035 Carrier not locked. The carrier was not locked in five seconds
after it was loaded. Warning against a
Lock it. unlocked carrier
1. Unlocked carrier 1. Lock the carrier.
2. Faulty carrier sensor (D123) 2. Replace the sensor.

W-5036 Feeding of film failed. (Causes of the error message)
Remove carrier and then film. sensor (D102) or downstream perforation
sensor (D103)
harness
W-5053 Carrier not installed. A carrier is not detected: a timeout of 2
seconds occurred in CYS communication.
Install carrier. (Causes of the error message)
board
2. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 2. Replace the carrier.
W-5054 Carrier upper cover opened. The pressure cover was open when the
carrier was going to be installed.
Remove carrier and then close (Causes of the error message)
carrier cover. 1. The pressure cover is open. 1. Remove the carrier and close the
carrier pressure cover.
2. Dirty or faulty upper cover open/close 2. Clean or replace the sensor.
sensor (D120)
E-5055 Carrier EEPROM data failure. Abnormal EEPROM data in the carrier.
checksum discrepancy
representative. 1. The carrier was removed during carrier 1. Replace the carrier.
initialization.
2. The carrier was removed while pushing 2. Replace the carrier.
the carrier lock lever.
W-5056 Carrier EEPROM data failure. (Causes of the error message)
1. The EEPROM software version stored in 1. Replace the carrier.
Consult your technical the carrier does not comply with the
representative. specifications.
W-5057 Carrier installing error occurred. Abnormal carrier installation process, or
abnormal IPL process of CYS
Install the carrier again. (Causes of the error message)
board
E-5059 An error detected by 135, IX240 Both carrier position sensors failed to detect
carrier position sensor (D121, the feed lane when it is switched.
D122). (Causes of the error message)
1. Carrier position sensor (D121, D122) is 1. Properly connect it to the connector.
Restart the system. If problems not connected.
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty sensor (D121, D122) 2. Replace the sensor.
representative. 3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Repair or replace the harness.
between the sensor (D121, D122) and the
CTC22 circuit board,

E-5063 An error detected by 135, IX240 Both carrier position sensors incorrectly
carrier position sensor (D121, detects the feed lane simultaneously.
D122). (Causes of the error message)
1. Carrier position sensor (D121, D122) is 1. Connect it properly to the connector.
Restart the system. If problems not connected.
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty sensor (D121, D122) 2. Replace the sensor.
representative. 3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Repair or replace the harness.
between the sensor (D121, D122) and the
CTC22 circuit board
W-5064 Too long film. Buffer error: the sampling count exceeded
21000.
1. A film of two meters in length or more was 1. Continue processing it using the
used. manual film carrier, or cut the film.
W-5065 Too many piece of tape. Incorrect number of tapes: the detected value
exceeded 20.
1. Dirty or faulty check tape sensor (D106) 1. Clean or replace the sensor.
E-5066 Too many frames. Incorrect number of frames: the detected
value exceeded 80.
Remove carrier and then (Causes of the error message)
remove film. 1. A film with 80 or more frames was used. 1. Continue processing it using the
manual film carrier, or cut the film.
W-5067 Inserting of film failed. Film load error: Ten unsuccessful attempts
were made to load the film while using the
Remove carrier and then clean AFC135.
the feed rollers. (Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty feed roller 1. Clean the feed roller.
2. A film with the bent leading end 2. Repair or reshape the leading end.
3. Faulty feed motor (M101) 3. Replace the motor.
4. Faulty film sensor (D101, D102) 4. Replace the sensor.
harness

W-5068 Carrier upper cover opened. (Causes of the error message)
1. The pressure cover is open. 1. Remove the carrier and close the
Remove carrier and then close carrier pressure cover.
carrier cover. 2. Dirty or faulty upper cover open/close 2. Clean or replace the sensor.
sensor (D120)
E-5069 Writing EEPROM data into Carrier EEPROM data writing failure
carrier failed. (Causes of the error message)
1. Abnormal carrier EEPROM data 1. Perform data writing again. If the error
Consult your technical recurs, replace the carrier.
representative.
E-5072 Communication error between CYS communication error
input mechanism control CB and (Causes of the error message)
carrier. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
(CTC22-CYS22) between the carrier and the plug-in replace the harness.
Install the carrier again. If connector
problems persist, consult your 2. Faulty carrier 2. Replace the carrier.
W-5083 The lock of the carrier is (Causes of the error message)
released. 1. Five or more seconds elapsed from when 1. Remove the film, lock the carrier, and
the carrier was unlocked to when the unlock the carrier.
Remove the carrier or lock it. carrier was removed.
2. Carrier sensor (D123) -to- CYS22 circuit 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
harness
W-5084 The lock of the carrier is The carrier was unlocked although paper
released. jamming did not occur and a film was present
along the film feed lane.
1. The carrier was unlocked while a film was 1. Remove the film, lock the carrier, and
in the carrier. unlock the carrier.
2. Carrier sensor (D123) -to- CYS22 circuit 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
harness
W-5085 The lock was released during (Causes of the error message)
the initialization of the carrier. 1. The carrier was removed during carrier 1. Lock the carrier again.
initialization.
Remove the carrier or lock it 2. Carrier sensor (D123) -to- CYS22 circuit 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
again. board -to- plug-in connector -to- CTC22 replace the harness.
harness

W-5086 The auto film carrier not (Causes of the error message)
installed. 1. The auto film carrier is not installed. 1. Install the auto film the carrier.
Install the auto film carrier. between the plug-in connector and the replace the harness.
CTC22 circuit board
W-5101 Cartridge remains in carrier. Cartridge present error when using the
AFC240
cartridge. 1. A cartridge is in the carrier. 1. Remove the cartridge.
2. The cartridge set lever is in the operating 2. Return the cartridge set lever to the
position . cartridge setting position.
3. Faulty cartridge sensor (D115) 3. Replace the sensor.
W-5102 Feeding of film failed. A film load jam occurred while using the
AFC240: the load correction is outside of the
Remove carrier and then film. 5-mm tolerance.
1. Dirty glass of the IX240 perforation sensor 1. Clean the glass of the sensor.
(D105)
W-5103 Feeding of film failed. Film load jam while using the AFC240: a
perforation interval exceeding 29 and a
Remove carrier and then film. perforation length exceeding 8 mm were
detected during the fine scanning.
1. Dirty glass of the IX240 perforation sensor 1. Clean the sensor glass.
(D105)

W-5104 Feeding of film failed. Film load jam while using the AFC240: a
perforation interval exceeding 9 mm and a
detected during the fine scanning.
1. Dirty IX240 perforation sensor (D105) 1. Clean the sensor glass.
W-5105 Feeding of film failed. Film load jam while using the AFC240: the
film was fed with a distance of 11 mm after
Remove carrier and then film. the DTP perforation during film feed.
1. Dirty glass of the leading end sensor 1. Clean the sensor glass.
(D104)
W-5106 Feeding of film failed. Film load jam while using the using the
AFC240: the film was fed with a distance of 8
Remove carrier and then film. mm after the DTP perforation during film
feed.
(D104)

W-5107 Feeding of film failed. Film rewind jam while using the AFC240: the
hole count detected while rewinding
Remove carrier and then film. exceeded the hole count detected while
loading.
(D104)
W-5108 Feeding of film failed. Film rewind jam while using the AFC240.The
rewind direction correction is outside of the 5-
Remove carrier and then film. mm tolerance.
1. Dirty perforation sensor (D105) 1. Clean the sensor glass.
W-5109 Feeding of film failed. Film rewind jam while using the AFC240: a
detected during the fine rewind scanning.
1. Dirty perforation sensor (D105) 1. Clean the sensor glass.
W-5110 Feeding of film failed. Film rewind jam while using the AFC240: a
detected during the fine rewind scanning.
1. Dirty glass perforation sensor (D105) 1. Clean the sensor glass.

W-5111 Feeding of film failed. Film rewind jam while using the AFC240:
Perforation was detected in TAP or MTP
Remove carrier and then film. during the FID scanning.
(D104) or perforation sensor (D105)
harness
W-5112 Feeding of film failed. Film rewind jam while using the AFC240: TAP
hole length exceeding 8 mm was detected.
(D104)
W-5113 Unsupported perforation type Perforation width error while using the
detected, so film not fed AFC240: a perforation interval exceeding 9
correctly. mm was detected during the pre-feed.
Remove carrier and then film. 1. Dirty perforation sensor (D105) 1. Clean the sensor glass.

E-5117 Unsupported perforation type Perforation width error while using the
detected, so film not fed AFC240: a TAP was not detected at the last
correctly. frame.
Remove carrier and then film. 1. Dirty glass of the leading end sensor 1. Clean the sensor glass.
(D104)
detected, so film not fed AFC240: a TAP perforation exceeding 8 mm
correctly. was detected during the feed.
(D104)

detected, so film not fed AFC240: a TAP (DTP) perforation exceeding
correctly. 8 mm was detected during the feed.
(D104)
W-5121 Unprocessed cartridge. IPI error while using the AFC240
Not used. (Causes of the error message)
If it is a processed cartridge, fold 1. The film is not processed. 1. Replace the cartridge with the one
IPI. When IPI is damaged, already processed.
consult your technical 2. The cartridge cannot be set in the feed 2. Check whether or not the cartridge is
representative. position. in the installation position.
3. Faulty IPI detection pin 3. Check whether or not the detection pin
functions correctly.
4. Faulty IPI sensor (D113) 4. Replace the sensor.

W-5122 Film inserted in reverse. Installed film direction error while using the
AFC240
Check right direction and (Causes of the error message)
surface, and then insert it again. 1. Dirty film sensor (D104, D105) 1. Clean the glass of the sensor.
harness
E-5123 Unsupported perforation type Home position detection by the spool motor is
detected, so film not fed incorrect while using the AFC240.
correctly. (Causes of the error message)
1. Supply motor home position sensor 1. Connect it properly to the connector.
Remove carrier and then film. (D114) or supply motor (M102) is not
connected.
board

W-5124 Cartridge not inserted. Cartridge was tried to be installed while not in
the 240 feed lane control sequence.
cartridge. 1. The carrier is not in the IX240 feed 1. Install the carrier in the IX240 feed
position. position.
2. Faulty carrier position sensor (D121) or 2. Replace the sensor.
cartridge sensor (D115)
W-5125 IX240 film not inserted. An attempt was made to install the cartridge
while not in the 240 feed lane control
Remove carrier and then film. sequence.
1. The carrier is not in the IX240 feed 1. Install the carrier in the IX240 feed
position. position.
2. Faulty carrier position sensor (D121) or 2. Replace the sensor.
leading end sensor (D104)
harness
W-5126 Film perforation error. DTP detection error while using the AFC240:
the DTP was detected within 66 mm after the
Remove carrier and then film. TAP was detected.
1. Dirty glass of the leading end sensor 1. Clean the glass of the sensor.
(D104)
W-5127 Film perforation error. Holes were detected in the film while using
the AFC240: the number of perforations are
Remove carrier and then film. larger than the specified value. during the
TAP.
(D104)

W-5128 Film remains in IX240 feeding Feed lane switching error while using the
lane. AFC240: Attempt was made to switch the
feed lane while a film remained in the 240
Remove carrier and then film. feed lane.
1. Dirty leading end sensor (D104) or 1. Clean the sensor glass.
perforation sensor (D105)
harness
W-5129 Inserting of film failed. Film load error while using the AFC240:
1. Dirty feed roller 1. Clean the feed roller.
Remove carrier and then film. 2. The leading end is bent or other problems 2. Repair or reshape the film leading
end.
3. Faulty feed motor (M101) 3. Replace the motor.
board
W-5130 Film rupture. Holes were detected in the film while using
the AFC240: the number of perforations are
Remove carrier and then film. larger than the specified value during the
MTP.
1. Dirty perforation sensor (D105) 1. Clean the glass of the sensor.
W-5131 Film remains in IX240 feeding Film remains in the 240 feed lane while using
lane. the AFC240 (TAP sensor )
(Around IX240 TAP and leading (Causes of the error message)
end sensor (D104)) 1. Dirty glass of the leading end sensor 1. Clean the sensor glass.
Remove carrier and then film. (D104)

W-5132 Film remains in IX240 feeding Film remains in the 240 feed lane while using
lane. the AFC240 (MTP sensor )
(Around IX240 perforation (Causes of the error message)
sensor (D105)) 1. Dirty perforation sensor (D105) 1. Clean the sensor glass.
Remove carrier and then film. 2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
E-5133 An error occurred in cartridge Door motor initialization error
door. 1. The door open/close sensor (D112) or 1. Connect it properly to the connector.
door motor (M104) is not connected.
Install the carrier again. If 2. Faulty D112 2. Replace the sensor.
problems persist, consult your 3. Faulty M104 3. Replace the motor.
technical representative. 4. D112 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 4. Reconnect the connector or repair/
7. Faulty door open/close mechanism 7. Replace the unit in the nest section.
E-5134 An error occurred in cartridge Door motor drive error while using the
door. AFC240
1. The door open/close sensor (D112) is not 1. Connect it properly to the connector.
Remove carrier and then connected.
remove film. If problems persist, 2. The connector of the door motor (M104) is 2. Connect it properly to the connector.
consult your technical not connected.
representative. 3. Faulty D112 3. Replace the sensor.
6. Faulty door open/close mechanism 6. Replace the unit in the nest section.
W-5135 Film not drawn from cartridge. Leading end load error while using the
AFC240: Inconsistency in the motor drive.
cartridge. 1. The cartridge does not contain a film. 1. Confirm that the film is installed.
2. The connector of the leading end sensor 2. Connect it properly to the connector.
(D104) or feed motor (M102) is not
connected.
3. Dirty or faulty D104 3. Clean or replace the sensor.

W-5136 Film not drawn from cartridge. Leading end load error while using the
AFC240: The leading end does not reach the
Remove carrier and then MTP.
cartridge. (Causes of the error message)
2. Dirty perforation sensor (D105) 2. Clean the sensor.
3. D105 or the feed motor (M101) is not 3. Properly connect it to the connector.
connected.
6. Faulty motor (M101) 6. Replace the motor.
W-5137 Feeding of film failed. Rewind error while using the AFC240: The
TAP sensor detects the TAP when the rewind
Remove carrier and then film. operation ends.
(D104)
W-5140 Magnetic head is stained. Magnetic information verification error while
May not read magnetic data. using the AFC240
Remove carrier and then clean (Causes of the error message)
the magnetic head. 1. Dirty magnetic head 1. Clean the magnetic head.
2. Magnetic head-related mechanism 2. Replace the magnetic head ASSY.
problem
3. Poorly connected or broken harness at the 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
magnetic head connector (D116, MG101) replace the harness.
4. Faulty MRH circuit board 4. Replace the magnetic head ASSY or
circuit board.
5. Faulty MWH circuit board 5. Replace the magnetic head ASSY or
circuit board.
6. CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in connector 6. Reconnect the connector or repair/
-to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly connected replace the harness.
or broken harness
W-5154 Cartridge lever locked. Cartridge lock error while using the AFC240
Release the lever lock. 1. The cartridge lock lever is in the locked 1. Set the cartridge lock lever to the
state. unlocked position.
2. Cartridge sensor (D115) -to- CYS22 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
circuit board -to- plug-in connector -to- replace the harness.
broken harness

W-5160 The IX240 lane cannot be used. The operator installed an IX240 cartridge
while the 135 feed lane was selected.
Remove cartridge and then (Causes of the error message)
select the IX240 lane. 1. An IX240 cartridge was installed while the 1. Set the carrier to the 240 feed lane.
carrier was set to the 135 feed lane.
2. 135 carrier position sensor (D122) -to- 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
or broken harness
W-5161 The IX240 lane cannot be used. An IX240 cartridge was installed when the
carrier was set midpoint between the two
Remove film and then select the lanes.
IX240 lane. (Causes of the error message)
1. An IX240 cartridge was installed when the 1. Set the carrier to the 240 position.
carrier was set midpoint between the two
lanes.
2. IX240 carrier position sensor (D121) -to- 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
or broken harness
W-5162 Cartridge remains. Switching error occurred when a cartridge
was installed while using the AFC240.
cartridge. 1. An IX240 cartridge was installed in the 1. Remove the cartridge.
cartridge holder.
2. The cartridge set lever is set to the set 2. Return the cartridge lever to the front.
position.
3. Cartridge sensor (D115) -to- CYS22 3. Replace the sensor.
circuit board -to- plug-in connector -to-
broken harness
3. Faulty D115
W-5203 The manual film carrier not (Causes of the error message)
installed. 1. The manual film carrier is not installed. 1. Install the manual film carrier.
Install the manual film carrier. between the plug-in connector and the replace the harness.
CTC22 circuit board
4. SOFTWARE INSTALLATION
4.1 Simple Upgrade

4.2 Update
4.3 Reinstallation
4.4 New Installation
4.5 Reversion
4.1 Simple Upgrade

In the “Simple Upgrade”, you can upgrade the
FRONTIER330 System Software(A1) and
Variety Print Software(B1) by following the
simple guidance messages on the screen.
NOTE: 1)Insert the CD in the CD-ROM drive with its

printed surface facing the front.
2)To open the tray of the CD-ROM drive, press
the eject button.
1. Insert the FRONTIER330 System (A1) Disk FRONTIER330 System (A1) Disk
into the CD-ROM drive.
2. Perform the post-operational checks to shut

down the system.
3. Press the START switch.
CD1053
4.1 Simple Upgrade
• The installer is started and the “[L-001]

Simple Upgrade” screen appears.
4. Click [OK].
NOTE: If [Cancel] is clicked, the FRONTIER330

System(A1) installation is skipped, and the
“Variety Print(B1)” installation screen appears.
• The “Procedure Selection 1[C-001]” screen

appears.
5. Select “User version up” and click [Next>].

4.1 Simple Upgrade
• The “Starting Update[C-010]” dialog box

appears.
6. Click [Yes].
• The updating process starts.
• Upon completion of the upgrade, the “Update

Completion[C-080]” dialog box appears.
7. Click [OK].
The “Setup Completion [C-090]” dialog box

appears.
8. Click [OK].
4.1 Simple Upgrade
• If the Variety Print Service (B1) software is not

used, the “SETUP” dialog box appears.
• If the Variety Print Service (B1) software is

used, the “[L-003] Simple Upgrade” for Variety
Print Service screen appears.
NOTE: If upgrade of the Variety Print Service (B1)

software is necessary, refer to the Installation
Manual for the Variety Print Service (B1).
9. Click [Cancel].
4.1 Simple Upgrade
• The “SETUP” dialog box appears.
10. Remove the FRONTIER 330 (A1) Disk from

the CD-ROM drive.
11. Click [OK].
• The system is shut down.
12. Press the START switch to start up the

system.
FRONTIER330
System (A1) Disk
CD1054
4.1 Simple Upgrade
NOTE: When the message “E-2305” appears at the time

of the start-up, click [OK] to clear it.
• The system software starts up and upgrade

has been completed.
13. Perform printing operation after executing

“Paper Condition Setup” and “Pre-
operational Checks”.
4.2 Update
In the “Update”, the FRONTIER 330 System
Software (A1) is upgraded.
IMPORTANT:
If more than 160MB of free space is not
available in the hard disk, delete the variety print
service template data.
1. Insert the FRONTIER 330 System (A1) Disk FRONTIER330 System (A1) Disk
2. Shut down the system after performing the

post-operational checks.
CD1053
4.2 Update
• After starting up Windows, “(L-100) Simple

Upgrade” screen appears.
4. Click [OK].
• “Procedure Selection 1 (C-001)” dialog box

appears.
5. Select “SE maintenance” and click [Next

(N)].
4.2 Update

appears.
6. Select “Update” and click [Next (N)].
• The “Starting Update (C-010)” dialog box

appears.
7. Click [Yes].
NOTE: If the error message “Insufficient disk space on

drive D. Installation not performed.” Is displayed,
delete unnecessary files or template data files,
then start installation again.
4.2 Update
• The “File Copy (C-020)” dialog box appears.
8. Check version information and click [Next

(N)].
• The update processing starts.

4.2 Update
• After approximately 16 minutes, the “Inherited

Data Transport Media Selection (C-050)”
dialog box appears.
9. Select “Inherit data from former version of

application” and click [Next (N)].
NOTE: When data in FD is used, select “Inherit data

from FD”.
• The “Update Completion (C-080)” dialog box

appears.
10. Click [OK].
• The “Setup Completion (C-090)” dialog box

appears.
11. Click [OK].

4.2 Update

used, the “SETUP” completion dialog box
appears.

used, the “(L002) Simple Upgrade” screen
appears.

12. Click [Cancel].
• The “SETUP” completion dialog box appears.

4.2 Update
13. Remove the FRONTIER 330 System (A1)

Disk from the CD-ROM drive.
14. Click [OK].
15. Press the START switch to restart up the

system.
FRONTIER330
System (A1) Disk
CD1054
• After starting up the system, the error

message “E-2305” appears.
16. Click [OK] to clear the message.

4.3 Reinstallation
The reinstallation procedure is performed after
the following part has been replaced.
• Main control unit

• CTP22 circuit board
• CTC22 circuit board
• GHT22 circuit board
• The Windows desktop screen is displayed.
2. Rename the “FUJIFILM” folder in the “D”

drive such as “FUJIFILM-1”, etc. except
when the main control unit has been
replaced.
4.3 Reinstallation
CD1053
4.3 Reinstallation
NOTE: Proceed to step 11 when the main control unit

has been replaced.
4. Select “Run” from the “Start” menu.

4.3 Reinstallation
5. Click [Browse] and select “ISO9660 (N)” for

the CD-ROM drive.
6. Click [Open].
7. Double click “EZ171” folder and select

“EZSetup.exe”.
8. Click [Open].
4.3 Reinstallation
9. Make sure “N:\EZ171\EZSetup.exe” is

displayed in the “Open” box.
10. Click [OK].
• The “Procedure Selection (A-001)” dialog box

appears.
11. Select “Reinstallation” and click [Next (N)].

4.3 Reinstallation
• The “Starting Reinstallation (A-100)” dialog

box appears.
12. Click [Yes].

• The reinstallation process starts.
• After approximately16 minutes, the “FD

Confirmation (A-117)” dialog box appears.
13. Click [Yes].

4.3 Reinstallation
• The “Inserting Backup FD (A-120)” dialog box

appears.
14. Click [Yes].
• The “Information” dialog box appears.

4.3 Reinstallation
15. Insert the scanner’s backup FD into the FD

drive.
CD1055
16. Click [OK].
• The “Inserting Printer’s Backup FD (A-130)”

dialog box appears when completing data
backup of the scanner.
17. Click [Yes].

4.3 Reinstallation
18. Insert the printer’s backup FD into the FD

drive.
CD1055
19. Click [OK].
4.3 Reinstallation
• The “New Installation Completion (A-020)”

dialog box appears.
20. Click [OK].
• The “Setup Completion (A-150)” dialog box

appears.
21. Click [OK].

4.3 Reinstallation

appears.

appears.

22. Click [Cancel].

4.3 Reinstallation

FRONTIER330
System (A1) Disk
CD1054
4.3 Reinstallation
24. Remove the backup FD from the FD driver.
25. Click [OK].

system.
CD1056

NOTE: If the “DI Print and Data Writing Service (C4/C5)”

software is used, install the software by referring
the Instruction Manual of the “DI Print and Data
Writing Service”.

The new installation procedure is performed
only when the backup FD is not found when
replacing the main control unit.
• The Windows desktop screen is displayed.

CD1053
• The “Procedure Selection (A-001)” dialog box

appears.
3. Select “New Installation” and click [Next (N)].
• The “Starting New Installation (A-010)” dialog

box appears.
4. Click [Yes].

• The new installation process starts.

• After approximately16 minutes, the “New

Installation Completion (A020)” dialog box
appears.
5. Click [OK].
• The “Setup Completion (A-030)” dialog box

appears.
6. Click [OK].

appears.

appears.

7. Click [Cancel].

9. Click [OK].
FRONTIER330
• The system is shut down. System (A1) Disk
CD1054
system.

• The error message “E-2107” appears.
13. Open the menu 41F “Installation Information

Setup” screen.
14. Set up each item if necessary

15. Perform the post-operational checks to shut

down the system.
16. Press the START switch to start up the

system.
Writing Service”.
4.5 Reversion
This procedure reverts the system software to
the previous version.
1. Perform the “Data Backup” in menu 417 to

overwrite the Backup FD with the backup
data.
3. Shut down the system after performing the

post-operational checks.
CD1053
4.5 Reversion
• After starting up Windows, “(L-100) Simple

Upgrade” screen appears.
5. Click [OK].
4.5 Reversion

appears.
6. Select “SE maintenance” and click [Next (>)].

appears.
7. Select “Reversion to previous version” and

click [Next (>)].
4.5 Reversion
• The “Starting Version Back (C-100)” dialog

box appears.
8. Click [Yes].

• The “Inserting Printer’s Backup FD” dialog

box appears.
9. Click [Yes].

4.5 Reversion
10. Insert the printer’s backup FD into the FD

drive.
CD1055
11. Click [OK].
• The “Version Back Completion (C-120)” dialog

box appears.
12. Click [OK].

4.5 Reversion
• The “Setup Completion (C-130)” dialog box

appears.
13. Click [OK].

appears.

appears.

14. Click [Cancel].

4.5 Reversion

FRONTIER330
System (A1) Disk
CD1054
4.5 Reversion
16. Remove the Backup FD from the FD drive.
17. Click [OK].

system.
CD1056


Writing Service”.
5. MAINTENANCE MENU
5.1 Operational Procedure 5.3.7 Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag.Setting

(42D)
5.2 System Operation Setup and 5.3.8 Special Film CH Setting (42E)
Check (41) 5.3.9 Monotone Correction Setting (42G)
5.2.1 Production Information 1 (411) 5.3.10 Paper Condition Method Setup (42J)
5.2.2 Production Information 2 (412) 5.3.11 Shop Logo Regist/Delete (42K)
5.2.3 Timer Setup (414) 5.3.12 Template Regist/Delete (42L)
5.2.4 Error Information Check (415) 5.3.13 Custom Setting Regist/Delete (42M)
5.2.5 Installation Information Confirmation (416) 5.3.14 Holiday File Registration/Delete (42N)
5.2.6 Data Backup (417)
5.2.7 Clear Error Log (41E) 5.4 Scanner Adjustment/
5.2.8 Installation Information Setup (41F) Maintenance (43)
5.2.9 Shipping Information Reference (41G) 5.4.1 Input Check (431)
5.2.10 DI Manager Administrative Setting (41I) 5.4.2 Focus Calibration (432)
5.2.11 Timer Waiting Time Setup (41J) 5.4.3 Focus Position Adjustment (433)
5.4.4 Operation Information Display (434)
5.3 Print Condition Setup and 5.4.5 I/O Check (43A)
Check (42) 5.4.6 Carrier Inclination Display (43B)
5.3.1 Paper Condition Setup (421) 5.4.7 CCD Data Display (43C)
5.3.2 Processor Temperature Check (422) 5.4.8 Lens Registration (43D)
5.3.3 Control Strip Processing (423) 5.4.9 Optical Axis Adjustment (43E)
5.3.4 Print Size Setup (424) 5.4.10 Optical Magnification Calibration (43F)
5.3.5 Monitor Adjustment (426) 5.4.11 Brightness Correction (43G)
5.3.6 Image Correction Setup (42C) 5.4.12 Darkness Correction (43H)
5.4.13 Spectral Calibration (43J) 5.6 Printer Adjustment/

5.4.14 DC Offset Cancel (43K)
Maintenance (45)
5.4.15 LED Light Amount Adjustment (43L) 5.6.1 Paper Magazine Registration (451)
5.4.16 Unexposed Frame Detect Level Set (43U) 5.6.2 Paper Feed Length Adjustment (452)
5.6.3 Test Pattern Printing (453)
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/ 5.6.4 G, B Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup
Maintenance (44) (454)
5.5.1 Mask Position Adjustment (441) 5.6.5 Paper Feed (455)
5.5.2 NC100AC Input Check (442) 5.6.6 Printer Temperature Display (456)
5.5.3 Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (448) 5.6.7 Printer Input Check (457)
5.5.4 NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A) 5.6.8 Printer I/O Check (45A)
5.5.5 NC100AC Sensor Calibration Information 5.6.9 Filter Replacement History (45B)
(44C) 5.6.10 Laser Exposure Check (45C)
5.5.6 NC100AC Carrier Installation Information 5.6.11 R Laser (R-LD) Data (45D)
Display (44D) 5.6.12 G Laser (G-SHG) Data (45E)
5.5.7 NC100AC Carrier Installation Information 5.6.13 B Laser (B-SHG) Data (45F)
Setup (44E) 5.6.14 Scanning Position/Scanning Home Position
5.5.8 NC100AC I/O Check (44F) Parameter Setup (45G)
5.5.9 NC100AC Machine Data Setup (44K) 5.6.15 Main Scanning Position Adjustment/Laser
5.5.10 NC100AC Magnetic Information Reading Beam Sync. Rough Adjustment (45H)
(44M) 5.6.16 Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print (45J)
5.5.11 NC100AC Magnetic Verify (44N) 5.6.17 Laser History Display (45K)
5.5.12 NC100AC Fixed Feeding Setup (44R) 5.6.18 Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy
(45L)
5.6.19 Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (45M) 5.7.10 Processor Operating Condition Setup (46B)
5.6.20 Back Printer Test (45N) 5.7.11 Processor Operation Data Display (46C)
5.6.21 Printer Operation Data Display (45P) 5.7.12 Clearing Selected Operation Data (46D)
5.6.22 Clearing Selected Printer Operation Data 5.7.13 Processor Operation Data Display 2 (46E)
(45Q) 5.7.14 Installation (46F)
5.6.23 Clearing All Operation Data (45R)
5.6.24 Side Register Calibration (45S) 5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)
5.6.25 Data Saving (45T) 5.8.1 Trouble Help (491)
5.6.26 Data Download (45U) 5.8.2 Help Update (492)
5.6.27 Precut Length Setting (45V) 5.8.3 Image Abnormality Analyzer (493)
5.8.4 Paper Feed Check (494)
5.7 Processor Adjustment/
Maintenance (46) 5.9 Special Operations (410)
5.9.1 Paint (410A)
5.7.1 Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/
5.9.2 Explorer (410B)
Setting (461)
5.9.3 Command (49C)
5.7.2 Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting
(462)
5.7.3 Processing Temperature Setting (463)
5.7.4 Replenisher Rate Setting (464)
5.7.5 Evaporation Correction Rate Setting (465)
5.7.6 Low Volume Setup (466)
5.7.7 Processor Temperature Calibration (467)
5.7.8 Processor Input Check (468)
5.7.9 Processor I/O Check (46A)
5.1 Operational Procedure
NOTE: For mouse operations, see the instruction

manual “Basic Operations”.
1. Select “4 Setup and Maintenance” from the

main menu.
2. Select “SE2” for the user name and enter

“7777” for the password, and click [OK].
NOTE: • “SE1” user name is prepared for the user who

manages printing quality. The password is
“6666”.
• SE2” user name is prepared for the service
engineer.
• The “Setup and Maintenance” screen

appears.
3. Select the desired item from the item list and

press its [+] button.
• The sub-item list appears.
4. Move the cursor to the desired item and click

[START].
• Each screen appears.
5. Perform the operation by following the

instructions on the screen.
6. Upon completion of the setup and

maintenance operations, click [OK] to
perform processing or [Cancel] to quit the
screen.
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and

Maintenance” screen.
7. Click [END].
8. Operation returns to the main menu.

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

5.2.1 Production Information 1 (411)
(Maintenance menu for operator)
[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “1 System

Operation Setup and Check” → “ 1 Production
Information 1”
[Procedure]
This procedure displays the production

information. The data can be cleared in this
menu.
1. Select “Negative”, “Reversal”, “Digital

Image” or “All” from the “Input Type” box.
• The information of the input type is displayed.
2. Record the production information.

3. To clear the data, follow the steps below.
1) Select “Input Type” to be clear.
2) Click [Clear].
• The “Clear production information?”

dialog box appears.
3) Click [OK].
• The data are cleared and clearing date

appears.
4. Click [OK].

5.2.2 Production Information 2 (412)

(Maintenance menu for laboratory manager)
[Selection]

Operation Setup and Check” → “2 Production
Information 2”
[Procedure]
This procedure displays the production

information. The data can be cleared in this
menu.
1. Select “Negative”, “Reversal”, “Digital

Image” or “All” from the “Input Type” box.
• The information of the input type is displayed.
2. Record the production information.

3. To clear the data, follow the steps below.
1) Click [Clear].
• The “Clear production information?”

dialog box appears.
2) Click [OK].
• The data are cleared and clearing date

appears.
4. Click [OK].

5.2.3 Timer Setup (414)
[Selection]

Operation and Check” → “4 Timer Setup (414)”
[Procedure]
This procedure sets the present date/time, timer

ON date/time and preheat setup times.
1. To update “Present Date/Time”, change the

date and time, and click [OK].
NOTE: To cancel the update, click [Cancel].
2. To change the timer date and time, enter a

“tick” in the day of the week boxes and enter
the time in the “Timer ON Date/Time Setting”
box.
3. Set the preheat timer by following the steps

below, if necessary.
IMPORTANT:
The ON time for a night-time preheating
operation must not overlap with the ON time of
the weekly timer since night-time preheating
takes priority and shuts down all power when it
is set OFF.
If, for instance, the calendar timer is set to 5:00
and night-time preheating is turned ON at 3:30,
all the power will be shut down two hours later at
5:30.
NOTE: Night-time preheating is usually conducted when

the room temperature drops below 10°C (50°F)
at night and the temprature is not controlled for 8
or more hours.
1) Select “YES” for “Preheat Setting”.

• The 1st and 2nd preheat setting boxes

appears.
2) Move the cursor to “1st Preheat” and
enter the time.
3) Move the cursor to “2nd Preheat” and
enter the time.
NOTE: • For preheating once only, set the same time
for both the first and second times.
• Select “NO” when the preheat timer is not
used.
• The second preheating timer is ignored if the
first preheat time and second preheat time
overlap.
<Example> 1st. pre-heat time: 2:00
2nd. pre-heat time: 3:00
With the above settings, night-time
preheating will occur from 2:00 to
4:00 (2 hours).
4. Click [OK].
5.2.4 Error Information Check (415)
[Selection]

Operation and check” → “5 Error Information
Check (415)”
[Procedure]
The system error log is listed up in order of date

and time.
1. Click [Accum. Info].

• Accumulated error information is displayed in

order of code and frequency.
2. Click [OK].
• The log file is read out and the latest

information is displayed on the screen.
3. Click [Log Information].

• Operation returns to the “Error log

information” screen.
4. Click [OK].

5.2.5 Installation Information Confirmation (416)
[Selection]

Operation and check” → “6 Installation
Information Confirmation (416)”
[Procedure]
This procedure displays the scanner and printer

installation information.
1. Check the installation information.
2. Click [Option].
• The “Optional Device Reference” dialog box

appears.
3. Check if PU800BA, External File I/O and F-

DI Lab-in Built-in are used.
4. Click [OK].
• The dialog box disappears.
5. Click [OK].

5.2.6 Data Backup (417)
[Selection]

Operation and check” → “7 Data Backup (417)”
[Procedure]
This procedure makes a backup of the data

stored on the hard disk of the main control unit
when data, indicated on the data sheet located
inside the front upper cover, are changed.
The backup floppy disks are used when
reinstalling or reverting to earlier system
software.
1. Prepare a new floppy disk for data backup

when backing up data.
2. Insert the diskette into the floppy drive of the

main control unit.
3. Move the cursor to the “Destination” box and

select “Film Scanner”, “Printer Processor” or
“Pricing Unit”.
NOTE: Perform the data backup for the pricing unit

when pricing unit data are changed. Data are
backed up from the pricing unit to the hard disk
of the main control unit.
4. Click [OK].
• The “Making the backup of the data” message

appears.
5. Upon completion of the backup, click

[Cancel].

5.2.7 Clear Error Log (41E)
[Selection]
Select “4 Setup and Maintenance” → “1 System

Operation Setup and Check” → “E Clear Error
Log”
[Procedure]
This procedure clears the system error and

printer error information.
1. Select the item to be cleared and click

[Clear].
• The selected information is cleared.
2. Click [OK].
• Operation returns to the “Setup and

5.2.8 Installation Information Setup (41F)
[Selection]

Operation Setup and Check” → “F Installation
Information Setup”
[Procedure]
This procedure sets the installation information.

After setting up, restart the system to activate
the new settings.
1. Set the delivery date, startup date, lab ID

and scanner type.
2. Click [Option].
3. Select “Used”or “Not used” for “PU800BA”

and “Bar-code Reader”.
4. Select “YES” or “NO” for “External File I/O”.
5. Click [OK].
6. Click [OK].
• The following message appears.
7. Click [OK].
8. Perform the post-operational checks to stop

the system and then restart the system.
• The new settings are activated.
5.2.9 Shipping Information Reference (41G)
[Selection]
Operation Setup and Check” → “G Shipping
Information Reference”
[Procedure]
This procedure displays the shipping
information.
1. The model, serial no. and shipping date are

displayed.
2. Click [OK].

5.2.10 DI Manager Administrative Setting (41I)
[Selection] “Digital image import auto start-up”: The “Time

to start-up” box appears by selecting
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “1 System “YES”. The “PR Status Notice” dialog
Operation and Check” → “I Manager box will appear automatically on the
Administrative Setting” printing screen in the setting time
when there is order in the DI controller.
[Procedure]
This menu is used when connecting the

optional FDI controller.
“Delete Waiting Time”: Sets up the time until the

order processed on the FDI controller
is deleted.
“Order Identifier”: Enter “b” for 2nd SLP800

when two machines are connected to
one FDI controller.
In this case, the “Device Name” for the
2nd SLP800 should be changed.
5.2.11 Timer Waiting Time Setup (41J)
[Selection]

Operation and Check” → “J Timer Waiting Time
Setup”
[Procedure]
This procedure sets up “Sorter Information

Display Time”, “Waiting Time for Monitoring” and
“Waiting Time for the Position Adjust of the 1st
Frame”.
“Sorter Info. Display Time”: Time to display the

number of prints and sort number
when pressing the [Sort] key or during
auto sorting
“Waiting time for monitoring”: Waiting time for 1- • Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
or 6-frame display during pre- Maintenance” screen.
scanning. This function activates only
when the “Auto” film drive mode is
used.
“Waiting time for the pos. adjust of the 1st

frame”: Display time for black/white
image displayed after inserting the film
to adjust the position of the leading
end frame.
NOTE: The black/white frame will disappear in 20

seconds to protect the CCD.
1. Move the cursor to the “sec.” box.
2. Change the time by clicking the [▲] or [▼]

utton.
3. Click [OK].
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

5.3.1 Paper Condition Setup (421)
[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “2 Print Condition

Setup and Check” → “1 Paper Condition Setup”
[Procedure]
When new paper is to be loaded, do this

procedure to set up the new paper condition.
1. Install the paper magazine to be set up.
NOTE: Click [Initialize] to initialize condition setup data.

2. Click [Print].
• After about 5 minutes, a condition setup print

is fed out.
3. After the condition setup print has come out,

press the [Dens Measure] button.
4. Adjust the guide of the densitometer Densitometer Guide

according to the width of the condition setup
print.
NOTE: If an error occurs, press the orange [RESET]

switch.
EZ634
5. Insert the condition setup print into the Densitometer

densitometer.
Condition Setup Print

EZ635
6. Press the [START] button on the

densitometer.
[START] Button
EZ636
• The measurement is automatically started

and the density measurement result is
displayed.
7. Click [OK].
• The density measurement result disappears.
NOTE: If the “Density Measurement Result” is not

acceptable, the message shown at the right
appears. Perform steps 4 to 9 again until the
result becomes OK.
8. Click [Cancel].

5.3.2 Processor Temperature Check (422)
[Selection]

Setup and Check” → “2 Processor Temperature
Check”
[Procedure]
This procedure displays the processing solution

temperatures.
1. Check the processing solution temperatures.
2. Click [OK].

5.3.3 Control Strip Processing (423)
[Selection]

Setup and Check” → “2 Processor Temperature
Check”
[Procedure]
The processing solution performance is

evaluated by processing a control strip,
measuring the processed strip densities, and
comparing them to the reference strip densities.
■Control Strip Preparation
1. Take the control strip package out of the

freezer, and leave it for about one hour to
bring it up to room temperature.
3188
2. Take the inner bag out of the control strip Control Strip and Inner Bag
package and place it seam-side up on to the
control strip holder and put them both in the
dark box. Close the dark box cover.
3. Insert your hands into the sleeves of the dark

box, take one control strip out of the inner
bag, and insert it into the control strip holder,
as shown in the figure. Push it in until it
reaches the far end.
Control Strip Holder Seam-side Surface

E577
4. Fold over the open end of the inner bag to Emulsion Surface Upward
prevent fogging of the unused control strips.
Control Strip
E575
■ Control Strip Processing
1. Proceed to the “[423] Control Strip

Processing” screen.
2. Open the dryer unit.

3. Align the center rib of the control strip holder Control Strip
with the guide groove in the No. 1 crossover
rack.
Control Strip Holder

4. Close the dryer unit.
5. Click [OK].
CD757
• The processor starts and the control strip

processing begins.
• After about 4 minutes, the control strip is fed

out.
7. Remove the control strip holder and close

the dryer unit.
8. Click [OK].
• The message is cleared.
9. Click [Cancel].
• Control returns to the “4 Setup and

5.3.4 Print Size Setup (424)
[Selection]
Select “4 Setup and Maintenance” → “2 Print

Condition Setup and Check” → “4 Print Size
Setup”.
[Procedure]
This procedure sets the print size to be used.

Upper Lower Left Right

• Normally, sizes are registered as shown in the No. Name Width Length Border
BD BD BD BD
Display
following table. 1 89C 89 127.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON

2 89P 89 254.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
3 89H 89 158.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
NOTE: The feed length range for No.1 (89C) to No.6 4 102C 102 152.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
(102H) is limited to 82.5 mm to 254.0 mm. 5 102P 102 254.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
6 102H 102 178.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
7 3R 127 89.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
1. Select the print size to be modified or 8 3R 127 89.0 BD 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 OFF
registered from the list. 9 5R 127 178.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
10 5R 127 178.0 BD 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 OFF
• ID[No.], Name, Width, Length, Border, four BD 11 4R 152 102.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
values and [Display(ON/OFF)] are displayed. 12 4R 152 102.0 BD 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 OFF
13 6R 152 203.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
14 6RW 152 216.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 OFF
2. Move the cursor to the print size to be used, 15 8R 203 254.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
16 8RW 203 305.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 OFF
select “ON” or “OFF” shown in the “Display”. 17 A5 210 148.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 OFF
• If you select “ON”, the description appears in 18 A4 210 297.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
19 3DSC 89 119.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Not Use
the list. If you select “OFF”, nothing appears in 20 3DSCf 89 127.0 BD 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Not Use
the list. 21 4DSC 102 136.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Not Use
22 4DSCf 102 152.0 BD 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Not Use
23 5DSC 127 169.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Not Use
3. Click [OK]. 24 5DSCf 127 178.0 BD 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Not Use
25 89Ix 89 120.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Not Use
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and 26 CDIDX 102 120.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Not Use
Maintenance” screen. 27 127Ix 127 120.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Not Use
5.3.5 Monitor Adjustment (426)
[Selection]

Setup and Check” → “6 Monitor Adjustment
(426)”
[Procedure]
This procedure sets the color balance of the

monitor for each input type.
1. Make a print without color and density

correction from a normal film using the
master channel for “Custom Setting”.
2. On the printing screen, correct the pre-

scanning image so that it matches the print
using the C, M and Y keys.
3. Multiply each of the correction values by the

“Key Step Width Setup” value of menu 41M
“Custom Setting Regist/Delete”. Then enter
the results in the respective boxes on the
screen.
4. Click [OK].

5.3.6 Image Correction Setup (42C)

This menu is used to enable image correction
condition setting by selecting “Yes” for each
item.
[Selection]
Condition Setup and Check” → “C Image
Correction Setup”
[Procedure]
Set the image correction type for each input
device and input type.
Input Type: Negative
Reversal
B/W negative
1. Set the nine items in the Hyper ACCS frame.
2. Click [OK].

5.3.7 Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag.Setting (42D)
[Selection]

Condition Setup and Check” → “D Fine
Adjustment of the Print Mag.Setting”
[Procedure]
This procedure sets the fine adjustment values

for the print magnification for the film size and
print size.
1. Select the carrier, mask and film types.

2. Select the print size.
3. Select “Rate”
4. Click [OK].
5.3.8 Special Film CH Setting (42E)
[Selection]

Setup and Check” → “E Special Film CH
Setting”
[Procedure]
This procedure to register or delete channel for

the DX code of special monotone films (which
use color developer). Also to fine adjust the
slope (for color) and balance (for black & white).
<Film Name Registration> <Channel Setup>

1. On the printing screen, insert the film to be NOTE: Before channel setting, register the DX code
registered to pre-scan it. and film name.
1. Enter the channel number to be registered

2. Click the input source information icon.
in the “CH No.” box. There are 128 film
channels.
• The “Input Source Information” dialog box
appears.
2. Enter the film name in the box next to the
“CH No.” box.
3. Record the DX code.
3. Select “Register”.
4. Open the menu 42E screen.
• The registered channel is added to the

5. Enter the DX code recorded into the “DX
window of “Print (2)” - “Special Film Channel
Code” box.
Setting (5)” of the menu bar in the printing
screen that appears when the DX code
6. Enter the film name in the “Film Name” box.
cannot be read.
7. Click [Register].
4. Select the graininess control level in the
“Graininess Control” box.
Graininess Control Level: Normal 9. Click [OK].

High
Low • Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
5. Select the tone in the “Tone” box.
Tone: Color <Deleting>
Sepia 1 1. Select the channel number to be deleted in
Sepia 2 the “CH No.” box.
B/W
• The DX code and name are displayed in the
6. Set “Balance/Slope” for color and the “Registered DX Code” box.
“Balance” for black & white.
2. Click [Delete].
7. Enter the DX code registered in “Film Name
Registration” into the “DX Code” box. • The DX code is deleted.
8. Click [Register]. 3. Click [OK].
• The DX code is listed in the “Registered DX • Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Code” box. Maintenance” screen.
5.3.9 Monotone Correction Setting (42G)
[Selection]
Setup and Check” → “G Monotone Correction
Setting”
[Procedure]
Do this procedure to fine adjust the balance
values for the correction type indicated in the
“Monotone Correction” dialog box for menu bar
“Image Correct (4)” - “Monotone Correct (3)”.
1. Select the correction type to be adjusted in
the “Correction” box.
Correction: B/W
Sepia 1
Sepia 2
User B/W
User Sepia 1
2. Change the balance values.
3. Click [OK].
5.3.10 Paper Condition Method Setup (42J)
[Selection]

Condition Setup and Check” → “J Paper
Condition Setup”.
[Procedure]
This procedure sets the paper condition setup

method.
1. Select “YES” or “NO” for the ambient

variable correction.
2. Select “YES” or “NO” for the master

magazine registration.
3. If “YES” is selected in step “2”, set the ID,

width, paper and type for the master
magazine.
NOTE: • Ambient variable correction: When there is a

sudden change in temperature during the day,
it influences the color development process of
color papers. To maintain constant printing
quality in that condition, select “YES”.
• Master magazine registration: Paper condition
setup must be performed for all papers if “NO”
is selected.
4. Click [OK].

5.3.11 Shop Logo Regist/Delete (42K)
[Selection]

Setup and Check” → “K Shop Logo Regist/
Delete”
[Procedure]
This procedure registers or deletes the shop

logo that appears on the index prints.
<Registration>
1. Insert the floppy disk containing the shop
logo to be registered into the floppy disk
drive of the main control unit.
2. Click [Add].
• The “Media Selection” dialog box appears.

3. Select “FD” and click [OK].
• The shop logo is displayed in the dialog box.
4. Click [OK].
• The shop logo is registered.
5. Click [Cancel].
6. Click [OK].
<Deleting>
1. Select the shop logo to be deleted.
2. Click [Delete].
• The shop logo is deleted from the list.
3. Click [OK].
5.3.12 Template Regist/Delete (42L)
[Selection]

Setup and Check” → “L Template Regist/Delete”
[Procedure]
See the “Installation Manual” of the optional

Variety Print Service software.
5.3.13 Custom Setting Regist/Delete (42M)

Printing is normally performed according to the
condition of the master “0” channel.
The 65 (0 + 64) custom conditions can be set up
for each input type. The custom conditions can
be selected on the printing screen.
[Selection]

Setup and Check” → “M Custom Setting Regist/
Delete”
[Procedure]
Set up the custom conditions.
1. Select the input type to be set up.
Input Type: Negative

Reversal
Black & White Negative
2. Select number to be set up.
3. Enter the name for the back printing of

custom setting in the “Name” box.
4. Click [Cond. Edit].
• The “Initial Value Selection” dialog box

appears.
5. Select the number to be used as the initial

value.
6. Click [OK].
• The “Corr. Level/Tone/Hypertone” panel

appears.
7. Set up the “Correct Level”, “Tone Adjust” and

“Hypertone”.
<Correct Level> <Hypertone>

Tone Correction Color/DensityHypertone Hypertone Process: Yes No
Correction Highlight Level: Lower
Full Correction: Yes Yes ON Low
Tone Fixing: No Yes OFF Normal
Condition Confirm: No No OFF High
Higher
<Tone Adjust> Shadow Level: Lower
Standard Low
All Hard Normal
All Soft High
Highlight Hard Higher
Highlight Soft Mode: Mode 1 (Normal Hypertone Mode)
Shadow Hard Mode 2 (Preceding acceptance rate by
Shadow Soft improving back light and high contrast)
8. Click the “Key Step Width/BL-SL” tab.
• The “Key Step Width/BL-SL” panel appears.
9. Set up the “Key Step Width” and “Balance/

Slope”.
<Key Step Width Setup>

C, M, Y: Normally enter “8”.
Dc, Dm, Dy: Normally enter “15”.
<BL/SL Setup>
Normally enter “0”.
Change setting only when the whole slope
condition is offset.
10. Click the “Sharpness/Grain Control” tab.

• The “Sharpness/Grain Control” panel

appears.
11. Set up the “Sharpness”, “Grain Control

Process” and “Sharpness Large-size Setup”.
<Sharpness> <Grain Control Process>

Sharpness Level: Low 3 Modulation Roughness
Low 2 Normal Up Up
Low 1 Lower ↑ ↑
Normal No Down Down
High 1
High 2 <Sharpness Large-size Setup>
High 3 Sharpness can be set up individually for
Under Level: –2 magnification entered in the “Magnification” box
–1 or higher.
0 –2
(Sharpness can be set only for individually –1
under level.) 0
+1
+2
12. Click the “High-def/Density Correct” tab.
• The “High-def/Density Correct” panel

appears.
13. Set up the High-definition”, “Density

Correction” and “Saturation”.
<High-definition Process>
If this selection box is not displayed, select
“YES” for “RP Tone Print” or “Face Express” in
menu 42C.
RP Tone
RP Tone Print: Yes No
Level: Low
Normal
High
Face Express: Normal High
<Density Correction> 16. Click [OK].

Level: Normal (Select “Normal” normally.)
High (Tungsten lighting correction is • Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
increased. ) Maintenance” screen.
Type: Normal (Select “Normal” normally.)
Strobe Pref.
Back light Pref.
Saturation: –9 to +9 (Color vividness is set up.
Normally enter “0”.)
14. Click [OK].
• The condition panel disappears and

operation returns to the “42M Custom Setting
Regist/Delete” screen.
• The “Status” changes to the “Use”.
15. To delete the custom condition, select

number to be deleted and click [Delete].
5.3.14 Holiday File Registration/Delete (42N)
[Selection]

Setup and Check” → “N Holiday File
Registration/Delete”
[Procedure]
See the “Operating Instructions” of the optional

Variety Print Service software.
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

5.4.1 Input Check (431)
[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “3 Scanner

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “1 Input Check”
[Procedure]
This procedure displays the current status of

each section.
NOTE: Refer to section 19.1 for input parts location.
1. Click [Next Page].

2. Click [OK].

5.4.2 Focus Calibration (432)

The center value for each printing magnification
can be set up in this menu.
The NC100AC with film in the 135-lane can be
used to execute this menu if the focusing chart
jig is not available.
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “2 Focus
Calibration”
[Procedure]
Calibrate the focus pulses for the magnification.

1. Install the focusing chart jig instead of the

carrier.
2. Click [Create table].
Focusing Chart Jig

CD832
• The result is displayed on the screen.
3. Click [OK].
• The “I-1227” message appears.
4. Click [OK].

5. Perform menu 433 “Focus Position

Adjustment”.
5.4.3 Focus Position Adjustment (433)

This menu is used to set up the center value
when auto focusing of each film carrier mask.
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “3 Focus Position
Adjustment”
[Procedure]
Perform the focus position adjustment.
NOTE: • If the scanner correction in the pre-operational

checks is not executed after the system starts
up, perform the following items before “Focus
Position Adjustment”.
• Menu 43K “DC Offset Cancel”
• Menu 43H “Dark Correction”
1. Install the carrier and proceed to the “Focus

Position Adjustment” screen.
• Carrier ID, type and mask type (M69D

only)are displayed.
2. Click [Run].
3. Insert a film into the carrier and click [OK].
• The position adjustment value is displayed

when the adjustment is completed.
4. Click [OK].

5.4.4 Operation Information Display (434)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “4 Operation
Information Display”
[Procedure]
The LED lighting time and piezoelectric actuator

operating time are displayed.
1. Click [Clear] when the LED or piezoelectric

actuator has been replaced.
• The clear confirmation dialog box appears.
2. Click [OK].
• The times are cleared.
3. Click [OK].
5.4.5 I/O Check (43A)
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “A I/O Check”
[Procedure]
This procedure displays the status of motors,
solenoids and sensors.
• The status of each part is displayed in real

time.
NOTE: Refer to section 19.1 “I/O Parts Diagram” for

parts location.
1. Press any buttons to specify an operation.

• The selected operation is performed.
2. Click [OK].
5.4.6 Carrier Inclination Display (43B)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “B Carrier
Inclination Display”
[Procedure]
This procedure checks the status of the carrier

inclination.
NOTE: If value is more than 100, replace the film carrier.

• The auto focus is started and the position of

the focus pulse in the front and rear sides of
the carrier are displayed.
1. Insert a film into the carrier.
2. Click [135] or [120].
• The auto focusing is started and the position

of the focus pulses in vertical and horizontal
of the carrier are displayed.
3. Click [OK].

5.4.7 CCD Data Display (43C)

Use this menu to confirm the CCD settings
when there is a CCD-related irregularity or when
lines appear in prints due to dust or dirt on the
CCD, or the light source LED is suspected.
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “C CCD Data
Display”
[Procedure]
Do this procedure to read the CCD data and
display the values in real time.
NOTE: If the scanner correction in the pre-operational

checks is not executed after the system starts
up, perform the following items before “Focus
Position Adjustment”.
• Menu 43K “DC Offset Cancel”
• Menu 43H “Dark Correction”
NOTE: Do not try to change “Output Mode” and “Test Pattern”.
Output mode box
Operating mode box

(Full-in, 1/4 or 1/8)
Lens magnification box (0.27 to 0.82)

Test pattern box (1 to 8)
Light color switches
Display update/stop buttons

Auto exposure result
Store time switch and box
Auto focus button
Offset cancel button

Film pressure button
Auto exposure button Save button

Current value boxes and setting button
Display switching button
Density enable switch
Conjugate length moving box and button S/N value inspection button
Dark correction enable switch
Lens moving box and button and table create button OK button
Bright correction enable switch

1. Click the [Switch display] button.
<Dust Checking>
1. Check mark the “R”, “G” and “B” switches in
“Light color”.
2. Enter “10.000” in “Store time” and check

mark the switch.
3. Move the pointer to the dust position and

click the left button of the mouse while
pressing the [Shift] key.
• The image of the dust area is centered and

magnified.
4. Click the [Switch display] button.

• The graph is deformed at the dust position as

shown.
<LED Inspection>
1. Change “Magnification” to “0.27”.
2. Check mark the LED switch in “Light color” to

be light.
3. Check mark the “Accum. time (ms)” switch

and enter the following value in the box.
IR: 20
R, G or B: 5
4. Remove the diffusion box and turn ON the

diffusion box sensor.
• The light-emitted pattern is displayed on the

screen.
5. To focus the LED, enter the following value in IR

the “Conjugate length move” and “Lens Pattern
move” boxes and click the [Move] buttons.
“Conjugate length move”: 11000

“Lens move”: 650
R
Pattern
G
Pattern
B
Pattern
5.4.8 Lens Registration (43D)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “D Lens
Registration”
[Procedure]
This procedure sets the lens ID to be used and

its focal length.
• The current status is displayed.

1. Enter the lens ID number and the lens focal

distance indicated on the label attached to
the lens unit.
2. Click [OK].

3. Perform the following menus.
Label
1) 43B “Carrier Inclination Display” CD694
2) 43E “Optical Axis Adjustment”
3) 43F “Optical Magnification Calibration”
4) 432 “Focus Calibration”
5) 433 “Focus Position Adjustment” for each
carrier
6) 441 “Mask Position Adjustment”
5.4.9 Optical Axis Adjustment (43E)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “E Optical Axis
Adjustment”
[Procedure]
This procedure adjusts the optical axis of the

image by moving the film carrier base.
• The magnification setting is 0.6 when the

screen is opened.
1. Install the focusing chart jig to the carrier

base.
2. Click [AF].
• The calculated values of 0.6 magnification are

displayed in the “Axis Def.” and “Image
rotation” columns in real time.
Focusing Chart Jig

CD832
• OK is displayed if the data are within the

specified range.
3. If the data are out of range, loosen the four

hexagonal socket head bolts securing the
carrier base and adjust the optical axis by
moving the base together with the jig.
Focusing Chart Jig
Hexagonal Socket Head Bolts (4)

CD1087
Range of OK
Out of optical axis Front (–)/Rear (+): ±10
Left (–)/Right (+): ±10
Image rotation Left (–)/Right (+): ±5
NOTE: Adjust image rotation first, then the optical axis.

X-axis: Move the carrier base in front and rear.
Y-axis: Move the carrier base in right and left.
4. Tighten the four hex. socket head bolts after

“OK” is displayed.
5. Click [OK].

5.4.10 Optical Magnification Calibration (43F)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “F Optical
Magnification Calibration”
[Procedure]
This procedure calibrates the optical

magnification.
• The current status is displayed.

1. Set the focusing chart jig to the carrier base.
2. Click [Run].
Focusing Chart Jig

CD832
• The optical magnification calibration is

performed.
• The result is displayed.
3. Click [OK].
4. Click [OK].

5. Perform the following menus.

- 432 “Focus Calibration”
- 433 “Focus Position Adjustment” for each
carrier
5.4.11 Brightness Correction (43G)

The brightness correction is executed
automatically when the pre-operational checks
or changing mask on the first printing screen of
the day.
Perform this menu when line appears in print
due to dust or dirt.
When reading the shading data again by
performing the scanner correction with the
IX240 mask, check mark “Light Source Shading
Corr. Data Read” and execute the brightness
correction.
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “G Bright
Correction”
[Procedure]
Perform the brightness correction.
1. Clean the diffusion box.

2. For the auto film carrier NC100AC, set it in

the 135 lane.
3. Check mark both “Pixel Speed Corr. Data

Read” and “Light Source Shading Corr. Data
Read”.
Auto Film Carrier NC100AC

CD763
4. Click [OK].

Maintenance” screen after correction.
5. Change the auto film carrier NC100AC to the

IX240 lane.
6. Proceed to menu 43G and check mark to

“Light Source Shading Corr. Data Read”.
7. Click [OK].

8. Install the manual film carrier with the Calibration Mask

calibration mask.
9. Proceed to menu and check mark both “Pixel

Speed Corr. Data Read” and “Light Source
Shading Corr. Data Read”.
10. Click [OK].

Manual Film Carrier M69D

CD844
5.4.12 Darkness Correction (43H)
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “H Dark
Correction”
[Procedure]
Perform the darkness correction.
1. Click [OK].

5.4.13 Spectral Calibration (43J)

After replacing the LED circuit board assembly
or light source unit, perform menu 43L “LED
Light Amount Adjustment” and this menu for
negative and reversal films and then clear “LED
Light Time” in menu 434 “Operation Information
Display”.
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “J Spectral
Calibration”
[Procedure]
Perform the spectral calibration using the
following tools.
Tools: Chart/floppy disk set

Manual film carrier M69D
Calibration mask
135M mask
1. Insert the floppy disk into the main control

unit.
2. Click [OK].
3. Install the manual film carrier with the Calibration Mask

calibration mask to the carrier base.
4. Click [OK].
Manual Film Carrier M69D

CD844
• The brightness correction is performed.
5. Replace the calibration mask with the 135M

mask.
6. Insert the “No. 1001001” film into the 135M

mask and set it in the exposure position.
135M Mask No.1001001 Film

CD805
7. Click [OK].
NOTE: If the image on the screen is abnormal, click the

[Read again] button to read the image again.
8. Adjust the position of the blocks so that they

are at the center of each patch by using the
arrow keys.
9. Click [OK].
10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 for Chart Film No.

10020001, No. 1003001, No. 1004001,
No.1005001, No. 1006001 and No. 1007001.
11. Click [OK].

12. Remove the floppy disk from the main

control unit.
5.4.14 DC Offset Cancel (43K)

This function cancels DC offset of the CCD and
normally executed automatically when the pre-
operational checks.
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “K DC Offset
Cancel”
[Procedure]
Cancel the DC level offset.

1. Click [OK].
2. Click [OK].

5.4.15 LED Light Amount Adjustment (43L)

This menu is executed after replacing the LED
circuit board assembly or light source unit.
After executing this menu, perform menu 43J
“Spectral Calibration” and then clear “LED Light
Time” in menu 434 “Operation Information
Display”.
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “L LED Light
Amount Adjustment”
[Procedure]
Adjust LED light amount when:
• the LED circuit board assembly is replaced.
• the gradation setting is changed.
• the light source unit or CTC22 circuit board is
replaced.
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AC in its

135 lane.
NOTE: Do not insert a film.

2. Click [Run].
3. Click [OK].

5.4.16 Unexposed Frame Detect Level Set (43U)

This menu sets up the detecting level for the
unexposed frame of the IX240.
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “U Unexposed
Frame Detect Level Set “
[Procedure]
Set up the unexposed frame detecting level.
1. Select “Unexposed Frame Detect Level”.

Unexposed Frame Detect Level:
1: Unexposed frames are not displayed.
2: All frames including unexposed frames
are displayed.
3: Unexposed frames between exposed
frames are also displayed.]
2. Click [OK].
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

5.5.1 Mask Position Adjustment (441)
This menu is used to adjust mask position
against the monitor screen and prints.
This menu should be executed for all carriers
and masks to be used.
[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “4 Carrier
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “1 Mask Position
Adjustment”
[Procedure]
Adjust the mask position.
1. Install the film carrier.
• The carrier ID, carrier type and mask type are

displayed.
2. Click [Run].
• The mask and adjustment frames are

displayed.
3. Adjust the mask position so that it is

centered with the adjustment frame by
clicking the “Position Adjust” buttons.
NOTE: Click [Initialize] to return to the initial position.
4. Click [Register].
5. Click [OK].
• The message disappears.
6. Click [Cancel].

5.5.2 NC100AC Input Check (442)

The status of the sensors of the auto film carrier
NC100AC can be checked.
[Selection]
4 Setup and Maintenance” → “4 Carrier

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “2 NC100AC Input
Check”
[Procedure] ↓ [Next Page] [Previous Page] ↑
Check the status of the sensors.

1. Click [OK].

5.5.3 Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (448)

The image frame size displayed after pre-
scanning can be set up in this menu.
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “8 Mask Position
Adjustment”
[Procedure]
Set up the monitor frame ratio for each mask.
1. Select the carrier type to be set up monitor

frame ratio.
2. Change the monitor frame ratio by clicking
the [▼] and [▲] buttons.
NOTE: The default values are 95%.
3. Click [Save].
• The data are saved.
4. Click [Cancel].
5.5.4 NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “A NC100AC
Sensor Calibration”
[Procedure]
This procedure calibrates the optical sensors

and shows the result data.
1. Check that there is no film in the carrier.
2. Click [Run].
• The calibration results are displayed.
NOTE: The calibration results are shown but not saved.
3. Click [Cancel].

5.5.5 NC100AC Sensor Calibration Information (44C)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “C NC100AC
Sensor Calibration Information”
[Procedure]
This procedure calibrates the optical sensors

and displays the LED current setup and sensor
output data. The data can be read out and ↓ [Next Page] [Previous Page] ↑
written in.
1. Make sure there is no film in the auto film

carrier NC100AC.
2. Click [Run].
• The sensors are calibrated and the results are

displayed.
NOTE: [EEPROM reading]: Data are read out from the
EEPROM of the carrier and
written to the main control
unit.
[EEPROM writing]: Data in the main control
unit are written to the
EEPROM in the carrier.
[HD reading]: Data are read out from the
written to the hard disk. Of
the main control unit
[HD writing]: Data in the hard disk of the
main control unit are written
to the EEPROM of the
carrier.
[FD reading]: Data are read out from the
written to floppy disk.
3. Click [Cancel].
5.5.6 NC100AC Carrier Installation Information Display (44D)
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “D NC100AC
Carrier Installation Information Display”
[Procedure]
This procedure is used to check the auto film
carrier ID and hard revision (modify history)
numbers.
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AC.
2. Proceed to the “D NC100AC Carrier

Installation Information Display “ screen.
3. Click [OK].

5.5.7 NC100AC Carrier Installation Information Setup (44E)
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “E NC100AC
Carrier Installation Information Setup”
[Procedure]
This procedure is used to register the auto film
carrier ID and hard revision (modify history)
numbers.
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AC to be

registered.
2. Proceed to the “D NC100AC Carrier

Installation Information Display “ screen.
• The carrier ID and hard revision numbers are

displayed.
NOTE: The numbers can be rewritten if necessary.

3. Click OK].
4. Click [OK].
5. Click [OK].

5.5.8 NC100AC I/O Check (44F)
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “F NC100AC I/O
Check”
[Procedure]
This procedure displays the status of the
motors, solenoid and sensors.
1. Connect the auto film carrier NC100AC to

the plug-in connector using the carrier ↓ [Next Page] [Previous Page] ↑
extension cable.
2. Proceed to the “F NC100AC I/O Check”
screen.
3. Click the operation buttons and check if each
part is operating normally.
4. Click [OK].
5.5.9 NC100AC Machine Data Setup (44K)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “K NC100AC
Machine Data Setup”
[Procedure]
This procedure sets up the data for the auto film

carrier NC100AC.
↓ [Next Page] [Previous Page] ↑

1. Click [EEPROM reading]. ↓ [Next Page] [Previous Page] ↑

• Data are read out from the EEPROM and

displayed.
NOTE: [EEPROM reading]: Data are read out from the

written to the main control
unit.
[EEPROM writing]: Data in the main control
unit are written to the
EEPROM in the carrier.
[HD reading]: Data are read out from the
written to the hard disk. Of
the main control unit
[HD writing]: Data in the hard disk of the
main control unit are written
to the EEPROM of the
carrier.
[FD reading]: Data are read out from the
written to floppy disk.
2. If necessary, change the setting values and

click [EEPROM writing].
3. Click [OK].
• The dialog box disappears and data is written

to the EEPROM.
4. Click [Cancel].

5.5.10 NC100AC Magnetic Information Reading (44M)

This menu is used to check that the magnetic
information of the IX240 can be read out.
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “M NC100AC
Magnetic Information Reading”
[Procedure]
This procedure is used to check magnetic
information reading operation.
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AC in

IX240 lane.
2. Load the film cartridge or strip film.
3. Click [Run].
• The magnetic information is read out and

displayed.
4. Click [Cancel].

K: Reading out is OK.

?: Magnetic information presents but format
is NG.
×: Reading out is NG.
–: No magnetic information.
5.5.11 NC100AC Magnetic Verify (44N)

This menu is used to check that the magnetic
head is operating correctly.
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “N NC100AC
Magnetic Verify”
[Procedure]
The status of the magnetic reading head can be
checked in this menu.
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AC in

IX240 lane.
2. Load the film cartridge or strip film.
3. Click [Run].
• The magnetic information is read out and the

result is displayed.
NOTE: If the magnetic reading head is fouling, the “W-

5140” message appears.
4. Click [Cancel].

5.5.12 NC100AC Fixed Feeding Setup (44R)

In this menu, the feeding amount for the fixed
feeding mode of the 135 films can be adjusted.
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “R NC100AC Fixed
Feeding Setup”
[Procedure]
This menu sets up the fixed frame feeding
length of the auto film carrier NC100AC.
1. Set up fixed feed frame lengths for the 135

full and half sizes by clicking the [▼] and [▲]
keys.
NOTE: Click [Initialize] to return to the initial values.
2. Click [OK].
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.1 Paper Magazine Registration (451)
[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “1 Paper Magazine
Registration”
[Procedure]
This procedure registers the paper magazine to

be used.
Change the dryer temperature if necessary.
1. Release the latches and open the paper

magazine.
Paper Magazine
Latches (2)
EZ643
2. Loosen the two screws and adjust the width

of the paper guides. Tighten the two screws.
3. Loosen the four screws securing the paper

flanges to the paper shaft.
Screws (2)
Paper Guides
EZ854
4. Align the holes in the paper flange bosses Paper Flanges

with the paper width marks and tighten the
four screws.
NOTE: • Be careful not to overtighten the screws.

• Do not try to loosen the screws marked red.
Paper Shaft
Screws (4)
EZ1920
5. Find the appropriate paper from the table in Paper Magazine

the screen and install its ID chip to the
magazine using the two screws.
NOTE: Do not use ID No. 13 and No. 14 because they

are for 25.4 cm wide paper.
6. Check that the dryer temperature is set to

the recommended value listed below.
Paper Width Recommended High Temperature Low Temperature

(mm) Temperature Setting Setting
89 to 130 75.0 °C 80.0 °C 75.0 °C
152 80.0 °C 85.0 °C 75.0 °C
162 to 210 85.0 °C 85.0 °C 80.0 °C
ID Chip Screws (2)
EZ1218
Except for the reasons indicated below, the

dryer temperature should not be changed from
the recommended value. If paper drying
problems arise due to the change in the drying
environment and other factors, select the high or
low temperature setting. The high temperature
setting should be used when the ambient
humidity is high. The low temperature setting
should be used when problems occur in paper
collection due to strong curling of the paper.
7. Click [Set].
8. Click [End].

5.6.2 Paper Feed Length Adjustment (452)

This menu should be executed for all paper
magazines when installing the machine.
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “2 Paper Feed
Length Adjustment”
[Procedure]
Adjust the paper feed length in this menu when
a new magazine is registered.
1. Move the cursor to “ID” and select the 7. Enter each measured value in “Actual
magazine to be adjusted. measured value” boxes.
2. Enter “82.5” in both “Small Size” boxes for 8. Click [OK].
“Feed length setting value” and “Actual • Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
measured value” and “297.0” in both “Large Maintenance” screen.
Size” boxes.
3. Click [OK]. <Offset Adjustment>
4. Make each three grid pattern prints with On this menu, the paper feed length can be
feed length 254 mm and 82.5 mm in menu adjusted by entering the offset value of the feed
453 “Test Pattern Printing”. length.
Or feed each three sheets of paper with feed
length 254 mm and 82.5 mm in menu 455 1. Select magazine ID to be adjusted.
“Paper Feed”. 2. Enter the offset value in the “Input offset”
5. Measure and record the length of each third box.
grid pattern print. 3. Click [OK].
NOTE: Always measure the third paper since the feed • Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
length may not stabilize immediately after Maintenance” screen.
setting paper.
4. Make grid pattern prints in menu 453 “Test
6. Proceed to “Paper Feed Length
Pattern Printing” and make sure of the feed
Adjustment”.
length of the prints.
5.6.3 Test Pattern Printing (453)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “3 Test Pattern
Printing”
[Procedure]
This procedure creates test pattern prints.
1. Move the cursor to “Test pattern selection”,

and select “Grid”, “Border-less contact”,
“Bordered contact”, “Gradation” or “Step
wedge”.
Grid: For color drift and feed length inspection Bordered contact: For exposure and processing
unevenness, or white board inspection
Borderless contact: For exposure and

processing unevenness inspection
2. Move the cursor to “Feed length” and enter Gradation: Step wedge:
the feed length (mm). For gradation inspection For color inspection
3. Click [Print] .
4. Click [All process].
• After about 5 minutes, the print is output to

the large size tray.
■ Color Drift Inspection

1) Make a grid test print.
2) Use a magnifying lens (X25) to check
that the vertical line for the color drift is 1/
8 pixel or less in width, and the horizontal
line is 1/4 pixel or less in width.
REFERENCE:
1 pixel width = 0.08mm
5. Click [End].

5.6.4 G, B Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup (454)

The G and B laser optimal temperature setting
message appears every three months. Set up
the optimal temperatures using this screen.
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “4 G, B Laser
(SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup”
[Procedure]
This procedure sets the G, B laser(SHG)

optimal temperature.
NOTE: Wait about 1 hour until the temperature

adjustment is completed.
1. Click [Run].
2. Click [B-SHG].
3. Click [Run].
4. Click [Cancel].

5.6.5 Paper Feed (455)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “5 Paper Feed”
[Procedure]
This procedure feeds and processes unexposed

sheets of paper.
1. Enter the number of sheets in “Q’ty” box and

the feed length in “Length” box.
Number of sheets: 1 to 999

Feed length: 82.5 to 305.0
2. Click [OK].
• The sheets of paper are fed and processed.
3. Click [Cancel].

5.6.6 Printer Temperature Display (456)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “6 Printer
Temperature Display”
[Procedure]
This procedure displays the printer temperature

and printer status.
NOTE: • The temperatures are updated every 5

seconds.
• Always keep “ON” for “Working” of “Abnormal
temperature monitoring”.
1. Click [OK].

5.6.7 Printer Input Check (457)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “7 Printer Input
Check”
[Procedure]

sensors.
2. Click [OK].

5.6.8 Printer I/O Check (45A)
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “A Printer I/O
Check”
[Procedure]
motors, solenoids and sensors.
[Next Page]: Displays the next screen.
[Previous Page]: Displays the previous screen.
1. Click the required operation button.
• The respective motor or solenoid operates if it

is normal.
2. Click [OK].

5.6.9 Filter Replacement History (45B)
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “B Filter
Replacement History”
[Procedure]
This procedure is used to check the laser unit
filter replacement history and the pressurizing
time for last five times
Click [Replace] to record when the filter is
replaced.
1. Click [Replace] when the filter is replaced.

• The replacement date is displayed.
NOTE: Click [Initialize] to initialize the replacement
history.
2. Click [Cancel].
5.6.10 Laser Exposure Check (45C)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “C Laser Exposure
Check”
[Procedure]
This procedure performs an RGB test exposure

and displays the results.
1. Click [OK].

5.6.11 R Laser (R-LD) Data (45D)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “D R Laser(R-LD)
Data”
[Procedure]
This procedure displays the R laser(R-LD) data

in the EEPROM.
1. Click [OK].

5.6.12 G Laser (G-SHG) Data (45E)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “E G Laser(G-
SHG) Data”
[Procedure]
This procedure displays the G laser(G-SHG)

data in the EEPROM.
1. Click [OK].

5.6.13 B Laser (B-SHG) Data (45F)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “F B Laser(B-SHG)
Data”
[Procedure]
This procedure displays the B laser(B-SHG)

data in the EEPROM.
1. Click [OK].

5.6.14 Scanning Position/Scanning Home Position Parameter Setup (45G)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “G Scanning
Position/Scanning Home Position Parameter
Setup”
[Procedure]
This procedure displays the parameters for

exposure positions.
1. Enter the scanning position/scanning home

position parameters by clicking [▼] and [▲].
2. Click [OK] to set the parameters.

5.6.15 Main Scanning Position Adjustment/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjustment (45H)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “H Main Scanning
Position Adjustment/Laser Beam Sync. Rough
Adjustment”
[Procedure]
This procedure performs the scanning

adjustment and laser beam synchronization
rough adjustment.
NOTE: Perform this adjustment after processing three or

more sheets of paper because the feed length
may not stabilize immediately after setting paper.
1. Install the paper magazine for the narrowest

paper width.
2. Click [Print].
• The print is outputted in about five minutes.
← →
C
3. Measure the dimensions of A, B and C, then
record them.
A→ ← → ←B
NOTE: Error of measurement: Within 0.5mm Sub-Scanning Line
4. Move the cursor to “A: Left-side measured

value” and enter the measured A value. Rough Adjustment
Block
5. Move the cursor to “B: Right-side measured

value” and enter the measured B value.
6. Click [Enter] of “Width direction (main

scanning position)”.
7. Click [OK].
8. Move the cursor to “C: Top measured value”

and enter the measured C value.
9. Click [Enter] of “Feeding direction (sub-

scanning position)”.
10. Click [OK].
11. Find the X coordinate which has the

minimum color drift on the print for the
vertical lines using an inverted magnifier
(x20-40), and record the coordinate value
and the drifted color (CMY) order from the
left side.
12. Check and record the drifted color (CMY)

order of the sub-scanning line from the top
using an inverted magnifier (x20-40).
13. Move the cursor to “X(Width)” and enter the

measured X value
14. Move the cursor to “Y(Feed)” and enter the

measured Y value.
15. Click [Enter] of “Coordinate with least

amount of color drift”.
16. Click [OK].
17. Click [End].

5.6.16 Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print (45J)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “J Laser Beam
Sync. Fine Adjustment Print”
[Procedure]
This procedure performs the fine adjustment of

the laser beam synchronization.
1. Move the cursor to “Order of drifted colors for

main scanning” and enter the drifted color
order from the left recorded in “Main
Scanning Position Adjustment/Laser Beam
Sync. Rough Adjustment (Menu 45H)”.
2. Move the cursor to “Order of drifted colors for

sub-scanning” and enter the drifted color
order from the top recorded in “Main
Sync. Rough Adjustment (Menu 45H)”.
3. Click [Print].
• The print is outputted in about five minutes.
NOTE: The adjustment print has 20 or 25 vertical and

horizontal lines.
4. Find numbers that have the minimum color

drift on the output print for the vertical and
horizontal lines using the magnifier (x20-40).
5. Move the cursor to the “Best main scanning

position” and enter the number of the vertical
lines found.
6. Move the cursor to the “Best sub-scanning

position” and enter the number of the
horizontal lines found.
7. Click [Set].
8. Click [OK].
9. Click [End].

5.6.17 Laser History Display (45K)
[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintence” → “5 Printer

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “K Laser History
Display”
[Procedure]
Display the exposure time and current value of

R-LD, G-SHG and B-SHG.
1. Click [Switch display] to switch between the

graph and numeric displays.
2. Click [OK].

5.6.18 Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy (45L)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “L Paper Condition
Setup Table(LUT) Copy”
[Procedure]
This procedure copies the LUT (Look-up Table)

from one magazine to another.
1. Specify the ID of the source magazine.
2. Specify the ID of the destination magazine.
3. Click [OK].
• Copying is performed and operation returns to

the “4 Setup and Maintenance” screen.
5.6.19 Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (45M)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “M Printer
Mechanical Fine Adjustment”
[Procedure]
This procedure adjusts the printer mechanism.

[Calculating]: Calculates calibration value.
[Set]: Sets up entered data.
[Cancel]: Returns to the “4 Setup and
Adjust the printer paper feed system.
Adjust the sub-scanning motor speed to 60mm/

sec. for each paper magazine.
1. Make the following print in menu 453.
Print feed length: 290mm

Print type: Grid
2. Measure the length of 15 squares in the feed

direction of the print.
Standard length of 15 squares: 254.0mm
3. Enter “254.0” in “Length” box of “Calculating”.
4. Enter the measured value in “Meas. Val.” box 15 Squares (254.0mm)

of “Calculating”.
5. Click [Calculating].
• The calibrating value is calculated and
displayed.
6. Enter the calculated value in the appropriate

box of “Setting for each paper width”.
7. Click [OK].
• The entered value is set up.
5.6.20 Back Printer Test (45N)
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “N Back Printer
Test”
[Procedure]
This procedure makes a test print using the
back printer.
1. Set “Q’ty” and “Feed length”.

2. Select the magazine to be used.
3. Click [OK].
• The test print is output.

4. Click [Cancel].
5.6.21 Printer Operation Data Display (45P)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “P Printer
Operation Data Display”
[Procedure]
This procedure displays the printer operation

data.
1. Click [OK].

5.6.22 Clearing Selected Printer Operation Data (45Q)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “Q Clearing
Selected Printer Operation Data”
[Procedure]
This procedure clears specific items of printer

operation data.
1. Select the item to be cleared.
2. Click [OK].
• The selected data item is cleared.

5.6.23 Clearing All Operation Data (45R)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “R Clearing All
Operation Data”
[Procedure]
This procedure clears specific items of printer

and processor operation data.
NOTE: Total sorts and total number of prints are not

cleared.
1. Click [OK].
• All operating data items are cleared.
2. Click [Cancel].
5.6.24 Side Register Calibration (45S)

In this menu, perform the exposure start position
calibration when initial machine installation or
after replacing the register unit or register
sensor.
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “B Filter
Replacement History”
[Procedure]
This procedure measures and corrects the side

registration.
1. Click [Run].
2. Click [OK].
• The calibration is set up.

5.6.25 Data Saving (45T)

The parameter displayed can be written from
the memory on the CTP22 circuit board to the
HDD in the main control unit.
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “T Data Saving”
[Procedure]
This procedure saves the printer data into the
hard disk of the main control unit.
1. Select the item to be saved.
2. Click [OK].
• The data are saved.
3. Click [Cancel].

5.6.26 Data Download (45U)

The parameter displayed can be written from
the HDD in the main control unit to the memory
on the CTP22 circuit board.
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “U Data Download”
[Procedure]
This procedure loads the printer data into the
printer after the CTL21 circuit board has been
replaced.
1. Select the item to be downloaded.
2. Click [OK].
• The data are downloaded.
3. Click [OK].

4. Shut down and restart the system.

5.6.27 Precut Length Setting (45V)

This menu is used to set up the length of paper
leading end cutting. The leading end of paper is
cut after setting the paper magazine and before
starting printing after the system is started up.
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “V Precut Length
Setting”
[Procedure]
This procedure sets up the length of paper
leading end precutting when setting the paper
magazine or starting the system.
1. Enter the precut length in “Pre-cut len.” box.
Range: 89.0 to 305.0mm
2. Click [OK].

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

5.7.1 Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/Setting (461)
Normally measure only PSR.
When execute this menu to confirm pump
operation for the P1R, P2RA or P2RB, return
the discharged replenisher into the replenisher
tank.
[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “6 Processor

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “1 Pump Output
Measurement/Setting”
[Procedure]
This procedure measures and corrects the

replenisher pump output.
1. Prepare a measuring cylinder.

2. Remove the circulation filter section cover. PSR Supply Port Cover
3. Click [Start] for the box to be measured.
Circulation Filter Section Cover

CD866
• The alarm beeps intermittently for 10

seconds.
NOTE: Click [Cancel] to stop the operation. Replenisher Nozzle
4. Before the pump starts discharging,

disconnect the replenisher nozzle and insert
it into the measuring cylinder.
• The replenisher pump starts discharging.
• The alarm beeps when discharging is

completed.
5. Insert the replenisher nozzle into the sub-

tank.
Measuring Cylinder
6. Place the measuring cylinder on a level CD090
surface, and then read and record the
output.
7. Pour the replenisher solution from the

measuring cylinder into the waste recovery
tank.
8. Select the “Measured value” box, and enter

the recorded output value using the numeric
keys or the [↑] and [↓] keys.
NOTE: The machine automatically measures and

adjusts the pump output for P1-R, P2-RA and
P2-RB.
9. Click [OK].

10. Reinstall the circulation filter section cover.
11. Clean the measuring cylinder.

5.7.2 Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting (462)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “2 Auto Cleaning
Output Measurement/Setting”
[Procedure]
This procedure measures and corrects auto

cleaning pump output.
1. Prepare the measuring cup for auto-cleaning

output measurement.

3. Install the splash prevention cover over the Splash Prevention Cover
dryer fan section.
CD091
4. Loosen the two screws and remove the No.1 Screws (2)
crossover rack.
NOTE: Do not remove the crossover racks not to be

measured.
No.1 Crossover Rack

CD092
5. Release the tab and remove the auto- Locking Tab

cleaning nozzle from the No.1 crossover
rack.
Washer Nozzle
CD093
6. Drain the remaining water from the nozzle.
Washer Nozzle
CD873
7. Install the auto-cleaning nozzle in the

Measuring Cup
measuring cup.
Washer Nozzle
CD094
8. Install the measuring cup by aligning the

nozzle's rubber joint with the hole.
NOTE: Make sure the rubber joint is properly inserted. If

not, the solution will splash.
9. Press the [Start] button for the P1.
Measuring Cup
Rubber Boots
Hole
CD095
• The countdown starts.
NOTE: To stop the pump, press the [Cancel] button.
• The alarm beeps once when the discharging

is completed.
10. If the output is completed, release the lock Measuring Cup

lever and remove the measuring cup.
Lock Release Lever

CD096
11. Put the measuring cup on the horizontal Measuring Cup

place, read the liquid amount and record it.
12. Dispose of the water from the measuring

cup.
13. Install the cleaning nozzle in the No.1

crossover rack, and install the rack in the P1
processing rack.
14. Move the cursor to the “Measured value” of

the P1 and enter the value recorded in step
16.
CD097
15. Release the lock and remove the No.2

crossover rack.
16. Release the tab and remove the auto- No.2 Crossover Rack
cleaning nozzle from the No.2 crossover
rack.
17. Drain the remaining water from the nozzle.
Washer Nozzle
Locking Tab
CD098
18. Install the auto-cleaning nozzle in the Measuring Cup

measuring cup.
19. Repeat steps 8 to 18 for the P2.
20. Repeat steps 19 to 22 for the PS1 and PS3.
21. Click [OK].
• Operation reterns to the “4 Setup and

Washer Nozzle
22. Remove the splash prevention cover and CD099

close the dryer unit.
5.7.3 Processing Temperature Setting (463)
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “3 Processing
Temperature Setting”
[Procedure]
This procedure sets the processing
temperatures.
1. Enter the numerical values of the “P1”, “P2”

and “PS” processing temperatures.
Range Default Value
P1 30.0 to 40.0 38.5
P2 30.0 to 40.0 38.0
PS 30.0 to 40.0 38.0
2. Click [OK].

5.7.4 Replenisher Rate Setting (464)
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “4 Replenisher
Rate Setting”
[Procedure]
This procedure sets the replenishment amounts.
1. Enter the numerical values of the “P1-R”,

“P2-R” and “PS-R” replenishment amount.
Range Default Value
P1-R 30.0 to 200.0 45.0
P2-R 20.0 to 300.0 35.0
PS-R 100.0 to 300.0 175.0
2. Click [OK].

5.7.5 Evaporation Correction Rate Setting (465)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “5 Evaporation
Correction Rate Settting”
[Procedure]
This procedure sets the evaporation correction

rate.
1. Select “YES” for “Evaporation Correction”

and “Standard” for “Humidity”.
2. Click [OK].

5.7.6 Low Volume Setup (466)
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “6 Low Volume
Setup”
[Procedure]
This procedure sets up low volume processing.
1. Select “YES” for “Low volume”.

2. Enter minimum processing amount in the
box.
Range: 0.0 to 15.0
3. Enter minimum processing amount for last
eight days in the box.
Range: 0.0 to 99.9
NOTE: Click [Clear] to clear all data.
4. Click [OK].
5.7.7 Processor Temperature Calibration (467)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “7 Processor
Temperature Calibration”
[Procedure]
This procedure calibrates the processor section

temperatures.
1. Check that the display values have reached

the “Setting” temperatures.
2. Turn the P1 filter holder 90° P1 Circulation Filter Holder

counterclockwise, remove the P1 circulation
filter and place it on a tray.
NOTE: Do not let the solution drip or run.
CD100
3. Measure the temperature of the processing Thermometer

solution and record it.
CD101
4. Reinstall the filter by aligning the fastening Tab

tab with the cutout, and then turn it 90°
clockwise.
5. If the “Setting” temperatures differ from the

values displayed, move the cursor to the
“Measured value” and enter the values
recorded in step 3.
Cutout
Range: 0.0 to 99.9
6. Click [Enter].
CD102
7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 for P2, PS2 and PS4.
8. Click [OK].

5.7.8 Processor Input Check (468)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “8 Processor Input
Check”
[Procedure]

sensors.
• This screen shows the replenisher tank levels.

The levels are indicated by the color shown
below.
Upper limit: Blue
Middle level: Yellow
Lower limit: Red
2. Click [OK].

5.7.9 Processor I/O Check (46A)
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “A Processor I/O
Check”
[Procedure]
motors, solenoids and sensors.

[Cancel]: Operation returns to the “4
Setup and Maintenance”
screen.
1. Click the required operation button.
• The respective motor or solenoid operates, if

it is normal.
2. Click [Cancel].

5.7.10 Processor Operating Condition Setup (46B)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “B Processor
Operating condition Setup”
[Procedure]
This procedure sets up the processor operating

condition.
1. Select “YES” or “NO” for “Dryer section

preheat driving”.
2. Select “YES” for “Rack auto cleaning”.
3. Select “YES” or “NO” for “Auto intermittent
driving”.
4. Select “YES” or “NO” for “PS rack cleaning”.
5. Click [OK].
5.7.11 Processor Operation Data Display (46C)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “C Processor
Operation Data Display”
[Procedure]
This procedure displays the processor operation

data. The data can be cleared using menu 46D
1. Click [OK].

5.7.12 Clearing Selected Operation Data (46D)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “D Clearing
Selected Operation Data”
[Procedure]
This procedure clears specific items of

processor operation data (displayed in menus
46C and 46E).
1. Select the item to be cleared.
2. Click [OK].
• The selected data item is cleared.

5.7.13 Processor Operation Data Display 2 (46E)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance” → “E Processor
Operation Data Display 2”
[Procedure]
This procedure displays the processor operation

data. The data can be cleared using menu 46D
1. Click [OK].

5.7.14 Installation (46F)
[Selection]
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “F Installation”
[Procedure]
This procedure is used for setting, replenisher
system air bleeding and cartridge opening when
initial installation.
1. Select “CP-48S” for “Processing formula”.

2. Select “No use” for “External waste tank”.
3. Select “50Hz” or “60Hz” for “Frequency
setting” in accordance with the power supply
frequency.
4. Click [Set].
5. Execute “Washing pump aeration”,
“Opening” and “Replenisher pump aeration”
in this order by clicking the [Run] buttons.
6. Click [OK].
5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)

5.8.1 Trouble Help (491)
If an abnormality occurs in print image, the
cause can be diagnosed by following the
guidance on the screens.
[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “9 Self-

Diagnostic” → “1 Trouble Help”
[Procedure]
This procedure is used to diagnose any

abnormality of the print image by following the
screens (see chapter 6 “MSDP TROUBLE
HELP”).
1. Click “To The Manual for Image

Abnormalities”.
• The menu screen of “Manual for Image

Abnormalities” appears (see chapter 6).
2. Diagnose the mage problem by following the

indication of the screen.
3. Click “Back to cover”.
• Operation returns to the menu screen.
4. Click [END].

5.8.2 Help Update (492)

This machine does not support this function.
5.8.3 Image Abnormality Analyzer (493)

Execute this function if abnormality occurs in the
print image without appearing any error.
[Selection]

Diagnostic” → “3 Image Abnormality Analyzer”
[Procedure]
This procedure is used to diagnose any

abnormality of the image processing functions
automatically.
1. Check mark the items to be checked.
2. Click [Start].
• The system checks the checking items in the

order listed and displays the result.
• Faulty circuit boards and cables are displayed

the end of the check list.
3. Click [Storage] to save data.

4. Insert the floppy disk into the drive of the

main control unit.
5. Select “Floppy (A:) and click [Save].
• The result data are saved into the floppy disk.
6. Click [End].

5.8.4 Paper Feed Check (494)

The last 500 paper feeding data can be checked
in this menu
[Selection]

Diagnostic” → “4 Paper Feed Check”
[Procedure]
This procedure is used to check the paper feed

system automatically.
1. Select menu 494.

2. Click [OK].
• The “(8) About” screen appears.

3. Click “View” and select the item to be display.
• The selected screen appears.

(1) Feed error log/Error occurrence order

(2) Feed error log/Number of error times order

(3) Feed sequence log/Raw data

(4) Feed sequence log/Passing time

(5) Feed sequence log/Side registration data

(6) Side registration calibration

(7) Feed sensor log
4. Click [Storage] to save data into the floppy

disk.
5. Insert the floppy disk into the drive of the

main control unit.
6. Select “Floppy (A:) and click [Save].

• The data are saved into the floppy disk.
NOTE: Click “Option” to select functions.
7. Click [OK].

5.9 Special Operations (410)

5.9.1 Paint (410A)
[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintence” → “10 Special

Operations” → “A Paint”
[Procedure]
Do this procedure to use “Paint”.
NOTE: For information on “Paint” operations, see the

Windows 2000® manual.
1. Press the [X] button in the upper right-hand

side of the screen.
NOTE: Be sure not press the emergency button.

5.9.2 Explorer (410B)
[Selection]

Operations” → “B Explorer”
[Procedure]
Do this procedure to use “Explorer”.
NOTE: For information on “Explorer” operations, see the

Windows 2000 manual.
1. Press the [X] button on the upper right-hand

side of the screen.
NOTE: Be sure not press the emergency button.

5.9.3 Command (49C)
[Selection]

Operations” → “C Command”
[Procedure]
Do this procedure to perform MS-DOS

command operations.
NOTE: For information on “Command” operations, see

the MS-DOS® manual.
1. Press the [X] button on the upper right-hand

side of the screen.

6. TROUBLESHOOTING FOR ABNORMAL IMAGES

These troubleshooting flowcharts converted from maintenance menu 491 “Trouble Help” are used to
diagnose the cause of abnormal images.
6.1 Color Abnormalities

6.1.1 Non-existent image or too light / white print
6.1.2 Cyan non-existent or too light
6.1.3 Yellow non-existent or too light
6.1.4 Fogged magenta
6.1.5 Ghost
6.1.6 Color abnormality general
6.2 Color Misalignment

6.2.1 Each color shifts perpendicular to feeding direction (Increments of 1cm)
6.2.2 Each color shifts (Increments of 0.1mm)
6.3 Scratches
6.3.1 Red paper scratches at the leading end of black print
6.3.2 Scratch restoration malfunction or image scratch general
Straight continuous scratch in fixed image position even if the film is exchanged
6.3.3 Paper scratch general
6.4 Vignetting
6.4.1 Vignetting (NC100AC)
6.4.2 Vignetting (M69D/Negative)
6.4.3 Vignetting (M69D/Reversal)
6.5 Frame Misalignment

6.5.1 Frame misalignment in both monitor and print
6.5.2 Frame misalignment in prints, OK in monitor
6.6 Graininess and Jaggedness

6.6.1 Overall graininess
6.6.2 Jaggedness in large-size prints/Jaggedness of straight line
6.7 Streaks
6.7.1 Streak perpendicular to feed direction (53mm spacing)
6.7.2 2Streak perpendicular to feed direction (60mm spacing)
6.7.3 Streak perpendicular to feed direction (Black blurred streak at 2mm of leading end)
6.7.4 Streak perpendicular to feed direction (Black blurred streak at 13mm of leading end)
6.7.5 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (Pitch streaks within 0 to 40mm of leading end)
6.7.6 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (White clear streak at 4mm of trailing end)
6.7.7 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (White/black blurred streak at 13mm of trailing end)
6.7.8 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (White clear streak at 13mm of trailing end)
6.7.9 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (Black blurred streak at 23mm of trailing end)
6.7.10 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (Pitch streaks within 0 to 25mm and at 33mm of trailing end)
6.7.11 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (Pitch streaks at 48mm of trailing end)
6.7.12 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (Pitch streaks at 52mm and 68 mm of trailing end)
6.7.13 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (Pitch streaks at 72mm and 88 mm of trailing end)
6.8 White Border Imprecision

6.8.1 1White border imprecision (Shifted in feed direction)
6.8.2 White border imprecision (Shifted perpendicular to feed direction)
6.8.3 White border imprecision (Inclination)
6.9 Spots
6.10 Densitometer and Calibration Print Error

6.10.1 Repeated calibrations do not improve the result.
6.10.2 Calibration print density is too low to be measured.
6.10.3 Color becomes worse after calibration. Paper cannot be fed in Densitometer.
6.11 Focus Problems

6.11.1 Overall blur
6.11.2 Blur along the periphery
6.11.3 Periphery blur
6.12 Unevenness
6.12.1 Regular unevenness perpendicular to feeding direction (mm spacing)
6.12.2 Regular unevenness in feed direction (mm spacing)
6.13 Others
6.13.1 Setup confirmation when developer degraded (Developer Degradation)
6.1.1 Non-existent image or too light / white print

Make sure there is no problem with the original beforehand.
No
Non-existent image or too light/white print? B To 6.1.2
Yes
(I-7)
Check the monitor screen. No

Is the image on the monitor screen normal? A1
Yes
(I-1)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “2. Calibration print condition is so light that
Print Condition Setup and Check” - “1. density cannot be measured.
A2 Paper Condition Setup”.
Click [Initialize] and execute calibration printing.
Check condition of calibration print.
(I-23)
Calibration print is normal.
Try to follow troubleshooting for
(I-2) “Calibration print density is too low to be End.
measured” in “Densitometer and
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “2. Calibration Print Error”.
Print Condition Setup and Check” - “1. End.
Paper Condition Setup”.
Measure density of calibration print. Densitometer and END
Has the trouble now been remedied? calibration
print error list
No END To 6.10.2
(I-3)
Try troubleshooting for “Densitometer and End.

Calibration Print Error”.
Go to item list of “Densitometer END

and Calibration Print Error”.
To Section 6.10
A1
No
(I-17)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “3.
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance” - “C.
CCD Data Display”.
Light source burnt Remove the diffusion box and execute “135 Light source burnt out
out 1/4 or more. detecting condition”. Check each lighting color in units of pair.
and make sure condition of the light source on
the monitor screen. Do not stare the light
source.
Select item applicable.
Normal
(I-37)
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance” - “A. I/O
Check (Scanner)”. No
Check the shutter home position sensor for A3
proper operation by repeating “Open” and
“Close”.
Yes
(I-11)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
It will take approximately 10 minutes.
Is a solution to the problem found?
No
END
(I-4)
Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,

carrier or image processing circuit boards).
(I-22) (I-19)
Check the connector to the LED circuit board. The LED circuit board may have
Check the harness between the LED and CTC malfunctioned. Yes
Yes Replace the LED circuit board.
circuit boards for poor connection or open
circuit and correct as necessary. Has the trouble now been remedied?
Has the trouble now been remedied?
No
No END
END (I-21)
(I-18)
The CTC circuit board may have
The CTC circuit board may have malfunctioned. Yes
malfunctioned. Yes Replace the CTC circuit board.
Replace the CTC circuit board. Has the trouble now been remedied?
No
No END
END (I-4)
(I-20)
The LED circuit board may have carrier or image processing circuit boards).
malfunctioned. Yes
Replace the LED circuit board.
No
END
(I-4)

A2
(I-6)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “G. Value is less than 490 or more than 560.
Scanning Position/Scanning Home
Position Parameter Setup”. (I-28)
Check value in “G Main scanning start position”. Setting value change
Change value of G main scanning start position
Value lies from to 525. Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5. Yes
490 to 560. Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “H. Main
Rough Adjustment” to fine adjust scanning start
position. Has the trouble now been remedied?
No END
(I-31)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5. Printer
Adjustment/Maintenance” - “7. Printer Input Check”.
Remove the front upper cover, turn ON the
interlock switch and insert a sheet of paper Yes
near the sub-scanning area. Check the pre-
exposure sensor is operating properly on the (I-36)
“7. Printer Input Check” screen.
Is the sensor operating properly? Check LDA and image processing (GMB)
circuit boards for poor connection.
No Check connection between LDA and image Yes
processing (GMB) circuit boards for poor
(I-24) connection or open circuit and correct as
Check the pre-exposure sensor connection. necessary.
Check the pre-exposure sensor harness for Has the trouble now been remedied?
poor connection or open circuit and correct as Yes
No END
necessary.
Has the trouble now been remedied? (I-41)
No The laser unit may have malfunctioned.

END Replace the laser unit.
Yes
(I-5) Has the trouble now been remedied?
CTP circuit board or pre-exposure sensor
may have malfunctioned.
No END
Check following items.
• Poor connection or open circuit between the (I-8)
CTP circuit board and the LDA circuit board. Yes
• Does voltage input/output normally from the Problem may be in the printer side (printer
CTP circuit board? exposure section or image processing circuit
Replace the CTP circuit board or pre-exposure boards).
sensor as necessary.
No END A3
(I-35)
Check circuit from pre-exposure sensor to (I-38)

downstream of power supply.
Checking shutter unit connector
Check harness between the shutter unit and Yes
the CTC circuit board for poor connection or
open circuit and correct as necessary.
No END
(I-39)
Replace the CTC circuit board.
No END
(I-40)
The shutter unit may have malfunctioned.
Remove the CCD circuit board and replace the Yes
shutter unit.
No END
(I-4)

6.1.2 Cyan non-existent or too light
From 6.1.1 B
No
Cyan non-existent or too light? C To 6.1.3
Yes
(I-42)

Is the image on the monitor screen normal? B1
Yes
(I-30)
Print Condition Setup and Check” - “1. No
Execute calibration printing (Do not measure
print density). Is print normal? (I-44)
Yes Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
(I-15) It will take approximately 10 minutes.
It will take approximately 10 minutes. No END
(I-12)
No END Check the R modulation cable and JML
circuit board cable.
(I-45) Open the cover under the monitor and check Yes
the R modulation cable (BNC) and JML circuit
Problem cannot be solved by “Image board for poor and improper connection. Then
Abnormality Analyzer”. execute calibration printing.
Does density become normal?
No END
(I-27)
The laser unit may have malfunctioned. Yes

Replace the laser unit.
No END
(I-8)
Problem may be in the printer side (printer
exposure section or image processing circuit
boards).
B1
(I-43)
Light source burnt CCD Data Display”. Light source burnt
out 1/4 or more. Remove the diffusion box and execute “135 out in units of pair.
detecting condition”. Check each lighting color
source. Select item applicable.
Normal
(I-11)
No END
(I-4)

(I-22) (I-19)
No END
No END (I-21)
(I-18)
No END
No END (I-4)
(I-20)
malfunctioned. Yes
No END
(I-4)

6.1.3 Yellow non-existent or too light
From 6.1.2 C
No
Yellow non-existent or too light? D To 6.1.4
Yes
(I-46)

Is the image on the monitor screen normal? C1
Yes
(I-14)
Print condition setup and Check” - “1. No
Execute calibration printing (Do not measure
print density). Is print normal? (I-25)
(I-26)
No END Check the input and output cables on the
AOM driver.
(I-45) Check input and output cables of the B-AOM Yes
driver for poor or incorrect connection and
Problem cannot be solved by “Image open circuit and correct as necessary.
Abnormality Analyzer”. Has the trouble now been remedied?
No END
(I-27)

No END
(I-8)
boards).
C1
(I-43)
Normal
(I-11)
No END
(I-4)

(I-22) (I-19)
No END
No END (I-21)
(I-18)
No END
No END (I-4)
(I-20)
malfunctioned. Yes
No END
(I-4)

6.1.4 Fogged magenta
From 6.1.3 D
No
Fogged magenta? E To 6.1.6
Yes
(I-16)
Is the image on the monitor screen normal? D1
Yes
(I-9)
Print Condition Setup and Check” - “1.
Paper Condition Setup”. No
Execute calibration printing.
Is calibration print normal? (I-10)
Yes Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “G.
(I-15) Scanning Position/Scanning Home 8800
Position Parameter Setup”.
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self- Is scanning start position detecting interval
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes 8800?
Is a solution to the problem found? No
No END (I-29)
Incorrect setting value
(I-45) Change value of scanning start position Yes
detecting interval to 8800 or contact Fujifilm.
Problem cannot be solved by Has the trouble now been remedied?
“Image Abnormality Analyzer”.
No END
(I-47)
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “3. Test
16.6-17.0mm pattern Printing”.
Print grid test pattern. Does the spacing
between vertical (paper feed direction) lines lie
(I-49) between 16.6 and 17.0 mm?
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self- No

It will take approximately 10 minutes. (I-50)
No END It will take approximately 10 minutes.
(I-48)
The LDA or LDD circuit board may have No END
malfunctioned. Yes
Replace the LDA or LDD circuit board. (I-13)
No END Replace the laser unit.
(I-8)
Problem may be in the printer side (printer No END
boards). (I-8)
boards).
D1
(I-43)
the monitor screen.
Do not stare the light source.
Normal
(I-11)
No END
(I-4)

(I-22) (I-19)
No END
No END (I-21)
(I-18)
No END
No END (I-4)
(I-20)
malfunctioned. Yes
No END
(I-4)

6.1.5 Ghost
From 6.1.6 F
Ghost (The same shape appears on 54 mm No

left hand on high density area when the
leading end is positioned up. )?
Yes END
(I-59)
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. No
Yes END
(I-55)

Pattern Printing”. Yes
Print wide-size “Borderless contact” test
pattern. Place the print with its leading end up.
Is magenta density of left side on the boarder
of 54 mm from the right end image high?
(I-57)
No
The AOM driver may have malfunctioned.
(I-45) Replace the AOM driver.
Problem cannot be solved by

“Image Abnormality Analyzer”.
6.1.6 Color abnormality general
From 6.1.4 E
No
Color abnormality general? F To 6.1.5
Yes
(I-51)

Is the image on the monitor screen normal? E1
Yes
(I-53)
Execute calibration printing.
Is calibration print normal? (I-32)
(I-34)
No END Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “2.
Print Condition Setup and Check” - “3. Yes
(I-45) Control Strip Processing”.
Is color tint normal?
Problem cannot be solved by “Image
Abnormality Analyzer”. No
(I-54)
Problem may be in printer
exposure section or image
processing circuit boards.
(I-58)
The processor may be set incorrectly.
Try to follow troubleshooting for “Developer End
Degradation” of “Others” item.
Go to item of “Others”.
END
To Section 6.13
E1
(I-33)
No
(I-52) END
Problem cannot be solved by “Manual for

Dealing Image Abnormalities”. Yes
No END
(I-17)
Normal
(I-37)
Check (Scanner)”. No
Check the shutter home position sensor for E2
proper operation by repeating “Open” and
“Close”.
Yes
(I-11)
No
(I-4) END

(I-22) (I-19)
The LED circuit board may have
Check the connector to the LED circuit board. malfunctioned. Yes
Check the harness between the LED and CTC Yes Replace the LED circuit board.
circuit boards for poor connection or open Has the trouble now been remedied?
circuit and correct as necessary.
Has the trouble now been remedied? No END
No (I-21)
END The CTC circuit board may have
(I-18) malfunctioned. Yes
The CTC circuit board may have Replace the CTC circuit board.
malfunctioned. Yes Has the trouble now been remedied?
No END (I-4)
(I-20)
The LED circuit board may have Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,
malfunctioned. Yes carrier or image processing circuit boards).
No END
(I-4)

E2
(I-38)
Checking shutter unit connector
Check harness between the shutter unit and
the CTC circuit board for poor connection or Yes
No END
(I-39)
malfunctioned. Yes
No END
(I-40)
The shutter unit may have malfunctioned.
Remove the CCD circuit board and replace the Yes
shutter unit.
No END
(I-4)


6.2.1 Each color shifts perpendicular to feeding direction
(Increments of 1cm)
The printer is much influenced by vibration. Make sure color misalignment is not caused by vibration from external factor at scanning
or exposing or by faulty original.
Each color shifts.

(increments of 0.1mm)
Select an appropriate item B To 6.2.2
Each color shifts

perpendicular to feeding.
direction (increments of 1cm)
(U-6)
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “3. Test No
Pattern Printing”.
Print grid test pattern.
Is print normal?
Yes
(U-1)
No END
(U-8)
The trouble may be in scanner side (scanner, (U-9)

carrier or image processing circuit board).
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “G.
Inequalities are Scanning Position/Scanning Home Position
not satisfied. Parameter Setup”.
(U-14) Are the inequalities “450 G main scanning
home position 560”, “290 Main scanning
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5. shift amount (G-R) 350” and “600 Main
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - ”U. Data scanning shift amount (G-B) 660” satisfied?
Download”.
The inequalities
Select parameter and execute. Then make Inequalities are
are satisfied.
sure the inequalities “450 G main scanning satisfied.
home position 560”, “290 Main scanning
shift amount (G-R) 350” and “600 Main (U-2)
scanning shift amount (G-B) 660” are
Check R modulation, input and output
satisfied.
cables from LDA circuit board.
Not changed Check R modulation, input and output cables Yes
from LDA circuit board for poor connection or
(U-15) open circuit and reconnect correctly or repair.
Change setting values. Then perform calibration.
Change G main scanning home position, main Has the trouble now been remedied?
scanning shift amount (G-R) and main
scanning shift amount (G-B) to default values. No END
And execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”-“5. Yes
Printer Adjustment / Maintenance”-“H. Main (U-4)
Sysc. Rough Adjustment” and “J. Laser Beam Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
Sync. Fine Adjustment Print”. diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
Has the trouble now been remedied? It will take approximately 10 minutes.
No END
(U-3) No END
The trouble may be in printer (exposure (U-3)
section or image processing circuit board.)
The trouble may be in printer (exposure
(U-16)
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “H.
Main Scanning Position Adjustment/Laser Yes
Beam Sysc. Rough Adjustment” and “J.
Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print”.
No END
(U-3)

6.2.2 Each color shifts (Increments of 0.1mm)

From 6.2.1 B
(U-10)
Pattern Printing”. No
Print grid test pattern (3 color level values:20).
Then check the amount of shift from grid using
a magnifier.
Is color shift less than 20 micrometer?
Yes
(U-18)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”-“9. Self-
No END
(U-8)
The trouble may be in scanner side (scanner, (U-5)

carrier or image processing circuit board). Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5. Line shift of vertical line
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “H. Main (feed direction) is more
Line shift of horizontal line (sub-scanning direction) is more Sysc. Rough Adjustment” and “J. Laser than 10 micrometer.
than 20 micrometer. Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print”.
Adjust laser beam synchronization and print
test pattern (grid) again. Check the amount of
shift from grid using a magnifier.
Shift amount of horizontal line is less than 20
micrometer and vertical line is less than 10
micrometer.
(U-11)
The performance limit of shift amount in
transverse direction of feeding is within 10
micrometer and in feeding direction is withing
20 micrometer.
(U-12)
Check setting again and execute “4. Setup
and Maintenance” - “5. Printer
Readjust laser beam synchronization. Adjustment/Maintenance” - “H. Main End
(U-13) Scanning Position Adjustment/Laser Beam
Sysc. Rough Adjustment” and “J. Laser
Check laser beam synchronization Shift amount for each color is Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print”.
adjustment print. less than 200 micrometer. Color shift cannot be remedied
Check the amount of shift from horizontal line by adjustment of three times. END
(sub-scanning direction) using a magnifier. (U-20)
Shift amount or each (U-17) Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
color is more than 200 diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
micrometer. Confirm setting values.
Shift can be adjusted by changing It will take approximately 10 minutes.
setting values. Check shifted color Has the trouble now been remedied?
order and setting and execute laser
beam synchronization adjustment print No END
again.
(U-3)
(U-19)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self- The trouble may be in printer (exposure
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes section or image processing circuit board.)
No END
(U-7)
The laser unit may be faulty. Yes

No END
(U-3)

6.3 Scratches
6.3.1 Red paper scratches at the leading end of black print
From 6.3.3 B
Red paper scratches at the leading end of No

black print? C To 6.3.2
Yes
(A-22)
Pattern Printing”. Red scratches appear on first several prints.
Print “Borderless contact” test pattern
continuously. Then observe the leading end of
prints. (A-23)
Always red
scratches appear. Processor cleaning. Yes
(A-24) Clean crossover racks.
The cutter unit may have malfunctioned. Yes
Replace the cutter unit. No END
(A-25)
No END Problem cannot be solved by “Manual for
(A-25) Dealing with Image Abnormalities”.

Dealing with Image Abnormalities”.
6.3.2 Scratch restoration malfunction or image scratch

general
Straight continuous scratch in fixed image position
even if the film is exchanged
From 6.3.1 C
Scratch restoration malfunction or image Yes

scratch general? C1
No
Straight continuous scratch in fixed image Yes

position even if the film is exchanged?
(A-18)
No
Inside inspection of the carrier
The carrier may be cause of film scratch. Clean
and inspect the film guides on the carrier. Replace
END the carrier if the films are scratched at the same
location by the carrier.
6.3 Scratches
C1
(A-8)
Normal
(A-6)
No END
(A-15)

(A-12) (A-14)
No END
No END (A-13)
(A-17)
No END
No END (A-15)
(A-16)
malfunctioned. Yes
No END
(A-15)

6.3 Scratches
6.3.3 Paper scratch general

Make sure there is no scratches on the original beforehand.
Paper scratch general? No

B To 6.3.1
Yes
(A-1)
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “3. Test No
Pattern Printing”. A1
Print “Borderless contact” test pattern.
Is print normal?
Yes
(A-8)
CCD Data Display”.
Light source burnt Remove the diffusion box and execute “135 Light source burnt
out 1/4 or more. detecting condition”. Check light color IR and out in units of pair.
make sure lighting condition on the monitor
screen. If the amount of light is insufficient,
increase value of accumulated time. Do not
stare the light source.
Normal
(A-6)
No END
(A-15)

(A-12) (A-14)
Checking connector on the LED circuit board The CTC circuit board may have
Check wire harness between the LED circuit malfunctioned. Yes
board and the CTC circuit board for poor Yes Replace the CTC circuit board.
connection or open circuit and correct as Has the trouble now been remedied?
necessary.
No END (A-13)
(A-17)
malfunctioned. Yes Replace the LED circuit board.
No END
No END (A-15)
(A-16)
malfunctioned. Yes
No END
(A-15)

6.3 Scratches
A1
(A-2)
Observe paper scratches. No

Is scratches colored?
(A-3)
Yes
Performing post-operational check.
(A-9) Perform post-operational check to wash
Yes
processing racks. Then print ”Borderless
Magazine inspection contact” test pattern.
Remove the magazine and try to pull paper No Has print now been returned normal?
out by hand.
Is paper scratched? No
Yes (A-4)
(A-10) Processor cleaning

Clean the crossover racks, processing racks, Yes
The magazine may have malfunctioned. dryer guides and rollers.
Inspect the magazine in a dark bag. Replace Has the trouble now been remedied?
Yes
the magazine if paper scratches cannot be
remedied.
Has the trouble now been remedied? No
(A-7)
No Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “6.
END Processor Adjustment/Maintenance” -
(A-5) “B. Processor Operation Condition
Setup”.
Problem may be in printer side (printer If “No” for “Rack auto cleaning” is selected, it
exposure section or image processing circuit is recommended that “Yes” be selected.
boards).
(A-5)
Problem may be in printer side (printer
boards).
(A-11)
Printer feed unit inspection

Remove the printer feed unit and pass paper No
through the unit by hand.
Is paper scratched?
(A-20)
Yes
(A-19) Printer exit unit inspection.

Yes Remove the printer exit unit and pass paper
An unit may have malfunctioned. through the unit by hand.
Check and clean the suspected location of the Is paper scratched?
feed path. Yes
Replace the unit if scratches cannot be No
remedied.
(A-26)
No END Sub-scanning unit inspection.
Yes Remove the sub-scanning unit and pass paper
(A-5) through the unit by hand.
Problem may be in printer side (printer Is paper scratched?
boards).
No
(A-21)
Registration unit inspection.

Yes Remove the registration unit and pass paper
through the unit by hand.
Is paper scratched?
No
(A-5)
boards).
6.4 Vignetting
6.4.1 Vignetting (NC100AC)
Make sure there is no problem with the original and the carrier is installed correctly beforehand.
No
Vignetting (NC100AC) ? B To 6.4.2
Yes
(K-11)
Observing print images.

Check the vignette edge for unclearness or Unclearness or jaggies at the end
jaggies. (Clearness: Printer exposure section
or image processing circuit boards)
(Unclearness or jaggies: Scanner or carrier)
Clearness
(K-12)

Pattern Printing”. Yes
Print “Bordered contact” test pattern
continuously.
Is the edge of print normal?
No
(K-13) (K-21)
exposure section or image processing End Confirming vignetting position.
circuit boards). No
Observe the film and print. Is vignetting top or A1
Try to follow ”White Border Imprecision” item. bottom when the film is in feed direction?
Go to “White Border END

Imprecision” item list. Yes
To Section 6.8 (K-2)
Connect the carrier to the plug-in

connector using the carrier extension cable
and open the upper cover. Execute “4.
Setup and Maintenance”- “3. Scanner
No
Adjustment/Maintenance” - “F NC100AC
I/O Check” ( NC100AC carrier only ).
(K-3) Click [Mask motor]. Is the variable mask
operating properly?If the carrier extension
Checking connection to the CTC circuit board. cable is not available, hear operating noise.
Check the harness to the CTC circuit board for
poor connection or open circuit and correct as Yes Yes
necessary.
Check connector pins for bending. (K-7)
No END Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance” - “K
NC100AC Machine Data Setup” Yes
(K-6) ( NC100AC carrier only).
Fine adjust the correction value of mask home
position. Has the trouble now been remedied?
The CTC circuit board or variable mask
mechanism may have malfunctioned.
Check: No END
the CTC circuit board for correct input and
output voltages. (K-31)
the variable mask for proper operation by Yes
fingers. diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
Replace the CTC circuit board or variable It will take approximately 10 minutes.
mask (or carrier) as necessary. Is a solution to the problem found?
No END
(K-8)
No END
(K-8) carrier or image processing circuit boards).

6.4 Vignetting
A1
(K-5)
Confirming upper and lower masks.
Open the carrier upper cover and check the
upper and lower masks:
for bent? Yes
for broken?
Replace the upper and lower masks as
necessary.
No
END
(K-1)
Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance” - “1.
Mask Opening Position Correction” to Yes
adjust position.
Click [Measure] and adjust position using the
arrow keys.
No
END
(K-4)
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance” - “E
Optical Axis Adjustment”. Yes
Execute “Optical Axis Adjustment” (a focus
chart jig is required).
No END
(K-2)
Connect the carrier to the plug-in
connector using the carrier extension cable
and open the upper cover. Execute “4.
Setup and Maintenance”- “3. Scanner
Adjustment/Maintenance” - “F NC100AC Yes
I/O Check” ( NC100AC carrier only ).
Click [Mask motor]. Is the variable mask
operating properly? (K-7)
If the carrier extension cable is not available, Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “3.
hear operating noise. Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance” - “K
NC100AC Machine Data Setup” Yes
No ( NC100AC carrier only ).
(K-3) Fine adjust the correction value of mask home
position.
Checking connection to the CTC circuit board. Has the trouble now been remedied?
Check the harness to the CTC circuit board for
poor connection or open circuit and correct as Yes No END
necessary. (K-31)
Check connector pins for bending.
Has the trouble now been remedied? Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
No It will take approximately 10 minutes.
END Is a solution to the problem found?
(K-6)
No END
The CTC circuit board or variable mask
mechanism may have malfunctioned. (K-8)
Check:
the CTC circuit board for correct input and Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,
output voltages. Yes carrier or image processing circuit boards).
the variable mask for proper operation by
fingers.
Replace the CTC circuit board or variable
mask (or carrier) as necessary.
No
END
(K-8)

6.4 Vignetting
6.4.2 Vignetting (M69D/Negative)

From 6.4.1 B
No
Vignetting (M69D/Negative) ? C To 6.4.3
Yes
(K-14)
Confirming vignetting position.

Yes
Observe the film and print. Is vignetting right or B1
left-hand when the film is in feed direction?
No
(K-16)
Observing print images. White

Is color of the vignetted edge black?
(K-17)
Black
(K-23) Confirming carrier position.
Remove the carrier and reinstall it correctly. Yes
Adjust the position of the film guide in the (Remove foreign matter.)
Yes
carrier. Has the trouble now been remedied?
No
No END
END (K-18)
From 6.4.3 B2 Observing print images.

Unclearness or
jaggies at the end Check the vignette edge for unclearness or
jaggies. (Clearness: Printer exposure section
or image processing circuit boards )
(K-28) (Unclearness or jaggies: Scanner or carrier)
Inspecting the inside of the carrier.
Check the carrier upper mask and shading Clearness
parts for distortion. Remove dust and dirt from Yes
the inside of the carrier. (K-19)
Clean or replace the part or carrier as
necessary. Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.
Has the trouble now been remedied? Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “3. Test
Yes
Pattern Printing”. B3
No Print “Bordered contact” test pattern
END continuously. Is the edge of print normal?
(K-29) No
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “4. Carrier
Adjustment/Maintenance” - “1. Mask Opening
Position Correction” to adjust position. Yes (K-13)
Click [Measure] and adjust position using the Problem may be in printer side (printer
arrow keys. exposure section or image processing End
Has the trouble now been remedied? circuit boards).
No Try to follow “White Border Imprecision” item.
END
(K-30) Go to “White Border
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “3. Imprecision” item list. END
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance” - “E
Optical Axis Adjustment”. Yes
Execute “Optical Axis Adjustment” (a focus To Section 6.8
chart jig is required).
No END
(K-31)
No END
(K-8)

6.4 Vignetting
B1
(K-15)

(K-24)
Black Observing print images. Unclearness or
Check the vignette edge for unclearness or jaggies at the end
jaggies. (Clearness: Printer exposure section B2
or image processing circuit boards)
(Unclearness or jaggies: Scanner or carrier)
Clearness
B3
(K-35)
Observing print images. No

Does vignetting vary with frames to be
printed?
Yes
(K-25)
Confirming film position. Yes

Adjust frame position by moving the film.
No END
(K-26)
No END
(K-27)

6.4 Vignetting
6.4.3 Vignetting (M69D/Reversal)

From 6.4.2 C
No
Vignetting (M69D/Reversal) ?
Yes END
(K-10)

(K-20)
Black
(K-32) Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.
No
Confirming vignetting position. Print “Bordered contact” test pattern
No continuously. Is the edge of print normal?
Observe the film and print. Is vignetting right or
left-hand when the film is in feed direction?
Yes
(K-31)
Yes
(K-9) Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
No Observing print images. Is a solution to the problem found?
Does vignetting vary with frames to be
printed? No END
(K-8)
Yes
(K-22) Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,
Confirming film position. Yes
Adjust frame position by moving the film.
No END
(K-26)
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes (K-13)
Is a solution to the problem found? Problem may be in printer side (printer
exposure section or image processing End
No circuit boards).
END Try to follow “White Border Imprecision” item.
(K-27)
Go to “White Border END
Problem cannot be solved by “Manual for Imprecision” item list.
To Section 6.8
(K-33)
Confirming carrier position.

Remove the carrier and reinstall it correctly. Yes
(Remove foreign matter.)
No END
(K-34)
Adjust film guide position in the carrier. Yes

No END
B2
To 6.4.2
6.5.1 Frame misalignment in both monitor and print

Make sure there is no problem with the original and the carrier is installed correctly beforehand.
Frame misalignment in
prints, OK in monitor.
Select an appropriate item
Frame misalignment both

in monitor and print.
(O-11)
240 film Confirming the film 135 film

Select film-type from followings.
Others
(O-12) (O-1)
No (Frame
Confirming the film. Confirming setting of “2. Printing” - “Film feed)
The image range of 240 films is specified. Scanner Op.(3)”.
(Perforation right end to film center is 11.95 No Is “Fixed length feed” selected?
mm, width is 27.4 mm and height is 15.6 mm
based on center.) Yes
Is misaligned frame out of the specified range?
(O-2)
Yes
No Confirming film.
(O-13) Is frame length out of standard (38.1mm)?
The cause is in film.
Adjust position on the monitor
Yes
screen.
(O-3)
Changing setting of “2. Printing” -

“Scanner Op. (3)”.
No
Change to “Frame detecting feed” or adjust on
the monitor screen.
Yes
END
(O-9)
Confirming the film.
Check the film:
for too light image (image of fireworks, night
No sky, darkness, etc.).
for unclearness start or end of the frame
(vertical white line, dark pole, etc. or fogging).
for silver halide film. (Above items may cause
frame misalignment).
Yes
(O-10)
Changing setting of “2. Printing” -
“Scanner Op. (3)”
No Change to “Fixed length feed” or adjust on the
monitor screen.
Yes
B END
To 6.5.2
6.5.2 Frame misalignment in prints, OK in monitor
B From 6.5.2
(O-4)
Checking the film and the inside of the

carrier.
Check the film:
for bent leading or trailing end.
Flaws in the film for check tape attached over the perforations. No flaws but frame misalignment
guides for splice tape left on. cannot be remedied.
for leading or trailing end cut diagonally.
for scratches and dust.
(Above items may cause frame misalignment.)
Check the film condition.
Clean the film guides in the carrier and check
them for flaws.
The trouble has now

been remedied.
END
(O-8) (O-5)
Faulty carrier. Yes Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance” - “K.
Replace the carrier.
NC100AC Machine Data Setup” (or
“SC135A Machine Data Setup”.
No Yes
Check the correction value. (Fine adjustment
No END of the correction value due to worn rubber
rollers and belts.) Change or adjust the setting
(O-7) value.
Dealing with Image Abnormalities”. No (Recur.) END
(O-6)
The rubber rollers or belts may be faulty. Yes

Replace the carrier or the rubber rollers, belts.
No END
(O-7)

6.6.1 Overall graininess

The printer is much influenced by vibration. Make sure the cause of graininess and jaggedness is not
external vibration when scanning or exposing beforehand.
Jaggedness in large-size
prints. Jaggedness of
straight line.
Overall graininess.
(Z-1)
Actual printing with normal negative
(normal density) No
Does graininess or jaggedness occur when
printing with normal negative (normal density)?
(Z-2)
Yes The problem may be in film.
Correct sharpness or tone by clicking “2. Print” -
(Z-14) “Image Correction” - “Sharpness” or “Tone
Confirming setting value Adjustment”.
Correct sharpness or tone by clicking “2. Print”
Yes
- “Image Correction” - “Sharpness” or “Tone
Adjustment”.
No END
(Z-3)
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “3. Test Yes
pattern Printing”. A1
Print “Borderless contact” test pattern.
Is print normal?
No
(Z-10)
Self-diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Yes
Analyzer”.
No END
(Z-4)

A1
(Z-5)
Light source burnt out CCD Data Display”. Light source burnt
1/4 or more. Remove the diffusion box and execute “135 out in units of pair.
the monitor screen.
Do not stare the light source.
Normal
(Z-13) (Z-12)
Checking the connector of the LED circuit The LED circuit board may have
board malfunctioned. Yes
Check the harness between the LED and the Yes Replace the LED circuit board.
CTC circuit boards for poor connection and Has the trouble now been remedied?
No END (Z-16)
(Z-11)
malfunctioned. Yes
No END
No END
(Z-15)
(Z-9)
malfunctioned. Yes Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,
Replace the LED circuit board. carrier or image processing circuit boards).
No END
(Z-9)

(Z-7)
CCD Data Display”. Yes
Click [S/N value disp]. Does S/N value exceed
the standard value?
(Approximately 20 or more is normal.)
No
(Z-8)
S/N value is abnormal.
Replace the ADC circuit board, CDS circuit Yes
board, power supply and CCD unit in this
order.
No END
(Z-6)
Analyzer”.
No END
(Z-9)
boards).
6.6.2 Jaggedness in large-size prints/Jaggedness of

straight line
From 6.6.1 B
(G-6)
Print grid test pattern. Observe the grid lines B1
with magnifier.
Is print normal?
Yes
(G-1)
No
Check (Scanner)”.
Click [Piezoelectric actuator 1] or [Piezoelectric
actuator 2]. Does it operate properly?
(G-3)
Yes Checking connectors between the
piezoelectric actuator 1/2 and the PZR
(G-5) circuit board/CTC circuit board
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Check the harness between the piezoelectric Yes
Self-diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality actuator 1/2 and the PZR circuit board/CTC
Yes circuit board for poor connection or open
Analyzer”.
It will take approximately 10 minutes. circuit. Correct or repair as necessary.
Is a solution to the problem found? Has the trouble now been remedied?
No END No END
(G-2) (G-4)
The PZR circuit board, CTC circuit board or
CCD unit (piezoelectric actuator 1/2) may
Dealing Image Abnormalities”.
have malfunctioned.
Check the following items.
Does voltage input/output normally from the Yes
CTC circuit board?
Does voltage input/output normally from PZR
circuit board?
Replace the CTC circuit board, PZR circuit
board or CCD unit as necessary.
No END
(G-2)

Dealing Image Abnormalities”.
B1
(G-7)
Observing test print (grid)

Are there jaggedness lines spacing 0.17 mm in No
parallel to feed direction and left-hand darker
when the leading end is positioned up?
(G-8)
Yes Observing test print (grid) No
Is each color misaligned?
(G-11)

Yes
Has the trouble now been remedied? (G-10)
End.
No END Try to follow items for “Color Misalignment”.
(G-12)
Go to items for END
Problem may be in the printer side (printer “Color Misalignment”.
boards).
To Section 6.2
(G-9)
Self-diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality No
Analyzer”.
Yes END
(G-12)

boards).
6.7 Streaks
“Streaks” herein is limited to the cause in the printer side ( printer, processor, exposure section and image processing section ) . Refer to
“Scratches” for streaks caused by scanner side ( scanner, carrier and image processing section ) . Print a test pattern ( gray contact ) to
determine whether the cause is in scanner side or printer side. If the test pattern print is normal, the cause is in the scanner side.
To 6.7.1
Streak perpendicular to feed direction Yes Definition of term
(53 mm spacing)? A Pitch streaks (Several streaks spacing in
unit of mm by observing with a magnifier)
No Clear streak (Streak with clear edges)
To 6.7.2 Blurred streak (Streak with blurred edges)
Streak perpendicular to feed direction Yes
(60 mm spacing)? B
No
To 6.7.3
C
6.7.1 Streak perpendicular to
(black blurred streak at 2 mm of leading end)?
feed direction (53mm
No
To 6.7.4 spacing)
( black blurred streak at 13 mm of D
leading end)? A
No
To 6.7.5
Streaks perpendicular to feed direction Yes (S-29)
(pitch streaks within 0 to 40 mm of E
leading end)? Probable causes are faulty bearings, loose
bearings/sub-scanning rollers and fouling
No sub-scanning rollers.
To 6.7.6 Check for: Yes
Streaks perpendicular to feed direction faulty bearings.
Yes loose bearings/sub-scanning rollers.
(white clear streak at 4 mm of F fouling sub-scanning rollers.
trailing end)?
Replace the sub-scanning unit if necessary.
No Has the trouble now been remedied?
To 6.7.7 No
Streaks perpendicular to feed direction END
Yes
(white/black blurred streak at 13 mm of G (S-13)
trailing end)?
No Dealing with Image Abnormalities”.
To 6.7.8
Streaks perpendicular to feed direction Yes
(white clear streak at 13 mm of trailing end)? H
No
To 6.7.9
(black blurred streak at 23 mm of trailing end)? I
No
To 6.7.10
(pitch streaks within 0 to 25 mm and at 33 mm J
of trailing end)?
No
To 6.7.11
(pitch streaks at 48 mm of trailing end)? K
No
To 6.7.12
(pitch streaks at 52 mm and 68 mm of L
trailing end)?
No
To 6.7.13
(pitch streaks at 72 mm and 88 mm of M
trailing end)?
6.7 Streaks
6.7.2 Streak perpendicular to feed direction (60mm spacing)
(S-1)
Print several “Borderless contact” test pattern
sheets.
Are prints normal?
Yes
(S-2)
Analyzer”.
No END
(S-3)

(S-4)
Performing “3. Post-operational Check”.

Wash the crossover racks and perform “Post- Yes
operational Check”.
No
(S-6)
No (streaks weaken but remain.) Washing the processing racks Yes

Wash the processing racks.
No (streaks are not changed.)
(S-7) (S-5)
The crossover racks or processing racks Confirming processor setting
may have malfunctioned. Yes It is recommended that “Yes” be selected for
Replace the rollers. “Rack auto washing” and “Auto intermittent
Has the trouble now been remedied? drive” in menu “4. Setup and Maintenance” -
“6. Processor Adjustment/Maintenance” - “B.
No Processor Operation Setup”. Perform
END periodical inspection and maintenance.
(S-9)
boards).
(S-8)
Analyzer”.
No END
(S-9)
boards).
6.7 Streaks
6.7.3 Streak perpendicular to feed direction (Black blurred

streak at 2mm of leading end)
(S-11)
The registration loop time may be
insufficient.
Fine adjust by changing the fine adjustment
value of top registration loop in menu “4. Setup Yes
and Maintenance” - “5. Printer
Adjustment/Maintenance” - “M. Printer
Mechanism Fine Adjustment”.
No END
(S-12)
Probable causes are faulty registration nip

pressure, improper backlash of registration
drive motor gears and damaged gears.
Check the registration unit:
for damaged roller, spring, nip release motor,
nip release cam or nip release gears.
for damaged registration drive motor and
gears. Yes
Replace the damaged parts or registration unit
as necessary.
No END
(S-14)
Analyzer”.
No END
(S-13)

6.7 Streaks
6.7.4 Streak perpendicular to feed direction (Black blurred

streak at 13mm of leading end)
(S-16)

Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “M.
Printer Mechanism Fine Adjustment”. Yes
Fine adjust the sub-scanning nip roller 2 nip
timing by changing the value.
No END
(S-15)
Probable causes are improper sub-
scanning 2nd roller nip timing, damaged
sub-scanning 2nd roller nip release
mechanism and improper roller nipping.
Check the sub-scanning 2nd roller nip release
for:
damaged nip release cam. Yes
damaged nip home position sensor.
damaged nip release arm.
worn or damaged bearings.
damaged nip release belt and gears.
damaged nip rollers.
Repair or replace the parts or sub-
scanning unit if required.
No END
(S-14)
Analyzer”.
No END
(S-13)

6.7 Streaks
6.7.5 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (Pitch streaks

within 0 to 40mm of leading end)
(S-17)
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “A. I/O
Check (Printer)”. Yes
Open the cover, release interlocking and drive
the sub-scanning nip motor (M311).
Does the roller release nip normally?
No
(S-18)
Probable causes are vibration of sub-
scanning nip release motor and damaged
sub-scanning 2nd roller nip release
mechanism.
Check sub-scanning 2nd roller nip release
mechanism for:
faulty nip release motor (M311).
faulty PDC circuit board.
improper drive timing belt tension (nip release Yes
belt tension).
damaged, distorted or worn pulley.
damaged, distorted or worn nip release gears.
worn nip release cam.
broken nip release arm or out of position.
broken nip release belt.
Adjust or replace the parts as necessary.
No END
(S-19)
The sub-scanning unit may have
malfunctioned. Yes
Replace the sub-scanning unit.
No END
(S-14)
Analyzer”.
No END
(S-13)

6.7 Streaks
6.7.6 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (White clear

streak at 4mm of trailing end)
(S-20)
Probable causes are faulty nip roller,
distorted or broken nip roller bracket, and
jamming foreign matter.
Check the nip rollers for proper movement or Yes
jammed foreign matter.
Remove foreign matter or replace the sub-
scanning unit.
No END
(S-14)
Analyzer”.
No END
(S-13)

6.7 Streaks
6.7.7 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (White/black

blurred streak at 13mm of trailing end)
(S-21)
Paper curling may be too much.
Check paper curling. Yes
Replace paper if necessary.
No END
(S-22)
Probable causes are distorted nip roller
bracket or paper guide.
Check the nip roller bracket and guides for Yes
distortion.
Repair or replace the parts as necessary.
No END
(S-14)
Analyzer”.
No END
(S-13)

6.7 Streaks
6.7.8 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (White clear

(S-23)
Does the roller release nip normally?
(S-25)
No Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.
Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment”. Yes
Fine adjust the sub-scanning nip roller 1 nip
timing by changing the value.
No END
(S-24)
Probable causes are improper sub-

scanning 1st roller nip release timing,
damaged sub-scanning 1st roller nip
release mechanism and improper roller
nipping.
Check the sub-scanning 1st roller nip release
for: Yes
distorted or damaged nip release cam.
nip home position sensor out of position.
out of position or damaged nip release arm.
No END
(S-14)
Analyzer”.
No END
(S-13)
6.7 Streaks
6.7.9 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (Black blurred

(S-35)
Probable causes are incorrect sub-
scanning guide height (distorted
registration side), incorrect feeding form
the registration unit to the sub-scanning
unit, incorrect nip roller height and
incorrect sub-scanning 1st roller nip
release height. Yes
Check for:
feeding from the registration unit to the sub-
scanning unit.
nip roller height.
sub-scanning roller nip release height.
Replace the sub-scanning unit if necessary.
No END
(S-14)
Analyzer”.
No END
(S-13)

6.7 Streaks
6.7.10 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (Pitch streaks

within 0 to 25mm and at 33mm of trailing end)
(S-26)
Does the roller move correctly? Is abnormal
noise heard?
No
(S-27)
Probable causes are vibration of sub-
scanning nip release motor and damaged
sub-scanning 1st roller nip release
mechanism.
Check sub-scanning 1st roller nip release
mechanism for:
improper drive timing belt tension (nip release Yes
belt tension).
damaged, distorted or worn pulley.
damaged, distorted or worn nip release gears.
broken nip release arm or out of position.
broken nip release belt.
Replace the parts as necessary.
No END
(S-19)
malfunctioned. Yes
No END
(S-14)
No END
(S-13)
6.7 Streaks
6.7.11 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (Pitch streaks at

48mm of trailing end)
(S-30)
the registration drive motor (M304).
Do the rollers move normally? Is abnormal
noise heard?
No
(S-31)
Probable causes are vibration of registration
drive motor and interference between the
sub-scanning unit and the registration unit.
Check the registration unit for:
faulty registration drive motor (M304).
Yes
damaged registration drive gears.
interference between the sub-scanning unit
and the registration unit.
Replace the parts if necessary.
No END
(S-19)
malfunctioned. Yes
No END
(S-14)
Analyzer”.
No END
(S-13)

6.7 Streaks

52mm and 68 mm of trailing end)
(S-33)
the registration nip motor (M309).
Do the registration rollers move normally? Is
abnormal noise heard?
No
(S-34)
Probable causes are vibration of the nip
release motor and damaged registration
nip release mechanism.
Check the registration nip and release
mechanism for:
damaged, distorted or worn nip release gear. Yes
missing or damaged arm.
No END
(S-19)
malfunctioned. Yes
No END
(S-14)

Analyzer”.
No END
(S-13)

6.7 Streaks

72mm and 88 mm of trailing end)
(S-32)
the registration drive motor (M309).
Do the pre-registration rollers move normally?
Is abnormal noise heard?
No
(S-28)
Probable causes are vibration of pre-

registration motor and damaged
registration nip release mechanism.
Check the pre-registration nip and release
mechanism for:
damaged, distorted or worn nip release gear. Yes
missing or damaged arm.
No END
(S-19)
malfunctioned. Yes
No END
(S-14)
Analyzer”.
No END
(S-13)

6.8.1 White border imprecision (Shifted in feed direction)

“White border imprecision” herein is limited to the causes in the printer side (printer, exposure section and image processing section).
Refer to “Vignetting” for border imprecision caused by scanner side (scanner, carrier and image processing section). Print a test
pattern (bordered gray contact) to determine whether the cause is in scanner side or printer side. If the border of the test pattern is
normal, the cause may be in the scanner side.
Border imprecision ( Shifted in feeding No

direction ) ? B To 6.8.2
Yes
(B-2)
Measuring feed direction length of print.

Is feed length of border imprecision print out of No
specified value?
Perform test print.
(B-6)
Yes Measuring image length (feed direction)
Measure image length in feed direction of
(B-3) border imprecision print. Is it out of specified Yes
value? A1
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5. The image should be 10 mm less than print
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “2. Yes length because normal border is 5 mm.
Printer Feed Length Adjustment”.
Perform feed length fine adjustment. No
(B-10)
No END
(B-4) Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “H. Main
The magazine may have malfunctioned. Sync. Rough Adjustment”. Yes
Check the magazine for: Check “Top measured value” of ”Feeding
faulty spool. direction ( sub-scanning position )” and set up
faulty magazine nip roller. Yes correctly.
improperly setting paper. Has the trouble now been remedied?
Replace the parts or magazine as necessary.
(B-17)
No END Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9.
(B-9) Analyzer”.
Problem may be in printer side (exposure Is a solution to the problem found?
section or image processing circuit boards).
No END
(B-9)
Problem may be in printer side (exposure

A1
(B-7)
Printer Mechanism Fine Adjustment”. Yes
Adjust image length on the sub-scanning feed
speed fine adjustment screen.
No END
(B-18)
Analyzer”.
No END
(B-8)
The sub-scanning unit (paper slipping at
the rollers) may have malfunctioned.
Check the sub-scanning unit for faulty or Yes
fouling rollers.
Clean the rollers or replace the parts or unit.
No END
(B-9)

6.8.2 White border imprecision (Shifted perpendicular to feed

direction)
B From 6.8.1
Border imprecision ( Shifted perpendicular to No

feeding direction ) ? C To 6.8.3
Yes
(B-13)
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “1.
Paper Magazine Registration”. Yes
Check the magazine ID matches to paper
width and correct the registration.
No END
(B-12)
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “H. Main
Sync. Rough Adjustment”. Yes
Check “Left measured value” and “Right
measured value” of “Width direction (main
scanning position)” and set up correctly.
No END
(B-14)
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “S. Side Yes
Registration Calibration”.
Perform “Side Registration Calibration”.
No END
(B-11)
Analyzer”.
No END
(B-15)
The registration unit may have
malfunctioned.
Check the registration unit for out of position or
worn width detecting belt or pulley and faulty Yes
width sensor housing (too much sliding
friction). Check the laser unit for malfunction.
Correct or replace the parts or unit.
No END
(B-9)

6.8.3 White border imprecision (Inclination)
C From 6.8.2
Border imprecision ( Inclination ) ? No
Yes END
(B-5)
Confirming back printing position. No

Is the center of back printing (center of two
lines) out of the center of paper?
(B-20)
Yes Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.
(B-16) Printer Mechanism Fine Adjustment”. Yes
Fine adjust the top registration loop by
The printer feed unit or magazine may have
changing the fine adjustment value.
malfunctioned.
Check the paper feeding route from the paper
feeding section to the back printer for cause to Yes
No END
misalign paper.
Repair or replace the parts or unit as
necessary. (B-19)
Has the trouble now been remedied? Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9.
No END Analyzer”.
(B-9) Is a solution to the problem found?
Problem may be in printer side (exposure No
section or image processing circuit boards). END
(B-1)
Probable cause: faulty registration unit,
faulty sub-scanning unit or improperly
installed laser unit.
Check registration, sub-scanning and laser
units for following items:
out of position or broken registration section
spring
damaged registration section rollers
broken nip release cam, broken bearings and Yes
out of position or broken arm
faulty registration drive gear
improperly installed registration unit
out of position or broken sub-scanning spring
broken sub-scanning roller or nip release cam
broken nip release arm or bearing
improperly installed laser unit
Replace parts or unit as necessary.
No END
(B-9)

6.9 Spots
No
Blurred spots?
Yes
No
Clear spot in fixed place for every prints? A1
(T-1)
Checking diffusion box. Yes
Check the diffusion box for dusty or damage Yes
and clean it. Replace the diffusion box if (T-3)
necessary. Perform “Pre-operational Check”.
Has the trouble now been remedied? Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “3.
No END CCD Data Display”. Yes
Repeat bright correction ON/OFF. Do white
(T-2) spots appear only when turning ON bright
correction?
Dealing with Image Abnormalities”. No
(T-4)
Perform “Pre-operational Check”

again to recreate bright correction Yes
data.
Has the trouble now been
remedied?
No
(T-5) END
Analyzer”.
No END
(T-7)
Probable causes are dusty CCD cover
glass and faulty CCD pixels. Yes
Replace the CCD unit.
No END
(T-2)

6.9 Spots
A1
(T-9)
Checking carrier type No
Is the problem carrier M69D?
Yes
(T-10)
Checking light-shield cover installation Yes
Has printing be done with the light-shield
cover?
No
(T-11)
Retouch processing may be operated No
improperly. No Clear spots in different place for every print?
Intall the light-shield cover.
Yes
Yes
(T-8)
Probable causes are dust, stain or defect
on the film.
END Clean the film and inside of the carrier. If there Yes
is scratch on the film, execute “2. Print” -
“Image Correction” - “Scratch erasing”.
No END
(T-2)

Patterned spots?
Yes
(T-6)
Analyzer”.
No END
(T-2)

6.10.1 Repeated calibrations do not improve the result.

Repeated calibrations do not improve the No

result? B To 6.10.2
Yes
(N-1)
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “1.
Paper Magazine Registration”.
Check to see that the magazine ID agrees with Yes
color paper type (A to I) and reset up if
necessary. Check the time limit of paper. If it
has passed the time limit, color may not be
obtained. Confirm the time limit of paper.
No END
(N-2)
Analyzer”.
No END
(N-8)
Control Strip Processing”.
Is color tint normal? (N-10)
Yes
Try to follow the items of “Developer End.
(N-3) Degradation” of “Others”
The densitometer or AOM driver may have Go to “Others” item list.

malfunctioned. Yes END
Replace the densitometer or AOM driver.
To Section 6.13
No END
(N-4)
6.10.2 Calibration print density is too low to be measured.
From 6.10.1 B
Calibration print density is too low to be No

measured? C To 6.10.3
Yes
(N-5)
Print Condition Setup and Check” - “1.
Yes
Click [Initialize] and perform calibration print.
Is density normal?
(N-6)
No Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “2.
Print Condition Setup and Check” - “1. Yes
Perform density measurement.
No END
(N-7)
Analyzer”.
No END
(N-9)
Control Strip Processing”.
Is color tint normal? (N-10)
Yes
Try to follow the items of “Developer End.
(N-11) degradation” of “Others”.
The laser unit may have malfunctioned. Yes Go to “Other” item list.
Replace the laser unit. END
No END To Section 6.13
(N-4)

6.10.3 Color becomes worse after calibration. Paper cannot

be fed in Densitometer.
From 6.10.2 C
Color becomes worse after calibration. Paper No

cannot be fed in densitometer?
Yes END
(N-13)
Cleaning the densitometer.
Clean the white board. Replace the white Yes
board if dirt cannot be removed.
No END
(N-12)
The densitometer may have malfunctioned. Yes
Replace the densitometer.
No END
(N-4)

6.11 Focus Problems
6.11.1 Overall blur

Make sure the original is not out of focus beforehand.
No
Overall blur? B To 6.11.2
Yes
(P-1)
Checking the carrier, carrier base and
carrier table
Check the carrier, carrier base and carrier
table for incorrect setting.
Reinstall the carrier.
Remove foreign matter from bottom of the Yes
carrier and between the carrier and the carrier
base.
Check carrier and carrier table for incorrect
contact.
Clean or repair if necessary.
No END
(P-2)
Confirm setting of “2. Print” - “Image
Correction” - “Sharpness”. Yes
Select setting for higher sharpness if it is low.
No END
(P-3)
Execute “2. Print” - “Input Operation” -
“Frame AF”.
Select “Frame AF” for the frame that print has Yes
been out of focus and reprint.
(P-4)
No
Problem is in the film.
(P-5) Print the film using “Frame AF” function.
Confirm with the other carrier. Yes

Does the same trouble occur with the other A2
carrier?
No (or there is
no other carrier.)
A1
6.11 Focus Problems
A1
(P-6)
Checking the upper mask, lower mask and
pressure plate.
Open the upper cover and check the upper
and lower masks and upper cover for:
loose upper mask mounting screws and
missing E-rings. Yes
incorrectly installed upper and lower masks.
smooth movement of upper mask and upper
cover.
Replace the upper or lower mask, or pressure
plate.
No END
(P-7)
Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance” - “F.
Normal (No other carrier) NC100AC I/O Check” (“M69D I/O
Normal (There is other carrier.)
Check”/“SC135A I/O Check”).
Click [ON] and [OFF] for “Pressure solenoid”
alternately and check for normal operation
(hear operation noise).
(P-10)
Abnormal or noise
A2 Problem is in the carrier.
(P-8)
Checking the connector to the CTC circuit
board
Check the harness between the CTC circuit Yes
board and the carrier for poor connection or
No END
(P-9)
The CTC circuit board or solenoid may
have malfunctioned.
Check the CTC circuit board and solenoid for
the following items.
Check the input voltage from the CTC circuit
board.
Open the carrier cover, execute “4. Setup and
Maintenance” - “4. Carrier Yes
Adjustment/Maintenance” - “F. NC100AC I/O
Check” and check the solenoid for proper
operation by using a steel piece and clicking
[ON] and [OFF] for “Pressure Solenoid”
(extension cable and steel piece should be
prepared).
Replace the CTC circuit board or solenoid (or
carrier) as necessary.
No END
(P-10)
Problem is in the carrier.

6.11 Focus Problems
A2
(P-11)
Check (Scanner)”.
Click [Home] and [Maximum] for “Conjugate Abnormal or noise
length variable” and “Lens home position”.
Check for incorrect operation or abnormal
noise due to interference of the cover to the
scanner or loss of synchronism. (P-12)
Normal Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “3.
(P-16) Check (Scanner)”. Trouble has now
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “3. Normal Click [Home] and [Maximum] for “Conjugate been remedied.
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance” - “2. length variable” and “Lens home position”
Focus Calibration”. Yes alternately. Check the conjugate variable
Click “Table Creation”. (To make sure the table length section gears and lens unit for proper
can be created without performing optical operation. ( Replace the scanner cover if the
calibration). scanner interferences to it.)
Abnormal END
No END
(P-17) (P-13)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Confirming the connectors to the CTC
Self-diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality circuit board.
Yes
Analyzer”. Check the harness between the conjugate
It will take approximately 10 minutes. Yes
variable length section/lens unit to the CTC
Has the trouble now been remedied? circuit board for poor connection or open
circuit and correct as necessary.
No END Has the trouble now been remedied?
(P-18)
No END
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “3. Test (P-14)
Print grid test pattern (3 color level values:20). The CTC circuit board, conjugate variable
Then check grid using a magnifier. length motor/gears or lens unit may have
malfunctioned.
Normal Check the CTC circuit board, conjugate
variable length motor/gears or lens unit for
(P-21) following items.
Check the input voltage from the CTC circuit Yes
Problem cannot be solved by “Manual for board.
Dealing with Image Abnormalities”. Check the conjugate variable length
motor/gears and lens unit for pinching foreign
matter or loss of synchronism.
Replace the CTC circuit board, conjugate
variable length motor/gears or lens unit as
(P-19) necessary.
Each color
line is shifted. Try to follow the items of “Color End.
misalignment”. No END
Go to items of “Color (P-15)
Misalignment”
Problem is in the scanner.
To Section 6.2
(P-20)
Lines are
jaggedness. Try to follow the items of “Graininess End.
and Jaggedness”.
Go to items of “Graininess
and Jaggedness”
To Section 6.6
(P-27)
Grid lines are The developer may be degraded.
out of focus. Try to follow items of setting check when End.
the developer degraded of “Others”
item.
Go to list of “Others”. END
To Section 6.13
6.11 Focus Problems
6.11.2 Blur along the periphery
From 6.11.1 B
No
Partial blur? C To 6.11.3
Yes
(P-22)
Checking the carrier, carrier base and table

Check the carrier, carrier base and carrier
table for incorrect setting.
Reinstall the carrier.
Remove foreign matter from bottom of the
carrier and between the carrier and the carrier Yes
base.
Check carrier and carrier table for incorrect
contact.
Check the carrier, carrier base and table for
inclination.
Clean or repair as necessary.
No END
(P-23)
Install the carrier occurred out of side

focus and execute “4. Setup and
Maintenance” - “3. Scanner Value exceeds the standard
Adjustment/Maintenance” - “B. Carrier value but value for the other
Inclination Display”. carrier is OK.
Measure carrier quantitative inclination. Check B1
the vertical and horizontal values are within
the standard value (standard value: less than
15). If they exceed the standard value, the
scanner or carrier is inclined. Measure carrier
inclination using the other carrier.
Value exceeds
the standard value
for both carrier.
(P-24)
The lens or CCD unit may have
malfunctioned.
Yes
The lens or CCD unit may be inclined. Replace
the lens unit or CCD unit.
No END
(P-21)

6.11 Focus Problems
B1
(P-25)
Checking the upper and lower mask and

pressure plate.
Open the upper cover and check the upper
and lower masks and upper cover for:
loose upper mask mounting screws and Yes
missing E-rings.
incorrectly installed upper and lower masks.
smooth movement of upper mask and upper
cover.
Replace the upper or lower mask, or pressure
plate.
No END
(P-26)
Normal Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “4.

(No other Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance” - “F.
carrier) NC100AC I/O Check” (“M69D I/O Abnormal or noise
Check”/“SC135A I/O Check”).
Click [ON] and [OFF] for “Pressure solenoid”
alternately and check for normal operation
(hear operation noise).
(P-8)
Normal (There is Checking the connector to the CTC circuit
other carrier.) board
Check the harness between the CTC circuit Yes
(P-28) board and the carrier for poor connection or
The carrier may have malfunctioned. Has the trouble now been remedied?
Yes
Replace the carrier.
No (P-9)
END
The CTC circuit board or solenoid may
have malfunctioned.
(P-21) Check the CTC circuit board and solenoid for
the following items.
Check the input voltage from the CTC circuit
board.
Open the carrier cover, execute “4. Setup and
Maintenance” - “4. Carrier Yes
Adjustment/Maintenance” - “F. NC100AC I/O
Check” and check the solenoid for proper
operation by using a steel piece and clicking
[ON] and [OFF] for “Pressure Solenoid”
(extension cable and steel piece should be
prepared).
Replace the CTC circuit board or solenoid (or
carrier) as necessary.
No END
(P-10)
Problem is in the carrier.

6.11 Focus Problems
6.11.3 Periphery blur
From 6.11.2 C
No
Periphery blur?
Yes END
(P-29)
Confirming film curling. No

Check the film for excessive curling.
Is curling normal?
(P-30)
Yes
Problem is in the film.
(P-21)

6.12 Unevenness
6.12.1 Regular unevenness perpendicular to feeding direction

(mm spacing)
External (inside or outside of the printer) vibration may cause print unevenness. Check for processor driving vibration, sub-scanning
unit interference with the printer exit unit, abnormal noise and installation condition beforehand.
Regular unevenness
in feed direction
(mm spacing)
Regular unevenness
perpendicular to feeding
direction (mm spacing)
(M-1)
Print several “Borderless contact (each color)”
test pattern sheets. (Print each color contact
by changing output level of each color.)
Are prints normal? (M-2)
Yes Observing prints.
No Does unevenness occur only on cyan contact
(M-6) print?
Self-diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Yes Yes
Analyzer”.
It will take approximately 10 minutes.Is a (M-8)
solution to the problem found?
No Self-diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality
END Analyzer”.
Yes
(M-7) It will take approximately 10 minutes.Is a
solution to the problem found?
carrier or image processing circuit boards). No END
(M-9)

(M-3) No END
Self-diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Yes (M-10)
Analyzer”. The LDA or LDD circuit board may have
It will take approximately 10 minutes. malfunctioned. Yes
Is a solution to the problem found? Replace the LDA or LDD circuit board.
No END
No END
(M-4)
(M-11)
The LDA or LDD circuit board may have
malfunctioned. Yes
Problem may be in printer exposure section or
Replace the LDA or LDD circuit board.
image processing circuit boards.
No END
(M-5)
No END
(M-11)
Problem may be in printer exposure section or

image processing circuit boards.
6.12 Unevenness
6.12.2 Regular unevenness in feed direction (mm spacing)
From 6.12.1 B
(M-15)
Check (Printer)”.
Open the cover, release interlocking and drive No
the sub-scanning drive motor (M305).
Does the motor operate normally? Is abnormal
noise heard? Does the motor vibrate
excessively? (M-12)
Yes
The sub-scanning drive motor may vibrate. Yes
Replace the sub-scanning motor.
No END
(M-16)
The drive steel belt or rubber belt drive

system may have malfunctioned.
Check the sub-scanning unit for:
off center or bent drive steel belt.
off center or worn rubber belt. Yes
faulty large pulley.
tensioner maladjustment.
Correct or replace the parts or sub-scanning
unit as necessary.
No END
(M-13)
Analyzer”.
No END
(M-14)

6.13 Others
6.13.1 Setup confirmation when developer degraded

(Developer Degradation)
Setup confirmation when developer degraded. (Developer Degradation)

(V-1)
Developer may be degraded. End.
Replace all processing solutions.
After replacement, confirm processor setting.
Confirm END
processor setting.
(V-2)
Confirming number of processing prints
Check that the number of processing prints
per day is less than the minimum number of End.
processing prints (standard number of
processing prints: 353 (3R)).
If it is less than the standard, increase quantity
of prints.
Confirm next setting. END
(V-3)
Processor Adjustment/Maintenance” - “5.
Evaporation Correction Rate Setting”. End.
Check that “YES” is selected for “Evaporation
Correction”.
Change to “YES” if “NO” is selected.

(V-4)
Processor Adjustment/Maintenance” - “B.
Processor Operation Condition Setup”. End.
Check that “YES” is selected for “Rack auto
cleaning”.
Change to “YES” if “NO” is selected.

(V-5)
Processor Adjustment/Maintenance” - “F.
Installation Operation”. End.
Check that “CP-48S” is selected for
“Processing type”.
Change to “CP-48S” if the other is selected.

(V-6)
Processing Temperature Setting”.
Check that setting temperatures are default End.
values. If not, change them to the default
values.
Default values:
P1:38.5 P2:38.0 PS:38.0
(V-7)
Replenisher Rate Setting”.
Check that setting replenisher rates are default End.
values. If not, change them to the default
values.
Default values:
P1R:45.0 P2R:35.0 PSR:175.0
A1
6.13 Others
A1
(V-8)

Pump Output Measurement/Setting”.
Measure pump outputs. Are actual outputs
within pluses and minuses 20% of the default
values? Are the pumps operating normally?
(No or too little output is abnormal.)
Yes
Default values:
When 50Hz
P1R: 54.0
P2RA: 54.0
P2RB: 54.0
PSR: 57.0
(When 60Hz,50Hz default value multiplied by
1.2)
(V-9)
No
Confirmation of setting values is completed.
(V-10)
Checking the replenisher pump connector

Does AC100V exist at the replenisher pump Yes
connector. (Check the harness for loose
connection and open circuit.)
(V-11)
No The replenisher pump may have
malfunctioned. Yes
Replace the replenisher pump.
No END
(V-12)
Confirming the CTP circuit board for
correct voltage yes
Are input and output voltage of the CTC circuit
board normal?
No
(V-14)
The CTP circuit board may have
malfunctioned. Yes
Replace the CTP circuit board.
No END
(V-13)
Confirming the PAC circuit board for
correct voltage Yes
Are input and output voltage of the PAC circuit
board normal?
No
(V-15)
The PAC circuit board may have
malfunctioned. Yes
Replace the PAC circuit board.
No END
(V-16)
Check the harness between the power supply

and the replenisher pump again.
7. OPERATION SECTION
Parts Location
7.1 Monitor
7.1.1 Monitor Replacement
7.2 Mouse/Keyboard
7.2.1 Mouse Replacement
7.2.2 Table Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation
7.2.3 Keyboard Replacement
7.2.4 Light Table (Optional) Replacement
Parts Location
Monitor
Tble Top Cover
Light Table
Keyboard
CD879
7.1 Monitor
7.1.1 Monitor Replacement
Removal
1. Shut down the system after

Monitor Supports
performing the post- Screws (4)
operational checks and turn
OFF the built-in circuit
breaker and the main power
supply.
2. Loosen the four screws

securing the monitor
supports.
CD460
7.1 Monitor
3. Cut the two cord ties

Monitor
securing the monitor cable.
Monitor Power
4. Disconnect the monitor Supply Cable
cable connector.
5. Disconnect the monitor

power cable from the
monitor.
6. Remove the monitor and

monitor stand.
Cord Ties
Monitor Cable
Connector
CD1093
7.1 Monitor
Installation
Installation is essentially in the

reverse order of removal.
NOTE: • Loop the monitor cable as

shown and secure it using
the cord ties.
• After installation, perform
the following adjustments.
1) Adjust monitor color and Cord Ties
density
(see monitor instruction
manual).
2) Menu 426 “Monitor
Adjustment”
Monitor Cable
CD1094
7.2 Mouse/Keyboard
7.2.1 Mouse Replacement
Removal
1. Disconnect the mouse cable

from the connector on the
bracket.
Monitor Cable
CD864
7.2 Mouse/Keyboard
2. Pass the mouse cable

through the hole in the
tablemat.
Tablemat
Mouse Cable
CD1095
7.2 Mouse/Keyboard
Installation
Installation is essentially in the Mouse

reverse order of removal. Groove/Cable
NOTE: Place the mouse on the right

end of the table and insert its
cable along the groove in the
table as shown.
CD838
7.2 Mouse/Keyboard
7.2.2 Table Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove:
• Front upper cover

• Monitor
• Mouse
• Printer Rear Cover

2. Remove the four screws and

then the monitor stand.
Monitor Stand
CD1109
7.2 Mouse/Keyboard
3. Remove the two screws and

then the mouse cable
bracket.
Mouse Cable Bracket Screws (2)
CD863
7.2 Mouse/Keyboard
4. Disconnect the JNDL1 and

JKEY1 connectors.
JNDL1
JKEY1
CD008
7.2 Mouse/Keyboard

then the manual film carrier
release lever. Manual Film Carrier Release Lever
6. Remove the table mat.
7. Remove the five screws and

then the table top cover.
Reinstallation
Reinstall the cover in the Screws (2)

Table Mat
CD462
7.2 Mouse/Keyboard
7.2.3 Keyboard Replacement
Removal
Tapping Screws (4)
1. Remove the table top cover
2. Disconnect the connector

from the keyboard.
3. Remove the four tapping

screws and then the
keyboard.
Installation
Install the keyboard in the

Keyboard Connector
CD464
7.2 Mouse/Keyboard
7.2.4 Light Table (Optional) Replacement
Removal

Light Table Cover
performing the post-
operational checks and turn Screw
the built-in circuit breaker
and the main power supply
OFF.
2. Remove the screw and then

the light table cover.
CD841
7.2 Mouse/Keyboard

and remove the light table.
Light Table
Connector
CD840-1
7.2 Mouse/Keyboard
Installation

NOTE: Insert the harness into the

opening in the table top cover
as shown.
Light Table Harness
CD840-2
8. FILM CARRIER SECTION
Parts Location 8.1.11 Write Head Circuit Board Replacement

8.1.12 Read Head Circuit Board Replacement
8.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AC 8.1.13 Reading Magnetic Head (D116) Replacement
(Upper Cover Section) 8.1.14 Writing Magnetic Head (MG101) Replacement
8.1.1 Carrier Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation 8.1.15 IX240 Entrance Pressure Guide Removal/Re-
8.1.2 135 Leading End Sensor LED (D101L) Re- installation
placement 8.1.16 IX240 Rear/Front Unexposed Frame Sensor
8.1.3 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor LED LED (D108L/D109L) (LEB22 Circuit Board) Re-
(D103L) Replacement placement
8.1.4 135 Entrance Pressure Guide Removal/Rein- 8.1.17 IX240 Entrance Pressure Guide Section Roller
stallation Replacement
8.1.5 135 Frame Sensor LED (D107L) (FSP Circuit 8.1.18 IX240 Entrance Side Dust Removal Roller Re-
Board) Replacement placement
8.1.6 135 Upstream Perforation/Check Tape/Rear 8.1.19 Dummy Head Replacement
Fogging/Front Fogging Sensor LED (LEF22 8.1.20 Exit Pressure Guide Removal/Reinstallation
Circuit Board) Replacement 8.1.21 Exit Pressure Guide Section Roller Replace-
8.1.7 135 Entrance Pressure Guide Section Roller ment
Replacement 8.1.22 Film Mask Replacement
8.1.8 135 Entrance Side Dust Removal Roller Re-
placement 8.2 Auto Film Carrier NC100AC
8.1.9 IX240 TAP & Leading End Sensor LED (Main Body Section)
(D104L) Replacement 8.2.1 Plug-in Connector Section Cover Removal/
8.1.10 IX240 Perforation Sensor LED (D105L) Re- Reinstallation
placement 8.2.2 Bottom Cover Removal/Reinstallation
8.2.3 Bottom Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation 8.2.19 IX240 Perforation Sensor (D105P) Replace-
8.2.4 Bottom Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation ment
8.2.5 Indicator Lamp (L101) Replacement 8.2.20 IX240 TAP & Leading End Sensor (D104P)
8.2.6 Upper Cover Open/Close Sensor (D120) (DTG22 Circuit Board) Replacement
(MSA22 Circuit Board) Replacement 8.2.21 IX240 Rear/Front Unexposed Frame Sensor
8.2.7 Input Key 1 to 4 (D124 to D127) Replacement (D108P/D109P) (DTB22 Circuit Board) Re-
8.2.8 CYS22 Circuit Board Removal/Reinstallation placement
8.2.9 Solenoid (S101) Replacement 8.2.22 IX240 Dust Removal Roller Replacement
8.2.10 135 Lower Mask H/F Sensor (D118/D119) 8.2.23 Opposite Roller Replacement
(MSB22 Circuit Board) Replacement 8.2.24 Dummy Head Opposite Roller Replacement
8.2.11 Variable Mask Removal/Reinstallation 8.2.25 IX240 Guide Roller Replacement
8.2.12 Mask Motor Home Position Sensor (D117) 8.2.26 Feed Motor Cover Removal/Reinstallation
(SSE22 Circuit Board) Replacement 8.2.27 Feed Motor (M101) Replacement
8.2.13 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor (D103P) 8.2.28 Feed Roller/IX240 Drive Belt Replacement
(DTE22 Circuit Board) Replacement 8.2.29 Plug-in Connector Replacement
8.2.14 Mask Motor (M103) Replacement
8.2.15 135 Dust Removal Roller Replacement 8.3 Nest Section
8.2.16 135 Leading End Sensor (D101P) Replace- 8.3.1 Nest Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation
ment 8.3.2 Strip Film Guide Removal/Reinstallation
8.2.17 135 Frame Sensor (D107P) Replacement 8.3.3 Door Open/Close Sensor (D112)/Cartridge
8.2.18 135 Upstream Perforation/Check Tape/Rear Sensor (D115) (SSB22 Circuit Board) Re-
Fogging/Front Fogging Sensor (DTF22 Circuit placement
Board) Replacement 8.3.4 Nest Unit Removal/Reinstallation
8.3.5 Door Drive Assembly Removal/Reinstallation
8.3.6 Set Lever Assembly Removal/Reinstallation 8.5 Carrier Base Section

8.3.7 Spool Assembly Removal/Reinstallation 8.5.1 Carrier Base Front Cover Removal/Reinstalla-
8.3.8 Supply Motor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation tion
8.3.9 Supply Motor (M102) /Gear Replacement 8.5.2 IX240/135 Carrier Position Sensor (D121/
8.3.10 IPI Sensor (D113) (SSA22 Circuit Board) Re- D122) Replacement
placement 8.5.3 Carrier Table Removal/Reinstallation
8.3.11 Door Motor (M104) Replacement 8.5.4 Carrier Sensor (D123) Replacement
8.3.12 Door Drive Gear Replacement 8.5.5 Gear Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
8.3.13 Supply Motor Home Position Sensor (D114) 8.5.6 Gear Replacement
Replacement 8.5.7 Ball Catch Replacement
8.3.14 Spool Rack Replacement 8.5.8 Plug-in Connector Replacement
8.3.15 Spool Replacement 8.5.9 Film Lane Changing Linkage Disassembly/
8.3.16 IPI Unit Disassembly/Reassembly Reassembly
8.3.17 Guide Assembly Removal/Reinstallation
8.3.18 Cartridge Holder Replacement 8.6 Manual Negative Carrier M69D
8.3.19 Set Lever Stopper Replacement (Optional)
8.3.20 Cam Roller Replacement 8.6.1 MNC Circuit Board Replacement
8.6.2 Negative Press Solenoid (S10) Replacement
8.4 Winding Section 8.6.3 Negative Mask Detection Pin Replacement
8.4.1 Winding Unit Removal/Reinstallation 8.6.4 Negative Mask Adjustment
8.4.2 Winding Gear Replacement 8.6.5 Plug-in Connector Replacement
8.4.3 Winding Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly
8.4.4 Film Guide Replacement
Parts Location
Auto Film Carrier NC100AC
IX240 Perforation Sensor LED Magnetic Reading Head
(D105L) Circuit Board Magnetic Writing Head
Circuit Board
IX240 TAP and

Leading End
Sensor LED
(D104L)
LEB22 Circuit Board

IX240Rear Unexposed Frame Sensor
LED (D108L)
IX240Front Unexposed Frame Sensor
LED (D109L)
135 Leading End

Sensor LED
(D101L)
135 Frame Sensor LED

(D107L)
135 Downstream Perforation
LEF22 Circuit Board
Sensor LED (D103L)
135 Upstream Perforation Sensor LED (D102L)
135 Check Tape Sensor LED (D106L)
135 Rear Fogging Sensor LED (D110L)
135 Front Fogging Sensor LED (D111L)
CD602
Parts Location
135 Entrance Pressure Guide Dust Removal Roller 135 Upper Mask
Exit Pressure Guide
Magnetic Writing Head

IX240 Entrance (MG101)
Pressure Guide
Dummy Head
Magnetic Reading Head IX240 Upper Mask
(D116) Dust Removal Roller
CD603
Parts Location
Plug-in Connector
Solenoid (S101)
Spool Assembly Dust Removal Roller
Supply Motor Feed Motor

(M102) (M101)
Belt Tensioner
Set Lever
Assembly
Strip Film
Guide
Door Drive
Assembly Winding Unit
Dust Removal Roller 135 Lower Mask 135 Downstream Perforation

Sensor (D103P)
CD604
Parts Location
Mask Motor Home Position Dust Removal IX240 Perforation IX240 Rear/Front
Sensor (D117) Roller Sensor (D105P) Unexposed Frame Sensors
(D108P/D109P)
IX240 TAP and

Leading End
Sensor (D104P)
Mask Motor
135 Leading End
(M103)
Sensor (D101P)
135 Frame Sensor

(D107P)
Variable Mask
MSC22 Circuit Board DTF22Circuit Board

135 Upstream Perforation Sensor
Upper Cover 135 Lower Mask Indicator Lamp (D102P)
Open/Close 135 Check Tape Sensor (D106P)
H/F Sensor (L101) 135 Rear Fogging Sensor (D110P)
Sensor (D120) (D118/D119)
135 Front Fogging Sensor (D111P)
CD605
Parts Location
Carrier Base Section
Auto Film Carrier Lock Lever
Manual Film Carrier
Release Lever
Auto Film Carrier
Lock Arm
Plug-in Connectors
135 Carrier Position
Ball Catch Sensor (D122)
Carrier Table
IX240 Carrier Position

Sensor (D121)
Slide Shaft
Carrier Table Lock Arm
Switching Shaft
135/IX240 Switching Button
CD813
8.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AC (Upper Cover Section)
8.1.1 Carrier Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Open the upper cover.

Carrier Upper Cover
2. Remove the eight screws
securing the upper cover. Screws (8)
3. Remove the rear screw and

then the upper cover.
Reinstallation
Reinstall the cover in the

Screw
CD601
8.1.2 135 Leading End Sensor LED (D101L) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the carrier upper Connector


the sensor LED.

from the sensor LED.
Installation

Screw
NOTE: Tighten the screw while Sensor LED (D101L)
pressing the sensor LED
against the stopper.
CD606
8.1.3 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor LED (D103L) Replacement
Removal
Sensor LED
1. Remove the carrier upper

the sensor LED.

Installation

Screw
NOTE: Tighten the screw while Connector
CD609
8.1.4 135 Entrance Pressure Guide Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the carrier upper FSP LEF1

2. Disconnect the three

connectors.
D101L
CD613
3. Remove the four special

screws and then the
pressure guide and four
Special Screws (4)
springs. Springs (4)
Reinstallation
Reinstall the guide in the

Entrance Pressure Guide
CD614
8.1.5 135 Frame Sensor LED (D107L) (FSP Circuit Board) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the 135 entrance Screws (2)

pressure guide (see subsection
8.1.4).

then the sensor LED.
Installation
Install the sensor in the reverse

order of removal.
135 Frame Sensor (D107)
CD615
8.1.6 135 Upstream Perforation/Check Tape/Rear Fogging/Front Fogging Sensor LED

(LEF22 Circuit Board) Replacement
Code Sensor LED

D102L Upstream Perforation
D106L Check Tape
D110L Rear Fogging
D111L Front Fogging
Removal
1. Remove the 135 entrance

8.1.4).
2. Remove the screw and then Sensor LED

(D102L/D106L/D110L
the sensor LED.
/D111L)
Screw
Installation
Install the sensor LED in the

CD616
8.1.7 135 Entrance Pressure Guide Section Roller Replacement

Screw
Removal Retainer Plate

Poly-sliders (4)
Springs (2)
1. Remove the 135 entrance
Rollers (2)
8.1.4).
2. Loosen one screw, remove

one screw and then each
retainer plate, two springs,
two rollers, four poly-slider Springs
and shaft. (White/Strong)
Installation Springs
(Black/Weak)

NOTE: Entrance side roller springs:

White (Strong)
Middle and exist side rollers:
Black (Weak) CD617
8.1.8 135 Entrance Side Dust Removal Roller Replacement
Removal
Dust Removal Roller
1. Remove the 135 entrance E-rings (2)
8.1.4). Springs (2)
2. Remove the two E-rings,

springs and then the dust
removal roller.
Installation
Install the roller in the reverse

order of removal.
CD622
8.1.9 IX240 TAP & Leading End Sensor LED (D104L) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the carrier upper Connector

Screw

the sensor LED.

from sensor LED.
Installation

NOTE: Tighten the screw while Senosr LED (D10SL)

CD607
8.1.10 IX240 Perforation Sensor LED (D105L) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the carrier upper Connector Screw


the sensor LED.

Installation

NOTE: Tighten the screw while Sensor LED

CD608
8.1.11 Write Head Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the carrier upper Print Harness

Screws (2)
then the circuit board.
3. Disconnect the two

connectors from the circuit
board.
Connector
NOTE: Lift the print harness
connector and disconnect the
harness.
Installation Connetor Write Head Circuit Board
Install the circuit board in the

CD610
8.1.12 Read Head Circuit Board Replacement
Removal

Circuit Board Cover Screws (2)

then the circuit board cover.
CD611

Read Head Circuit Board
board.
Screws (3)
4. Remove the three screws
and then the circuit board.
Installation

Connectors
CD612
8.1.13 Reading Magnetic Head (D116) Replacement
Removal
Circuit Board
1. Remove the read head Connector
circuit board cover


from the read head circuit
board.
3. Remove the screw and then Screw

the magnetic head guide.
Magnetic Head Guide
CD624

then the magnetic head.
Magnetic Head (D116)
Installation
Install the magnetic head in the

Screws (2)
CD625
8.1.14 Writing Magnetic Head (MG101) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the carrier upper Writing Magnetic Screw

Print Harness
cover (see subsection 8.1.1). Head (MG101)
2. Disconnect the print harness

from the write head circuit
board.

the writing head.
Installation
Connector
Install the writing head in the

CD629
8.1.15 IX240 Entrance Pressure Guide Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the read head

circuit board cover (see Connectors (4)
subsection 8.1.12).
2. Disconnect the four

connectors.
CD618
3. Remove the three special

screws and then the Springs (3)
pressure guide and three
Special Screws (3)
springs.
Reinstallation

IX240 Entrance Pressure Guide
CD619
8.1.16 IX240 Rear/Front Unexposed Frame Sensor LED (D108L/D109L)

(LEB22 Circuit Board) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the IX240 entrance Screws (2)

8.1.13).

then the sensor LED.
Installation

Sensor LED (D108L/D109L)
CD620
8.1.17 IX240 Entrance Pressure Guide Section Roller Replacement
Screws (2)
Removal Retainer Plate
Rollers (2)
1. Remove the IX240 entrance
Poly-sliders (4)
8.1.13).
Screw
Springs (Black) (2)
the sensor LED. Sensor LED

then the retainer plate, two
(black) springs, two rollers,
four poly-sliders and shaft.
Installation
Install the rollers in the reverse

order of removal.
CD621
8.1.18 IX240 Entrance Side Dust Removal Roller Replacement
Removal Dust Removal Roller

E-rings (2)
8.1.13). Springs (2)
2. Remove the two E-rings and

then the two springs and the
dust removal roller.
Installation

order of removal.
CD623
8.1.19 Dummy Head Replacement
Removal

pressure guide (see subsection Dummy Head
Screw
8.1.13).

the dummy head.
Installation
Install the dummy head in the

CD626
8.1.20 Exit Pressure Guide Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

Print Harness
2. Disconnect the print harness

from the write head circuit
board.
3. Disconnect the D103L

connector.
D103L Connector
CD627

screws and then the Special Screws (4)
Springs (4)
pressure guide and four
springs.
Reinstallation
Exit Pressure
Reinstall the guide in the Guide
CD628
8.1.21 Exit Pressure Guide Section Roller Replacement
Removal Screws (2)

Springs
(Yellow/Short) (2) Retainer Plate
1. Remove the exit pressure
guide (see subsection 8.1.19). Rollers (2)
Poly-sliders (4)
2. Remove two screws each
and then the retainer plate,
two springs, two rollers, four
poly-sliders and shaft.
Shaft
Installation

NOTE: IX240 Side Springs: Springs

Long (White) (White/Long) (2)
135 Side Springs:
Short (Yellow)
CD630
8.1.22 Film Mask Replacement
135 Mask
Removal
1. Open the carrier upper

cover.
2. Remove the mask.
Installation
Install the mask in the reverse

order of removal.
IX240 Mask
CD631
8.2 Auto Film Carrier NC100AC (Main Body Section)
8.2.1 Plug-in Connector Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Open the carrier upper Screws (2) (Remove)

Screw (Loosen)
cover.
2. Loosen one screw, remove

the two screws and then the
plug-in connector section
cover.
Reinstallation

Plug-in Connector Section Cover
CD632
8.2.2 Bottom Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Place the carrier up side Screws (6)

down.
2. Remove the six screws and

then the bottom cover.
Reinstallation

Bottom Cover
CD634
8.2.3 Bottom Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Place the carrier up side Countersunk Flat

down. Head Screws (2)
Bottom Left Cover
2. Remove the two
countersunk flat head
screws and then the bottom
left cover.
Reinstallation

CD650
8.2.4 Bottom Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove:
Left Guide Rail
• Bottom cover (see subsection

8.2.2).
Screws (2)
• Bottom left cover (see subsection
8.2.3).

then the left guide rail.
CD652
3. Disconnect the DTF1, DTB1

and D104P connectors.
Bottom Inner Cover

and then the bottom inner
cover. D104P
DTF1 DTB1 Screws (3)
CD653
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in
the reverse order of removal.
Left Guide Rail
NOTE: Tighten the two screws while
pressing the left guide rail
toward the left side.
Screws (2)
CD669
8.2.5 Indicator Lamp (L101) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the bottom cover

Screw

from the indicator lamp.

the indicator lamp.
Installation
Install the lamp in the reverse Indicator Lamp

(L101)
order of removal. Connector
CD636
8.2.6 Upper Cover Open/Close Sensor (D120) (MSA22 Circuit Board) Replacement
Removal

Screw

from the sensor.

the sensor.
Installation

Sensor (D120) Connector Locating Pin
NOTE: Align the hole in the sensor
with the locating pin on the
carrier frame.
CD638
8.2.7 Input Key 1 to 4 (D124 to D127) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the bottom cover Transparent

(see subsection 8.2.2). Connector Sheet Screws (2)

then the transparent sheet,
MSC22 circuit board and
four keys.

from the MSC22 circuit
board.
MSC22
Circuit Board
Installation
Keys (4)
NOTE: Note the installation direction
of the keys.
CD639
8.2.8 CYS22 Circuit Board Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the plug-in

connector section cover (see
subsection 8.2.1).

connectors.
Connectors
CD643

Screws (2)
4. Remove the two screws and Harness
Guide
then the harness guide.
5. Disconnect all connectors CYS22 Circuit Board

Screws (6)
from the circuit board.

Reinstallation
Reinstall the circuit board in the

CD644
8.2.9 Solenoid (S101) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the bottom cover Solenoid (S101) Countersunk

(see subsection 8.2.2). Screws (2) Flat Head Screw
3. Disconnect the solenoid
connector.
4. Remove the countersunk flat
head screw and then the
solenoid from the upper
side.
Installation

Harness Guide Connector
NOTE: Align the hole in the solenoid

with the pin on the carrier
frame. CD668
8.2.10 135 Lower Mask H/F Sensor (D118/D119) (MSB22 Circuit Board) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the bottom cover Screws (2)


form the sensor.

then the sensor.
Installation

order of removal.
Sensors (D118P/D119P)
Connector
CD637
8.2.11 Variable Mask Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove the bottom cover D117 Connector
2. Disconnect the M103 and

D117 connectors.

then the variable mask.
Reinstallation
Reinstall the mask in the

Variable Mask
M103 Connector
CD640
8.2.12 Mask Motor Home Position Sensor (D117) (SSE22 Circuit Board) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the variable mask


the sensor.
Installation

order of removal.
Screws
Sensor (D117)
CD641
8.2.13 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor (D103P) (DTE22 Circuit Board) Replacement
Removal

Connector

from the sensor.

the sensor.
Installation

order of removal. Screw
Sensor (D103P)
CD642
8.2.14 Mask Motor (M103) Replacement
Removal

2. Remove the two screws and Screws (2)

then the motor.
Installation
Install the motor in the reverse

order of removal.
Motor (M103)
CD648
8.2.15 135 Dust Removal Roller Replacement
Removal

Dust Removal Roller
(see subsection 8.2.11). Screws (2)

then the roller.
Installation

order of removal.
CD649
8.2.16 135 Leading End Sensor (D101P) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the bottom left

cover (see subsection 8.2.3). Screw
2. Disconnect the D101P

connector. Sensor
(D101P)

the sensor.
Installation

D101P Connector
NOTE: Press the sensor against the

stopper and tighten the screw.
CD651
8.2.17 135 Frame Sensor (D107P) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the bottom inner Sensor (D107P)

Screws (2)
2. Disconnect the AR
connector.

then the sensor.
Installation

order of removal.
AR Connector
CD654
8.2.18 135 Upstream Perforation/Check Tape/Rear Fogging/Front Fogging Sensor

(DTF22 Circuit Board) Replacement
Code Sensor
D102P Upstream Perforation DTF2 Connector Screws (2)
D106P Check Tape
D110P Rear Fogging
D111P Front Fogging
Removal
1. Remove the bottom inner
2. Disconnect the DTF2

connector.

then the sensor.
Sensors (D102P/D106P/D110P/D111P)
Installation
Install the sensors in the reverse
order of removal.
CD655
8.2.19 IX240 Perforation Sensor (D105P) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the bottom cover Screw

Connector

from the sensor.

the sensor.
Installation

order of removal.
Sensor (D105P)
CD635
8.2.20 IX240 TAP & Leading End Sensor (D104P) (DTG22 Circuit Board) Replacement
Removal

Screws (2)

then the sensor.
Installation

order of removal.
Sensor (D104P)
CD656
8.2.21 IX240 Rear/Front Unexposed Frame Sensor (D108P/D109P)

(DTB22 Circuit Board) Replacement
Removal

Screw
the sensor.
Installation

order of removal.
Sensors (D108P/D109P)
CD657
8.2.22 IX240 Dust Removal Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the bottom cover Screws (2)


then the dust removal roller.
Installation

order of removal.
Dust Removal Roller
CD645
8.2.23 Opposite Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the bottom cover Roller Retainer

Screws (2)
Screws (2)
then the dust removal roller.

and then the roller retainer.
Screws (2)
Dust Removal Roller
Roller Retainer
CD646
4. Remove two spring, two

poly-sliders, opposite roller Screw
Poly-sliders (2)
and shaft, respectively.
Screw
Installation Springs (2)

Poly-sliders
Install the roller in the reverse (2) Opposite
Springs (2)
Roller
order of removal.
Shaft
Shaft
Opposite
Roller
CD647
8.2.24 Dummy Head Opposite Roller Replacement
Removal
Cover
1. Remove the bottom inner Screw
Screw
Poly-sliders (2)
2. Remove the screw and then Springs (2)
the roller assembly. Shaft
Roller
3. Remove the screw and then Roller Bracket

the cover, two springs, roller,
two poly-sliders and shaft
from the roller bracket.
Installation

order of removal.
CD658
8.2.25 IX240 Guide Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:
Screws (2)
• IX240 perforation sensor (see

subsection 8.2.19).
• IX240 dust removal roller (see

subsection 8.2.22).
• IX240 rear/front unexposed

frame sensors (see subsection
8.2.21).

then the two rollers.
Installation Rollers (2)

order of removal.
CD939
8.2.26 Feed Motor Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Open the carrier upper

cover. Screws (2)

then the motor cover.
Reinstallation

Motor Cover
CD660
8.2.27 Feed Motor (M101) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the winding section

2. Remove the three

screws and then the right-
hand harness cover.
Countersunk
3. Remove the two Countersunk
Flat Head
Flat Head
countersunk flat head Screws (2)
Screws (3)
screws and then the rear
Rear Harness Cover
harness cover.
Right-hand Harness Cover
CD1111
4. Disconnect the M101

connector.
M101 Connector
CD1112
5. Remove the screw and

spring and then the belt
tensioner.
Screw Belt Tensioner/Spring
CD1110
6. Disengage the belt from the

pulley on the motor.

then the motor bracket.
Motor Bracket
Screws (2)
Belt
CD1113

then the motor from the
motor bracket.
Screws (2)
Bracket
Motor (M101)
CD1114
Installation

NOTE: Adjust the belt tension by

Screw
following the steps below.
<Belt Tension Adjustment>
1. Loosen the belt tensioner

screw.
Tensioner
2. Turn the belt one turn and
tighten the tensioner screw.
Belt
CD670
8.2.28 Feed Roller/IX240 Drive Belt Replacement
Removal
1. Remove: Screws (2)
• Bottom inner cover (see

subsection 8.2.4).
• Variable mask (see subsection

8.2.11).
• Winding section (see subsection

8.4.1).
• IX240 TPA & leading end

sensor (see subsection 8.2.20).
2. Disconnect the CYS7 and

CYS8 connectors from the
circuit board. Harness Guide CYS7
CYS8

CD659
4. Loosen the belt tensioner

screw, move the tensioner to
the loosening side and
tighten the screw.
Screw
Belt Tensioner
CD663

securing the roller bearing
holders.
CD664
Screws (2)
Bearing Holders (2)
CD665
6. Remove the bearing holders,

bearing and the roller
assembly. Roller Assembly
Bearing Holder
Bearing
7. Remove the IX240 drive belt.
NOTE: Do not try to remove the 135

drive belt.
IX240 Drive Belt
CD666

the guide roller.
Screw
Installation
Guide Roller
NOTE: Adjust the belt tension (see

subsection 8.2.27).
CD667
8.2.29 Plug-in Connector Replacement
Removal
1. Remove: Nest Section

Harness Cover
• Plug-in connector section
• Bottom cover (see subsection
8.2.2).
• Bottom left cover (see subsection

8.2.3).
2. Remove the three

screws and then the nest
section harness cover.
Countersunk Flat
Head Screws (3)
CD895
3. Remove the five

screws and then the two Right Harness Covers Countersunk
right harness covers. Flat Hear Screws (5)
CD936
4. Remove the two

screws and then the rear
harness cover.
Rear Harness
Cover Countersunk
Flat Head Screws (2)
CD937
5. Disconnect all connectors of

the plug-in connector
harness.
Screws (2)
then the plug-in connector.
Installation
Install the plug-in connector in

Plug-in Connector
CD938
8.3 Nest Section
8.3.1 Nest Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

connector section cover (see Nest Section Cover
Screws (2)
subsection 8.2.1).

then the nest section cover.
Reinstallation

CD633
8.3 Nest Section
8.3.2 Strip Film Guide Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Open the carrier upper Screws (2)

cover. Counter Sunk Flat Screw
2. Remove the two screw,

countersunk flat head screw
and then the strip film guide.
Reinstallation

Strip Film Guide
CD892
8.3 Nest Section
8.3.3 Door Open/Close Sensor (D112)/Cartridge Sensor

(D115) (SSB22 Circuit Board) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the strip film guide

Sensor (D112)

the sensor.

from the sensor.
Installation

order of removal.
Connector
Screw
CD893
8.3 Nest Section
8.3.4 Nest Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove: Nest Section

Harness Cover
• Nest section cover (see
subsection 8.3.1).
• Strip film guide (see subsection

8.3.2).
2. Remove the three

screws and then the nest
Countersunk Flat
Head Screws (3)
CD895
8.3 Nest Section
3. Disconnect the M102, M103,

121J, 122J and J123
connectors.
Connectors (5)
CD896
8.3 Nest Section
4. Move the spool section to its

setting position by pushing
down the cartridge set lever.
Cartridge Set Lever
Spool Section
CD894
8.3 Nest Section

then the nest unit.
Reinstallation
Reinstall the nest unit in the

Nest Unit
Screws (4)
CD897
8.3 Nest Section
8.3.5 Door Drive Assembly Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the nest unit (see

subsection 8.3.4). Door Drive
Assembly
and remove the screw and
then the door open/close
sensor.

then the door drive
assembly.
Reinstallation Connector Screws (2)

Screw
Reinstall the door drive
assembly in the reverse order of
removal.
CD898
8.3 Nest Section
8.3.6 Set Lever Assembly Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the door drive

assembly (see subsection 8.3.5). Spring
E-ring
2. Move the set lever assembly
to the motor side. Lever
3. Remove the E-ring and then

the spring and the lever.
CD899
8.3 Nest Section
4. Remove the two coil springs.
Coil Springs
CD900
8.3 Nest Section
5. Remove the E-ring and poly-

slider.
E-ring
Poly-slider
CD901
8.3 Nest Section

the shaft and the set lever
assembly.
Set Lever Assembly
Shaft
E-ring
CD902
8.3 Nest Section
Reinstallation
Spool
NOTE: Push the spool fully to the

cartridge side and engage the
set lever assembly with the
gear.
Set Lever
CD926
8.3 Nest Section
8.3.7 Spool Assembly Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the set lever Spool Assembly

assembly (see subsection 8.3.6).
2. Remove the E-ring from the

guide shaft.
3. Withdraw the guide shaft

and remove the spool
assembly.
E-ring
Guide Shaft
CD903
8.3 Nest Section
Reinstallation
NOTE: Install the spool assembly

while pushing in the IPI shaft.
Spool Assembly
IPI Shaft
CD925
8.3 Nest Section
8.3.8 Supply Motor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the spool assembly

Motor Bracket

securing the motor bracket.
Toothed
Washer Screws (3)
CD904
8.3 Nest Section
3. Remove the screw securing

the gear to the motor shaft.
Screws
CD905
8.3 Nest Section
4. Remove the D-washer,

collar, gear bracket, gear
and motor bracket.
Gear
Motor Bracket Gear Bracket
Reinstallation
Reinstall the bracket in the Spring

reverse order of removal. Collar
Screw
D-washer
CD906
8.3 Nest Section
8.3.9 Supply Motor (M102) /Gear Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the supply motor Screws (2)

bracket (see subsection 8.3.8).

bracket.
Motor Bracket
Motor (M102)
CD907
8.3 Nest Section

then the two gears from the
gear bracket.
E-rings
Gears
Gear Bracket
CD908
8.3 Nest Section

then the two gears from the
motor bracket. E-ring Gears
Installation
Install the motor and gears in

E-ring
Motor Bracket
CD909
8.3 Nest Section
8.3.10 IPI Sensor (D113) (SSA22 Circuit Board) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the supply motor Connector

Screw
from the sensor.

the sensor bracket.
Sensor Bracket
CD910
8.3 Nest Section

the sensor from the bracket.
Installation
Bracket
order of removal.
Sensor (D113)
Screws
CD911
8.3 Nest Section
8.3.11 Door Motor (M104) Replacement
Removal

Motor (M104)
Screws (2)
2. Cut the two cord ties.

then the motor.
Installation

order of removal.
Cord Ties
CD912
8.3 Nest Section
8.3.12 Door Drive Gear Replacement
Removal

Rack E-rings (2)
assembly (see subsection 8.3.5). Poly-Slider
Spring
2. Remove the spring.

then the poly-slider, rack and
guide.
Guide
CD913
8.3 Nest Section
4. Remove the four gears.

Gears
the door drive shaft and
gear. E-ring
Gear
Door Drive Shaft
CD914
8.3 Nest Section
Installation

Long Tooth
NOTE: Align the gear timing by

following the steps below. Door Drive
1)Align the long tooth on the Shaft Gear
door drive shaft gear with
the groove in the sector
gear boss.
2)Rest the sector gear on the
door drive shaft gear as Rest on
shown. Boss
CD915
8.3 Nest Section
3)While resting the sector

gear on the door drive shaft
as shown, engage the rack
and gear so that the rack is Rack
positioned to the sensor
side.
Rack
CD916
8.3 Nest Section
8.3.13 Supply Motor Home Position Sensor (D114) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the spool assembly Connector

Sensor (D114)
from the sensor.

the sensor.
Installation

order of removal.
Screw
CD917
8.3 Nest Section
8.3.14 Spool Rack Replacement
Removal

Spring

then the rack.
Installation
Install the rack in the reverse

order of removal.
Rack
E-ring
CD918
8.3 Nest Section
8.3.15 Spool Replacement
Removal

(see subsection 8.3.7). Screw

clamp/cover.
Clamp/Cover
CD919
8.3 Nest Section

the bearing.
Bearing
E-ring
CD920
8.3 Nest Section
4. Withdraw the spool and

remove the gear, spacer and
home position sensor. Spool
Installation
Install the spool in the reverse

order of removal.
Gear
Spacer
Sensor Plate
CD921
8.3 Nest Section
8.3.16 IPI Unit Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly
1. Remove the supply motor

bracket (see subsection 8.3.8). Screw

the IPI unit.
IPI Unit
CD922
8.3 Nest Section

the IPI shaft and spring.
E-ring
IPI Shaft
Spring
CD923
8.3 Nest Section

the IPI detecting arm and
spring. E-ring
Reassembly IPI Detecting Arm
Spring
Reassemble the IPI unit in the
reverse order of disassembly.
CD924
8.3 Nest Section
8.3.17 Guide Assembly Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the nest unit (see

subsection 8.3.4).
2. Remove the E-ring and

bearing.
Bearing
E-ring
CD927
8.3 Nest Section
3. Loosen the two screws

securing the guide bracket.
Guide Assembly
Screws (2)
CD928
8.3 Nest Section
4. Remove the guide assembly,

cam plate, bearing and
shaft. Shaft Cam Plate
Bearing
Reinstallation
Reinstall the guide assembly in

Guide Assembly
CD929
8.3 Nest Section
8.3.18 Cartridge Holder Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the guide assembly

Lever Spring
the cartridge holder
assembly and spring.

lever and spring from the
cartridge holder.
E-ring
Installation
Install the cartridge holder in the Cartridge Holder E-ring

CD930
8.3 Nest Section
8.3.19 Set Lever Stopper Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the guide assembly

Guide Braclet

then the guide bracket.
CD931
8.3 Nest Section

the set lever stopper and
spring.
Set Lever Stop

Installation
Install the set lever stop in the

E-ring Spring
CD932
8.3 Nest Section
8.3.20 Cam Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the guide assembly Screws (2)


then the cam roller
assembly.
Cam Roller Assembly
CD933
8.3 Nest Section
3. Remove the spring, E-ring

and then the roller bracket.
Spring
Roller Bracket
E-ring
CD934
8.3 Nest Section

the roller from the bracket.
Installation
E-ring
Install the cam roller in the
reverse order of removal. Roller
CD935
8.4 Winding Section
8.4.1 Winding Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the feed motor Knob Cover


the knob cover.
Screw
CD661
8.4 Winding Section

then the winding unit.
Reinstallation Winding Unit
Reinstall the winding unit in the

Screws (4)
CD662
8.4 Winding Section
8.4.2 Winding Gear Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the winding unit (see

subsection 8.4.1).

the poly-slider, knob, collar
and gear.
Collar
Knob
Gear
Poly-slider E-ring
CD883
8.4 Winding Section
3. Remove the pin and gear.

gears.
Installation
Install the gears in the reverse

order of removal.
Gear
Gears
Pin
E-rings
CD884
8.4 Winding Section
8.4.3 Winding Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly
Shaft Assembly
1. Remove the winding gears
2. Remove the two E-rings and Bearing

then the shaft assembly by
shifting the bearing.
CD885
8.4 Winding Section
3. Disassemble the shaft.

Pin
Shaft
Reassembly
Reassemble the shaft in the 135 Real

One-way Clutch
Collar
IX240 Reel
Spring
Joint
Collar
Bearings (2)
E-rings (2)
Poly-sliders (2)
CD886
8.4 Winding Section
8.4.4 Film Guide Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the winding shaft

Screw

the spring retainer and two
coil springs.
Coil Spring (2) Spring Retainer
CD887
8.4 Winding Section
3. Remove the film guide.
Installation Film Guide
Install the film guide in the

CD888
8.5 Carrier Base Section
8.5.1 Carrier Base Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the table top cover Countersunk Flat Head Screw

Screws (2)

head screw and two screws
and then the cover.
Reinstallation
Reinstall the front cover in the

Carrier Base Front Cover
CD728
8.5.2 IX240/135 Carrier Position Sensor (D121/D122) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:
Screws (2)
• Scanner front cover unit (see
subsection 9.2.1). Connector Cover
• Table top cover (see subsection
7.2.2).

then the connector cover.
CD748
3. Disconnect the sensor

connector and open the
harness clamp. 135 Carrier Position Sensor (D122)
Screw
the sensor. IX240 Carrier
Position Sensor (D121)
Installation Connector
Install the sensor in the reverse Screw

order of removal.
Clamp
Connector
CD749
8.5.3 Carrier Table Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove:
• Carrier base front cover (see

subsection 8.5.1).
• Scanner rear cover (see

subsection 9.2.2).

then the printer exhaust fan
bracket.
Screws (2)
Printer Exhaust Fan Bracket
CD731

the grounding wire.
Grounding Wire
Screw
CD732

the grounding wires.
Screw
Grounding Wires
CD746
5. Open the two harness

clamps.
6. Disconnect the nine JCA

connectors.
JCA Connectors (9) Clamps
CD747

then the stop plate.
Screws (2)
Stop Plate
CD733
8. Remove the cover spacer.
Cover Spacer
CD1104

the two springs and slide
shaft. Springs (2)
NOTE: Be careful not to miss the rear

spring because it may fall
when withdrawing the shaft.
Slide Shaft
Screw
CD734
10. Remove the carrier table.
Reinstallation
NOTE: Face the flat surface on the

slide shaft up and tighten the
screw.
After installation, perform the

following adjustments.
1) Menu 43E “Optical Axis
Adjustment” (see subsection
5.4.9).
Carrier Table
2) Menu 433 “Focus Position
5.4.3).
3) Menu 441 “Mask Position

5.5.1). CD1105
8.5.4 Carrier Sensor (D123) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the carrier table


then the gear cover.
Gear Cover Screws (2)
CD1106
3. Loosen the four plug-in

connector guide screws.

Plug-in Connector Bracket
then the plug-in connector
bracket.
Screws (3)
Guide Screws (4)
CD1107
5. Disconnect the JCA10

connector.
JCA10
Connector
CD1108
6. Loosen the one screw,

remove the one screw and Harness Guide
then the harness guide. Screw (Remove)
Screw (Loosen)
CD735

the sensor bracket.
Sensor Bracket
Screw
CD736
8. Cut the cord tie.

the sensor.
Installation Cord Tie

Screw
order of removal.
Sensor (D123)
CD737
8.5.5 Gear Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the carrier sensor Gear Cover

Screw (Loosen)
2. Loosen the screw, and

remove the two screws and
then the gear cover.
Screw (Remove)
CD738
3. Remove the release lever

spring.

then the gear bracket.
Spring
Reinstallation
Screws (2)
Reinstall the bracket in the
reverse order of
Gear Bracket
CD739
8.5.6 Gear Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the gear bracket (see

subsection 8.5.5). Gears
2. Remove the two E-ring and

then the two gears.
3. Loosen the two hex. socket

head setscrews and remove
the gear.
Hex.Socket Head E-ring

Setscrews (2)
CD740
4. Remove the two bearings

and lock arm/shaft.
5. Remove the E-ring and then Bearing

the gear, lock lever shaft and Gear
two bearings. E-ring
Lock Arm/Shaft
Lock Lever Shaft
Bearings (2)
CD741
Installation

NOTE: Engage the three gears so

that their the " " marks are
aligned. Marks
Marks
CD742
8.5.7 Ball Catch Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the gear bracket (see E-ring

Ball Catch
subsection 8.5.5).

the manual film carrier
release arm and pin.
Manual Film Carrier
Release Arm
then the ball catch.
Pin
Installation
Install the ball catch in the

Screws (2)
CD743
Removal
1. Remove:
Gear Cover
• Open the image processing

circuit board bracket (see
subsection 18.3.1).
• Remove the scanner rear


the gear cover.
Screws (2)
CD1102
3. Loosen the four plug-in

connector guide screws.
and then the plug-in Guide Screws (4)
connector bracket.
Screws (3)
CD729
5. Remove the cover spacer.
6. Disconnect the JCA10

JCA10 Connector
connector.
Cover Spacer
CD730

then the printer exhaust fan
bracket.
Screws (2)
Printer Exhaust Fan Bracket
CD731

the grounding wires.
Screw
Grounding Wires
CD746
9. Open the two clamps.
10. Disconnect the nine JCA

connectors.

connectors.
Installation
Install the plug-in connectors in

JCA Connectors (9) Clamps
CD747
8.5.9 Film Lane Changing Linkage Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly
E-ring Arm
1. Remove the carrier base
Poly-slider
front cover (see subsection 8.5.1). Spring
Bearing
2. Remove the E-ring, poly-
slider, bearing, spring and
arm.
CD744

the plain washer, spring and
changing shaft. Changing Shaft
Reassembly
Reassemble the linkage in the

Spring
Plain Washer
E-ring
CD745
8.6 Manual Negative Carrier M69D (Optional)
8.6.1 MNC Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Bottom Cover
bottom cover.
Screws (4)
9286

and MNC circuit board.
MNC Circuit Board
Screws (3)
9287
3. Disconnect the connectors

Installation
Install the new circuit board in

MNC Circuit Board
Connectors
1959
8.6.2 Negative Press Solenoid (S10) Replacement
Removal

connector cover. Connector Cover
Screw
9289
2. Remove the MNC circuit

board (see subsection 8.6.1). Cord Ties
3. Cut the three cord ties.

(CN3) from the MNC circuit
board.

the solenoid and then the
solenoid.
Installation
Install the new solenoid in the

Connector Screw
MNC Circuit Board
9288
8.6.3 Negative Mask Detection Pin Replacement
Removal

Leaf Spring Holder Plates
board (see subsection 8.6.1).
2. Remove the four screws

securing the holder plate Screws (4)
and then the holder plates,
leaf springs and pins.
9290
Installation

Spring Plate
reverse order of removal,
nothing the following.
No Good
1. Make sure the midpoint of
the holder plate does not
buckle upwards as shown in Good
the figure below. If it buckles
this way the spring plate will
be out of place. Good
2. Make sure that the spring

plates have play in the
direction shown. Holder Plate
9291
3. Make sure the pins move up

and down smoothly.
Pins
2708
8.6.4 Negative Mask Adjustment
1. Depress the upper mask

against the lower mask and
make sure its opening is
larger than the opening of Upper Mask
the lower mask and that it is
positioned equally against
the lower mask opening.
Lower Mask
9294
2. If necessary, loosen the two

screws and adjust the
opening by moving the upper
Screws (2)
mask.
Upper Mask
3. Tighten the two screws

securely.
9295
Removal

connector cover. Connector Cover
Screw
9289

board (see subsection 8.6.1).
MNC Circuit Board

(CN1, CN2) from the MNC
circuit board.
Connectors
9293

the grounding wire.
Grounding Wire/Screw
Plug-in Connector
plug-in connector.
Installation
Install the new connector in the

Screws (2)
9292
9. SCANNER SECTION
Parts Location 9.2.4 CCD Unit Removal/Reinstallation

9.2.5 Shutter Home Position Sensor (D215) Re-
9.1 Light Source Section placement
9.1.1 Light Source Unit Removal/Reinstallation 9.2.6 Shutter Drive Motor (M203) Replacement
9.1.2 135/IX240 Diffusion Box Sensor (D201/D202) 9.2.7 Shutter/Gear Replacement
Replacement
9.1.3 Light Source Assembly Removal/Reinstallation 9.3 Lens Unit
9.1.4 Plug-in Connector (on Light Source Unit) Re- 9.3.1 Lens Home Position Sensor (D214) Replace-
placement ment
9.1.5 LED Circuit Board Assembly Replacement 9.3.2 Lens Unit Removal/Reinstallation
9.1.6 Peltier Element (LH201) Replacement 9.3.3 Lens Drive Motor (M202) Replacement
9.1.7 Light Source Section Cover Removal/Rein-
stallation 9.4 Conjugate Length Variable
9.1.8 LTC22 Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Rein- Section/Circuit Board Section
stallation 9.4.1 Conjugate Length Variable Section Home Po-
9.1.9 Light Source Cooling Fan (F201) Replacement sition Sensor (D211)/Upper and Lower Limit
9.1.10 LTC22 Circuit Board Replacement Sensor (D212 and D213) Replacement
9.1.11 Plug-in Connector (on Frame) Replacement 9.4.2 Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201) Re-
placement
9.2 Scanner Section 9.4.3 Conjugate Length Variable Gear Replacement
9.2.1 Scanner Front Cover Unit Removal/Reinstal- 9.4.4 ADC22 Circuit Board Replacement
lation 9.4.5 PZR22 (Piezo Power Supply) Circuit Board
9.2.2 Scanner Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation Replacement
9.2.3 Scanner Cooling Fan (F216) Replacement 9.4.6 Piezo Electric Voltage Adjustment
Parts Location
Conjugate Length Variable Home Position Sensor (D211)/
Upper and Lower Limit Sensors (D212 and D213) CCD Unit
Shutter Home Position Sensor
Scanner Cooling Fan (F216) (D215)
Shutter Drive Motor (M203)
Shutter/Gears
Scanner
Rear Cover
Lens Unit
Lens Home Position
Sensor (D214)
Lens Drive Motor
(M202)
Light Source Cooling

Fan (F201)
Light Source Unit

135/IX240 Diffusion Box Sensors
(D201/D202)
Light Source Assembly
Plug-in Connector
(on Light Source Unit)
LED Circuit Board Assembly
Peltier Element (LH201)
LTC22 Circuit Light Source Section Cover
Board Bracket LTC22 Circuit Board Plug-in Connector (on Frame)
CD812
Parts Location
Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201)

Conjugate Length Variable Gears
ADC22
Circuit Board
PZR22 (Piezo Power Supply)

Circuit Board
Piezo Electric Voltage Adjustment
CD825
9.1 Light Source Section
9.1.1 Light Source Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the scanner front

cover unit (see subsection 9.2.1).
2. Remove the diffusion box.

then the light source unit.
Light Source Unit Screws (4)
CD716
Reinstallation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.

When the unit has been replaced, perform the following adjustment after installation.
1) Menu 43L “LED Light Amount Adjustment” (see subsection 5.4.15).
2) Menu 43J “Spectral Calibration” (see subsection 5.4.13).
3) Clear the operation data in menu 434 “Operation Information Display” (see subsection 5.4.4).
9.1.2 135/IX240 Diffusion Box Sensor (D201/D202) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the light source unit


connector.
Sensor Connector
CD718

then the diffusion box sensor
bracket.
Screws (2)
Diffusion Box Sensor Bracket
CD717
4. Cut the cord ties and remove

the two screws and then the
sensors.
Cord Ties
Installation
Install the sensors in the reverse

order of removal.
Sensor (D201)
Sensor (D202)
Screws (2)
CD719
9.1.3 Light Source Assembly Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the light source unit

2. Disconnect the diffusion box

sensor connector.
Sensor Connector
CD718
3. Remove the two screws

securing the harness Screws/Clamps Light Source
Special Screws (4)
clamps.

screws securing the plug-in
connectors.

then the light source
assembly.
Screws (4)
CD720
Reinstallation
Reinstall the light source assembly in the reverse order of removal.

After reinstallation, perform the following adjustments.
1) Menu 43L “LED Light Amount Adjustment” (see subsection 5.4.15).
2) Menu 43J “Spectral Calibration” (see subsection 5.4.13).

9.1.4 Plug-in Connector (on Light Source Unit) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the light source Transparent Cover/Gasket


then the transparent cover
and gasket.
Screws (5)
CD721
3. Disconnect four connectors

from the LED circuit boards.
Connector LED Circuit Board

Cover (4)
CD722
4. Disconnect the D203 and

LH201 connectors.
5. Remove the JCP3 connector D203 Connector

from the bracket.
6. Remove the harnesses from

the four clamps and then the
plug-in connectors.
Installation
Plug-in
Install the plug-in connectors in Connector
Plug-in
the reverse order of removal. Clamps (4) Connector
LH201 JCP3
Connector Connector
CD723
9.1.5 LED Circuit Board Assembly Replacement
Removal


and gasket.
Screws (5)
CD721
3. Disconnect the D203

connector.
D203 Connector
CD1116
4. Wear the grounding

wristband on your wrist and
LED Circuit Board
connect the other end to the Screws (4)
carrier base.

from the LED circuit board.

then the LED circuit board.
Connectors (4)
Grounding Wristband
CD724
7. Remove the four spacers

and spring washers from the
LED circuit board assembly. Spring Washers (4) Spacers (4)
Installation
NOTE: • Take care not to pinch the
wires.
• Do not touch to the surface
of the LED.
1) Menu 43L “LED Light
Amount Adjustment”
2) Menu 43J “Spectral
Calibration”
3) Clear the operation data in
menu 434 “Operation
Information Display”
CD1115
9.1.6 Peltier Element (LH201) Replacement
Removal


and gasket.
Screws (5)
CD721
3. Disconnect the LH201

connector.
LH201 Connector
CD725
4. Disconnect the LED1 and

LED4 connectors. Screws (4)
5. Remove the four screws, Spacers (4)

spacers, spring washers,
LED bracket and sponge. Spring Washers (4)
LED2 Connector
LED Bracket
LED1 Connector
CD726
6. Remove the LH201

connector from the bracket Heat Conduction Sheet
and then the Peltier element.
Peltier Element
Installation

NOTE: Face the heat conduction

sheet on the Peltier element
up.
LH201 Connector
CD727
9.1.7 Light Source Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

Screws (2)
OFF.
2. Remove the front upper
then the light source section
cover.
Light Source Section Cover

Reinstallation

CD710
9.1.8 LTC22 Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the light source

section cover (see subsection
9.1.7).

securing the bracket.
3. Disconnect the LTC4

connector from the LTC22
circuit board.
Screws (2)
4. Open the clamp and pull out Bracket
the bracket.
Clamp LTC4 Connector
CD711
5. Disconnect the LTC1, LTC2,

LTC2 LTC1
LTC3 and FAN201
connectors and remove the
bracket.
Reinstallation
Reinstall the bracket in the Bracket

FAN201
LTC3
CD712
9.1.9 Light Source Cooling Fan (F201) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the LTC22 circuit

Screws (2) Fan Guard
board bracket (see subsection
9.1.8).
Clamps

then the fan guard and the
fan.
Installation
Fan (F201)
Install the fan in the reverse
order of removal.
CD713
9.1.10 LTC22 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the LTC22 circuit

board bracket (see subsection Circuit Board Cover
9.1.8).

then the circuit board cover.
Screws (4)
CD714

then the LTC22 circuit board.
Installation Screws (4)

LTC22 Circuit Board
CD715
9.1.11 Plug-in Connector (on Frame) Replacement
Removal
Special Screws (4)

• Light source unit
• LTC22 circuit board bracket

• Printer rear cover


screws securing the plug-in
connectors.

bracket.
CD750
4. Open the seven harness

clamps.
Clamps (7)
CD751

open the circuit board
bracket. Screws (2)
Circuit Board Bracket
CD171
6. Disconnect the plug-in

connector harness
connectors (CTC6 to CTC10
and CTC13) from the CTC22
circuit board.
7. Open the clamps and

remove the plug-in
connectors.
Installation CTC22 Circuit Board
Install the plug-in connectors in

CD752
9.2 Scanner Section
9.2.1 Scanner Front Cover Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Shut down the system after Auto Film Carrier

Manual Film Carrier Lock Lever
performing the post- Release Lever
supply.

the auto film carrier lock
lever.

then the manual film carrier Screw
release lever.
Screws (2)
CD671
9.2 Scanner Section

then the scanner upper
cover.
Screws (2)
Scanner Upper Cover
CD014
9.2 Scanner Section

then the table top small
cover.
Screws (5)
Table Top Small Cover
CD672
9.2 Scanner Section

securing the cover unit.
Scanner Front Cover Unit
Screws (4)
CD673
9.2 Scanner Section

securing the side of the Screws (3)
cover unit.
8. Disconnect the scanner

cooling fan (F216)
connector. Screws (2)
9. Remove the three screws Fan Connector

and then the cover unit.
Reinstallation
Reinstall the cover unit in the

Scanner Front Cover Unit
CD674
9.2 Scanner Section
9.2.2 Scanner Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Scanner Rear Cover

and then the scanner rear F216 Connector
cover.
3. Remove the F216 connector

from the cover bracket.
Reinstallation

Screws (3)
CD697
9.2 Scanner Section
9.2.3 Scanner Cooling Fan (F216) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the scanner front Clamp

Screws (2)
2. Remove the fan harness

from the clamp.

then the louver and the fan.
Louver/Fan (F216)
CD675
9.2 Scanner Section
Installation
Louver
NOTE: • Install the fan so that its

arrow points up.
• Install the louver so that its
installation direction is as
shown.
Fan (F216)
Arrow
CD676
9.2 Scanner Section
9.2.4 CCD Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the scanner front Screws

2. Loosen one screw and

then the CCD cover.
Screw (Loosen)
CCD Cover
CD677
9.2 Scanner Section
3. Disconnect the JSA8, JSA9,

PZ201 and PZ202 Coaxial Cable
PZ202
connectors.

securing the harness
clamps.
5. Open the harness clamp.

PZ201
6. Disconnect the coaxial Screw

cable. /Clamp
JSA9
JSA8 Screw/Clamp
CD678
9.2 Scanner Section

connector.
M203 Connector
CD679
9.2 Scanner Section
8. Disconnect the JSA7

connector.
JSA7 Connector
CD680
9.2 Scanner Section
9. Loosen the four screws and

remove the two dustproof
covers. Screws (4)

then the CCD unit.
Dustproof Cover (2) Screws (4)
CD681
9.2 Scanner Section
Reinstallation
Reinstall the CCD unit in the reverse order of removal.

When the unit has been replaced, perform the following adjustments after reinstallation.
1) CCD Data Setup
2) Piezoelectric voltage adjustment (see subsection 9.4.6).
3) Menu 43E “Optical Axis Adjustment” (see subsection 5.4.9).
4) Menu 43F “Optical Magnification Calibration” (see subsection 5.4.10).
5) Menu 432 “Focus Calibration” (see subsection 5.4.2).
6) Menu 433 “Focus Position Adjustment” (see subsection 5.4.3).
7) Menu 441 “Mask Position Adjustment” (see subsection 5.5.1).
8) Pixel Correction
9) Clear “Piezoelectric actuator operating time” in menu 434 (see subsection 5.4.4).
9.2 Scanner Section
9.2.5 Shutter Home Position Sensor (D215) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the CCD unit (see

subsection 9.2.4).

then the sensor bracket.
Screws (2)
Sensor Bracket
CD682
9.2 Scanner Section
3. Remove the sensor from the

bracket.

from the sensor. Sensor (D215)
Installation
Connector

order of removal.
Bracket
CD683
9.2 Scanner Section
9.2.6 Shutter Drive Motor (M203) Replacement
Removal

Screws (2)
subsection 9.2.4).

then the shutter drive motor.
Installation

order of removal.
Shutter Drive Motor (M203)
CD684
9.2 Scanner Section
9.2.7 Shutter/Gear Replacement
Removal
Special Screw
Shutter
1. Remove the CCD unit (see Special Screw
subsection 9.2.4).
2. Remove the special screw, Gear

spring washer and shutter.
3. Remove the special screw

and gear.
Lock Washer
Installation
Install the shutter and gear in

CD685
9.3 Lens Unit
9.3.1 Lens Home Position Sensor (D214) Replacement
Removal

cover unit (see subsection 9.2.1). JSA6 Connector Screws (2)
2. Disconnect the JSA6

connector.

Sensor Bracket
CD686
9.3 Lens Unit


from the sensor.
Connector
Installation
Install the sensor in the reverse Screw
order of removal.
1) Menu 43F “Optical

(see subsection 5.4.10). Sensor (D214) Bracket
2) Menu 432 “Focus

Calibration”

Adjustment”
(see subsection 5.4.3). CD687
9.3 Lens Unit
9.3.2 Lens Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

Lens Cover
subsection 9.2.4).

and then the lens cover.
Screws (3)
CD688
9.3 Lens Unit
3. Disconnect the JSA6 and

M202 connectors.
M202 Connector
JSA6 Connector
CD690
9.3 Lens Unit
4. Remove the boot.

and then the lens unit. Lens Unit
Screws (3) Boot
CD689
9.3 Lens Unit
Reinstallation
Reinstall the lens unit in the reverse order of removal.

When the unit has been replaced, perform the following adjustments after installation.
1) *Menu 43D “Lens Registration” (see subsection 5.4.8).
2) Menu 43B “Carrier Inclination Display” (see subsection 5.4.6).
3) Menu 43E “Optical Axis Adjustment” (see subsection 5.4.9).
4) Menu 43F “Optical Magnification Calibration” (see subsection 5.4.10).
7) Menu 441 “Mask Position Adjustment” (see subsection 5.5.1).
*: Perform when lens unit has been replaced.

9.3 Lens Unit
9.3.3 Lens Drive Motor (M202) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the lens unit (see

subsection 9.3.2).
Motor (M202)
2. Cut the cord tie.
3. Loosen the two motor

mounting screws and
remove the two tension
springs.
Screws (2)
4. Remove the motor. Tension
Springs (2)
Cord Tie
CD691
9.3 Lens Unit
Installation

Screws (2)
NOTE: • Temporarily tighten the two
motor mounting screws.
Turn the motor shaft several
turns and tighten the two
screws.
1) Menu 43F “Optical

Motor Shaft

Calibration” (see subsection 5.4.2).
5.4.3).
CD693
9.4 Conjugate Length Variable Section/Circuit Board Section

9.4.1 Conjugate Length Variable Section Home Position Sensor (D211)/
Upper and Lower Limit Sensor (D212 and D213) Replacement
Removal
Sensor Bracket
1. Remove the scanner rear
2. Move the conjugate length

drive base and remove the
three screws securing the
sensor bracket.

from each sensor.
Drive Base
Connectors (3)
Screws (3)
CD695
4. Remove the sensor from the

bracket.
Sensor (D213)
Installation
Sensor (D211)
order of removal. Sensor (D212)


Adjustment” (see subsection Bracket
5.4.3).
CD696
9.4.2 Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201) Replacement
Removal

2. Lower the conjugate length Motor

(M201)
drive base.
Screws (3)
connector and remove the
motor connector from the Connector
bracket. Bracker

and then the motor.
M201 Connector
CD698
Installation
Install the motor in the reverse order of removal.

After installation, perform the following adjustments.

9.4.3 Conjugate Length Variable Gear Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the conjugate

length variable motor (see Screws (5) Gear Bracket
subsection 9.4.2).

CD699

then the gears. E-rings
Installation

order of removal.
1) Menu 432 “Focus Gears


5.4.3).
CD700
9.4.4 ADC22 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Cable Connector
Clamp (5)
2. Disconnect the two cable
connectors and coaxial
Coaxial Cable
cable from the circuit board.
3. Open the five clamps.
Cable Connector
CD701

the cord tie bracket.
Cord Tie Bracket
5. Loosen the three screws and
then the circuit board box.

Screw
Screws (3)
Connector
Circuit Board
CD702

then the circuit box cover.
Circuit Board Box Cover

Screws (6)
CD703

then the ADC22 circuit
board.
Screws (6)
Installation

ADC22 Circuit Board
CD704
9.4.5 PZR22 (Piezo Power Supply) Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Clamp
Screws (2) (Loosen)

the clamp and open the
clamp.
3. Loosen the two screws and

remove one screw securing
Screw/Clamp
the circuit board bracket.
Screw (Remove)
CD705

remove the screw and then Screws (2) (Loosen)
the bracket and circuit board
box cover.
Bracket
Screws (2)
(Remove)
CD706
6. Disconnect the PZR1 to

PZR3 connectors.
PZR3
7. Remove the four screws and Screws (4)

then the PZR22 circuit
board.
Installation

PZR1
Piezo electric voltage
adjustment (see subsection 9.4.6).
Clamps (2)
PZR2
CD707
9.4.6 Piezo Electric Voltage Adjustment
1. Remove the PZR22 circuit

board box cover (see subsection
9.4.5).
Monitor
2. Loosen the four screws
securing the monitor
supports and face the
monitor screen to the rear as
shown.
CD1083
3. Record the voltage data

shown in the label on the
CCD Unit
CCD unit.
4. Turn ON the main power

supply and the built-in circuit
breaker and press the
START switch to start up the
system.
Voltage Data
CD1080
5. Proceed to the next page of

the menu 43A “I/O Check”
screen.
6. Click the [ON] buttons for

“Piezoelectric actuator 1”
and “Piezoelectric actuator
2”.
7. X Voltage (1) Adjustment

PZR22 Circuit Board
1) Measure the DC voltage
TP4 Xout q
between the test pin “TP4 X
out” and “TP3 out” on the
PZR22 circuit board.
TP3 Out
CD1081
2) Adjust the voltage to the

value (1) indicated in the
label attached to the CCD
unit by turning the “VR1 X-
ADJ”.
VR1 (X-ADJ)
CD1084
8. Y Voltage (2) Adjustment

PZR22 Circuit Board
1) Measure the DC voltage
between the test pin “TP5 Y
out” and “TP3 out” on the TP5 Yout w
PZR22 circuit board.
TP3 Out
CD1082
2) Adjust the voltage to the

value (2) indicated in the
label attached to the CCD
unit by turning the “VR2 Y-
ADJ”.

VR2 (Y-ADJ)
supply.
10. Reinstall the removed parts.
CD1085
10. PAPER SUPPLY SECTION
Parts Location 10.3.2 Paper Supply Motor (M301) Replacement

10.3.3 Paper Supply Drive Belt Replacement
10.1 Paper Magazine
10.1.1 Paper End Sensor Plate Replacement 10.4 Cutter Unit
10.1.2 Magazine Drive Gear Replacement 10.4.1 Paper Splice Sensor (D301) Replacement
10.1.3 Nip Roller Replacement 10.4.2 Cutter Unit Replacement
10.1.4 Paper End Sensor (D311) Replacement 10.4.3 Cutter Home Position Sensor 1/2 (D312/D313)
10.1.5 Magazine ID Sensor Section Cover Removal/ Replacement
Reinstallation 10.4.4 Cutter Drive Motor (M307) Replacement
10.1.6 Magazine ID Sensor (D306 to 310) Replace-
ment
10.1.7 Magazine Door Detecting Interlock Switch
(D322) Replacement
10.2 Paper Magazine Table

10.2.1 Magazine Table Front Cover Removal/Rein-
stallation
10.2.2 Magazine Table Setting Gear Replacement
10.2.3 Magazine Setting Bevel Gear Replacement
10.2.4 Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation
10.3 Paper Supply Drive Section

10.3.1 Paper Supply Drive Unit Removal/Reinstalla-
tion
Parts Location
Paper Supply Drive Unit
Papre Supply Motor

(M301) Paper Supply
Drive Unit
Magazine ID Sensors
(D306 to D310)
Paper Magazine
Magazine End Sensor Plate
Magazine Drive Gear
Nip Roller
Slide Arm
Magazine Table Unit
Magazine Table
Front Cover
Magazine Table Setting Gear
Magazine Set Lever
Magazine Door Detecting Interlock Switch (D322)
CD814
Parts Location
Paper End Sensor (D311)
Cutter Home
Position Sensor 1
(D312)
Paper Splice
Sensor (D301)
Cutter Unit Cutter Drive Motor
Cutter Home Position (M307)
Sensor 2 (D313)
CD815-1
10.1 Paper Magazine
10.1.1 Paper End Sensor Plate Replacement
Removal

securing the magazine exit
cover.
Screws (3)
Magazine Exit Cover
CD753
10.1 Paper Magazine
2. Remove the magazine exit

cover by pulling it toward
front side.
Magazine Exit Cover
CD754
10.1 Paper Magazine
3. Remove the end sensor

plate.
End Sensor Plate
CD755-1
10.1 Paper Magazine
Installation
1. Align the holes in the end

sensor plate with the screw
and the steel plate as
shown.
Screw
Steel Plate End Sensor Plate
CD755
10.1 Paper Magazine
2. Insert the latch release pin

into the hole in the magazine
exit cover.
Latch Release Pin End Sensor Plate
3. Align the end sensor plate

with the slot in the magazine
exit cover and install the
cover.
Magazine Exit Cover
EZ1843
10.1 Paper Magazine
4. Tighten the three screws

while pressing the magazine
exit cover as shown.
Screws (3)
5. Make sure there is no
clearance between the
magazine exit cover and the
magazine.
NOTE: Paper fogging may result if

there is clearance.
Magazine Exit Cover
EZ1844
10.1 Paper Magazine
6. Make sure the end sensor

plate moves smoothly by
pushing it by finger and
freely returns to the original
position when it is released.
7. Place the magazine upright

and make sure the sensor
plate is protruded 10.5mm or
more from the magazine. More than
10.5mm
End Sensor Plate
EZ1845
10.1 Paper Magazine
10.1.2 Magazine Drive Gear Replacement
Removal

remove the gear.
2. Remove the drive pin from Gear

the shaft.
Installation
Install the gear in the reverse

order of removal.
Pin
E-ring
CD756
10.1 Paper Magazine
10.1.3 Nip Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Place the paper magazine

up side down and remove
the six screws securing the
nip roller assembly.
Screws (6)
EZ1902
10.1 Paper Magazine
2. Release the latches and

open the magazine gently
while holding the lid cover.
Lid Cover
EZ1903
10.1 Paper Magazine
3. Remove the lid cover.
Lid Cover
EZ1904
10.1 Paper Magazine
4. Remove the nip roller

assembly.
Nip Roller Assembly
EZ1905
10.1 Paper Magazine

then the stainless steel
guide plate.
NOTE: Be careful not to distort the

stainless steel guide plate.
Stainless Steel
Guide Plate
Screws (4)
EZ1906
10.1 Paper Magazine
6. Remove two nip springs

each form both ends.
NOTE: Mark the coil springs since

there are two types of springs
Inner roller springs:Strong
Outer roller springs:Weak
Spring (Weak)
Spring (Strong)
Spring (Strong)
Spring (Weak)
EZ1907
10.1 Paper Magazine
7. Remove the four bearings

and then the two nip roller
shafts from the bracket.
Nip Roller Shafts
Bearings (4)
Spectacle Guides
EZ1911
10.1 Paper Magazine
8. Remove the four outside E-

rings and then the four
rollers and two spectacle
guides.
Rollers (4)
E-rings (4)
Spectacle Guides
EZ1910
10.1 Paper Magazine
Installation

Nip Roller Shafts
NOTE: • Install the rollers and four
bearings so that the holes in
the spectacle guides are
positioned as shown in the
figure below.
Bearings (4)
Spectacle Guides
EZ1911
10.1 Paper Magazine
• Position the flanges on the

bearings between the
spring arms and the side
plates. Spring Arms
• Install the nip springs in
their correct positions.
Nip Spring
(Strong)
Nip Spring
(Weak)
EZ1912
10.1 Paper Magazine
• Install the nip roller

assembly on the magazine
so that its rollers align with
the ones on the magazine.
Nip Roller Assembly
EZ1913
10.1 Paper Magazine
10.1.4 Paper End Sensor (D311) Replacement
Removal
1. Perform the post-operational D311 Connector

checks and turn the built-in
circuit breaker and the main
power supply OFF.

connector from the sensor.
3. Remove the sensor by

releasing its locking tabs.
Installation
Install the sensor in the reverse D311 Sensor

order of removal.
CD381
10.1 Paper Magazine
10.1.5 Magazine ID Sensor Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (Loosen)
1. Remove the feed section

front cover (see subsection 11.1.4).
2. Loosen the two screws,

then the magazine ID sensor
section cover.
Reinstallation
NOTE: Take care not to pinch the

wire harness.
Magazine ID Sensor
Screws (Remove)
Section Cover
CD382
10.1 Paper Magazine
10.1.6 Magazine ID Sensor (D306 to 310) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the magazine ID

sensor section cover (see
subsection 10.1.5).

from the sensor.
Connector
CD383
10.1 Paper Magazine

Screws (2)
Sensor Bracket
CD384
10.1 Paper Magazine

then the sensor circuit
board.
5. Disconnect the wire harness Screws (2)

Wire Harness
Sensor Circuit Board
CD385
10.1 Paper Magazine

Screws (3)
and then the sensor circuit
board bracket, four springs
and sensor shafts.
Sensor Shafts (4)
Springs (4)
Sensor Circuit Board Bracket
CD386
10.1 Paper Magazine
Installation

Screws (2)
NOTE: Tighten the two screws while

pressing the circuit board
toward the arrow direction.
Sensor Circuit
Board
CD1060
10.1 Paper Magazine
10.1.7 Magazine Door Detecting Interlock Switch (D322) Replacement
Removal

front cover (see subsection 11.1.4). Screws (2)

then the switch bracket.
Switch Bracket
CD395
10.1 Paper Magazine

connector from the switch.
D322 Connector
4. Remove the spring and E-
ring and then the switch.
Installation
Switch
Install the switche in the reverse E-ring
order of removal.
CD394
10.2.1 Magazine Table Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

the magazine setting lever.
Magazine Setting Lever
Screw
CD368

and then the magazine table
front cover.
Reinstallation

Screws (3)
Magazine Table Front Cover
CD369
10.2.2 Magazine Table Setting Gear Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the magazine table Stainless Steel Plate


four tapping screws and then
the stainless steel plate.
Screws (4)
Tapping Screws (4)
CD370
3. Loosen the five screws

securing the guide rollers
and remove the sliding plate.
Guide Rollers (2) Screws (5)
CD371
4. Remove the four magazine

rests and two brackets.
Magazine Rests (4)
5. Remove the four screws and Screws (4)
then the guide plate.
Brackets
Guide Plate
CD372
6. Remove the three E-rings

and then the two gears and
the sliding arm/gear.
E-rings (3)
Sliding Arm/Gear
Gears
CD373

the shaft, bearing and rubber Screw
roller.

then the gear from the Gear
Rubber
sliding arm. Screws (2)
Roller
Bearing
Shaft
EZ038
Installation
Installation is essentially in the Guide Pin

Sliding Arm
NOTE: • Loosen the two screws and

adjust the clearance
between the stop of the
bevel gear and the Stop
adjustment bracket to 0 mm 0 mm
by moving the bracket.
Tighten the two screws
securely.
Screws (2)
Adjustment Bracket
CD374
• Align the roller on the

sliding arm with the guide
groove in the sliding plate
and tighten the two screws
while lightly pushing the
Sliding Plate
guide rollers as shown. Guide Groove
• Then tighten the three plate
screws.
After tightening the screws, Screws (2)
make sure the magazine
table moves smoothly
without rattle.
Roller Screws (3)

Guide Rollers (2)
CD375
10.2.3 Magazine Setting Bevel Gear Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the magazine table Screws (4)


then the bevel gear bracket.
Bavel Gear Bracket
CD376

then the bracket and the
gear.
Bracket
Gear
CD377

Shaft
the bearing, shaft, bevel
gear, pin and bearing.
Bearing
E-ring
Bearing
Pin
Bevel Gear
CD378
Installation
Shaft
<Magazine Table Position

Adjustment>
1) Point the “▲” mark on the

gear to the right side and
engage the gears so that the
flat surface on the shaft is
horizontal.
▲ Mark
CD1057
2) Move the magazine table to

the right side fully and install
the gear bracket.
3) Make sure the flat surface on

the shaft is horizontal.
Shaft
Gear Bracket
CD1058
4) If the flat surface is not

horizontal, remove the gear
bracket, point the “▲” mark
to the left side and engage ▲ Mark
the gears.
CD1059
5) Adjust the adjustment

bracket position so that the
Magazine Seting Lever
clearance between the stop
on the bevel gear and the
adjustment bracket is 0 mm
when the magazine setting
lever is turned to the
magazine setting position.
Stop
Screws (2)
Adjustment Bracket
0 mm
CD380
6) Turn the magazine setting

lever clockwise fully and
make sure there is no
clearance between the lever
and the magazine table front
cover.
Magazine Setting Lever
CD379
10.2.4 Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the front lower Magazine Table Unit


then the magazine table unit.
Reinstallation
Reinstall the unit in the reverse

order of removal.
Screws (2)
CD387
10.3.1 Paper Supply Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove: Paper Supply Drive Unit

• Magazine ID sensor
10.1.5).
• Magazine table unit (see

subsection 10.2.4).

connector.

then the paper supply drive
unit. Screws (6)
M301 Connector
Reinstallation

order of removal.
CD388
10.3.2 Paper Supply Motor (M301) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the paper supply

drive unit (see subsection 10.3.1). Motor (M301)

then the motor.
Installation

reverse order of removal. Screws (4)
NOTE: Align the motor pulley with the

drive belt when installing the
motor.
CD389
10.3.3 Paper Supply Drive Belt Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the paper supply

motor (see subsection 10.3.2). Screws (7)
2. Remove the seven screws

and then the belt cover.
Belt Cover
CD390
3. Remove the spring, collars,

belt tensioner and pulleys.
Pulleys
Collar
Spring
Belt Tensioner
CD391
4. Remove the screw, pulley,

shaft and the drive belt.
Drive Belt
Shaft
Installation
Pulley
Install the drive belt in the
Screw
CD392
10.4 Cutter Unit
10.4.1 Paper Splice Sensor (D301) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the magazine table Cutter Paper Guide

unit (see subsection 10.2.4).

then the cutter paper guide.
Screws (4)
CD396
10.4 Cutter Unit

connectors.
Screw Sensor LED
4. Remove the screws and (D301L)
then the sensor and the
sensor LED.
Connector
Installation

order of removal.
Screw Sensor
(D301P)
Connector
CD397
10.4 Cutter Unit
10.4.2 Cutter Unit Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the magazine ID JCU3 JCU1

sensor section cover (see
subsection 10.1.5).
2. Disconnect the four

connectors.
JCU4 JCU2
CD399
10.4 Cutter Unit

clamps.

then the cutter unit.
Screws (2)
NOTE: Do not try to loosen the red
painted screws.
Cutter Unit
Clamp
CD400
10.4 Cutter Unit
Installation

NOTE: Tighten the two cutter

mounting screws while
pressing the cutter unit
against the left side.
Cutter Unit
Screws (2)
CD1064
10.4 Cutter Unit
10.4.3 Cutter Home Position Sensor 1/2 (D312/D313) Replacement
Removal
Cutter Home Position
1. Remove the cutter unit (see Sensor Cover Sensor 2 (D313)
subsection 10.4.2).

the sensor cover and the
bracket.
Screw
Bracket
Cutter Home Position

Sensor 1 (D312)
CD1061
10.4 Cutter Unit

from the sensor.
4. Release the locking tabs and

remove the sensor from the
bracket.
Installation

order of removal.
Connector Sensor (D312/D313)
CD1062
10.4 Cutter Unit
10.4.4 Cutter Drive Motor (M307) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the cutter unit (see Connector

Motor (M307)
subsection 10.4.2).
2. Disconnect the motor

connector.

then the motor.
Installation

order of removal.
Screws (2)
CD1063
11. PAPER FEED SECTION
Parts Location 11.2.8 Back Printer Section Guide Plate Roller

Replacement
11.1 Feed Section Cover 11.2.9 Back Printer Section Feed Roller
11.1.1 Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation Replacement
11.1.2 Feed Section Upper Door Detecting Interlock 11.2.10 Exit Guide Plate Roller Replacement
Switch (D324) Replacement 11.2.11 Exit Feed Roller Replacement
11.1.3 Feed Section Lower Door Detecting Interlock 11.2.12 Feed Nip Cam Shaft Replacement
Switch (D323) Replacement
11.1.4 Feed Section Front Cover Removal/ 11.3 Back Printer Section
Reinstallation 11.3.1 Back Printer Unit Removal/Reinstallation
11.1.5 Front Upper Cover Detecting Interlock Switch 11.3.2 Ink Ribbon Drive Gear Replacement
(D325A/B) Replacement 11.3.3 Back Printer Set Sensor (D320) Replacement
11.1.6 Printer Suction Fan 3 (F310) Replacement 11.3.4 Back Printer Entrance Sensor (D302)
11.1.7 Printer Suction Fan 1/2 (F308/F309) Replacement
Replacement 11.3.5 Back Printer Head/JNE20 Circuit Board
Replacement
11.2 Feed Unit 11.3.6 Back Printer Head Clearance Adjustment
11.2.1 Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation 11.3.7 Platen Replacement
11.2.2 Feed Nip Motor (M313) Replacement
11.2.3 Feed Nip Home Position Sensor (D319)
Replacement
11.2.4 Feed Drive Motor 2 (M303) Replacement
11.2.6 Entrance Guide Plate Roller Replacement
11.2.7 Entrance Side Feed Roller Replacement
Parts Location
Exit Feed Rollers Feed Nip Cam Shaft
Exit Guide Plate Rollers
Feed Drive Motor 2 (M303)
Paper Feed Unit
Feed Nip Home Back Printer Unit
Position Sensor Back Printer Set Sensor (D320)
(D319) Back Printer Entrance Sensor (D302)
Back Printer Head/JNE20 Circuit Board
Feed Nip Motor Back Printer Head Clearance Adjustment
(M313) Platen
Ink Ribbon Drive Gear

Back Printer Section
Guide Plate Rollers
Feed Drive Moter 1 (M302)
Back Printer Section

Feed Rollers
Entrance Guide
Plate Rollers
Entrance Side Feed Rollers Cutter Unit
Feed Section Upper Door Detecting Interlock Switches (D324A/B) Printer Suction Fan 3 (F310)
Feed Section Lower Door Detecting Interlock Switch (D323) Printer Suction Fans 1/2 (F308/F309)
Front Upper Cover Detecting Interlock Switches (D325A/B)
CD815
11.1 Feed Section Cover
11.1.1 Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (14)
the built-in circuit breaker Tapes (3)
OFF.
2. Secure the feed section

upper and lower doors using
the three tapes.
3. Remove the fourteen screws

and then the left cover.
Left Cover
Reinstallation

CD861
11.1.2 Feed Section Upper Door Detecting Interlock Switch (D324) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the left cover (see

subsection 11.1.1).
Screws
(2)

Switch
Bracket
CD458

from the switches.
Connectors Spring
ring and then the two
switches.
Installation
Install the switches in the

Switches (2)
E-ring
CD459
11.1.3 Feed Section Lower Door Detecting Interlock Switch (D323) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the left cover Switch Bracket

(see subsection 11.1.1). Screws (2)

CD1066

from the switch.
Connector Spring
ring and then the switch.
Installation
Install the switch in the reverse

order of removal.
Switch
E-ring
CD1067
11.1.4 Feed Section Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (6)
1. Remove the front lower

then the feed section front
cover.
Feed Section
Front Cover
CD363
3. Disconnect the F310

connector.
Reinstallation F310 Connector

CD364
11.1.5 Front Upper Cover Detecting Interlock Switch (D325A/B) Replacement
Removal
Interlock Switch Cover
front cover (see subsection 11.1.4)

then the interlock switch
cover.
Screws (4)
CD1065

then the switch bracket. Screws (2)
Switch Bracket
CD393
4. Disconnect the D325A and

D325B connectors from the
switches.
D325A and D325B Connectors

ring and then the two
switches.
Switches
Installation E-ring
Install the switches in the

CD394
11.1.6 Printer Suction Fan 3 (F310) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the feed section Connector
Fan (F310)
2. Remove the connector from

the bracket and open the
clamp.

then the fan and three
louvers.
Bracket
Clamp
Louvers (3)
CD365
Installation
Arrow
NOTE: • Point the arrow on the fan to

the inside of the printer.
• Install the louvers
alternately as shown.
Louvers (3)
CD366
11.1.7 Printer Suction Fan 1/2 (F308/F309) Replacement
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove the left cover


then the fan bracket.
Fan Bracket
CD193
3. Disconnect the two fan

connectors.
Fan Connectors
CD194
4. Remove the two connectors

from the bracket. Fan Guards (2)
5. Remove the four screws and Fan (F309)

then the clamp bracket, fan
guards, fans and six louvers.
6. Remove the fan harnesses Fan (F308)

from the three clamps.
Louvers(6) Connector
Screws (4)
Clamp Bracket
Clamps (3)
CD195
Installation
Arrow

the inside.
• Install each louver
Louvers (6)
CD196
11.2 Feed Unit
11.2.1 Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Connector Cover
1. Remove the left cover (see
subsection 11.1.1).

Screws (2)
CD405
11.2 Feed Unit
3. Disconnect the JHA5 and

JHK1 connectors and open
the clamp.
Clamp JHK1 JHA5
CD406
11.2 Feed Unit
4. Disconnect the JHA1 to

JHA4 connectors.
JHA1 JHA4
JHA2 JHA3
then the feed unit.
Reinstallation
Reinstall the feed unit in the

Feed Unit Screws (4)
CD407
11.2 Feed Unit
11.2.2 Feed Nip Motor (M313) Replacement
Removal
Motor (M313)
1. Remove the feed unit (see M313 Connector
subsection 11.2.1). Gear

the idler gear.

connector.

then the motor.
Installation
Screws(3)
Install the motor in the reverse E-ring
order of removal.
CD407-1
11.2 Feed Unit
11.2.3 Feed Nip Home Position Sensor (D319) Replacement
Removal
Locking Tabs

connector from the sensor.

remove the sensor.
Installation

order of removal.
Sensor (D319)
D319 Connector
CD408
11.2 Feed Unit
Removal
1. Remove the feed unit (see Back Printer

subsection 11.2.1). Section Cover

then the back printer section
cover.
Screws (6)
CD409
11.2 Feed Unit
4. Disconnect the M303 Clamps (2) Motor (M303) E-rings (2)

connector.

then the two gears.

then the motor.
Installation
Install the motor in the reverse M303

order of removal. Connector
Screws (2)
CD410
11.2 Feed Unit
Removal
1. Remove the feed unit (see

subsection 11.2.1). Screws (4)

then the entrance bracket.
Entrance Bracket
CD433
11.2 Feed Unit

clamp.
Motor Gear Clamp
connector.
5. Release the locking tab and

remove the gear.
Screw
the motor gear. Motor
Connector
E-ring
Spacer
E-ring
CD434
11.2 Feed Unit

then the motor
Motor (M302)
Installation

order of removal.
Screws (2)
CD435
11.2 Feed Unit
11.2.6 Entrance Guide Plate Roller Replacement
Removal

subsection 11.2.1). Screws (2)

then the guide plate.
CD436
11.2 Feed Unit

then the entrance guide
plate.
4. Disconnect the back printer

entrance sensor connector.
Sensor Connector
Entrance Guide Plate

Screws (4)
CD437
11.2 Feed Unit
5. Remove the springs and E-

rings and then the rollers Springs
Rollers
and bearings.
Installation

order of removal.
E-rings
Bearings
Rollers
Roller Shafts Springs
CD438
11.2 Feed Unit
11.2.7 Entrance Side Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the entrance guide Bracket

plate (see subsection 11.2.6).

connector.

then the bracket.
Screws (2)
M302 Connectors
CD439
11.2 Feed Unit

remove the three gears and
collar.
Locking
Tab
Gears (3)
CD440
11.2 Feed Unit
5. Remove the bearing and

then the three roller shafts
toward the front. E-ring
Roller Shafts (3)
the bearing from the roller
Bearings (3)
shaft.
Installation
Install the rollers in the reverse Bearings

(3)
order of removal.
CD441
11.2 Feed Unit
11.2.8 Back Printer Section Guide Plate Roller Replacement
Removal

subsection 11.2.1).

then the back printer section
guide plate.
Back Printer Section Screws (4)

Guide Plate
CD425
11.2 Feed Unit
3. Remove the springs,

bearings and two nip rollers.
Springs (2)
4. Remove the E-rings and
then the two roller shafts.
Roller Shafts (2)
Bearings (2)
CD442
11.2 Feed Unit
Installation

Holes/Locating Half Punches (2)
NOTE: Align the holes in the guide

plate with the two locating half
punches.
CD432
11.2 Feed Unit
11.2.9 Back Printer Section Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the back printer

section guide plate (see
subsection 11.2.8).
Screws (2)
2. Remove the ink ribbon
cassettes.

then the harness bracket.
Harness Bracket
CD444
11.2 Feed Unit

the one-way gear from the
upper roller shaft. One-way Gear

remove the gear from the
lower roller shaft.
Gear E-ring
CD445
11.2 Feed Unit
6. Remove the bearings and

then the two roller shafts
toward the front.

the bearing from the roller Bearings (2)
shaft.
Installation

order of removal.
E-rings (2)
Bearings (2)
Roller Shafts (2)
CD446
11.2 Feed Unit
11.2.10 Exit Guide Plate Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the feed unit (see E-ring

subsection 11.2.1).
2. Remove the two guide plate

return springs.
3. Remove the two nip springs.

the guide plate. Nip
Springs (2)
Guide Plate Return Springs (2)
CD447
11.2 Feed Unit

guide plate. Stainless Steel Guide Plate
Screws (4)
CD448
11.2 Feed Unit
6. Remove the two bearings, E-

ring, bearing and roller shaft.
E-ring
bearing form the roller shaft. Bearing
E-ring
the roller shaft. Roller Shaft
Bearing
Installation

order of removal.
E-ring
Roller Shaft
Bearings (2)
CD449
11.2 Feed Unit
11.2.11 Exit Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the exit guide plate

2. Remove the return spring

from the registration unit
drive gear bracket.
Return Spring
CD450
11.2 Feed Unit

the roller shaft toward the
rear side.
Roller Shaft
Bearing E-ring
CD451
11.2 Feed Unit
4. Remove the E-ring, then the

bracket, two bearings,
spacer, one-way gear, Gear Bearing Shaft
bearing and collar.
Spacer Collar
5. Remove the screw and then Bearing

the gear shaft, spacer and
gear.
Installation
Screw
order of removal. Bracket
E-ring One-way Gear

Spacer
Bearings (2)
CD452
11.2 Feed Unit
11.2.12 Feed Nip Cam Shaft Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the exit guide plate Screw Gear Gear

2. Remove the screws and

3. Remove the E-ring and gear.
4. Remove the E-ring, sensor

plate and gear.
E-ring
Sensor Sensor
Bracket Plate E-ring
CD453
11.2 Feed Unit
5. Remove the E-ring and idler

gear.
E-ring Idler Gear
the one-way gear from the
roller shaft.
E-ring
One-way Gear
CD454
11.2 Feed Unit

bearing.
Bearing
8. Remove the E-ring securing

the cam and then the cam
shaft and two cams. E-ring
Installation
Install the cam shaft in the

E-ring
Cam Shaft
Cams (2)
CD455
11.3 Back Printer Section
11.3.1 Back Printer Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove feed drive motor 2

Screws (2)

cassettes.

plain washers and then the
back printer unit.
Back Printer
Unit
Plain Washers (2)
CD411

Connector Cover
Screws (2)
CD412
5. Disconnect the S301 and

S302 connectors.
S301 Connector
S302 Connector
CD413
Reinstallation
NOTE: Place the two poly-sliders to

the pivots under the back
printer unit base as shown. Poly-slider
Poly-slider
CD424
11.3.2 Ink Ribbon Drive Gear Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the back printer unit

(see subsection 11.3.1). Locking Tab
2. Remove the locking tab and

then the gear.
Gear
CD414
3. Remove the spring, two E-

rings, two bearings and then
the gear shaft.
Gear Shaft
Spring
Bearings (2) E-rings (2)
CD415
4. Withdraw the shaft and

remove the gear and four
bearings. Gear

remove the gear.
Shaft
Bearings (4)
Gear
CD416
6. Remove the E-ring, and then

the one-way gear, ink ribbon Ink Ribbon Drive Shaft
drive shaft, two bearings and
two spacers. Bearings (2)
Spacer
Spacer
One-way
Gear
E-ring
CD417

unit.
E-ring
Gear
CD418

and then the gear bracket.
9. Remove the gear shaft

Gear Bracket
Screws (3)
CD419
10. Remove the E-ring, then the

bearing, spacer, gear,
bearing and two poly-sliders.
Poly-slider
Bearing
Gear
Spacer
Bearing
E-ring
CD420

the idler gear.
E-ring
Installation

order of removal.
Idler Gear
CD421
11.3.3 Back Printer Set Sensor (D320) Replacement
Removal

2. Release the locking tab and

roller shaft.
3. Move the roller shaft slightly

toward the front.
Gear Roller Shaft

Locking Tab
CD1068

then the sensor.
5. Disconnect the connector Screws (2)

from the sensor.
Installation

order of removal.
Sensor (D320)
Connectors
CD422
11.3.4 Back Printer Entrance Sensor (D302) Replacement
Removal

Locking Tabs
connector.

remove the sensor.
Installation
Install the sensor in the reverse Sensor (D302)

Connector
order of removal.
CD423
11.3.5 Back Printer Head/JNE20 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the back printer

section guide plate (see
subsection 11.2.8).

cassettes.
Clamps
CD427

Screws (2)
Connector Cover
CD426

the front head.
Front Head
Screw
EZ073

then the front head bracket.
Front Head Bracket Screws (2)
EZ074

the rear head.
Rear Head
Screw
EZ075

the JNE20 circuit board
bracket.
Screw JNE20 Circuit Board Bracket
EZ076
9. Disconnect the S301 and

S302 connectors from the
JNE20 circuit boards.
S301
S302
EZ077
10. Disconnect the print

harnesses form the circuit
boards.
Print Harness (2)
EZ078

and then the JNE20 circuit
boards. JNE20 Circuit Board
Installation
Screws (2)
Install the circuit boards and
heads in the reverse order of
removal. After installation,
perform the following
adjustments.
• Back printer head clearance

adjustment (see subsection 11.3.6).
• Clear “Back Printing Quantity”

on the menu 45Q “Clearing
Selected Printer Operation
Data” screen (see subsection
5.6.22).
EZ079
11.3.6 Back Printer Head Clearance Adjustment

subsection 11.2.1).
Platen
cassettes.
3. Align the jig with the platen

and screw in its screw fully,
and then loosen it one turn.
NOTE: The screw should be

loosened one turn, or correct
clearance cannot be obtained.
Jig
1. Screw in fully.
2. Loosen one turn.
CD428
4. Loosen the three screws

slightly.
Screws (3)
5. Turn the cam clockwise to
increase head clearance.
Cam
CD429
6. Insert the feeler gauge

between the rear head and
Screws (3)
the platen and adjust the
head clearance by turning
the cam.
Specified Clearance: 0.50 to

0.59mm Feeler Gauge
7. Tighten the three screws,
Cam
CD430
8. Loosen slightly the two

screws securing the front
head. Screws (2)
9. Turn the cam clockwise to
increase clearance.
10. Insert the feeler gauge
between the front head and
the platen.
11. Adjust the clearance by
turning the cam.
Specified Clearance: 0.50 to
0.59mm
12. Tighten the two screws.
Cam
13. Recheck the clearances.
14. Remove the jig and reinstall
the removed parts. Feeler Gauge
CD431
11.3.7 Platen Replacement
Removal
1. Open the feed section upper Screws (2)

door.

then the platen bracket.
Platen Bracket
CD443

then the springs and platens.
Installation E-rings (2)
Install the platens in the reverse

order of removal.
After installation, adjust the back
printer head clearance
Platens (2)
Springs (2)
GD1078
12. REGISTRATION AND EXPOSURE SECTIONS
Parts Location
12.3.7 Pre-exposure Sensor LED (D304L)
12.1 Cover and Electrical Parts Replacement
12.1.1 Top Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation 12.3.8 Sub-scanning Nip Motor Cooling Fan (F301)
12.1.2 Laser Unit Cooling Fan (F314) Replacement Replacement
12.1.3 Printer Exhaust Fan 3/4 (F315/F316) 12.3.9 Exposure Section Temperature Sensor
Replacement (THA1) Replacement
12.1.4 JML22 Circuit Board Replacement 12.3.10 Sub-scanning Nip Motor (M311) Replacement
12.1.5 AOM Driver Replacement 12.3.11 Front Feed Rubber Belt Replacement
12.3.12 Rear Feed Rubber Belt Replacement
12.2 Laser Unit 12.3.13 Nip Belt Replacement
12.2.1 Laser Unit Removal/Reinstallation 12.3.14 Nip Roller Replacement
12.2.2 Anti-Dust Fan 1/2/3 (FAN1/FAN2/FAN3)
Replacement 12.4 Registration Unit
12.4.1 Registration Unit Removal/Reinstallation
12.3 Sub-scanning Unit 12.4.2 Width Detecting Home Position Sensor
12.3.1 Sub-scanning Unit Removal/Reinstallation (D315) Replacement
12.3.2 Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replacement 12.4.3 Register Sensor LED (D303L) Replacement
12.3.3 Sub-scanning Drive Motor (M305) 12.4.4 Register Sensor (D303P) Replacement
Replacement 12.4.5 Width Sensor (D314P) Replacement
12.3.4 Sub-scanning Nip Home Position Sensor 12.4.6 Width Detecting Bracket Removal/
(D317) Replacement Reinstallation
12.3.5 Sensor Cover Removal/Reinstallation 12.4.7 Width Sensor LED (D314L) Replacement
12.3.6 Pre-exposure Sensor (D304P) Replacement 12.4.8 Width Detecting Guide Shaft Replacement
12.4.9 Width Detecting Belt Replacement

12.4.10 Register Nip Home Position Sensor (D316)
Replacement
12.4.11 Register Nip Motor (M309) Replacement
12.4.12 Register Drive Motor (M304) Replacement
12.4.13 Width Detecting Drive Motor (M310)
Replacement
12.4.14 Entrance Nip Roller Replacement
12.4.15 Exit Nip Roller Replacement
12.4.16 Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
12.4.17 Entrance Feed Roller Replacement
12.4.19 Roller Nip Cam Shaft Replacement
12.4.20 Roller Nip Cam Arm Replacement
Parts Location
Sub-scanning Unit
Sub-scanning Nip Motor Locating Jig

Cooling Fan (F301)
Sub-scanning Steel Belt
Rear Feed Rubber Belt
Sub-scanning Sub-scanning Drive Motor

Nip Motor (M311) (M305)
Nip Belt Exposure Section
Temperature Sensor
Front Feed Rubber Belt (THA1) Sub-scanning Nip
Home Position Sensor (D317)
Nip Roller Pre-exposure Sensor
(D304P)
Sensor LED (D304L)
CD817
Parts Location
Roller Nip Cam Shaft
Register Nip Motor (M309)
Register Nip Home Roller Nip Cam Arm
Position Sensor Entrance Feed Roller
(D316) Width Detecting Sensor (D314P)
Entrance Nip Roller
Guide Plate
Width Home Position Sensor
(D315)
Width Detecting Sensor LED

(D314L)
Width Detecting Guide Shaft

Register Drive Motor
(M304) Width Detecting Belt
Register Unit Exit Nip Roller
Width Detecting Register Sensor (D303P)

Exit Feed Roller Drive Motor (M310) Register Sensor LED (D303L)
CD816
12.1 Cover and Electrical Parts
12.1.1 Top Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove: Top Inner Cover
• Left cover (see subsection 11.1.1).

7.2.2).
2. Loosen the seven screws,

remove the eight screws and
then the top inner cover.
Reinstallation

Screws (8)
reverse order of removal. Screws (7) (Remove)
(Loosen)
CD009
12.1.2 Laser Unit Cooling Fan (F314) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove: Screws (Loosen)

• Printer rear cover (see subsection
18.2.1).

remove one screw and then
the fan (F313) bracket.
Fan Bracket
Screw (Remove)
CD177
3. Open the clamp.
4. Disconnect the DR1 and

DR2 connectors from the Screws
motor driver. (Loosen)

remove the screw and then
Connectors
the cover.
Screws
(Remove)
Clamp
CD190
6. Disconnect all connectors

from the LDD22 and LDA22
Circuit Board LDD22
circuit boards. Circuit Board LDA22
Bracket
Circuit Board
securing the circuit board
bracket and open the clamp.
8. Remove the circuit board

bracket by shifting it to the
left.
Screws (4) Clamp
CD475

then the fan/start switch
bracket.
Fan/Sart
Switch
Bracket
Screws (4)
CD474

and then the bracket by
shifting it to the left.
Screws (3) Bracket
CD470

connector.
Screws (4)

then the fan duct.
Fan Duct
F314 Connector
CD471

and then the duct cover.
Screws (3)
Duct Cover
CD472
14. Remove the fan connector

from the duct.
15. Remove the three screws Screws (3)

and then the fan.
Installation

order of removal.
Connector
Fan (F314)
CD473
12.1.3 Printer Exhaust Fan 3/4 (F315/F316) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:
Screws (11)
7.2.2).
2. Remove the eleven screws

and then the fan bracket.
Fan Bracket
CD465
3. Disconnect the F315 and

F316 connectors.
F316 Connector F315 Connector
CD466
4. Open the clamp and remove

the fan connector from the
bracket.
Screws (2)
then the three louver and the
fan.
Fan Connector
Bracket
Clamp
CD467
Installation
Louvers (3)

the outside.
• Install the louvers
Arrow
CD468
12.1.4 JML22 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the top inner cover Grouding Wristband

2. Wear the grounding

wristband on the left wrist
and connect the other end to
the exposure section frame.
Exposure Section Frame
CD483

4. Remove the six screws and Screws (6) JMC22 Circuit Board
Installation

CD553
12.1.5 AOM Driver Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the top inner cover AMO Connector

2. Disconnect the AOM

connector and G and B
cables from the driver.
B Cable
G Cable
CD554

then the AOM driver.
Install the AOM driver in the

AOM Driver
CD555
12.2 Laser Unit
12.2.1 Laser Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the top inner cover

2. Disconnect the R, G and B

cables.
B Cable
R Cable G Cable
CD478
12.2 Laser Unit
3. Wear the wristband on the

wrist and connect the other
end to the exposure section Grouding Wristband
frame.
Exposure Section Frame
CD483
12.2 Laser Unit
4. Disconnect the JML1, JML2

and JML4 to JML9
connectors from the JML22 JML1 JML4
JML5
JML2 JML7
circuit board. JML6
5. Open the clamp.

JML8
JML9
Clamp
CD479
12.2 Laser Unit
6. Remove the short

connectors from the clamp.
Clamp
Short Connectors
CD480
12.2 Laser Unit
7. Connect the short

connectors to the JML4 and
JML7 connectors of the
harness.
JML7
JML4
Short Connectors
CD481
12.2 Laser Unit
8. Disconnect the JROS

connector.
JROS Connector
CD482
12.2 Laser Unit
9. Loosen the one screw and

remove the three screws
securing the laser unit.
Screws
(Loosen)
Screws (3)
(Remove)
CD484
12.2 Laser Unit
10. Grasp the handles and

remove the laser unit.
Handles (2)
Laser Unit
CD485
12.2 Laser Unit
Reinstallation
the reverse order of removal. Laser Unit
NOTE: • Align the two holes in the

laser unit base with the
locating pins on the frame.
• After reinstallation, perform
1)Menu 45H “Main Scanning Pins (2)
Position Adjustment/Laser
Beam/Synchronous Rough
5.6.15).
2)Menu 45J “Laser Beam
Synchronous Fine
Holes (2)
Adjustment Print” (see
subsection 5.6.16).
3)Menu 454 “G, B Laser
(SHG) Optimal Temperature
Setup” (see subsection 5.6.4).
4)Menu 16 “Print Condition
Upkeep”
CD050
12.2 Laser Unit
12.2.2 Anti-Dust Fan 1/2/3 (FAN1/FAN2/FAN3) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the top inner cover

Air Duct

then the air duct. Screws (4)
CD476
12.2 Laser Unit
3. Disconnect the fan

connectors and remove
them from the bracket.
Screws (2) Fan Connector (3)

NOTE: Take care not to apply
excessive force to the
vibration isolation rubbers.
Excessive force may shorten
the rubber's service life.

then the fan. Arrow
Installation
Fan
NOTE: Install the fan with the arrow

pointing down.
CD477
12.3 Sub-scanning Unit
12.3.1 Sub-scanning Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the laser unit (see

Screws (2)
subsection 12.2.1).

then the air duct.
Air Duct
CD486
3. Disconnect the JHU1 to

JHU4 connectors.
Screws (8) Screws (2)
securing the grounding
wires.
JHU1
5. Remove the eight screws
and then the sub-scanning JHU2
unit.
Grouding
Wires (2)
NOTE: • Always remove the sub-
scanning unit with the
damper mount rubbers.
• Remove the sub-scanning
unit while moving it toward
the scanner section to JHU3
prevent damage to the two JHU4
transparent resin plates on
the register unit.
CD487
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in Locating Jigs (2)
NOTE: • Insert the two locating jigs

into the holes in the frame.
Position the frame so that
the locating jigs fall into the
locating holes smoothly and
tighten the sub-scanning
unit mounting screws. Make
sure the jigs can be
removed easily.
• Note the route of the
grounding wires.
• Reinstall the sub-scanning
unit while moving it toward
the scanner section to
prevent damage to the two Frame
transparent resin plates on Screws (8)
the register unit.
• When the sub-scanning unit
has been replaced, enter
new unit data by following CD488
the steps below.
1) Record the data indicated in

the label attached to the
right side of the nip release
knob.
Sub-scanning Nip Roller

1 Release: mm
1 Pressure: pulse
2 Pressure: mm
CD959
2) Proceed to the menu 45M

“Printer Mechanism Fine
Adjustment” screen.
3) Enter the data recorded in

the data boxes as shown
below.
Enter the “1 Release” value

in the “Sub-scanning nip
roller 1 release timing” box.
Enter the “1 Pressure” value
roller 1 pressure timing” box.
Enter the “2 Pressure” value
roller 2 pressure timing” box.
4) Click [OK].
12.3.2 Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the sub-scanning

Screws (2)

then the belt cover.
Belt Cover
CD489
3. Loosen the screw securing

the belt tensioner.
4. Move the belt tensioner Steel Belt

toward the loosening
direction and secure it with
the screw.
5. Wear gloves and remove the

steel belt.
NOTE: Wear clean gloves when Belt

handling the belt and pulley.
Tensioner
Fingerprints on the belt and
pulley may cause slippage or
corrosion of the belt. Screw
CD490
Installation

NOTE: • Take care not to bend or

damage the belt as this may
shorten its service life.
• Perform the belt alignment
adjustment by following the
steps below.
<Belt Alignment Adjustment>

1. Loosen the screw securing Screw
the belt tensioner.
Pulley
2. Rotate the pulley several
turns and tighten the screw.
CD491
3. Rotate the pulley 30 times or

more and make sure the belt
is in the center of the pulley.
Pulley About 30 turns
CD492
4. If the belt is off the center of

the pulley more than 0.5 Screws (2)
Steel Belt
mm, adjust it by following the
Pulley
steps below.
1) Loosen the two screws

securing the pulley bracket.
2) Adjust the belt position by

turning the adjusting screw.
When the belt moves outside:
Turn the screw clockwise.
When the belt moves inside:
Turn the screw
counterclockwise.
3) Repeat steps 1 to 3.
Adjustment Screw
4) If necessary, repeat steps 1
to 3.
CD493
12.3.3 Sub-scanning Drive Motor (M305) Replacement
Removal

steel belt (see subsection 12.3.2).

then the motor cover.
Screws (2) Motor Cover
CD494

connector.
4. Remove the two nuts (5.5 M305 Connector

mm) and then the motor.
Installation

order of removal.
After installation, clear “Sub-

scanning motor operation” on
the menu 45Q “Clearing
Selected Printer Operation Motor (M305)
Data” screen. Nuts (2)
CD495
12.3.4 Sub-scanning Nip Home Position Sensor (D317) Replacement
Removal

from the sensor.

remove the sensor.
Installation
Locking Tabs
order of removal.
Connector
Sensor (D317)
CD496
12.3.5 Sensor Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal


then the sensor cover.
Reinstallation

Sensor Cover Screws (2)
CD497
12.3.6 Pre-exposure Sensor (D304P) Replacement
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the sensor cover
Sensor (D304P)
Cover
from the sensor.

the cover, the sensor and the
spacer.
Installation

order of removal.
Connector Spacer
CD498
12.3.7 Pre-exposure Sensor LED (D304L) Replacement
Removal

Cover
2. Place the sub-scanning unit

up side down.

then the cover.
Screws (2)
CD521

from the sensor.
Screw
Connector
Sensor LED (D304L)
the sensor LED and the
spacer.
Installation

Spacer
CD522
12.3.8 Sub-scanning Nip Motor Cooling Fan (F301) Replacement
Removal
Fan (F301)
1. Remove the pre-exposure

sensor (see subsection 12.3.6).

connector.

then the fan.
Installation

order of removal.
Screws (2)
F301 Connector
CD499
12.3.9 Exposure Section Temperature Sensor (THA1) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the sensor cover

Temperature Sensor (THA1)
2. Disconnect the THA

connector.

then the temperature sensor.
Installation

order of removal.
THA Connector Screws (2)
CD501
12.3.10 Sub-scanning Nip Motor (M311) Replacement
Removal


Screws (2)
connector.

then the motor.
Installation
Motor (M311)
order of removal.
Conector
CD502
12.3.11 Front Feed Rubber Belt Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the sub-scanning Front Feel Rubber Belt

2. Rotate the knob and remove

the front feed rubber belt.
Installation
Install the belt in the reverse

order of removal.
Knob
CD504
12.3.12 Rear Feed Rubber Belt Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the sub-scanning Hex. Socket Head Setscrews (2)

steel belt (see subsection 12.3.2).

head setscrews (2 mm) and
remove the pulley.
Pulley
CD505
3. Remove the rear feed rubber

belt.
Installation

order of removal.
Rear Feed Rubber Belt
CD506
12.3.13 Nip Belt Replacement
Removal

2. Rotate the knob and remove

the nip belt.
Installation

order of removal.
Knob Nip Belt
CD507
12.3.14 Nip Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:
• Exposure section
temperature sensor (see
subsection 12.3.9).
• Front feed rubber belt (see

subsection 12.3.11).
• Rear feed rubber belt (see

• Nip belt (see subsection 12.3.13).
Bearing Pin
2. Remove the front E-ring and Pulley
then the nip release knob,
pulley, pin and bearing. Nip Release Knob
E-ring
CD508
3. Remove the rear E-ring and

then the bearing and the
cam shaft.
Cam Shaft
Bearing E-ring
CD509
4. Remove the four nip springs.

Inlet Side Springs (Stronger)(Black Marked)
NOTE: The inlet side nip springs are
shorter (stronger) and have
black marks.
Springs (4)
CD510
5. Remove the front and rear

screws.
Screws (2)
CD512
6. Remove the shaft, two

Screw
collars, two arms and spring.
Collar
Spring
Arms
Collars (2)
Shaft
CD511
7. Remove the four springs and

then the two spring brackets.
Screws (4)
Spring Bracket (2)
CD513
8. Remove the two nip rollers.
9. Remove the two hex. socket

Hex. Socket Head
head setscrews and then the
Setscrews (2)
two pulleys.
Installation

order of removal.
Pulleys (2)
Nip Rollers
CD515
12.4 Registration Unit
12.4.1 Registration Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

unit (see subsection 12.3.1). JRE2
2. Disconnect the JRE1 and

JRE2 connectors.
JRE1
CD523

then the registration unit.
Reinstallation Screws (4)

order of removal.
NOTE: After installation, perform

menu 45S “Side Register
Calibration” (see subsection
5.6.24).
CD524
12.4.2 Width Detecting Home Position Sensor (D315) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the registration unit

(see subsection 12.4.1). Connector

from the sensor.

releasing the locking tabs.
Installation
Install the sensor in the reverse Sensor (D315)

order of removal.
Locking Tabs
CD525
12.4.3 Register Sensor LED (D303L) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the registration unit Connector

2. Place the unit up side down.
3. Remove the screw and then Screw

the sensor LED and spacer.

Installation Sensor LED (D303L)

Spacer
CD526
12.4.4 Register Sensor (D303P) Replacement
Removal


from the sensor. Cover

the cover, sensor and
spacer.
Installation Sensor (D303P)
Install the sensor in the reverse Spacer

order of removal.
CD527
12.4.5 Width Sensor (D314P) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the registration unit Screws

Cover
the cover, sensor and
Sensor
spacer. (D314P)

from the sensor.
Installation
Install the sensor in the reverse Spacer

order of removal.
CD528
12.4.6 Width Detecting Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal


the belt holder.
Belt Holder
CD546
3. Disconnect the M304, M310

and D303L connectors.
Width Sensor Bracket
4. Open the seven clamps. D 303L

Clamps (7)
then the width detecting
bracket. M 304
M 310
Screws (4)
CD547
6. Disconnect the flat cable

connector.
7. Remove the two screws Screws (2)

securing the flat cable. Connector
Reinstallation

Flat Cable
CD548
12.4.7 Width Sensor LED (D314L) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the width detecting

Connector

the sensor LED.

Installation
Sencor LED
Screw
CD549
12.4.8 Width Detecting Guide Shaft Replacement
Removal
• Width sensor (see subsection

12.4.5).
• Width detecting bracket (see

subsection 12.4.6).

and then the motor cover.
Motor Cover
CD532

the knob from the roller
shaft. Guide Shaft

the gear.

then the guide shafts.
Installation
Install the shafts in the reverse

Gear
order of removal.
Screws (4) E-ring
Screw
Knob
CD550
12.4.9 Width Detecting Belt Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the width detecting

bracket (see subsection 12.4.6). Gear

Belt
the gear.
3. Remove the belt.
Installation
Install the belt in the reverse E-ring

order of removal.
CD556
12.4.10 Register Nip Home Position Sensor (D316) Replacement
Removal

(see subsection 12.4.1). Connector

releasing the locking tabs.

from the sensor.
Loking Tabs
Installation

order of removal.
Sensor (D316)
CD537
12.4.11 Register Nip Motor (M309) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the registration unit Motor Connector

(see subsection 12.4.1). Cord Tie

connector and cut the cord
tie.

then the motor.
Installation Motor (M309)

order of removal.
Screws (2)
CD529
12.4.12 Register Drive Motor (M304) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the registration unit Screws (3)


Motor Cover
CD532

connector.

then the motor.
Installation

order of removal.
Connector
Motor (M304)
Screws (2)
CD533
12.4.13 Width Detecting Drive Motor (M310) Replacement
Removal

Screws (2)

connector.

then the motor.
Installation
Install the motor in the reverse Motor (M310)

order of removal.
Motor Connector
CD535
12.4.14 Entrance Nip Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the registration unit Nip Roller

3. Remove the two fulcrum

screws and then the both
arms.
Nip Springs (2)
4. Remove the nip roller.
Arm
Installation
Install the rollers in the reverse Arm

Fulcrum Screws (2)
order of removal.
CD538
12.4.15 Exit Nip Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the width sensor Screws (3)


Motor Cover
CD532
4. Remove the two fulcrum Nip Springs (2)

screws and then the both
arms.
Arm (2)
5. Remove the nip roller.
Installation

order of removal.
Fulcrum Screws (2)
CD539
12.4.16 Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal]
1. Remove:
• Entrance nip roller (see

• Exit nip roller (see subsection

12.4.15).
• Two front nip cam arms (see

E-ring
the knob. Gear
Knob
3. Remove the E-ring and then Screws (2)
the gear. Nip Roller

Screws

securing the upper guide
plate fulcrum shafts.
CD540
5. Remove the upper guide

plate and two fulcrum shafts.
Screws (2)
Upper Guide Plate
Fulcrum Shafts (2)
CD541

then the two fulcrum shafts, Screws (2)
springs and guide plate.
Reinstallation
Reinstall the guide plates in the

Guide Plate
Springs (2)
Fulcrum Shofts (2)
CD542
12.4.17 Entrance Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the rear E-ring,

spacer, gear, two spacers Gear
E-ring
and bearing.
2. Remove the front E-ring and

bearing from the shaft.
3. Remove the roller shaft.
Installation Bearing
Bearing
Spacer
Install the roller in the reverse E-ring

order of removal. Spacers
Roller shaft
CD544
Removal
1. Remove the rear E-ring and

then the bearing. E-ring
2. Remove the front E-ring and

then the bearing.
3. Remove the roller shaft.
Bearing
Installation

Bearing
order of removal.
Feed Roller Shaft E-ring
CD545
12.4.19 Roller Nip Cam Shaft Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the nip motor

bracket (see subsection 12.4.11). Roller Nip Cam Shaft

Bearings (2)
bearings and then the cam
shaft.
Installation
Install the cam shaft in the

E-rings (2)
CD551
12.4.20 Roller Nip Cam Arm Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the roller nip cam Arms

shaft (see subsection 12.4.19).
Arms E-rings (2)
2. Remove two E-rings each, E-rings (2)

then the arms and spring.
Installation
Install the arms in the reverse

order of removal.
Spring
Spring
CD552
13. PRINTER EXIT SECTION
Parts Location 13.1.14 Lower Pulley Drive Belt Replacement

13.1.15 Lower Exit Belt/Pulley Replacement
13.1 Printer Exit Unit 13.1.16 Lower Exit Belt Height Adjustment
13.1.1 Printer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation 13.1.17 Up/Down Belt Height Adjustment
13.1.2 Exit Section Up/Down Belt Home Position
Sensor (D321) Replacement
13.1.3 Exit Section Up/Down Belt Motor (M314)
Replacement
13.1.4 Exit Drive Motor (M306)/Gear Replacement
13.1.5 Stainless Steel Exit Guide Plate Removal/
Reinstallation
13.1.6 Processor Entry Sensor (D305P)
Replacement
13.1.7 Processor Entry Sensor LED (D305L)
Replacement
13.1.8 Up/Down Belt Motor Bracket Removal/
Reinstallation
13.1.9 Up/Down Gear Replacement
13.1.10 Up/Down Arm Removal/Reinstallation
13.1.11 Lower Exit Belt Bracket Removal/
Reinstallation
13.1.12 Upper Exit Belt Bracket Removal/
Reinstallation
13.1.13 Upper Exit Belt/Pulley Replacement
Parts Location
Up/Down Arm Up/Down Belt Home Position Sensor

(D321)
Up/Down Belt Up/down Gears
(Height Adjustment)
Up/Down Belt Motor (M314)
Exit Drive Motor (M306)
Lower Pulley Drive Belt
Lower Exit Belts/Pulleys

(Height Adjustment) Processor Entry Sensor
(D305P)
Upper Exit Belts/Pulleys
Processor Entry Sensor LED
(D305L)
Printer Exit Unit
CD819
13.1 Printer Exit Unit
13.1.1 Printer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

OFF.
2. Open the magazine door

and remove the front upper
cover.
Front Upper Cover

Magazine Door
CD006
3. Remove the screw and lower

the exit belt section by
releasing the hook. Screw
4. Turn the lever to the left.
Lever
Exit Belt Section
CD557
5. Turn the gear

counterclockwise to lower
the up/down belt.
Gear
Up/Down Belt
CD1069

Connector Cover
Screws (2)
CD558
7. Disconnect the JSY1 and

JSY2 connectors.
Screw JSY1
the printer exit unit.
Reinstallation

order of removal.
Printer Exit Unit
JSY2
CD559
When the printer exit unit has

been replaced, enter new unit
data by following the steps
below.
1) Record the data in the label

attached to the front of the
printer exit unit.
Exit Up/Down Belt

Downward fine adjustment value: pulse
Upward fine adjustment value: pulse
CD960

“Printer Mechanical Fine
3) Enter the data recorded as

shown below.
Enter the “Downward fine

adjustment value” in the “Exit
section up/down belt
downward fine-adj.” box.
Enter the “Upward fine
adjustment value in the “Exit
section up/dpwn belt upward
fine-adj.” box.
4) Click [OK].
13.1.2 Exit Section Up/Down Belt Home Position Sensor (D321) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the printer exit unit


from the sensor.

remove the sensor.
Installation
Connector
order of removal.
Sensor (D321)
up/down belt height adjustment
(see subsection 13.1.17)
CD560
13.1.3 Exit Section Up/Down Belt Motor (M314) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the printer exit unit Screws


clamp.
3. Using a long shank

screwdriver, remove the two
screws and then the motor.
Clamp Motor (M314)

Connector
CD561

the gear from the motor.
Installation Motor (M314)

order of removal.
E-ring
Gear
CD562
13.1.4 Exit Drive Motor (M306)/Gear Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the printer exit unit Motor Connector

Clamp

clamp.
Motor
Bracket
Screws (4)
CD563

the connector from the E-ring
bracket. Gear

Screws (2)
bracket.

Connector
Clamp
Motor (M306)
CD564

the three gears.
Installation
Install the motor and gears in

Gears (3)
E-rings (2)
CD565
13.1.5 Stainless Steel Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

Upper Exit Guide Plate

then the upper exit guide
plate.

then the lower exit guide
plate.
Reinstallation
Screws (2)
Reinstall the guide plates in the Lower Exit Guide Plate Screws (2)
CD566
13.1.6 Processor Entry Sensor (D305P) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the stainless exit

Screw
guide plates (see subsection
13.1.5).

and open the clamp.

the sensor bracket.
Sensor Bracket
Clamp
Connector
CD1070
4. Remove the countersunk

sensor.
Installation
Install the sensor/LED in the

Countersunk
Flat Head Screw
Sensor (D305P)
CD1071
13.1.7 Processor Entry Sensor LED (D305L) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the stainless exit Sensor LED Bracket

guide plates (see subsection
13.1.5).

then the sensor LED
bracket.
Screws (2)
CD1072

connector.

sensor LED.
Installation
Countersunk
Install the sensor LED in the Flat Head Screw
Connector
Sensor LED (D305L)
CD1073
13.1.8 Up/Down Belt Motor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

(see subsection 13.1.1). Up/Down Shaft

up/down shaft and then the
bearing.
Spring
Bearing E-ring
CD568
5. Disconnect the M314 and Screws (3)

D321 connectors.

and then the motor bracket.
Reinstallation

reverse order of removal. D321
Clamps (2)
M314
CD569
13.1.9 Up/Down Gear Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the up/down belt Gear Bracket E-ring

motor bracket (see subsection Bearing
Screws (2)
13.1.8)

the bearing.


the gear.
E-ring Idler Gear
CD570

the sensor plate.
6. Remove the E-ring and then E-ring

the bearing, cam/gear shaft
Sensor Plate
and idler gear.
Installation
Bearing

order of removal.
Gear/Cam Shaft
E-ring
CD571
13.1.10 Up/Down Arm Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the printer exit unit E-rings (2)

(see subsection 13.1.1). Spring

the arm to the link.

then the up/down arm.
Screw
Up/Down Arm
CD572
5. Remove the E-ring and shat

and pulley.
Reinstallation
Reinstall the arm in the reverse

order of removal.
E-ring Pulley
Shaft
CD573
13.1.11 Lower Exit Belt Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the stainless guide Upper Bracket

plates (see subsection 13.1.5).
Deltight Screws
2. Remove the two deltight and

one double-sems screws
and then the upper bracket.
Double Sems Screw
CD574
3. Remove the two springs and

open the three harness
clamps.
Clamps (3)
Springs (2)
CD588
4. Open the clamp and

disconnect the D305P
connector. D305P Connector
Exit Side
Upper Bracket
then the exit side upper
bracket.
Clamp
Screws (2)
CD586
6. Remove the lower spring.
Spring
CD587

the gear.
Hex. Socket Head
Setscrews (2)
the boss.

bearings.
Boss
Bearings (2)
E-ring
Gear
CD585
10. Open the six clamps and

disconnect the two motor
connectors and sensor
connector. Motor
Clamps (6)
Connector
Motor Connector Sensor Connector
CD1074

then the two nip release
shafts.
12. Remove the lower exit belt

bracket.
Screws (2)
Nip Release
Shafts (2)
CD1075
Reinstallation
150mm Ruler
NOTE: • Insert a 150mm stainless (T=Approx. 0.5mm)
steel ruler (T=0.5mm)
between the E-ring and the
E-ring
bearing and tighten the two
hex. socket head setscrews
while pressing the lower
belt drive shaft and the boss
to remove bearing play. Boss
• After reinstallation, adjust
lower exit belt height (see Hex. Socket Head
subsection 13.1.16). Setscrew
Bearing
13.1.12 Upper Exit Belt Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

bracket (see subsection 13.1.11). Bearings (2)
2. Remove the two E-rings.

Shift the bearing and remove
the upper exit belt bracket.
Reinstallation

E-rings (2) Upper Exit Belt Bracket
CD589
13.1.13 Upper Exit Belt/Pulley Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the upper exit belt

2. Remove the three E-rings

and then the three gears. Spring Bearing
3. Remove the spring, gear

bracket and bearing.
Gear Bracket
Gears (3)
E-rings (3)
CD575

opposite side and then the
bearing and the exit pulley
shaft.
5. Remove the two small

bearings from the pulley
shaft.
E-ring
Bearings (4)
Exit Pulley Shaft

Small Bearings (2)
CD576
6. Remove the four E-rings,

four bearings and then the
two entrance pulley shafts.
E-rings (4) Bearings (4) Entrance Pulley Shafts (2)
CD577

then the entrance side
bracket. Entrance Side Bracket
8. Remove the three belts.

Screws (5)
Installation

NOTE: Install the belts so that their

manufacturer mark surface
faces the inside.
Belts
CD578
13.1.14 Lower Pulley Drive Belt Replacement
Removal

2. Remove the gear and pin.
3. Remove the belt, pulley and

pin.
Belt
Pin
Pulley
Pin
Gear
CD579
4. Remove the entrance side

belt.
Installation
Install the belts in the reverse

order of removal.
Entrance Side Belt
CD580
13.1.15 Lower Exit Belt/Pulley Replacement
Removal
Hex. Socket Head
Setscrews (2)
1. Remove the lower pulley Entry Belts (6) Pully Shaft
drive belts (see subsection
13.1.14).

the boss.
3. Remove the three E-rings,

bearings and two spring
brackets.
E-rings (3)
4. Remove the two pulley belts

and entry belts. Spring Brackets (2)
Bearings (4)
CD581
5. Remove the E-rings,

spacers, pulleys, poly-sliders
and pins from the shaft.
E-rings (2) Poly-sliders (5)
Spacers (2)
Shaft
Short
Pulleys (4)
Long Pulleys (2)
Rubber Spacers (5) Pins (5)
CD582
6. Remove the E-ring, two

bearings and then the exit
side lower pulley shaft. Bearings (2)
E-rings (2)
7. Remove the belts.
8. Disassemble the pulley

shaft.
Poly-sliders
(10)
Long
Pulleyrs (2) Short
Pulleys (4) Bearings
Marking Rollers with (12)
Surface One-way Clutch (5)
CD583
9. Remove the E-ring, pulley,

bearing and then the
Screw
entrance side pulley shaft.
Bearing
the gear from the pulley
shaft.
Knob
Pulley E-ring
bearing.
E-ring
Entrance Side Pulley Shaft
CD584
Installation
NOTE: • Install the pulleys (black) with one-way clutch to the exit side lower pulley shaft so that their making surfaces face
toward the front (short end) side.
• Insert a sheet of print paper (approximately 0.2 mm) between the E-ring and the bearing as shown and tighten the
two hex. socket head setscrews while pressing the shaft and boss to remove bearing play.
13.1.16 Lower Exit Belt Height Adjustment

2. Place the printer exit unit on

a level surface.
3. Measure the lower exit belt

front and rear height from
the floor as shown.
Specified height:
97.2±0.5 mm
97.2 ± 0.5 mm
CD1077
4. If the height exceeds the

limit, adjust by following the
steps below.
1) Loosen the two screws.
2) Adjust the height by
turning the adjusting cam.
3) Tighten the two screws.
5. Reinstall the printer exit unit.
Adjusting Cam
Screws (2)
CD1078
13.1.17 Up/Down Belt Height Adjustment

cover and turn ON the
interlock switch.
2. Proceed to the menu 45A

“Printer I/O Check” screen.
SM054
3. Click [Home] of “M314 Exit

up/down belt motor”.
Paper bent 25mm at a right angle

4. Measure the clearance
between the up/down belt
and the lower exit belt.
Specified Clearance:
25±2 mm
25 ± 2 mm
CD1079-1
5. Click [Descent] of “M314 Exit

up/down belt motor”.
6. Measure the clearance

between the up/down belt
and the lower exit belt.
Specified Clearance:
3±0.5 mm
3 ± 0.5 mm
Paper bent 3mm at a right angle
CD1079-2
7. If the clearance exceeds the

limit, adjust by following the
steps below.
“Printer Mechanism Fine
2) Change the fine adjustment
value in “Exit section up/
down belt downward fine
adjustment” box.
Increase the value to narrow
the clearance
Change the fine adjustment
value in “Exit section up/
down belt upward fine
adjustment” box.
Increase the value to widen
the clearance
8. Repeat steps 2 to 7 if
necessary.
SM066
14. PROCESSOR SECTION
Parts Location 14.3.6 Processor Drive Idler Sprocket Replacement

14.3.7 Dryer Drive Gear Replacement
14.1 Crossover Racks 14.3.8 Processor Drive Chain Replacement
14.1.1 Crossover Rack No.1 Disassembly/
Reassembly
14.1.2 Crossover Racks No.2 to No.5 Disassembly/
Reassembly
14.1.3 Crossover Rack No.6 Disassembly/
Reassembly
14.2 Processing Racks

14.2.1 Upper Guide Disassembly/Reassembly
14.2.2 Roller Replacement
14.2.3 Rack Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation
14.2.4 Rack Center Guide Replacement
14.3 Processor Drive System

14.3.1 Processor Drive Motor Bracket Removal/Re-
installation
14.3.2 Processor Drive Motor (M401) Replacement
14.3.3 Processor Drive Motor Driver Replacement
14.3.4 Processor Drive Bracket Removal/
Reinstallation
14.3.5 Drive Sprocket/Gear Replacement
Parts Location
Dryer Drive Gears
Processor Drive Chain

No.1 Crossover Racks
No.6
Crossover Rack
No.2 to No.5
Crossover Racks
Processor Drive
Idler Sprocket
Processing
Racks
Chain
Upper Guide Rollers Tensioner
Rack Drive Shaft
Rack Center Guides
Motor Driver
Processor Drive Bracket
Drive Sprocket
Drive Gear
Processor Drive Motor (M401)
CD820
14.1 Crossover Racks
14.1.1 Crossover Rack No.1 Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly
1. Remove crossover rack No.1

by loosening the two screws.
Bearings (4)
2. Remove the auto washing Coil
nozzle. Springs (2)
3. Remove the two coil springs,

four C-rings ,gears and
bearings.
Gears (4)
C-rings (4)
CD221
4. Remove the roller by pulling

the roller shaft out.

four C-rings and bearings
from the roller shafts.
Reassembly
Reassemble the rack in the

reverse order of disassembly. Roller Shafts (4)
NOTE: Remove the P1 solution or Rollers (4)

water from the entrance side Bearings (4)
two rollers on the No.1
Coil Springs (2)
crossover rack by wiping them
with a dry cloth. The moist C-rings (4)
rollers on the No.1 crossover
rack may cause uneven print.
CD222
14.1.2 Crossover Racks No.2 to No.5 Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly
1. Remove the crossover rack. C-rings (4) Coil Springs (2)
2. Remove the auto washing

nozzle.

four C-rings and bearings.
4. Remove the rollers by pulling

the roller shaft out.
Reassembly
Reassemble the racks in the

Bearings (4)
9751
14.1.3 Crossover Rack No.6 Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly
1. Remove crossover rack

No.6. Coil Spring
Gears (2)
2. Remove the auto washing
nozzle.
3. Remove the two C-rings, two

gears, coil spring, and two
bearings for the exit roller.
4. Remove the C-ring and then

the idler gear. C-rings (2)
C-ring
Idler Gear
CD223
5. Remove the exit roller by

pulling the roller shaft out. Roller Shafts (4)
Rollers (4)
four C-rings and bearings.
Exit Roller
7. Remove the four rollers by Shaft
pulling the roller shafts out. Bearings
(8)
Reassembly
Reassemble the rack in the

C-rings (8) Exit Rollers

Bearings (2)
C-rings Coil Spring
CD224
14.2.1 Upper Guide Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly
1. Remove the screw, two Sprocket

Screw
washers, bearing, gear, pin,
bearing washer and
sprocket.
2. Remove the gear, washer

and bearing by removing the
screws.
Gear Washers (2) Screw
9755
3. Remove the drive bearing by

removing the two tapping
screws.
Drive Bearing
Tapping Screws (2)
9756
4. Remove the E-ring, washer

and bearing from the
crossover rack drive shaft. Bearing Washer
E-ring
9757
5. Remove the gear pin by

pulling the shaft slightly, and
Pin Gear
remove the two gears, two
bearings, and screw by
pulling the shaft out.
Bearing
9758
6. Remove the upper guide/

handle by removing the four
tapping screws.
Upper Guide/Handle
Tapping Screws (4)
9759
7. P1 rack:
Remove the gear, pin,
bearing and roller by
Entrance Roller (P1 only)
removing the C-ring and
pulling the shaft out. Gear
C-ring
9760
Reassembly
Reassembly is essentially in the

Shaft
NOTE: Align the D-flats of the shaft

and the washer.
Washer
999d
14.2.2 Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Loosen the locking tabs and

remove the guides from both Locking Tab
sides.
Guide
9761
2. Remove the screw, D-

washer and plain washer
and then the spiral gear and Screw
plain washer.
D-washer
Plain Washer
Gear
Plain Washer
CD1097
3. Remove the rack drive shaft

Gear
Rack Drive Shaft
4. Remove the coil spring, C-
rings, gears and bearings.
Bearings C-rings Coil Springs
CD1098

the shaft out from the
opposite side.
C-rings (4) Coil Springs (2)
four C-rings and bearings
from the lower turn roller
shafts.
Bearings (4)
9763

the shafts out from the
opposite side.
C-ring
Bearing
8. Remove the roller by
removing the C-ring, gear
and bearing.
Gear
9764
Installation
Installation is essentially in the Coil Spring Marks

reverse order of removal, noting
the following.
1. Install shorter coil springs on

the entrance side of the
lower turn rollers and longer
ones on the exit side. Wrong
installation results in paper
jamming.
Entrance Side Exit Side
999e
<Roller Arrangement>
Black Soft Roller (ø20mm)

Gray Soft Roller (ø20mm)
Black Hard Roller (ø20mm)
Gray Soft Roller (ø20mm)
White Soft Roller (ø20mm)
Gray Hard Roller (ø20mm)
CD225
14.2.3 Rack Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the crossover rack

drive shaft
(see steps 1 to 5 in subsection 14.2.1). Bearing
2. Remove the E-ring, bearing

and washer from the lower
end of the shaft.
E-ring
9766
3. Shift the middle bearing to

the lower side and remove
the shaft.
Shaft
Reinstallation
Reinstall the shaft in the reverse

order of removal.
Middle Bearing (P1, P2 only)
9767
14.2.4 Rack Center Guide Replacement
Removal
1. Loosen the locking tabs and

remove the guides. Locking Tab
Guide
9761
2. Remove the guide by

removing the two screws.
Install the new guide in the

Guide
9765
14.3.1 Processor Drive Motor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the replenisher

Screws (4) Motor Bracket
pump section cover (see
subsection 16.2.1).

connector.

Installation
Install the motor bracket in the

reverse order of removal. Motor Connector
CD265
14.3.2 Processor Drive Motor (M401) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the processor drive Collar

motor bracket (see subsection Gear
14.3.1).
Hex. Socket Boss

2. Loosen the hex. socket head
Head Bolt (3mm)
bolt (3 mm) and remove the
collar and gear.
3. Loosen the two hex socket

remove the boss and key.
Flat Key
CD266
4. Open the clamp.
5. Remove the four hex, socket Hex. Socket Head Bolts (3mm) (4)
head bolts (3 mm) and then
the motor from the bracket.
Installation

order of removal.
Motor
(M401)
Clamp
CD267
14.3.3 Processor Drive Motor Driver Replacement
Removal

Screw (Remove) Motor Driver Bracket
subsection 16.2.1).

connectors from the motor
driver.
3. Loosen the screw and

the motor driver bracket.
Connectors (3) Screw (Loosen)
CD278

then the motor driver from
the bracket.
Motor Driver
Installation
Install the motor driver in the

reverse order of removal. Scews (2)
CD277
14.3.4 Processor Drive Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove:
Clamps (4)
• Circulation pump section

• Replenisher pump bracket (see
subsection 16.2.2).
• Processor drive motor bracket

• Processor drive motor driver

2. Open the four clamps and

remove the PS2 and PS3
circulation hoses from the PS2 Circulation Hose PS3 Circulation Hose
clamps.
CD269

then the drive bracket from Screws (2) (Loosen)
the replenisher pump
bracket side.
Reinstallation

Drive Bracket Screws (2) (Remove)
CD268
14.3.5 Drive Sprocket/Gear Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the processor drive

bracket (see subsection 14.3.4). Cover
Screws (2)

then the cover.
CD270
3. Loosen the hex. socket head

bolt (3 mm) and remove the
Hex. Socket Head
collar and gear. Setscrews (2mm) (2)

remove the boss and key.
5. Remove the E-ring.

Boss
Flat Key
Gear
Hex. Socket Head Bolt (3mm)
Collar
CD271

lock washers and then the
sprocket. Hex. Socket Head Screws (2)

the boss.
Screws (2)
8. Remove the E-ring.
Flat Key
Boss
Lock Washers (2)
Sprocket
CD272
9. Remove the two bearings

and shaft.
Shaft
Bearings (2)
CD273

the shaft, idler sprocket, two
bearings and spacer.
Bearings (2)
Shaft
Idler Sprocket
Spacer
E-ring
CD274
11. Remove the E-ring, spring

and tensioner.
Tensioner
E-ring Spring
CD275

the two bearings and
sprocket. E-ring
Bearings (2)
Installation

Sprocket
NOTE: Note the position of the

setscrews.
CD276
14.3.6 Processor Drive Idler Sprocket Replacement
Removal
1. Remove: Screw (Loosen)
• Replenisher pump section

• Processor rear cover (see
subsection 15.3.1).
2. Loosen the screw and

remove the screw securing
the sprocket bracket.
Screw (Remove)
CD279
3. Disengage the chain from

the sprocket and remove the
sprocket bracket.
Sprocket
Bracket
Chain
CD281

the two bearings, sprocket E-ring
and poly-slider.
Bearings (2)
Installation
Sprocket
Install the sprocket in the
Poly-slider
CD280
14.3.7 Dryer Drive Gear Replacement
Removal
1. Open the circuit board Circuit Board Protection Cover


then the circuit board
protection cover.
Screws
CD262

the hose protector.
Gear Bracket

and then the gear bracket.
Screw
Screws (3)
Hose
Protector
CD263

the bearing, gear, bearing
and spacer. Spacer
Bearing
the bearing, sprocket/gear, Gear
bearing and spacer.
Bearing
E-ring
Installation

Spacer
order of removal.
Bearing
Sprocket/Gear
Bearing
E-ring
CD264
14.3.8 Processor Drive Chain Replacement
1. Open the circuit board

Circuit Board Protection Cover
2. Remove all processing
racks.

then the circuit board
protection cover.
Screws
CD262
4. Remove the clip and then

the master link from the drive
chain.
5. Connect new chain to the old

chain using the master link.
Old Chain
New Chain
Master Link Clip
CD282
6. Install the new chain by

using the old chain as a
guide.
7. Remove the old chain from

the new chain by removing
the master link.
Old Chain
8. Connect the ends of the new
chain using the master link
and clip.
New
Chain
NOTE: Face the closed end of the
clip to the rotating direction.
CD283
15. PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM
Parts Location 15.3 Waste Solution System

15.3.1 Processor Rear Cover Removal/
15.1 Sub-tanks Reinstallation
15.1.1 Processing Tank Temperature Sensor 15.3.2 Circuit Board Bracket Opening/Closing
Replacement 15.3.3 Waste Solution Level Sensor (FS415)
15.1.2 Solution Level Sensor Replacement Replacement
15.3.4 Waste Solution Tank Replacement
15.2 Processing Tank Heater/ 15.3.5 Waste Solution Hose Replacement
Circulation Pump Section
15.2.1 Circulation Pump Section Cover Removal/ 15.4 Processing Solution
Reinstallation Replacement
15.2.2 Front Upper and Lower Connector Cover 15.4.1 Processing Chemical Handling Precautions
Removal/Reinstallation 15.4.2 Processing Rack Washing and Processing
15.2.3 Processing Tank Heater Cooling Fan (F403) Solution Draining
Replacement 15.4.3 Processing Tank Washing and Processing
15.2.4 Processing Tank Heater Cooling Fan (F401/ Rack Reinstallation
F402) Replacement 15.4.4 Solution Preparation Tools and Procedure
15.2.5 Safety Thermostat Replacement 15.4.5 Preparing Processing Solutions (CP-48S)
15.2.6 Processing Tank Heater Replacement with 10L kit
15.2.7 Circulation Pump Replacement 15.4.6 Preparing Processing Solutions (CP-48S)
15.2.8 Hose Connection with 4.2L kit
Parts Location
Circulation Filters
Processing Tank
Sub-tanks Temperature Sensors
(TS401 to TS404)
P1
P2
PS1
Processing Tank Heater PS2 Solution Level Sensors
PS3 (FS401 to FS406)
Cooling Fan (F401)
PS4
Waste Solution Tank

Safety Thermostat
(D401 to D404) Waste Solution
H
401 Level Sensor (FS415)
H
402
H
Waste Hose
PU
401 403
PU
402
Processing Tank Heater
PU
403 Cooling Fan (F403)
H
Circulation Pumps PU 404
(PU401 to PU406) 404 PU
405
PU
406
Processing Tank Heaters (H401 to H404)
Processing Tank Heater Cooling Fan (F402)
CD284
15.1 Sub-tanks
15.1.1 Processing Tank Temperature Sensor Replacement
Sensor Tank
TS401 P1
TS402 P2
TS403 PS2
TS404 PS4
Removal

connector cover (see subsection
15.2.2).

connector.
Sensor Connector
CD345
15.1 Sub-tanks

nozzle hose.
Screw
Sensor
4. Remove the harness from
the clamp.

the sensor.
Installation

order of removal.
Replenisher Nozzle Hose

Clamp
CD346
15.1 Sub-tanks
15.1.2 Solution Level Sensor Replacement
Sensor Tank
FS401 P1
FS402 P2
FS403 PS1
FS404 PS2
FS405 PS3
FS406 PS4
Removal

15.2.2).

connector. Sensor Connector
CD347
15.1 Sub-tanks

nozzle hose. Screw
Sensor
4. Remove the harness from
the clamp.

the sensor.
Installation

order of removal.
Replenisher Nozzle Hose

Clamp
CD348
15.2 Processing Tank Heater/Circulation Pump Section
15.2.1 Circulation Pump Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Shut down the system after PSR Supply Port Cover

supply.
2. Open the PSR supply port

cover and remove the
circulation filter section
cover.
Circulation Filter Section Cover
CD866
3. Remove the air filter holder

from the cover.
Air Filter Holder
CD023

Circulation Pump Section Cover
then the circulation filter
section cover.
Reinstallation

Screws (5)
CD867
15.2.2 Front Upper and Lower Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the circulation

subsection 15.2.1).

remove the front upper
connector cover.
Screws (2) Front Upper Connector Cover
CD342

remove the front lower
connector cover.
Reinstallation
Reinstall the covers in the

Front Lower
Connector Cover
Screws (2)
CD339
15.2.3 Processing Tank Heater Cooling Fan (F403) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:

• Front lower connector cover

connector.
F403 Connector
CD340

Fan (F403)
fan.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the Fan Guard
NOTE: Point the arrow on the fan

inward.
Screws (2)
Inside
Arrow
CD341
15.2.4 Processing Tank Heater Cooling Fan (F401/F402) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the front upper and

D401 D402 D403 D404
lower connector covers (see
subsection 15.2.2).

clamps.
3. Disconnect the D401 to

D404 connectors and
remove their harnesses from
the bosses on the fans. F401 F402

F402 connectors. Clamps (2) Boss
CD343

Fan Guard Fan (F401) Fan (F402)
fan.
Installation

reverse order of removal. Screws (2)

inward.
Screws (2)
Fan Guard
Arrow
CD344
15.2.5 Safety Thermostat Replacement
Safety Thermostat Tank

D401 P1 Safety Thermostat
D402 P2 (D401 to D404)
D403 PS1/2
D404 PS3/4
Removal
subsection 15.2.1).
Wires (2)
2. Remove the rubber cover.
3. Disconnect the wires from
the safety thermostat.
then the safety thermostat.
Installation Rubber Cover Screws (2)
Install the safety thermostat in

CD350
15.2.6 Processing Tank Heater Replacement
Heater Tank
H401 P1
H402 P2
H403 PS1/2
H404 PS3/4
Removal
1. Remove the front lower

15.2.2).
2. H402/H403: Remove the

screw and then the cover
bracket.
Cover Bracket Screw
CD351
3. Disconnect the heater

connector.
Heater Connector
CD352
4. Remove the rubber cover, Hoses (2)

Pinchcocks (2)
two screws and then the
safety thermostat from the
heater.
Screws (2)
5. Pinch the heater inlet and
Heater
outlet hoses with the two
pinchcocks.
Screws (2)
6. Loosen the hose clamps and
disconnect the hoses from
Safety
the heater. Thermostat

then the heater.
Clamps (2)
CD353
Installation
NOTE: • Connect the hoses securely

• After installation, clear
“Heater on time” in the
menu 46D “Clearing
Selected Processor
Operation Data” screen
15.2.7 Circulation Pump Replacement
Circulation Pump Tank

PU401 P1
PU402 P2 Screw (Loosen)
PU403 PS1
PU404 PS2
PU405 PS3
PU406 PS4 Screw
(Remove)
Removal
1. Remove the front lower Connector Bracket

15.2.2).
2. Disconnect the pump

Pump Connector
connector.
3. Loosen the one screw,

remove the one screw and
then the connector bracket.
CD354

then the pump from the
bracket.
Screws (2) Pump
CD355
5. Pinch the inlet and outlet

Hoses (2)
hoses with the two
pinchcocks.
6. Loosen the hose clamps,

the pump.
Pinchcocks (2)
Installation

NOTE: Connect the hoses securely

Hose Clamps (2)
Pump
CD356
15.2.8 Hose Connection
1. Connect the hose securely

to connecting opening as far
as it will go.
2. Inspect the hose clamps, Docking Portion

and replace them if the
docking portion is damaged.
Hose Clamp
0681
3. Install each hose clamp with

its inside edge towards the
end of the connection as
shown.
5S074
4. Check that the hose clamps

are not twisted when they
are installed. Hold each end
of the clamp with a pair of
pliers and tighten securely.
5. After operating the machine

for 30 minutes, check if there
is no leakage of solution
from the hose connections.
0680
15.3 Waste Solution System
15.3.1 Processor Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Shut down the system after Screws (6)

supply.

then the processor rear top
cover.
Processor Rear Top Cover
CD025

and then the processor rear
cover.
Reinstallation
Screws (7)
Processor Rear Cover
CD865
15.3.2 Circuit Board Bracket Opening/Closing
Bracket Opening
1. Remove the processor rear


bracket.
Bracket Closing
Close the bracket in the reverse

order of opening.
Screws (4) Circuit Board Bracket
CD261
15.3.3 Waste Solution Level Sensor (FS415) Replacement
Removal
1. Open the circuit board Connector Cover


remove the connector cover.
Screws (2)
CD306
3. Disconnect the FS415

clamp.
FS415
4. Remove the waste solution

tank cap.
Waste Solution
Tank Cap
Clamp
CD330

then the sensor from the
cap.
Installation

order of removal.
Screws (2)
Sensor (FS415)
Cap
CD331
15.3.4 Waste Solution Tank Replacement
Removal
1. Collect the waste solution Chain Protection Cover

into the waste solution
recovery tank.
2. Move the P1R tank (see

subsection 16.2.11 steps 1 to 5).

then the chain protection
cover.
Screws
CD262

Connector Cover
Screws (2)
CD306
5. Disconnect the FS415

clamp. FS415
Clamp
CD328
6. Loosen the five hose clamps

and disconnect the hoses
from the tank.
Hose Clamps (5)
Hoses (5)
7. Remove the waste solution
tank.
Installation


Waste Solution Tank
CD329
15.3.5 Waste Solution Hose Replacement
Removal
1. Collect the waste solution.

Screws (2)
subsection 16.2.1).

then the hose box.

then the hose bracket.
Screws (2) Hose Box Hose Bracket
CD358
5. Loosen the hose clamp and

disconnect the drain hose
from the waste solution Drain Hose
hose.
Installation


Clamp Waste Solution Hose
CD359
15.4 Processing Solution Replacement
15.4.1 Processing Chemical Handling Precautions

*Processing chemicals should be handled in accordance with the precautions indicated on the boxes and
labels of the respective chemicals.
! CAUTION
Protective Gloves Safety Goggles
• Always wear protective gloves and safety goggles when handling chemicals with the above indications.
This is recommended even for chemicals without these indications. For greater protection, the use of a
protective mask and apron is also recommended.
• Wash hands thoroughly after handling processing chemicals or solutions.
• Any spilled chemicals should be wiped up immediately.

• Use caution when mixing chemicals as certain mixtures may produce toxic gases.
• If you get any chemical on your skin or in your eyes, immediately flush the affected part with a great
amount of water.
• If you swallow any chemical or get any in your eyes, seek medical attention immediately and show the
physician the information printed on the box or label of the chemical(s) involved.
• In some countries, chemicals carrying a poison label are required by law to be stored under lock and
key. You are responsible for ascertaining and complying with the regulations concerning the handling of
poisonous substances that apply in your country.
• Store chemicals in a safe place out of reach of children.
• Waste solutions should be disposed of in accordance with the ordinances governing the handling of
industrial waste products in your locale. The P1R chemical in the CP-48S replenisher cartridge and the
Component A of the P1 start-up chemical fall into the category of industrial waste. Should you have any
questions concerning these chemicals, consult your service representative.
*Special note should be taken regarding the following properties of the CP-48S chemicals.
! CAUTION
• The P1R chemical of the Replenisher Cartridge PC and Component A of the P1 Start-up Chemical
These components contain P-phenylenediamine and may thus cause skin and eye irritation if
improperly handled. They may be injurious to the health if swallowed.
• The P2RA Chemical of the Replenisher Cartridge PC and Component A of the P2 Start-up Chemical
These components cause oxidation in metals. They may produce harmful ammonia gas if mixed with a
chlorine-based bleach (hypochlorite) or an alkaline (P1R or N1RA).
• The P2RB Chemical of the Replenisher Cartridge PC and Component B of the P2 Start-up Chemical
These components may produce harmful ammonia gas if mixed with a chlorine-based bleach
(hypochlorite) or an alkaline (P1R or N1RA). They may also produce harmful sulfur trioxide gas if mixed
with an acid.
• FSC100 (Fuji Super Conditioner)
This component contains dichloroisocyanurate and may thus produce harmful chlorine gas if mixed
with an acid. It could be injurious to the health if swallowed.
15.4.2 Processing Rack Washing and Processing Solution Draining
1. Remove the crossover racks,

wash and leave them to dry
naturally.
Crossover Rack
CD032
2. Remove the processing

racks, and run about one
liter of water over the entire
rack. Collect the waste in the
waste solution collection Processing Rack
tank.
3. Run warm water (30° to

40°C/86° to 104°C) over the
rack, and thoroughly wash
the roller bearing section
and parts that come in
contact with the solution in
the tank. Allow them to air-
dry.
CD031

subsection 15.2.1).
5. Connect a hose (ordinary

water hose) to each of the
drain valve of the processing
tanks and drain the solution
in the tank into the waste
recovery tank.
Drain Valve
CD035
6. If the solution being drained

off stops flowing, replace the
waste recovery tank with a
lower container (such as
tray) which can bring the end
of the hose to a level lower
than the valve, and continue
draining off the solution.
Collect the solution in the
waste recovery tank.
CD036
15.4.3 Processing Tank Washing and Processing Rack Reinstallation
1. Install the splash prevention

cover over the dryer fan
section.
Splash Prevention Cover
CD033
2. Check that all drain valves of

the processing tanks are
closed.
P1
P2
PS1
PS2
PS3
Drain Valves PS4
CD357
3. Wash out the inside of each

processing tank using clean
running water.
CD034
4. Connect a hose (ordinary

water hose) to each of the
drain valves of the
processing tanks and drain
the water in the tank into a
bucket or other container.
Drain Valve
CD035
5. If the water being drained off

stops flowing, and there is
still water remaining in the
tank, replace the bucket with
a lower container (such as a
tray) which can bring the end
of the hose to a level lower
than the valve, and continue
draining off the water.
6. After all the water has been

drained off, close the drain
valve and remove the hose.
7. Repeat steps 4 to 7 for each

tank.
8. Remove the splash

prevention cover.
CD036
9. Make sure all drain valves

are closed.
10. Reinstall the circulation

pump section cover.
11. Reinstall the processing and

crossover racks.
Processing Tank Drain Valves (6)
CD357
15.4.4 Solution Preparation Tools and Procedure

• Tools
• Measuring Cup (5L) • Measuring Cylinder • Level Gauge
PS1,2,3,4
P1, P2
• Chemicals
• Preparation Procedure Name Code Packing Units Components Quantity*
1. Drain the processing tank (properly dispose of the drained Color Developer To make 10 L ✕ 1 box
solution). P1 A+B
Startup Chemicals (To make 4.2 L) (✕ 2 boxes)
2. Remove the processing rack.
Bleach-fix Startup To make 10 L ✕ 1 box
3. Clean the processing tank and rack with running water P2 A+B
Chemicals (To make 4.2 L) (✕ 2 boxes)
(preferably warm water) and a sponge or soft cloth. Do not use
any abrasive material such as a scrub brush. Super Rinse
To make 5 L ✕
4. Install the processing rack into the tank. Replenisher FSC100 Tablets 5 tablets
100
5. Prepare the solution in accordance with the “5.4 Preparing (Fuji Super Conditioner)
Processing Solutions (CP-48S)”. P1R
6. Thoroughly clean the solution preparation tools with water. 2 Cartridge ✕ 1 car-
Replenisher Cartridge PC P2RA
Ensure that they are free of processing solution incrustations (PC ✕ 2) tridge
P2RB
so as to avoid problems with the ensuing solution preparation.
IMPORTANT
Use the dedicated measuring cup for P1 solution preparation. If the NOTE: Paper area processed by a replenisher cartridge : 111 sq.m (Approximately
measuring cup has contained other solutions, thoroughly clean it 10,000 sheets of 3R-size)
*Required quantity to initial installation.
before P1 solution preparation.
15.4.5 Preparing Processing Solutions (CP-48S) with 10L kit

* Prepare the processing solutions by following the numerical order shown. If these steps are not followed,
abnormality of solutions may result.
P1 Solution Preparation (Tank Capacity: 9.4 liters)

1. Water 1 liters (15 to 40 ˚C) 2. Water 2 liters and one 3. Water 2 liters and one 4. Water (approximately 2.2 liters)
bottle of P1A bottle of P1B up to P1 line on gauge.
A B
P1 P1
Circulation Filter
Water 2 liters Water 2 liters
P1 Line on
Gauge
Water
Water 1 liters Water + P1A Water + P1B (Approximately
Sub Tank 2.2 liters)

1. Water 1 liters (15 to 40 ˚C) 2. Water 2 liters and one 3. Water 2 liters and one 4. Water (approximately 1.2 liters)
bottle of P2A bottle of P2B up to P2 line on gauge.
A B
P2 P2
Circulation Filter
P2 Line on
Gauge
Water
Water 1 liters Water + P2A Water + P2B (Approximately
Sub Tank 1.2 liters)
PS Solution Preparation (Tank Capacity: 19.6 liters)

1. PS4 Tank 2. PS3 Tank 3. PS2 Tank 4. PS1 Tank
1) One tablet of FSC100 1) One tablet of FSC100 1) One tablet of FSC100 1) One tablet of FSC100
2) Water (approximately 2) Water (approximately 2) Water (approximately 2) Water (approximately
5 liters) up to PS line 5 liters) up to PS line 5 liters) up to PS line 5 liters) up to PS line
on gauge on gauge on gauge on gauge
1) FSC100 Lift PS4 rack. FSC100 Lift PS3 rack Lift PS2 rack. FSC100 Lift PS1 rack. FSC100
PS4 Tank PS3 Tank PS2 Tank PS1 Tank
2)
PS Line on PS Line on PS Line on PS Line on

Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge
Water Water Water Water

Sub (Approximately (Approximately (Approximately (Approximately
Tank 5 liters) 5 liters) 5 liters) 5 liters)
15.4.6 Preparing Processing Solutions (CP-48S) with 4.2L kit

1. Water 3 liters (15 to 40 ˚C) 2. Water 2 liters, two bottles 3. Water 2 liters, two bottles 4. Water (approximately 0.2 liters)
and 100 mL of P1A and 130 mL of P1B up to P1 line on gauge.
P1A 100mL P1B 130mL

A
A
P1
P1
A A
P1 P1
Circulation Filter

P1 Line on
Gauge
Water
Water 3 liters Water + Water + (Approximately
Sub Tank (P1A X 2 + 100mL) (P1B X 2 + 130mL) 0.2 liters)

1. Water 2 liters (15 to 40 ˚C) 2. Water 2 liters, two bottles 3. Water 2 liters, two bottles 4. Water (approximately 0.2 liters)
and 170mL of P2A and 180 mL of P2B up to P2 line on gauge.
P2A 170mL P2B 180mL

A
A
P1
P1
A A
P1 P1
Circulation Filter

P2 Line on
Gauge
Water
Water 2 liters Water + Water + (Approximately
Sub Tank (P2A X 2 + 170 mL) (P2B X 2 + 180mL) 0.2 liters)
PS Solution Preparation (Tank Capacity: 26.8 liters)

1. PS4 Tank 2. PS3 Tank 3. PS2 Tank 4. PS1 Tank
1) One tablet of FSC100 1) One tablet of FSC100 1) One tablet of FSC100 1) One tablet of FSC100
2) Water (approximately 2) Water (approximately 2) Water (approximately 2) Water (approximately
5 liters) up to PS line 5 liters) up to PS line 5 liters) up to PS line 5 liters) up to PS line
on gauge on gauge on gauge on gauge
1) FSC100 Lift PS4 rack. FSC100 Lift PS3 rack Lift PS2 rack. FSC100 Lift PS1 rack. FSC100
PS4 Tank PS3 Tank PS2 Tank PS1 Tank
2)
PS Line on PS Line on PS Line on PS Line on

Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge
Water Water Water Water

Sub (Approximately (Approximately (Approximately (Approximately
Tank 5 liters) 5 liters) 5 liters) 5 liters)
16. PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM
Parts Location 16.2.3 Replenisher Filter Replacement

16.2.4 Replenisher Pump Replacement
16.1 Replenisher Cartridge Section 16.2.5 Replenisher Pump Valve Replacement
16.1.1 Replenishing Section Cover Removal/ 16.2.6 Rear Upper Connector Cover Removal/
Reinstallation Reinstallation
16.1.2 Replenisher Box Door Lock Manual Releasing 16.2.7 Rear Lower Connector Cover Removal/
16.1.3 Replenisher Door Detecting Interlock Switch Reinstallation
(D410) Replacement 16.2.8 P1R Upper/Lower Level Sensor (FS407/
16.1.4 Cartridge Box Upper/Lower Sensor (D408/ FS411) Replacement
D409) Replacement 16.2.9 P2RA/P2RB Upper/Lower Level Sensor
16.1.5 Replenisher Cartridge Box Removal/ Replacement
Reinstallation 16.2.10 PSR Upper/Lower Level Sensor (FS410/
16.1.6 Cartridge Setting Sensor (D407) Replacement FS414) Replacement
16.1.7 Replenisher Cartridge Opening Drive Motor 16.2.11 P1R Tank Replacement
(M402) Replacement 16.2.12 P2RA/P2RB Tank Replacement
16.1.8 Replenisher Cartridge Opening Gear 16.2.13 PSR Tank Replacement
Replacement
16.3 Auto Washing/P1R Stirring
16.2 Processing Solution System
Replenishment System 16.3.1 Auto Washing Pump (PU407) Replacement
16.2.1 Replenisher Pump Section Cover Removal/ 16.3.2 Cartridge Washing /P1R Stirring Valve
Reinstallation Replacement
16.2.2 Replenisher Pump Bracket Removal/ 16.3.3 Rack Auto Washing Valve Replacement
Reinstallation
Parts Location
Rack Auto Washing Valves PSR Tank
(S401 to S404) P1R Upper/Lower Level Sensor
(FS407/FS411)
Replenisher
Replenisher Nozzles Cartridge
P1
P2
PS1 PSR Upper Level
PS2
PS3 Sensor (FS414)
PS4 P2RA Upper/Lower
Level Sensor
(FS408/FS412)
P1R P2RB Upper/Lower
Cartridge Washing Tank Level Sensor
P1R Stirring Valves (FS409/FS413)
(S407 to S410)
P2RB
PSR (PU411)
P2RA Tank
Tank
P2RB (PU410)
P2RA (PU409) PSR Lower Level
Sensor (FS414)
P1R (PU408)
PSR
P1R Replenisher Pumps PSR P2RB
P2RB P2RA
Auto Washing Pump (PU407) P1R Drain Valves
P2RA
Replenisher Filters P1R
CD285
Parts Location
Replenisher Door Detecting Replenisher Box Door Lock
Interlock Switch (D410) Replenisher Cartridge
Box
Cartridge Opening
Gear
Replenisher Cartridge
Opening Drive Motor
(M402)
Cartridge Box Upper

Sensor (D408)
Cartridge Box Lower

Sensor (D409)
Cartridge Setting
Sensor (D407)
Replenisher Cartridge
Opening/Washing
Nozzle
CD821
16.1 Replenisher Cartridge Section
16.1.1 Replenishing Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screw (1) (Remove)
supply.
2. Loosen the five screws and

the replenishing section
cover.
Replenishing Section
Cover
Reinstallation
Reinstall the cover in the Screws (5) (Loosen)

CD038
16.1.2 Replenisher Box Door Lock Manual Releasing

the right front of the dryer fan
Rod (3mm O.D. or less)
section cover as shown.
2. Insert the rod with 3 mm

outside diameter or less
Screws (2)
through the screw hole to
release the lock and open
the door.
3. Retighten the screw.
Replenisher Box Door
CD360
16.1.3 Replenisher Door Detecting Interlock Switch (D410) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove: Switch Bracket
• Dryer fan section cover (see

subsection 17.3.1).

subsection 15.3.1).

the connector cover. Screw
(Loosen)
Screw
3. Loosen the screw, remove (Remove)
the screw and then the
switch bracket.
Screw Connector Cover
CD302

from the switch.
E-ring
Connector
5. Remove the spring and E- Switch (D410)
ring and then the switch from
the bracket.
Installation

order of removal.
Spring
CD303
16.1.4 Cartridge Box Upper/Lower Sensor (D408/D409) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the replenishing Sensor Bracket

16.1.1).

Screws (2)
CD304

from the sensor.
Connector Lower Sensor (D409)

Upper Sensor
bracket.
(D408)
Installation
Locking Tabs
order of removal.
Connector
CD305
16.1.5 Replenisher Cartridge Box Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove: Clamp
• Rear upper connector cover

• Rear lower connector cover

• Replenishing section cover

2. Disconnect the JH01

clamp.
JH01 Connector
CD307

clamp.
M402 Connector
Clamp
CD308
4. Remove the six screws

securing the opening nozzle
section.
Screws (6) Opening Nozzle

Section
CD309

securing the lower of the
Screw (Remove)
replenisher cartridge box
and remove the screw at the
top.
Screws (2) (Loosen)
CD310
6. Loosen the hose clamp,

disconnect the overflow
hose and remove the Overflow Hose
replenisher cartridge box.
Reinstallation
NOTE: Connect the hose securely

Hose Clamp Replenisher Cartridge

Box
CD311
16.1.6 Cartridge Setting Sensor (D407) Replacement
Removal

cartridge box (see subsection
16.1.5).

the sensor bracket.
Sensor Bracket
Screws
CD312

from the sensor.
Sensor (D407)
bracket.
Installation

order of removal.
Connector
Locking Tabs
CD313
16.1.7 Replenisher Cartridge Opening Drive Motor (M402) Replacement
Removal

16.1.5).

Screws (2)
Motor Bracket
CD314

then the motor.
4. Loosen the two hex. socket Gear

head setscrews and remove Screws (2)
Installation

order of removal.
Motor (M402)
Hex. Socket Head Setscrews (2)
CD315
16.1.8 Replenisher Cartridge Opening Gear Replacement
Removal
Connector Sensor
16.1.5).

then the cartridge bracket.
3. Disconnect the connector E-rings (2)

from the sensor.
Cartridge Bracket
CD316

the gear.
Installation Gear

order of removal.
E-ring
CD317
16.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System
16.2.1 Replenisher Pump Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the replenishing

16.1.1).

then the replenisher pump
section cover.
Reinstallation

Replenisher Pump
Section Cover Screws (5)
CD1051
16.2.2 Replenisher Pump Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

subsection 16.2.1).

pull out the bracket.
Reinstallation
NOTE: Take care not to bend or crush

the replenisher hoses when
Replenisher Pump Bracket
Screws (2)
reinstalling the bracket.
CD286
16.2.3 Replenisher Filter Replacement
Removal
pump bracket (see subsection Hoses
16.2.2).

hoses with the two
pinchcocks.
3. Loosen the two hose clamps
from the filter.
Installation
• After PSR filter
replacement, perform PSR Pinchcocks (2) Filter Clamps
output measurement and
setting in menu 461
“Replenisher Pump Output
Measurement/Setting” (see
subsection 5.7.1).
CD287
16.2.4 Replenisher Pump Replacement
Pump System
PU408 P1R
PU409 P2RA
PU410 P2RB
PU411 PSR Connectors
PU411
PU409
Removal PU410
PU408

pump bracket (see subsection
16.2.2).
Clamp
2. Disconnect the pump

connector.
CD288

hoses with the two
pinchcocks. Pinchcocks (2) Outlet Hose
Inlet Hose
5. Loosen the hose clamp and

disconnect the inlet hose
from the pump.
6. Cut the cord tie and

disconnect the outlet hose
from the pump.
Cord Tie Clamp
CD289

the pump by pulling it.
Installation
Pump


• After PSR pump
replacement, perform PSR
output measurement and
setting in menu 461
Screw
subsection 5.7.1).
CD290
16.2.5 Replenisher Pump Valve Replacement
Removal

pump bracket (see subsection
16.2.2).
Mark
2. Pinch the pump inlet and
outlet hoses with the two
pinchcocks. Joint Nuts (2)
Mark
3. Loosen the two joint nuts.
Label
4. Remove the valves.
Joints (2)
CD291
Installation
NOTE: • Use new valves identified by the same color mark as the label on the pump body.
Color Pump
Red P1R
Yellow P2RA and P2RB
White PSR
• Note the installation direction of the valves and tighten the joint nuts securely.
• After PSR pump replacement, perform PSR output measurement and setting in menu 461 “Replenisher Pump
Output Measurement/Setting” (see subsection 5.7.1).
16.2.6 Rear Upper Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the dryer fan Connector Cover

17.3.1).

Reinstallation

Screws (2)
CD251
16.2.7 Rear Lower Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

Connector Cover

Reinstallation

Screws (2)
CD306
16.2.8 P1R Upper/Lower Level Sensor (FS407/FS411) Replacement
Removal

• Open the circuit board bracket



then the connector bracket.
Connector Bracket
CD318
3. Disconnect the FS407 and

FS411 connectors.
FS411 FS407
CD319

then the sensors.
Screws (2)
Sensors (FS407/FS411)
CD320
Installation
Installation is essentially in the Arrows

NOTE: • Install the gasket on the

sensor flange correctly.
• Align the arrow on the
sensor with that on the tank.
Gasket
CD321
16.2.9 P2RA/P2RB Upper/Lower Level Sensor Replacement
Code Sensor
FS408 P2RA Upper
FS408 FS409
FS409 P2RB Upper FS412
FS412 P2RA Lower
FS413 P2RB Lower
Removal
1. Remove:

FS413
then the P1R tank bracket.
3. Disconnect the FS408/
FS412 or FS409/FS413 Clamps (3) Screws (2) P1R Tank Bracket
connectors.
4. Open the three clamps.
CD333

then the tank bracket.
Tank Bracket Clamps
CD334
7. Tilt the tank towards the

outside.
Screws (2) Sensors
(FS409/FS413)
then the sensors.
Installation

NOTE: • Install the gasket on the

sensor flange correctly.
• Point the arrow on the
sensor outward. Sensors
(FS408/FS412)
Arrow
CD335
16.2.10 PSR Upper/Lower Level Sensor (FS410/FS414) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:


2. Drain the PSR replenisher

from the drain valve.
PSR
P1R P2RA P2RB

Drain Valves
CD322

FS414 FS410
4. Disconnect the FS410 or

FS414 connector.
Clamps (3) P1R Tank

Screws (2)
Bracket
CD337

Clamps (2)
7. Loosen the two hose

clamps, disconnect the
Hose
hoses and remove the Clamps (2)
sensor.
Sensor
Installation (FS410)


Sensor (FS414)
Hose
CD338
16.2.11 P1R Tank Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:


• Remove the rear lower

16.2.7).
2. Drain the P1R, P2RA and PSR

P2RB replenishers from the
drain valve.
P1R P2RA P2RB
Drain Valves
NOTE: Collect the replenishers into
the W1 waste recovery tank.
CD322
3. Disconnect the FS407 and

FS411 connectors.
FS407
FS411
CD323

Screws (2) P1R Tank Bracket
CD324
5. Pull out the tank.

Inlet Hose
6. Disconnect the overflow
hose from the boss on the
floor pan.
Stirring Hose
7. Loosen the four clamps and
the tank.
Installation

Outlet
NOTE: • Connect the hoses securely Hose
(see subsection 15.2.8). P1R Tank Overflow
• After installation, perform Drain Hose Clamps (4) Hose
cartridge opening in menu
46F “Installation”.
CD325
16.2.12 P2RA/P2RB Tank Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:


2. Drain the P1R, P2RA and

P2RB replenishers from the
drain valve.
PSR
NOTE: Collect the replenishers into
the W1 waste recovery tank.
P1R P2RA P2RB
Drain Valves
CD322

FS408 FS409
FS412
4. Disconnect the FS408/
FS412 or FS409/FS413
connectors.
FS413
Clamps (3) Screws (2) P1R Tank Bracket
CD333

Tank Bracket Clamps
CD334
8. Tilt the tank to the outside.

Overflow Hose Clamps (4)
9. Loosen the four hose clamps P2RB
and disconnect the hoses Tank
from the tank. Outlet Hose
Installation


cartridge opening in menu
46F “Installation”.
Drain Hose
P2RA Tank Inlet Hose
CD336
16.2.13 PSR Tank Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:


2. Drain the PSR replenisher

from the drain valve.
PSR
P1R P2RA P2RB

Drain Valves
CD322
3. Remove the two screws,

then the P1R tank bracket
and pull out the tank.
Screws (2) P1R Tank Bracket
CD324

Tank Bracket
Screws (2)
CD326
5. Loosen the five clamps and

disconnect the hoses from To Level Sensors Breather Hose
the tank.
Inlet Hose
6. Remove the tank.
Installation Clamps (5)


• After replacement, perform
PSR output measurement
and setting in menu 461
subsection 5.7.1). Outlet Hose PSR Tank
Drain Hose
CD327
16.3 Auto Washing/P1R Stirring System
16.3.1 Auto Washing Pump (PU407) Replacement
Removal

pump bracket (see subsection Clamp
16.2.2).
PU407 Connector
2. Disconnect the PU407
connector.
3. Open the clamps.
CD292
4. Pinch the three hoses with

the pinchcocks.
Pinchcocks (3)
5. Loosen the two hose clamps

from the pump.
Clamps (2)
CD293

then the pump bracket.
Pump Bracket
Screws (2)
CD294

then the pump from the
bracket. Pump (PU407)
Installation


1) Clear “Pump on times”
on the menu 46D
“Clearing Selected
Processor Operation
Data” screen (see Screws (2)
subsection 5.7.12).
2) Menu 462 “Auto Cleaning
output measurement/
Setting” (see subsection
5.7.2). CD295
16.3.2 Cartridge Washing /P1R Stirring Valve Replacement
Code Valve
S407 P1R Washing
S408 P2RA Washing
S409 P2RB Washing
S410 P1R Stirring
Removal

subsection 16.2.1).

remove the valve bracket.
Valve Bracket Screws (2)
CD296
3. Disconnect the S407 to

S410 connectors.
4. Open the clamp.
Clamp S409 S410

S407 S408
CD297
5. Pinch the five hoses using

the pinchcocks.
Pinchcocks (5)
the valve unit.

then the valve unit from the
bracket.
Installation

Clamps (5) Valve Unit
Screws (2)
CD298
16.3.3 Rack Auto Washing Valve Replacement
Code Rack
S401 P1
S402 P2 S401
S403 PS1/2
S404 PS3/4
Removal
1. Remove:

Clamp
• Remove the rear upper
16.2.6).
S404 S403 S402

2. Disconnect the S401 to
S404 connectors.
3. Open the clamp. CD299


remove the valve bracket.
Valve Bracket Screws (2)
CD300
5. Pinch the five hoses with the

pinchcocks.
Pinchcocks (5)
Valve Unit
the valve unit.

then the valve unit from the
bracket.
Installation

Clamps (5)
NOTE: • Connect the hoses securely Screws (2)
menu 462 “Auto Cleaning
Output Measurement/ CD301
setting” (see subsection 5.7.2).
17. DRYER/SORTER SECTION
Parts Location 17.2.4 Belt Tension Adjustment

17.2.5 CTS04 Circuit Board Replacement
17.1 Dryer Unit 17.2.6 Sorter Full Sensor LED Replacement
17.1.1 Dryer Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation 17.2.7 Sorter Full Sensor Replacement
17.1.2 Feed Belt/Pulley Replacement
17.1.3 Dryer Section Exit Sensor (D411) 17.3 Dryer Fan/Heater Section
Replacement 17.3.1 Dryer Fan Section Cover Removal/
17.1.4 Dryer Temperature Sensor (TS406) Reinstallation
Replacement 17.3.2 Dryer Fan (F405) Replacement
17.1.5 Dryer Rack Drive Gear Replacement 17.3.3 Dryer Heater (H406) Replacement
17.1.6 Dryer Rack Removal/Reinstallation
17.1.7 Dryer Rack Drive Chain Replacement
17.1.8 Dryer Rack Exit Roller Replacement
17.1.9 Feed Section Roller Replacement
17.1.10 Entrance Side Roller Replacement
17.1.11 Dryer Section Cover Detecting Interlock
Switch (D416A) Replacement
17.1.12 Dryer Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock
Switch (D416B) Replacement
17.2 Sorter
17.2.1 Sorter Drive Motor (M404) Replacement
17.2.2 Sorter Removal/Reinstallation
17.2.3 Sorter Belt Replacement
Parts Location
Dryer Unit Open/Close

Dryer Section Dryer Rack Drive Gear
Detecting Interlock Switch
Exit Sensor (D411)
Dryer Fan (F405)
Dryer Rack
Dryer Temperature
Sensor (TS406)
Dryer Rack
Exit Rollers Dryer Heater (H406)
Dryer Section
Cover Detecting
Entrance
Interlock Switch (D416)
Side Rollers
Sorter Drive Motor

Sorter Belt (M404)
Dryer Unit Feed Section Rollers
Feed Belt/Pulleys
Dryer Rack Drive Chane
CD822
17.1 Dryer Unit
17.1.1 Dryer Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

supply.

securing the dryer section
cover.
Screws (2)
CD122
17.1 Dryer Unit

cover.
Dryer Section Cover

Reinstallation

CD123
17.1 Dryer Unit
17.1.2 Feed Belt/Pulley Replacement
Removal

Pulley
Entrance Guide
2. Remove the four screws and E-ring

then the entrance guide.
Screws (4)
3. Remove the two springs.
4. Remove the two E-rings, and

bearings.
Shaft
Bearings
Springs (2)
CD198
17.1 Dryer Unit

the pulley to the shaft and
then the pulley by pulling the E-ring
shaft out.
Pulley Shaft
9689
17.1 Dryer Unit
6. Remove the drive side E-ring

and then the gear and
bearing. Belt Shaft E-ring

the pulley and belt by pulling
out the shaft.
Installation
Install the belt/pulleys in the

Pulley
Bearing
Gear
E-ring
9690
17.1 Dryer Unit
17.1.3 Dryer Section Exit Sensor (D411) Replacement
Connector
from the sensor.
Screw
the sensor bracket.
Sensor Bracket
CD209
17.1 Dryer Unit

remove the sensor.
Locking Tabs
Installation

order of removal.
Sensor (D411)
CD210
17.1 Dryer Unit
17.1.4 Dryer Temperature Sensor (TS406) Replacement
Removal


remove the duct.
Duct
Screws (2)
CD230
17.1 Dryer Unit

connector.
Dryer Temperature
Sensor Connector
CD228
17.1 Dryer Unit
5. Cur the two cord ties and

remove the sensor bracket.
Cord Ties (2)
Sensor Bracket
Screws (2)
CD212
17.1 Dryer Unit

the sensor.
Installation
Cord Ties (3)

order of removal.
Screw
Sensor (TS406)
E520
17.1 Dryer Unit
17.1.5 Dryer Rack Drive Gear Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)(Loosen)
the drive gear bracket.
Screw (Remove)
Drive Gear Bracket
CD229
17.1 Dryer Unit
3. Remove the two E-rings,

spacer, gear bracket and
gear.
E-ring
Bracket E-ring
Spacer
Gear
CD242
17.1 Dryer Unit
4. Remove the clip and then

the gear and shaft.
Shaft
Gear
Clip
CD243
17.1 Dryer Unit

the gear (green).
E-ring E-ring
6. Remove the E-ring and two
Bracket
screws and then the bracket
and the gear (white).
Screws (2)
Gear (Green)
Gear (White)
CD244
17.1 Dryer Unit
Bearing
7. Remove the two bearings,
gear (black) and shaft.
Installation

reverse order of removal. Thrust Washer
NOTE: Apply recommended resin

grease to the gear and shafts
as shown in the figures.
Bearing Shaft
Thrust Washer
Gear (Black)
CD245
17.1 Dryer Unit
17.1.6 Dryer Rack Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove:
Screw
• Dryer section cover (see
subsection 17.1.1).

• Dryer rack drive gear bracket

the grounding wire.
Grounding Wire
CD227
17.1 Dryer Unit

remove the duct.
Duct
Screws (2)
CD230
17.1 Dryer Unit
5. Disconnect the dryer

temperature sensor
connector.
Dryer Temperature
Sensor Connector
CD228
17.1 Dryer Unit

then the cover.
Cover
Screws (4)
CD232
17.1 Dryer Unit
7. Loosen the six screws

securing the dryer rack.
Screws (6)
CD231
17.1 Dryer Unit
8. Pull the lock release lever

and remove the dryer rack.
Lock Release Lever Sensor Arm
NOTE: Take care not to damage the
dryer section exit sensor arm.
Reinstallation
Reinstall the rack in the reverse

order of removal.
Dryer Rack
CD233
17.1 Dryer Unit
17.1.7 Dryer Rack Drive Chain Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the dryer rack (see

subsection 17.1.6).

and then the chain slider.
Screws (3)
Chain Slider
CD234
17.1 Dryer Unit
3. Release the chain tensioner

spring hook. Chain
4. Remove the chain.
Installation
Install the chain in the reverse

order of removal.
Spring
CD1099
17.1 Dryer Unit
17.1.8 Dryer Rack Exit Roller Replacement
Removal
Exit Side Spring
Black Mark
1. Remove the dryer rack (see Bearings (6)
subsection 17.1.6).
2. Remove the six E-rings and

three springs and then the
gear, sprockets and bearings
from the front side.
NOTE: The exit side spring has the

black mark and the entrance
side spring has the red mark.
Spring
Sprockets (2)
E-rings (6)
Entrance Red Mark

Side Spring
CD235
17.1 Dryer Unit
3. Remove the six E-rings and

then the six gears, three Black Mark Exit Side Spring
springs, six bearings and Rollers (4)
Spring
four rollers.
NOTE: The exit side spring has the

black mark and the entrance
side spring has the red mark.
Entrance Side Bearings (6)

Spring
Red Mark
Gears (6)
E-rings (6)
CD236
17.1 Dryer Unit

two springs and collars and
then the lower guide plate. Long White Roller Shaft

then the upper guide plate. Screws (4)
6. Remove the two long white

roller shafts.
Installation

Screws (4)
Springs (2)
NOTE: Exit side coil spring has black Collars (2)
mark the entrance side spring
has the red mark.
CD237
17.1 Dryer Unit
17.1.9 Feed Section Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the dryer rack drive

Roller Bearing
chain (see subsection 17.1.7).

the gear and bearing.
3. Withdraw the shaft from the

front side and remove the
roller (ø20 hard).
Gear E-ring
Shaft
9731
17.1 Dryer Unit
4. Remove the three screws.
Screws (3)
CD238
17.1 Dryer Unit

guide plate. Screws (6)
Stainless Steel Guide Plate
CD239
17.1 Dryer Unit

the sprocket and bearing
form the front side.
Roller Bearing
bearing and then the roller.
Installation

order of removal.
Sprocket E-ring
9733
17.1 Dryer Unit
17.1.10 Entrance Side Roller Replacement
Removal
Spring Plain Bearings (3)
1. Remove the dryer rack drive
chain (see subsection 17.1.7).
2. Remove the four E-rings and

then the gears from the rear
side.
3. Remove the spring ends

from the grooves in the
bearings. Ball Bearing
4. Remove the three plain

bearings and ball bearing.
Gears (4)
E-rings (4)
CD240
17.1 Dryer Unit
5. Remove the front four E-

rings, two sprockets and four
bearings.
6. Withdraw the shafts from the

front side and remove the
roller.
Installation

order of removal.
Shafts (4)
Rollers (4)
CD241
17.1 Dryer Unit
17.1.11 Dryer Section Cover Detecting Interlock Switch (D416A) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove: Tapping Screws (3)
• Dryer section cover (see

subsection 17.1.1).

Bracket
3. Remove the three tapping

screws and then the bracket.
Clamp
CD247
17.1 Dryer Unit
4. Disconnect the D416A

connector from the switch.
D416A Connector

remove the switch from the
bracket.
Installation

order of removal.
Locking Tabs
Switch (D416)
CD248
17.1 Dryer Unit
17.1.12 Dryer Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D416B) Replacement
Removal

Switch Cover
supply.

then the switch cover.
Screws (2)
CD1023
17.1 Dryer Unit
4. Insert the flat blade

screwdriver through the slots
to release the locking tabs Switch
and remove the switch.
Flat Brade Screwdriver
CD1024
17.1 Dryer Unit

connectors from the switch.
Switch
Connectors (2)
CD1025
17.1 Dryer Unit
Installation

order of removal. Cover
Screws (4)
After installation, adjust the

switch cover position.
<Switch Cover Position

Adjustment>

then the cover.
CD232
17.1 Dryer Unit

securing the switch cover.
Switch Lever
3. Adjust the switch cover Screws (2)

position so that the switch
lever on the dryer unit aligns
with the center of the hole in
the switch cover.
4. Tighten the two screws.
Switch Cover
CD1100
17.2 Sorter
17.2.1 Sorter Drive Motor (M404) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the dryer section Screws (2)


then the lower cover. Lower Cover
CD199
17.2 Sorter

then the lower cover bracket.
Lower Cover Bracket
Screws (2)
CD200
17.2 Sorter

Motor Gear
Hex. Socket Head Screws (2)
E505
17.2 Sorter

connector.
Screws (2)
6. Remove the two screws and Motor (M404)
then the motor.
Installation

NOTE: Apply locking agent to the

threads of the hex. socket
head setscrews.
Thread Locking Agent:

LOCTITE 425 or equivalent Motor Connector
E506
17.2 Sorter
17.2.2 Sorter Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

Screws (4)

then the sorter.
Sorter
CD201
17.2 Sorter

the grounding wire.
Screw
Reinstallation
Reinstall the sorter in the

Grounding
Wire
CD202
17.2 Sorter
17.2.3 Sorter Belt Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the sorter (see

Screws (2)
subsection 17.2.2).
Lower Cover

then the lower cover.
CD203
17.2 Sorter

Connectors (3) Lower Cover Bracket

connectors.
Screws (2)
E516
17.2 Sorter

bracket. Motor Connector
Screw
connector.
Screws
(4)
Grouding Wire Plug-in Connector Bracket
CD204
17.2 Sorter

from the sorter full sensor
and LED.
Connectors
CD205
17.2 Sorter

Motor Bracket
Screws (3)
E512
17.2 Sorter

then the pulley bracket.
Pulley Bracket
Screws (2)
E511
17.2 Sorter

motor protection cover.
Motor Protection Cover
Screws (4)
CD206
17.2 Sorter
11. Remove the flat countersunk

head screws.
Flat Countersunk Head Scews (2)

securing the pulley shaft.
Pulley Shaft Screws (2)
9685
17.2 Sorter
13. Remove the spring on the

one side and then the belt.
Installation Spring

NOTE: After installation, adjust the

belt tension (see subsection
17.2.4).
Belt
9686
17.2 Sorter
17.2.4 Belt Tension Adjustment
1. Remove the sorter (see

subsection 17.2.2).
Screws (2)
2. Remove the two screws and Lower Cover
then the lower cover.
CD203
17.2 Sorter
3. Loosen the three screws

Pulley Bracket Screws (2) (Remove)
then the pulley bracket.
Screws (3) Motor Bracket

(Loosen)
999u
17.2 Sorter
5. Move the motor bracket as

far as it will go to tighten
tension and secure with the
Motor Bracket
three screws.
Screws (3)
E515
17.2 Sorter
6. Measure the belt tension

near the rib on the sorter as Spring Balancer
shown using the spring
balancer.
Belt Tension:
250g±25g/25mm
7. Adjust the belt tension by

loosening the three screws
and moving the motor
bracket.
8. Reinstall the removed parts. 25mm
Rib
Belt
999v
17.2 Sorter
17.2.5 CTS04 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal


CD199
17.2 Sorter

Lower Cover Bracket
Screws (2)
CD200
17.2 Sorter

connectors from the CTS04
circuit board. CTS04 Circuit Board
Connectors (3)
E507
17.2 Sorter

then the circuit board from
the spacer.
CTS04 Circuit Board
Screws (2)
Installation

Spacer
E508
17.2 Sorter
17.2.6 Sorter Full Sensor LED Replacement
Removal
1. Shut down the system after Upper Cover

supply.

then the upper cover.
Screws (2)
E502
17.2 Sorter

from the LED.
Screws (2)
4. Remove the two screws and Sensor LEDs (2)
then the LED.
Installation
Install the LED in the reverse Connectors

order of removal. (2)
CD208
17.2 Sorter
17.2.7 Sorter Full Sensor Replacement
Removal


CD199
17.2 Sorter

Lower Cover Bracket
Screws (2)
CD200
17.2 Sorter

connector.
Connector
5. Disconnect the two Motor Connector
board and cut the cord tie. Screws (4)

bracket.
Cord Tie Plug-in Connector Bracket
CD207
17.2 Sorter

from the sensor and LED.
Sensors (2)
Connectors (2)
E518
17.2 Sorter

the sensor from the front
side. Sensor
Screw Sensor
the sensor bracket from the
rear side.

Installation

order of removal.
Screw Bracket Screw
E519
17.3 Dryer Fan/Heater Section
17.3.1 Dryer Fan Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Shut down the system after Densitometer

supply.
2. Open the Dryer unit.
3. Disconnect the cable and

remove the densitometer.
Cable
CD213

then the dryer fan section
cover.
Dryer Fan Section Cover
Reinstallation

Screws (6)
CD214
17.3.2 Dryer Fan (F405) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the dryer fan

17.3.1).
2. Remove the three flat

countersunk head screws.
NOTE: Be careful not to drop the

screws.
Flat Countersunk Head Screws (3)
CD215

and the fan duct.
Screws (3)
Fan Duct
CD216

the grounding wire.
Fan Connector
5. Open the two clamps. Grounding Wire
Capacitor

Screw
the capacitor.

connector.
Screw
Clamps
CD217

then the fan.
Fan (F405)
Screws (2)
CD218
Installation

NOTE: After installing the fan and

duct, tighten the screws in the
following order.
(1) Install the two fan screws

loosely.
(2) Tighten the three fan duct
screws.
(3) Tighten the three
screws.
(4) Tighten the two fan
screws.
CD1101
17.3.3 Dryer Heater (H406) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the dryer fan

17.3.1).
2. Disconnect the heater

connectors.
Heater Connectors
CD219

then the heater.
Installation
Install the heater in the reverse

order of removal.
After installation, clear “Heater
on time” on the menu 46D
“Clearing Selected Processor
Operation Data” screen (see
subsection 5.7.12).
Heater (H406) Screws (5)
CD220
18. ELECTRICAL SECTION
Parts Location 18.2.4 PWR22 Circuit Board Replacement

18.2.5 DC Power Supply Replacement
18.1 Power Supply Input Section 18.2.6 DC Voltage Adjustment
18.1.1 Front Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation
18.1.2 Built-in Circuit Breaker (NFB1) Replacement 18.3 Image Processing Circuit
18.1.3 Leakage Breaker (NFB2 to NFB4) Test Board Section
18.1.4 Leakage Breaker (NFB2 to NFB4) 18.3.1 Image Processing Circuit Board Bracket
Replacement Opening/Closing
18.1.5 Circuit Protector (CP1 to CP10) Replacement 18.3.2 Printer Exhaust Fan 1/2 (F311/F312)
18.1.6 Power Supply Section Bracket Removal/ Replacement
Reinstallation 18.3.3 Printer Exhaust Fan 2 (F313) Replacement
18.1.7 Relay (K1 to K6) Replacement 18.3.4 Image Processing Section Cooling Fan 1/2
18.1.8 SSR (SSR1 to SSR3) Replacement (F217/F218) Replacement
18.1.9 Circuit Protector (CP11 to CP14) Replacement 18.3.5 GHT22/GIA22/GPA22 Circuit Board
18.1.10 Noise Filter (NF1 to NF3)/Capacitor (C1 to C3) Replacement
Replacement 18.3.6 GMB22 Circuit Board Replacement
18.1.11 Step Down Transformer Replacement 18.3.7 CTC22 Circuit Board Replacement
18.1.12 PAC22 Circuit Board Replacement 18.3.8 Pulse Motor Driver Replacement
18.3.9 LDA22 Circuit Board Replacement
18.2 DC Power Supply Section 18.3.10 LDD22 Circuit Board Replacement
18.2.1 Printer Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation 18.3.11 Start Switch Replacement
18.2.2 DC Power Supply Bracket Removal/
Reinstallation
18.2.3 LED Circuit Board Replacement
18.4 Main Control Unit Section

18.4.1 Main Control Unit Replacement
18.4.2 UPS Battery (Optional) Replacement
18.5 Control Circuit Board Section

18.5.1 PDC22 Circuit Board Replacement
18.5.2 CTP22 Circuit Board Replacement
18.5.3 Start Up Procedure When Battery on CTP22
Circuit Board Discharged.
18.5.4 Processing Tank Exhaust Fan (F406)
Replacement
18.5.5 Control Section Exhaust Fan (F317)
Replacement
18.5.6 Power Supply Section Exhaust Fan 1 (F306/
F307) Replacement
Parts Location
Power Supply Input Section
Terminal Block (TB4)

Step Down Transformer
Capacitors (C1 to C3)
Noise Filters 1 5 3 1
(NF1 to NF3) 1 6 4 2
2
Relays
2 (K1 to K6)
3
3
Built-in Circuit Breaker
(NFB1) SSR3 SSR2 SSR1
Circuit Protectors
(CP1 to CP10)
1 2 5 7 9
2 4 6 8 10
2 3 4
11
Power Supply 12
14
Terminal 13
Block (TB1)
Terminal Block
Connection (TB2) Circuit Protectors
Label Leakage Breakers (CP11 to CP14) PAC22 Circuit Board
(NFB2 to NFB4)
CD823-B
Parts Location
Printer Rear Section
G1A22 Printer Exhaust Fans
Circuit Board 1/2 (F311/F312)
Image Processing
Section Cooling Fans 1/2 GHT22 LDD22 Circuit Board
(F217/F218) Circuit
Board
Printer Exhaust Fan 2

(F313)
GPA22
Circuit Board Start Switch
LDA22 Circuit Board
Printer Suction Fans
1/2 (F3081)
GMB22
Circuit Board Pluse Motor Dirver
CTC22 Image Processing Circuit
Board Section
Circuit
Board
Main Control
Unit Section
DC Power
Supply Section Main Control Unit
DC Power
Supply
PWR22 Circuit Board
LED Circuit Board

CD823-A
Parts Location
Processor Rear Section
Processing Tank Exhaust Fan Printer Control Section

(F406) Exhaust Fan (F317)
PDC22 Circuit Board
Control Circuit
Board Section
CTP22 Circuit Board
Power Supply Section

Exhaust Fans 1
(F306/F307)
CD824
18.1 Power Supply Input Section
18.1.1 Front Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

Front Lower Cover
supply.

cover.
3. Remove the nine screws and

then the front lower cover.
Reinstallation Screws (9)

CD047
18.1.2 Built-in Circuit Breaker (NFB1) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the front lower Screws (2)


securing the breaker to the
bracket.

then the bracket.
Bracket Screws (4)
CD149
4. Remove the eight terminal

screws to disconnect the
wires from the built-in circuit Screws (8) Wires (8)
breaker.
Installation

NOTE: Connect the wires correctly.
Bi1-4 Bi1-3 Bi1-2 Bi1-1
Built-in Circuit Breaker (NFB1)

Bo1-4 Bo1-3 Bo1-2 Bo1-1
CD150
18.1.3 Leakage Breaker (NFB2 to NFB4) Test
NOTE: Perform the leakage breaker

test once a month.
Leakage Breaker (NFB2) NFB3

1. Remove the front lower NFB4

breaker.
3. Confirm the leakage breaker

turns OFF by pressing the
red button.
4. Reinstall the front lower

cover.
Red Button
CD143
18.1.4 Leakage Breaker (NFB2 to NFB4) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the front lower NFB2 NFB3 B4IL B4IN
cover (see subsection 18.1.1). Screws (4)
2. Remove the terminal covers.

disconnect the wires from
the breaker.

then the leakage breaker.
Installation
NFB4 B40L B40N Terminal
Covers (2)

CD144
18.1.5 Circuit Protector (CP1 to CP10) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the front lower Screws (2) (Remove)


move the circuit protector
bracket.
Screws (2) (Loosen) Circuit Protector Bracket
CD145
3. Disconnect the two wires

from the circuit protector.
Wires
remove the circuit protector.
Installation
Install the circuit protector in the

Circuit Protector Locking Tabs
CD146
18.1.6 Power Supply Section Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove: Input Terminal

• Left cover (see subsection 11.1.1). Block (TB1)
Screws
• Front lower cover (see subsection Wires
18.1.1).
2. Remove the screw and the

grounding wire.
3. Remove the screws and
disconnect the power supply
wires from the input terminal
block (TB1).
Power Supply Section
pull out the power supply Bracket
section bracket.
Screw/Grounding Wire
Reinstallation

reverse order of removal. CD151
18.1.7 Relay (K1 to K6) Replacement
Removal
Connectors (6)
1. Remove the power supply
Screws (2)
section bracket (see subsection K1
K3
18.1.6).
2. Disconnect the six

connectors from the relay.

then the relay. K2
Installation K4
Install the relay in the reverse

order of removal. K5
K6
CD152
18.1.8 SSR (SSR1 to SSR3) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the power supply SSR3 SSR2

section bracket (see subsection
18.1.6).

disconnect the four wires
from the SSR.

SSR3
then the SSR.
Install the SSR in the reverse

Screws (2)
order of removal.
CD153
18.1.9 Circuit Protector (CP11 to CP14) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the power supply

18.1.6).
2. Open the six clamps and Screws (3)

remove the harnesses from (Loosen)
them.
3. Loosen the three screws,

remove one screw and move
Clamps (6)
the relay bracket.
Screw
(Remove)
CD154
4. Disconnect the wires from

the circuit protector.
5. Release the locking tabs and Circuit Protector (CP11)

remove the circuit protector.
Locking Tabs
Installation
Install the circuit protector in the

CP12
CP13
CP14
Wires
CD155
18.1.10 Noise Filter (NF1 to NF3)/Capacitor (C1 to C3) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the power supply Bracket

18.1.6).
3. Loosen the three screws and

move the bracket.
Clamps
Screws (3)
CD156
4. Open the five clamps.
Clamps (5)
CD157
5. Remove the three terminal

covers, loosen the six
screws and disconnect the Screws (6)
six OUT wires from the
NFB2 to NFB4.
OUT Wires (6)

Terminal Covers (3)
CD158
<Noise Filter>
6. Remove the four nuts and
Screws (2) Noise Filter (NF1)
disconnect the wires from
the noise filter.

then the noise filter.
NF2 Nuts (4)

NF3
CD159
<Capacitor>
8. Remove the two nuts and
Capacitor
disconnect the capacitor
wires from the noise filter.
Screws Nuts
the capacitor.
Installation
Install the capacitor and noise

filter in the reverse order of
removal.
CD160
18.1.11 Step Down Transformer Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the power supply (Remove)
Screws (10)
18.1.6).
2. Remove the ten terminal

screws on the step down
transformer terminal block
and disconnect the wires.

then the transformer.
Wires
CD161
Installation 200N
200L 200V
reverse order of removal. 210L 210V
220L 220V
230L 230V
240L 240V
100N1D
100N1U
100L1D 100V
100L1U
100N2-D
100N2-U
100L2-D 100V
100L2-U
200N2
200L2
18.1.12 PAC22 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the front lower Circuit Board Spacers (6)


from the PAC22 circuit
board.
3. Release the locking tabs of

the six circuit board spacers
and remove the circuit
board.
Installation
PAC22 Circuit Board
CD147
18.2 DC Power Supply Section
18.2.1 Printer Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

supply.
2. Remove the eleven screws Screws (11)

and then the printer rear
cover.
Reinstallation

Printer Rear Cover
CD162
18.2.2 DC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the printer rear


then the main control unit
Screws (2)
Main Control Unit Section Cover
CD163

and pull out the DC power
supply bracket.
NOTE: Open the harness clamps if

necessary.
DC Power Supply Section Bracket

Screws (3)
CD164
NOTE: Place the bracket on a

suitable block to keep it to the
installed height.
Reinstallation

Block
CD875
18.2.3 LED Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the DC power Screws (4) LED Circuit Board

supply bracket (see subsection
18.2.2).

connectors from the LED
circuit board.

then the LED circuit board.
Installation

Connectors
CD165
18.2.4 PWR22 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the DC power PWR22 Circuit Board

18.2.2).

form the circuit board.
3. Remove the thirteen screws

Installation

Screws (13)
CD166
18.2.5 DC Power Supply Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the DC power

18.2.2).

from the PWR22 circuit
board and DC power
supplies.
Connectors
CD167

and then the DC power
supply bracket.
DC Power Supply Bracket

Screws (7)
CD168

then the DC power supply
from the bracket.
M4×8 Screws (2) M4×6 Screws (6)
Installation
Toothed Washers (2)

NOTE: • Replace the wire harnesses

from the old unit to a new
unit one by one.
• After installation, adjust DC
voltages (see subsection
18.2.6).
CD169
18.2.6 DC Voltage Adjustment
1. Remove:
• DC power supply bracket (see

Screws (7)
subsection 18.2.2).

subsection 15.3.1).

securing the DC power
supply bracket.
CD874
3. Place a 2 cm spacer under

the DC power supply bracket
to raise the bracket.
Spacer
(Approximately 2cm)
CD876

breaker. Start up the system.
5. Measure the voltage at the

points shown in the “CD
Voltage Check List” (see
subsection 19.6.1). A+12V
A+24V A+20V P+5V +24V3
A+13V +24V0
A+5V
6. Adjust the voltage by turning

the VR on the DC power
supply.
7. Turn OFF the built-in circuit

breaker and the main power D+3.3V A—13V A—12V P+8V +24V2
supply. A+8V D+5V A—5V +24V1 +24V4
VR Location
CD170
18.3 Image Processing Circuit Board Section
18.3.1 Image Processing Circuit Board Bracket Opening/Closing
Opening
1. Remove the printer rear Screws (4)


bracket.
Closing
Close the bracket in the reverse

order of opening.
Circuit Bracket
CD171
18.3.2 Printer Exhaust Fan 1/2 (F311/F312) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the printer rear Auto Film Carrier

Manual Film Carrier Lock Lever
cover (see subsection 18.2.1). Release Lever

then the manual film carrier
release lever.

the auto film carrier lock
lever.
Screw
Screws (2)
CD671

then the small table top
cover.
Screws (5)
Table Top Small Cover
CD173

Fan Bracket Screws (5)
CD174

F312 connectors.
Connectors
the fan connectors from the
Screws (2)
bracket.

and then the fan guard and
the fan.
Clamp
Fan Guard
Fan
Fan Guard
Screws (2)
Fan
CD175
Installation

Arrow
NOTE: Point the arrow on the fan to

the outside.
CD176
18.3.3 Printer Exhaust Fan 2 (F313) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the printer rear Screws (Loosen)


remove the one screw and
Fan Bracket
Screw (Remove)
CD177

connector.
4. Open the clamp and remove Screws (2) Connector

the fan connector from the
bracket.
Fan Connector
then the fan guard.
Fan Guard
Clamp
CD178

then the fan and fan guard
from the bracket.
Fan
(F313)
Fan Guard
Screws (2)
CD179
Installation

reverse order of removal. Arrow
NOTE: Point the arrow of the fan to

the outside.
Outside
CD180
18.3.4 Image Processing Section Cooling Fan 1/2 (F217/F218) Replacement
Removal
1. Open the image processing

circuit board bracket (see Screws (2)
subsection 18.3.1).
Fan Cover

connectors.

then the fan cover.
Connectors
CD181
4. Remove the fan connectors

from the fan cover.
Fan Cover
Connectors
then the fan.
Fan (F217)
Installation

NOTE: Install the fan with the arrow Up

pointing up.
Screws (2)
Fan (F218) Screws (2)
CD182
18.3.5 GHT22/GIA22/GPA22 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
1. Open the image processing Fan Connectors

circuit board bracket (see Clamp
subsection 18.3.1).
2. Disconnect the five

board box.
3. Disconnect the two fan

connectors and open the
clamp.
Connectors (5)
CD1089

remove the circuit board box
from the bracket.
Circuit Board Box
Screws (4)
CD183
5. Remove the thirteen screws

and then the circuit board
box cover.
Screws (13)
CD1090

then the circuit board holder.
Screws (2)
Circuit Board Holder
CD184
7. Release the locks and

remove the circuit boards.
Locks Connector

from the GHT22 circuit
board.
GPA22 CHT22
GIA22 Circuit Board
Circuit Board
Circuit Board
CD185
Installation

NOTE: • Connect the harness

connector to the GHT22
circuit board securely.
• Insert each circuit board
into the connector on the
GMB22 circuit board
securely.
GHT22
Circuit
Board
Locks Connector
CD1091
• Align the GPA22, GIA22

Circuit Board Holder
and GHT22 circuit boards
with the grooves in the
circuit board holder and
install the holder while
depressing it lightly.
• Install the system software

when the GHT22 circuit
board has been replaced
(see section 4.3).
GPA22 GIA22 GHT22

Circuit Board Circuit Board Circuit Board
CD1092
18.3.6 GMB22 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Screws (12)
1. Remove the GHT22, GIA22

and GPA22 circuit boards
2. Remove the twelve screws

and then the GMB22 circuit
board.
Installation

GMB22 Circuit Board
CD187
18.3.7 CTC22 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
1. Open the image processing
Screws (9)
circuit board bracket (see
subsection 18.3.1).

from the CTC22 circuit
board.
3. Remove the nine screws and
Installation
After installation, perform
followings.
1) System software CTC22 Circuit Board
reinstallation (see section 4.3).
2) Menu 43L “LED Light
Amount Adjustment” (see
subsection 5.4.15). CD188
18.3.8 Pulse Motor Driver Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the printer rear

cover (see subsection 18.2.1). Connector Motor Driver

DR2 connectors.

then the motor driver.
Installation
Install the motor driver in the

Screws (2)
CD189
18.3.9 LDA22 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the F313 fan

bracket (see subsection 18.3.3). Screws
(Loosen)
DR2 connectors from the
motor driver and open the
Connectors
clamp.

the cover.
Screws
(Remove)
Clamp
CD190
4. Disconnect the R, G and B

cables and all connectors
from the circuit board. B Cable R Cable
G Cable
Screws (2)
Installation

LDA22 Circuit Board
CD191
18.3.10 LDD22 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screws (7)
1. Remove the LDA22 circuit
board (see subsection 18.3.9). Spacers (6)


and six spacers and then the LDD22
circuit board. Circuit
Board
Installation

CD192
18.3.11 Start Switch Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the F313 fan

bracket (see subsection 18.3.3). Screws
(Loosen)
DR2 connectors from the
motor driver and open the
Connectors
clamp.

the cover.
Screws
(Remove)
Clamp
CD190
4. Disconnect the POSW

connector.
POSW Connector Locking Tabs
remove the start switch.
Installation

order of removal.
Start Switch
CD469
18.4.1 Main Control Unit Replacement
Removal
Main Control Unit
1. Remove:

• Printer rear cover (see subsection
18.2.1).
2. Pull the main control unit Cables

slightly toward the left side.
3. Disconnect all cables from

the main control unit.
4. Remove the main control

unit.
CD197
Installation
1. Insert the main control unit

from the left side halfway.
Main Control Unit
CD058
(2) Mouse Cable

2. Connect the cables to the (5) UPS Serial
(1) Keyboard Cbale Cable (optional)
main control unit in the order Power Switch
(COM2)
listed below.
(10) Power
Supply
(1) Keyboard cable
Cable
(2) Mouse cable
(3) USB-A cables
(4) PC Ethernet cable
(4) PC
(5) COM2-UPS serial cable Ethrnet
(6) COM1 cable Cable
(7) PC2 cable
(8) CRT cable
(9) PCON cable (9) Power
(10) Power supply cable Control
(3) USB-A Cable Serial
Cable
3. Make sure the power switch (6) To Outside (PCON)
on the main control unit is (COM1 Cable)
ON. (8) To Monitor (7) SCSI Cable to
(CRT Cable) Image Processing
Section (PC2)
CD969
4. Push the main control unit all

the way in.
5. Install the system software

(see section 4.4).
Main Control Unit
CD063
18.4.2 UPS Battery (Optional) Replacement
Removal

Screws (2)
then the battery cover.
Battery Cover
CD060
2. Remove the UPS battery

from the battery cover.
Installation UPS Battery
1. Install a new UPS battery to

the battery cover.
Battery Cover
CD061
2. Install the UPS battery/cover

to the main control unit and
tighten the two screws.
UPS Battery/Cover
3. When an UPS battery has

been newly installed,
proceed to the following
“UBS Setup”.
Screws (2)
CD062
<UPS Setup>
1) Select “4 Setup and

Maintenance” → “10 Special
Operations” → “B Explorer”.
2) Double click “Control Panel”.

3) Double click “RICHO UPS

Service”.
4) Click [start] when optional

UPS battery is used.
Click [stop] when no optional
UPS battery is used.
5) Click [exit].
6) Close “Explorer”.
18.5.1 PDC22 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the processor rear Screws (12)


from the PDC22 circuit
board.

Installation

PDC22 Circuit Board
CD249
18.5.2 CTP22 Circuit Board Replacement

Screws (12) Lithium Battery
Removal


from the CTP22 circuit
board.

CTP22 Circuit Board

CD250
• When the CTP22 circuit board needs replacing, always

replace its assembly entirely.
• Do not try to replace the lithium battery for data backup.
Incorrect battery replacement may cause explosion.
• Return the old CTP22 circuit

board to the FUJIFILM's
factory.
Installation

NOTE: Change the jumper plug (J2)

from 1-2 (OFF) to 2-3
(Backup).
After installation, reinstall the

system software (see section 4.3).
Jumper Plug J2 CTP22 Circuit Board
NOTE: If the system does not start
up, proceed to “Start Up
Procedure When Battery on
CTP22 Circuit Board
Discharged” (see subsection
18.5.3). CD064
18.5.3 Start Up Procedure When Battery on CTP22 Circuit Board Discharged.
NOTE: If the machine does not start

up due to discharged backup
battery, follow the steps below
Battery
to start up.

2. Measure the voltage

between the TP17 (GND)
and the battery positive (+)
terminal on the CTP22
circuit board.
CTP20 Circuit Board
CD970
3. If the voltage is less than

2.5V, remove the front lower
cover (see subsection 18.1.1). PAC22 Circuit Board Jumper Connector
4. Disconnect the jumper

connector from the PAC18
connector on the PAC22
circuit board and connect it
to the PAC19 connector.
PAC18 PAC19
CD077
5. Press the start switch to start

up the machine.
PAC18 PAC19
6. After starting up the
machine, return the jumper
connector to the PAC18
connector.
8. In the menu 45U “Data

Download” screen, select
“All” and click [OK].
Jumper Connector
CD078
18.5.4 Processing Tank Exhaust Fan (F406) Replacement
Removal
Connector Cover
1. Remove:

subsection 15.3.1).

subsection 17.3.1).

Screws (2)
CD251

clamp.
F406 Connector
Clamp
CD252

fan. Fan (F406) Fan Guard
Installation

NOTE: Point the arrow on the fan to

the outside.
Screws (2)
Arrow
CD253
18.5.5 Control Section Exhaust Fan (F317) Replacement
Removal
Connector Cover
1. Remove:

subsection 15.3.1).

subsection 17.3.1).

Screws (2)
CD251

clamp.
F317 Connector Clamp
CD254

and then the fan bracket.
Fan Bracket Screws (3)
CD255

then the fan guard and fan.
Fan Guard
Screws (2)
CD256
Screws (2)
Installation

Fan Guard

outward.
Fan (F317)
Arrow
CD257
18.5.6 Power Supply Section Exhaust Fan 1 (F306/F307) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the processor rear Fan Bracket


Screws (2)
CD258

F307 connectors.
F307 F306
CD259
4. Open the clamp.

then the fan guard and the Arrow
Fan Guard
fan.
Fan (F307)
Installation

Clamp
NOTE: Point the arrow of the fan to
the outside.
Fan (F306)
Screws (4)
CD260
19. ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
19.1 Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout Diagrams

19.1.1 Input Power Supply Section
19.1.2 Printer Rear Section
19.1.3 Processor Rear Section
19.1.4 Scanner Section
19.2 Block Diagram
19.3 Wiring Diagrams

19.3.1 AC Power Supply Wiring Diagram
19.3.2 PWR22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
19.3.3 CCD22/ADC22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
19.3.4 CTC22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
19.3.5 CTP22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
19.3.6 LDD22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
19.3.7 LTC22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
19.3.8 PAC22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
19.3.9 Main Control Unit Wiring Diagram
19.3.10 PDC22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
19.3.11 PZR22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
19.3.12 Exposure Section Wiring Diagram (Laser Unit)
19.3.13 Exposure Section Wiring Diagram (Sensors and Mechanical System)
19.3.14 Image Processing Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
19.3.15 Auto Film Carrier NC100AC Wiring Diagram
19.4 Circuit Board Circuit Diagrams

19.4.1 PAC22 Circuit Board Circuit Diagram
19.4.2 PDC22 Circuit Board Circuit Diagram
19.5 List of LEDs, Fuses and Destinations for Each DC Power Supply
Unit
19.5.1 DC Power System
19.5.2 List of the LEDs and DC Voltages on the PAC22 Circuit Board
19.5.3 List of the LEDs and DC Voltages on the PDC22 Circuit Board
19.5.4 List of the LEDs and DC Voltages on the CTP22 Circuit Board
19.5.5 List of the LEDs and DC Voltages on the CTC22 Circuit Board
19.5.6 List of the LEDs and DC Voltages on the CYS22 Circuit Board
19.6 DC Voltage Adjustment

19.6.1 DC Voltage Check List
19.6.2 Potentiometers Used to Adjust the DC Power Supply Voltages
19.1.1 Input Power Supply Section

Terminal Block (TB4)
Relays (K1 to K6)
Step Down
Transformer
Capacitors (C1 to C3)

Noise Filters
(NF1 to NF3)
5 3 1
1
Built-in Circuit 1 6 4 2
Breaker 2
(NFB1) 2
3 3
SSR3 SSR2 SSR1
Circuit Protectors
(CP1 to CP10)
13 579
2 4 6 8 10
2 3 4
11 14
12
13
Power Supply Terminal Block

Connection Label (TB2) Circuit Protectors PAC22 Circuit Board
Leakage Breakers (CP11 to CP14)
Power Supply Terminal (NFB2 to NFB4)
CD823B
Block (TB1)
19.1.2 Printer Rear Section
Printer Exhaust Fans 1/2

GIA22 (F311/F312)
Image Processing Circuit Board
Section
Cooling Fans 1/2
(F217/F218) GHT22
Circuit Board LDD22 Circuit Board
GPA22 Printer Exhaust

Circuit Boards Fan 2 (F313)
(4 to 6) Start Switch
LDA22 Circuit Board
Printer Suction
Fans 1/2
GMB22 (F308/F309)
Circuit Board
Pulse Motor Driver
Image Processing Circuit
CTC22 Board Section
Circuit Board
Main Control
Unit Section
DC Power
Supply Unit
(Alpha 600) Main Control Unit
DC Power Supply Section
DC Power
Supply Unit
(Alpha 400)
PWR22 Circuit Board
LED Circuit Board
CD823A
19.1.3 Processor Rear Section

Processing Tank Exhaust Fan Printer Control Section Exhaust Fan
(F406) (F317)
PDC22 Circuit Board
Control Circuit Board Section
CTP22 Circuit Board
Power Supply Section Exhaust Fans 1

(F306/F307)
CD824
<Scanner Section Rear View>
ADC22 Circuit Board
PZR22 Circuit Board
LTC22 Circuit Board

CD825
PWR22
Circuit Board Image Processing Section
(See 19.3.2)
Scanner Section
AOM-G
LDA22 Laser Unit
CCD22 Circuit Board (See 19.3.12)

AOM-B (See 19.3.13)
Circuit Board (See 19.3.12)
(See 19.3.3)
GIA22 Circuit Board

GPA22 Circuit Board
GPA22 Circuit Board
GPA22 Circuit Board
GPA22 Circuit Board
GPA22 Circuit Board
GPA22 Circuit Board
LED22 ADC22
Circuit Board Circuit Board LDD22
Circuit Board JML22
(See 19.3.6) Circuit Board
GMB22 Circuit Board (See 19.3.12)
(See 19.3.14) (See 19.3.12)
LTC22 Lens
Circuit Board PZR22
(See 19.3.7) Circuit Board
19.2 Block Diagram
(See 19.3.11) GHT22 Circuit Board
PWR22 Circuit Board

(See 19.3.2)
CTC22 Circuit Board CTP22 Circuit Board

(Carrier and Scanner Control) (Printer and Processor Control)
(See 19.3.4) (See 19.3.5)
Main Control Unit Interlock

(See 19.3.9) Information
Monitor Sensors of Printer

PDC22 PAC22
and Processor Power
Circuit Board Circuit Board
Supply
(DC Driver) (AC Driver) Interlock Section
(See 19.3.10) (See 19.3.8) Information
CYS22 (See 19.3.1)

Circuit Board Manual Film
(Auto Film Carrier Carrier M69D Mouse PWR22
NC100AC) Keyboard Circuit Board
(See 19.3.15) (See 19.3.2)
Motors Heaters
Densitometer Solenoids Pumps
Fans Dryer Fan

19.3.1 AC Power Supply Wiring Diagram
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
A
ORG
BLK
Electrical Wiring Diagram BLK BLK
WHT WHT
Power Supply Section Wiring Diagram

ORG
(for a Three-phase Four-wire System)
BLK BLK
B WHT
BLK
WHT
BLK
WHT
RED RED YEL BLK
ORG ORG WHT BLK
BRN BRN YEL BLK WHT
BLU BLK To the DC power
BLU WHT BLK RED
supply unit
WHT WHT BLK
BLK
WHT
C GRN/YEL
To the dryer heater A
RED
BLK
Power Supply Section Wiring Diagram To the dryer heater B

D (for a Single-phase System)
BLK BLK
WHT WHT
RED RED BLK BLK
YEL
BLK
ORG ORG WHT WHT
YEL
WHT
BRN BRN BLK BLK
YEL
BLU BLU WHT WHT BLK BLK Panel
BLK
WHT WHT
E ORG
WHT
BLK
GRN/YEL To the PC (100 VAC)
GRN/YEL
BLK BLK BLK
ORG
WHT WHT WHT Solution heater A
( ) BLK
ORG BLK
WHT
Power Supply Section Wiring Diagram BLK
F (for a Three-phase Three-wire System)

BLK BLK BLK BLK
Solution heater B
WHT WHT WHT ( )
WHT
RED RED YEL BLK
BLK RED
ORG YEL WHT
ORG WHT
YEL Panel BLK
BRN BRN BLK
BLK BLK
BLU BLU WHT
WHT WHT Dryer fan
Transformer
G BLK
WHT To the 100 VAC-related loads in
the PAC circuit board
GRN/YEL
Panel
H
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
3.3V D+3.3V1 Vcc(D+5V1) VCC(FU1)
(RED) GND-3.3D (RED)
GND Vcc(D+5V1) VCC(FU1)
(BLK) D+3.3V2 (RED) D322
3.3V (RED) D322 (GRY)
GND GND-3.3D D323 D323
(BLK) D+3.3V3 D324A/D324B (GRY) D324
1
3.3V (RED) (GRY)
GND GND-3.3D D325A/D325B D325
BOX2
BOX2
(BLK) D+3.3V4 (GRY) D416
3.3V D416A/D416B
PWR6
PWR6
(RED) (GRY)
GND GND-3.3D D410 D410
(BLK) (GRY)
PWR1
PWR1
Image Processing BOX

3.3V D+3.3V5 +24V2_on/off N.C PINSP1
CTP10
CTP10
GND (RED) GND-3.3D +24V3_on/off (GRY) N.C PINSP2
(GRY)
1 4 2 5 3 8 6 9 7 10
(BLK) N.C N.C 24VON
+24V4_on/off
N.C GND-3.3D N.C
(GRY) N,C PONSP1
(GRY)
1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12
GND(DGND) PONSP2
GND(DGND) (BLK) N.C PONSP3
(BLK)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 1314
GND
CTP22
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 13141516
A+20V (RED) A+20V
(RED) (RED) GND-20A
GND-20A D+5V1 D+5V
2 1
1 2
1 2
1 8
1 8
(BLK) (BLK) (RED)
N.C (BLK)N.C A+12V1 GND-D5 DGND
1 3
2
N.C N.C A+12V2 (BLK)

D+5V2 N,C
GND-12A GND-12A D+5V2 N,C
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) A-12V1
A-12V1
JSA8
D+5V3 N,C
3 4
JSA8
3 4
2 9
2 9
CCD2
(BLU)
CCD2
CCD2
(BLU)
CTP11
CTP11
(BLU) N.C A-12V2
N.C N.C D+5V3 N,C
PWR7
PWR7
A+5V A+5V D+5V1 D+5V
(RED) (RED) (RED) GND-5A (RED)
GND-5A (BLK) (BLK) GND-5D DGND
(BLK)
2 4
A-5V A-5V GND-5D N,C (BLK)
3 4 5 6 7 8
5 6 7
5 6 7
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) N.C A+20V
JSA5
GND-5D
JSA5
N,C
PWR9
PWR9
1 4 2 7 3 8 6 9 5 10
N.C N.C N.C GND-20A
A+12V1
3 4 10 11 5
3 4 10 11 5
(RED)N.C A+12V2
GND-12A
N.C N.C (BLK) N.C A-12V1
6 12
6 12
N.C A-12V2
A+5V
(RED) GND-5A Vcc(D+5V2) Vcc
(BLK) A-5V (RED)
Vcc(D+5V2) Vcc
(BLU) (RED)
7 13 14
7 13 14
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
3
A12V +24V1_on/off +24V1_on/off

(RED) (GRY)
GND P+9V_on/off P+9V_on/off
PWR2
PWR2
CTC5
CTC5
(BLK) P+5V2_on/off (GRY) P+5V2_on/off
N.C N.C
A5V GND(DGND) (GRY) GND(DGND)
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
ADC2
ADC2
(RED) (BLK)
ADC2
GND
A-5V (BLK)
6 3 2 4 1 5
(BLU)
D+5V2
D+5V1 N,C GND_5D
N.C A+20V N.C
CTC2
CTC2
D+5V1 N,C D+5V2

N.C GND-20A D+5V2 N.C GND_5D
1 2 3 4
(RED)
N.C A+12V1 D+5V2 N,C
A+12V2 D+5V3
(RED) (RED)
GND-12A D+5V3
(BLK) 1 2
PWR8
PWR8
N.C A-12V1 (RED)
(BLU) GND-5D (BLK)
A-12V2 GND-5D
To CTC_2/3_JCA6
N.C A+5V (BLK)

4
GND-5D N,C
N.C GND-5A
To CTC_2/3_JCA7
GND-5D (BLK)
1 6 2 7 3 8 4 5 9 10
N.C A-5V
CTC22
N.C A+20A
PWR10
PWR10
N.C GND-20A
1 2
N.C A+12V1
A+12V2
To CTC_2/3_JCA3
(RED) GND-12A
(BLK)
N.C A-12V1
(BLU) A-12V2 +24V01 +24V01
(ORG)
N.C A+5V +24V02 N,C (BLK) GND_24V0
N.C GND-5A GND-24V0 +24V11
To CTC_2/3_JCA8
(ORG)
N.C A-5V +24V11 GND_24V1
(BLK)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
+24V12 N,C N.C +24V01
CTC4
CTC4
GND-24V1 N.C GND_24V0

+24V21 N,C N.C +24V11
+24V22 N,C N.C GND_24V1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+24V23 N,C
5
GND-24V2 N,C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
P+5V1
GND_5P
l+24I A+24V1 P+9V1
1
(ORG)N.C A+24V2 GND_9P
24GI GND-24A N.C N.C
(BLK) A+8V1 N.C P+5V1
B+8I
CTC3
CTC3
2 3
(RED) N.C A+8V2 N.C GND_5P
B8GI GND-8A N.C P+9V1
4
(BLK) +24V12 N.C GND_9P
N.C A+13V1 (ORG)
PWR15
PWR15
+13I A+13V2 GND-24V1 N.C N.C
LDD2
LDD2
(BLK)
7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
(RED) N.C A+13V3 +24V21 N,C

13GI GND-13A +24V22 N,C
13GI (BLK) GND-13A +24V23 N,C
(BLK) A-13V GND-24V2 N,C
-13I
G+8I
(BLU) N.C A+24V1 GND-24V2 N,C
16171819202122
PWR11
PWR11
JCA9
JCA9
G8GI A+24V2
LDD22
6
8 10 9 5 6
(ORG) GND-24A
To CTC22_2/3_CY2
(BLK) N.C A+8V1

A+8V2
(RED) GND-8A
(BLK) N.C A+13V1
IL24I GND-24V2 N,C
I24GI N.C A+13V2 +24V01 (ORG)
A+13V3 (ORG)
JPS1
JPS1
IL+13I +24V02 N,C

1 2
1 2
(RED) (BLK) (BLK)

I13GI GND-13A GND-24V0
(BLK)
LDD1
LDD1
N.C N.C N.C GND-13A +24V11 N,C
To PAC22_PAC16
1112 131415
N.C N.C N.C A-13V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324
N.C N.C
5 7 1 3 2 4 6
PWR22 Circuit Board (1/2)
P+5V1 (RED)
GND-5P
19.3.2 PWR22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/2)
(BLK)
P+9V1 (RED)
7
P+9V2 N.C
(BLK)
N.C A+24V1 GND-9P
1 2 3 4 5
N.C A+24V1
N.C A+24V2
N.C A+24V2 +24V13 24V
N.C GND-24A (ORG) (ORG)
GND-24V1 GND
NDL
NDL
(BLK)
JNDL2
JNDL2
6 7
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
Light table
N.C GND-24A
JNDL1
JNDL1
N.C N.C
1 2 3
1 2 3
N.C A+8V1
N.C A+8V1
PWR13
PWR13
N.C A+8V2
N.C A+8V2
N.C GND-8A
1 2
N.C GND-8A P+5V1 (RED)

+13V A+13V1 GND-5P
(RED)
PWR12
PWR12
GND N.C A+13V1 P+9V1 N.C (BLK)

1 2
(BLK) P+9V2
N.C A+13V2 (RED)
N.C A+13V2 GND-9P (BLK)
N.C N.C
8
N.C A+13V3
N.C N.C
LTC1
LTC1
N.C A+13V3
LTC22
8 9 10 11121314
GND-13A
-13V N.C GND-13A
(BLU)
GND GND-13A
3 4
(BLK) (RED)
N.C GND-13A
A-13V N.C (BLK)
JPS2
JPS2
+24v30 N.C
N.C A-13V N.C N.C
+24v31
1 13 2 14 3 15 4 16 5 17 6 18 7 19 8 20 9 21 10 22 11 23 12 24
N,C
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
To PAC22_PAC16
+23v32 N,C
GND-24V3
+24v41 N,C
+24v42 N,C
+24v43 N,C
GND-24V4 N,C
GND-24V4 N,C +9V
+24v30 N,C GND
PZR1
PZR1
PZR22
PWR17
PWR17
1 2
+24v31 N,C
9
+24v32 N,C
GND-24V3 N,C
+24v41 N,C
+24v42 N,C
+24v43 N,C
GND-24V4 N,C (ORG)
GND-24V4 N,C (BLK)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1213 1415 16 17 18
To PAC22_PAC16
D416A/D416B- (ORG)
D416x_RTN (BLK)
1 2
PAC15
To PAC22
N.C N,C
PWR5
PWR5
N.C N,C
1 3 2 4
10
11
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1
D322+
(RED) Magazine door detecting interlock switch
D322-
1 5
(BLK)
D322
(V-152-1C26)
D322
N.C
D325A/D325B+ (RED)
D325A/D325B- Front upper cover sensor
2 6
(BLK) N.C (V-152-1C26)
D325A
D325A
(BLK) Front upper cover sensor

N.C (V-152-1C26)
D325B
D325B
PWR3
PWR3
D324A/D324B+
(RED) (YEL) Feed section lower door sensor
D324A/D324B-
3 7
3 6
3 6
(BLK) (YEL) (V-152-1C26)
N.C
D324A
D324A
N.C N.C
(YEL)
2
N.C Feed section lower door sensor
JHA5
JHA5
N.C
2 5
2 5
N.C (V-152-1C26)
D324B
D324B
D323+
(RED) (YEL) Feed section upper door sensor
D323-
4 8
1 4
1 4
(BLK)
D323
(V-152-1C26)
D323
(YEL) N.C
D410+
D410- (RED) (YEL) Replenisher door detecting interlock switch
D410A
D410A
1 4
1 2
1 2
(BLK) (YEL)
D410
(V-152-1C26)
D410
D416A/D416B+ Dryer unit detecting interlock switch
PWR4
PWR4
(RED) (GRY) (YEL) (V-152-1C26)
D416A/D416B-
J416A
J416A
D416A
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
D416A
D416A
(BLK)
3
N.C N.C (YEL)

N.C N.C
2 5 3 6
Dryer unit detecting interlock switch
(BLK) (V-152-1C26)
D416B
(BLK)
+24V01 P+24V01
9
+24V02 N.C
GND-24VO GND
(BLK)
10
+24V11 N.C
+24V12 N.C
GND-24V1 N.C
+24V21 P+24V21
4
+24V22 (ORG)
GND
1 2
(ORG)
+24V23 N.C
GND-24V2 P+24V22
GND-24V2 (BLK) GND
3 4
+24V01 (BLK)
N.C
PDC22
PDC22
PWR16
PWR16
+24V02 P+24V02
(ORG)
GND-24V0 GND
7 8
(BLK)
+24V11 N.C
+24V12 N.C
GND-24V1 N.C
+24V21 N.C
+24V22 N.C
+24V23 P+24V23
(ORG)
GND-24V2 GND
5 6
(BLK)
GND-24V2 N.C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
PWR22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (2/2)
5
PDC22
+24V30 N.C
+24V30 N.C
+24V31 P+24V31
1
(ORG)
+24V31 N.C
+24V32 (BLK)
N.C
+24V32 P+24V32
GND-24V3 (ORG)
(BLK) GND
PDC24
PDC24
GND-24V3 GND
+24V41 N.C N.C
+24V41 N.C N.C N.C
3 2 4 5 6
PWR18
6
PWR18
+24V42
+24V42 N.C
+24V43 N.C P+24V41
+24V43 (ORG)
GND
GND-24V4 (BLK) P+24V42
GND-24V4 (ORG)
GND
1 2 3 4
GND-24V4 (BLK)
PDC23
PDC23
GND-24V4 N.C P+24V43

(ORG)
1 10 2 11 3 12 4 13 5 14 6 15 7 16 8 17 9 18
GND
(BLK)
N.C N.C
5 6 7
PWR22 Circuit Board (2/2)

7
P+5V1 (RED) P+5V

P+5V1 N.C GND
PDC25
PDC25
1 2
(BLK)
GND-5P
GND-5P N.C
P+9V1 N.C
P+9V1 N.C
P+9V2 N.C
P+9V2 N.C
PWR14
PWR14
GND-9P N.C
GND-9P N.C
N.C N.C
N.C N.C
N.C N.C
N.C N.C
1 8 2 9 3 10 4 11 5 12 6 13 7 14
8
9
10
11
19.3.3 CCD22/ADC22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 21 2 22 3 23 4 24 5 25 6 26 7 27 8 28 9 29 1030 11 3112 3213 3314 34 1535 1636 1737 1838 19 3920 40
1 212 223 234 245 25 6 26 7 27 8 28 9 2910 3011 3112 3213 33 1434 1535 1636 17 3718 3819 3920 40
GND GND
GND GND
SCK(+) SCK(+)
SCK(-) SCK(-)
SDTW(-) SDTW(-)
B SDTW(+)
SDTR(+)
SDTW(+)
SDTR(+)
SDTR(-) SDTR(-)
/HD(-) /HD(-)
/HD(+) /HD(+)
CLK(+) CLK(+)
ADC22 Circuit Board

ADC1
CCD1
CLK(-) CLK(-)
CCD1
ADC1
CCDOS SIG
DIN12(-) DIN12(-)
DIN12(+) DIN12(+)
Image Processing BOX

DIN11(+) DIN11(+)
DIN11(-) DIN11(-)
C DIN10(-)
DIN10(+)
DIN10(-)
DIN10(+)
DIN9(+) DIN9(+)
ADC4
BOX1
BOX1
ADC4
DIN9(-) DIN9(-)
DIN8(-) DIN8(-)
1 9 2 10 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14 7 15 8
N.C DIN8(+) DIN8(+)
N.C DIN7(+) DIN7(+)
N.C DIN7(-) DIN7(-)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
(BLK) DIN6(-) DIN6(-)

SDTW- (GRY) SDTW-
SDTW+ SDTW+ DIN6(+) DIN6(+)
(BLK) DIN5(+) DIN5(+)
SCK- (GRY) SCK-
DIN5(-) DIN5(-)
ADC3
ADC3
D SCK+
SDTR-
(BLK)
SCK+
SDTR- DIN4(-) DIN4(-)
CCD3
CCD3
JSA9
JSA9
SDTR+ (GRY) SDTR+ DIN4(+) DIN4(+)

CCD22 Circuit Board
(BLK) DIN3(+) DIN3(+)

HD- SYNC-
HD+ (GRY) SYNC+ DIN3(-) DIN3(-)
(BLK) DIN2(-) DIN2(-)
IDCK- IDCK-
(GRY) DIN2(+) DIN2(+)
IDCK+ (BLK) IDCK+
ADCK- ADCK- DIN1(+) DIN1(+)
(GRY) DIN1(-) DIN1(-)
ADCK+ ADCK+
DIN0(-) DIN0(-)
DIN0(+) DIN0(+)
GND GND
E GND GND
7 1314
7 13 14
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 1516 1718 1920

(BLU) (BLU)
4 1 5
A-5V (BLK) (BLK) A-5V
GND GND-5A
(RED) (RED)
A5V ADC2 A+5V
ADC2
N.C A-12V2
PWR22 Circuit Board

F
3 2
GND N.C N.C A-12V1
6
GND (BLK) (BLK) GND-12A
A+12V2
3 4 10 1112 5
3 4 10 11 12 5
(RED) (RED)
6
A12V A+12V1
UL1007 18AWG N.C N.C N.C GND-20A
PWR9
PWR9
N.C N.C N.C A+20V
JSA5
JSA5
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
3 4 5 6 7 8
5 6 7
5 6 7
A-5V A-5V
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
GND (RED) (RED) (RED) GND-5A
A+5V A+5V
CCD2
CCD2
N.C N.C (BLK) (BLK) N.C

(BLU) A-12V2
JSA8
3 4
3 4
2 9
2 9
JSA8
A-12V A-12V1
G GND
(RED) (RED) (BLK)
N.C
GND-12A
A+12V2
N.C A+12V1
1 2
1 2
1 8
1 8
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

2 1
GND GND-20A
(RED) (RED) (RED)
A+20V A+20V
H
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
GND(DGND) (BLK) GND
(BLK)
1
Conjugate length variable home position sensor VCC2 TxD CTC_RXD
(RED) (RED) RxD (GRY) (GRY)
D211 (GRY) CTC_TXD
D211
D211
(GP1A73A) (GRY) (GRY) GND(DGND) int out (GRY) /CTC_IRQ
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (GRY) (GRY)
int in (BLK) /CTC_INT
(BLK) GND
GND(DGND)
BOX5
BOX5
BOX
CTC1
CTC1
(BLK) (BLK)
JGM1
JGM1
GMB_out1 (GRY) IN PORT1
(GRY) OUT PORT1
Conjugate length variable upper limit sensor (RED) VCC2 GMB_in1 (BLK)
(RED) D212 (BLK) IN PORT2
GMB_out2
(GP1A73A) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
D212
D212
GND(DGND) GMB_in2 OUT PORT2
1 2 3
4 5 6
4 5 6
4 5 6
5 2 1 4 3 17 7 6 9 8
(BLK)
Image Processing
(BLK)
JSA1
JSA1
(BLK) (BLK)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
VCC2
Conjugate length variable lower limit sensor (RED) (RED)
(GRY) D213
D213
D213
(GP1A73A) (GRY) GND(DGND)
1 2 3
7 8 9
(BLK) N.C (BLK)
N.C
7 8 9 10
7 8 9 10
CTC12
CTC12
D+5V2 D+5V2
(RED)
2
GND_5D GND-5D
D+5V2 (BLK)
N.C N.C D+5V1
CTC2
CTC2
(RED) GND_5D N.C N.C D+5V1
UL1007 26AWG
1 2 3 4
Lens home VCC
(RED) (RED) N.C D+5V2
position sensor D214
(GRY) N.C GND-5D
D214
D214
(GRY) (GRY)
JSA6
JSA6
PWR8
PWR8
GND(DGND)
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
(GP1A75E) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) D+5V3
101112
(RED)
(BLK) GND-5D
(RED) D+5V3
JSA2
JSA2
Shutter home (RED) (BLK) GND-5D
2 4 1 6 7 9 3 5 8 10
To CY1 To CY2
VCC2
position sensor (RED) (RED)

(GRY) D215
(GRY) (GRY)
D215
D215
JSA7
JSA7
(GP1A73A) GND(DGND)
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
4 5 6
4 5 6
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
N.C GND(DGND)
13 1415 16
P+5V1 P+5V1
GND_5P (RED)
(BLK) GND-5P
P+9V1 P+9V1
GND_9P (RED) N.C
(BLK) P+9V2
N.C N.C GND-9P
table
3
P+5V1 N.C +24v13

(ORG)
CTC3
CTC3
GND_5P N.C GND-24v1
To the light
P+9V1 (BLK)
N.C (RED) P+5V1
PWR13
PWR13
GND_9P N.C GND-5P
To PAC
(BLK) N.C
N.C N.C P+9V1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Light source cooling fan sensor M24V0 P+9V2
(ORG) (RED)
PGND GND-9P
F201
(BLK)
F201
F201
To PZR
(109BF24HD2-2)
D204/
D204
1 2 3
1 2 3
(BLK) N.C
N.C
1 2 3
(GRY)
N.C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
N.C
CTC14
CTC14
UL1007 24AWG
Scanner cooling fan sensor (ORG) (ORG) M24VO
(BLK) PGND
(BLK)
F216
F216
F216
JSA3
JSA3
(109P0824H4D01)
D216/
D216
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
4 5 6
(GRY) (GRY)
+24V01 +24V01
(ORG) N.C
GND_24V0 +24V012
+24V11 (BLK)
(ORG) GND-24V0
4
GND_24V1 +24V11
+24V01 (BLK) N.C
N.C +24V12
CTC4
CTC4
GND_24V0 N.C GND-24V1
+24V11 N.C N.C +24V21
GND_24V1 N.C N.C +24V22
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PWR22 Circuit Board
N.C +24V23
N.C GND-24V2
N.C GND-24V2
(ORG) +24V01
N.C +24V02
PWR15
PWR15
(BLK)
M201-A GND-24V0
(RED) N.C +24V11
M201-/A
(BLU) +24V12
N.C (YEL) M201-B (ORG)
Conjugate length variable motor N.C M201-/B GND-24V1
1 7 2 8
(ORG) (BLK)
M201
M201
M201
N.C +24V21
N.C +24V22
1 4 2 5 3 6
1 4 2 5 3 6
To CY1 To CTC22_CY2
N.C +24V23
N.C GND-24V2
N.C
5
GND-24V2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
M202-A
(RED) (RED)
(YEL) (YEL) M202-/A
M202-B
CTC16
CTC16
Lens drive motor (BLU) (BLU)
M202-/B
1 5 2 6
1 5 2 6
M202
M202
M202
(ORG) (ORG)
3 9 4 10
N.C
N.C
1 5 2 6 3 4
1 5 2 6 3 4
Vcc Vcc(D+5V2)
Vcc (RED) Vcc(D+5V2)
(RED)
JSA4
JSA4
+24V1_on/off +24V1_on/off
(GRY) P+9V_on/off
P+9V_on/off
CTC5
CTC5
PWR2
PWR2
(GRY) P+5V2_on/off
M203-A P+5V2_on/off
(RED) (RED) (GRY) GND(DGND)
M203-/A DGND
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
(YEL) (YEL) (BLK)

M203-B
Shutter drive motor (BLU) (BLU)
M203-/B
3 7 4 8
3 7 4 8
M203
M203
M203
(ORG)
5 11 6 12
N.C (ORG)
N.C
1 5 2 6 3 4
1 5 2 6 3 4
6
Image processing section cooling fan 1 M24V0

(ORG) PGND
(BLK)
F217
D217/
(109P0824H2D01)
F217
F217
1 2 3 D217
1 2 3
1 2 3
(GRY) LH201+ LH201(+)

(GRY) LH201(-)
LH201-
CT22 Circuit Board (1/3)
(BLK)
D203A D203A(+)
19.3.4 CTC22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/3)
(GRY)
GND(DGND)
CTC15
CTC15
(BLK) D203A(-)
Image processing section cooling fan 2 M24V0 D203B
(ORG) (GRY) D203B(+)
PGND GND(DGND)
F218
D218/
(BLK) D203B(-)
LTC4
LTC4
F218
F218
7
(109P0824H2D01) (BLK)
CTC11
CTC11
D218
1 2 3
1 2 3
(GRY) D203C D203C(+)

N.C N.C (GRY)
GND(DGND)
4 5 6 7
(BLK) D203C(-)
D203D (GRY) D203D(+)
GND(DGND)
9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LTC22 Circuit Board
(BLK) D203D(-)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
PZ201+ X-axis on+

(GRY)
PZ201- (BLK) X-axis on-
OAUX0-(VCC) PZ202+ Y-axis on+
(GRY)
GND(DGND) PZ202- (BLK) Y-axis on-
OAUX0 PZON+ PWONon+
(GRY)
PZON- PWONon-
8
GND(DGND) (BLK)
OAUX1-(VCC) ERR201 X-axis SNG
PZR2
PZR2
(GRY)
GND(DGND) DGND GND
(BLK)
CTC13
CTC13
OAUX1 ERR202 (GRY) Y-axis SNG

Spare output circuitry for the Light GND(DGND) DGND GND
(BLK)
Source and Scanner sections OAUX2-(VCC) ERRPZR (GRY) Power NG
CTC17
CTC17
GND(DGND) DGND GND

PZR22 Circuit Board
(BLK)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
OAUX2 DGND N.C

GND(DGND) DGND N.C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14
OAUX3-(VCC)
GND(DGND)
OAUX3
GND(DGND)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213 141516
9
VCC2
IAUX0
GND(DGND)
Spare output circuitry for the Light GND(DGND)
Source and Scanner sections VCC2
CTC18
CTC18
IAUX1
GND(DGND)
GND(DGND)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
10
11
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
DIO+ (GRY) SIO+
DIO- (GRY) SIO-
(BLK) (BLK)
key1 CLK+ SCLK+
key2 CLK- (GRY) (GRY) CLK-
Key switch I/F (conventionally used as the (BLK) (BLK)
key3 CRES+ RST+
(GRY) (GRY)
1
J Carrier circuit board) key COM CRES- RST-
CTC25
CTC25
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
(BLK) (BLK)
6 26 7 27 8 28
N.C GND(DGND) N.C
N.C
CTC21
CTC21
SW1 SW1
1 2 3 4 5 6
(GRY) (GRY)
GND(DGND) SW1-RTN
(BLK) (BLK)
D123A D123A
D123A_RTN (GRY) (GRY) D123A_RTN
(BLK) (BLK)
4 24 5 25
D123B
D123B_RTN (GRY) (GRY) UL1007 26AWG
JCA2
JCA2
(BLK) (BLK)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1213
7 8 9 10 11 12
7 8 9 10 11 12
D123
1 2
1 2
JCA10
JCA10
D121
IX 240 carrier position sensor (GRY)
DGND DIO+ SIO2+
1 2
1 2
1 2
(BLK) (GRY) (GRY)
D121
D121
D121
DIO- (BLK) SIO2-
CLK+ (BLK) SCLK2+
(GRY) (GRY)
CLK- (BLK) SCLK2-
CRES+ (BLK) RST2+
CTC27
CTC27
2
CRES- (GRY) (GRY)

RST2-
(BLK) (BLK)
13 14 15 16 17 18
13 14 15 16 17 18
18 38 19 39 20 40
GND(DGND) N.C
D122 SW1
(GRY) N.C
CTC22
CTC22
135 carrier position sensor DGND
3 4
D122
1 2
1 2
(BLK) GND(DGND)
D122
D122
N.C
D123A N.C
D123A_RTN N.C
D123B N.C
D123_RTN N.C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1213
GND(DGND)
Serial communication I/F for debugging the TxD
RxD
CTC22 and GMB22 (GHT22) Int_out
CTC30
CTC30
Int_in M101-A (RED) M101-A
(BRN)
1 2 3 4 5
M101-/A M101-/A
CY1
CY1
(YEL) (RED)
M101-B (BLU) M101B
(ORG)
3
M101-/B M101-/B
(ORG) (YEL)
M102-A M102-A
M102-/A (RED) (BRN) M102-/A
(YEL) (RED)
M102-B M102-B
M102-/B (BLU) (ORG) M102-/B
(ORG) (YEL)
M103-A M103-A
(RED) (BRN)
M103-/A M103-/A
JCA6
JCA6
CTC26
CTC26
(YEL) (RED)
GND(DGND) M103-B M103-B
(BLU) (ORG)
Serial communication I/F for TxD M103-/B (ORG) M103-/B
RxD M104-A (YEL) M104-A
debugging the Carrier CPU (RED) (BRN)
RTS M104/A M104-/A
CTC31
CTC31
CTS M104-B (YEL) (RED) M104-B
Plug-in Connector for Film Carrier
1 2 3 4 5
(BLU) (ORG)
M104-/B M104-/B
S101+ (ORG) (YEL) S101+
(ORG) (ORG)
S101- S101-
(BLK) (BLK)
1 10 2 11 3 12 4 13 5 14 6 15 7 16 8 17 9 18
1 10 2 11 3 12 4 13 5 14 6 15 7 16 8 17 9 18
1 10 2 11 3 12 4 13 5 14 6 15 7 16 8 17 9 18
13 33 14 34 9 29 10 30 15 35 16 3611 31 12 321737
4
D+5V3
(RED) GND-5D
JCA6
JCA6
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
1 21
To PWR8
(RED) A+12V2
(BLK) GND-12A
A-12V2
JCA7
JCA7
2 22 3
(BLU)
To PWR10 N.C N.C
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
CTC22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (2/3)
M4 round ground terminal GND(FGND)

(BLK)
23
5
TxD+ (GRY) RxD+

TxD- (GRY) RxD-
(BLK) (BLK)
RTS+ (GRY) CTS+
RTS- (GRY) CTS-
(BLK) (BLK)
CTC22 Circuit Board (2/3)

RxD+ TxD+
RxD- (GRY) (GRY) Txd-
JCA1
JCA1
(BLK) (BLK)
CTS+ RTS+
(GRY) (GRY)
CTC23
CTC23
CTS- (BLK) RTS-

(BLK)
6
/PRQ /RPQ
(GRY) (GRY)
RQ-RTN (BLK) /RPQ-RTN
(BLK)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
4 20 5 21 6 22 7 23 9 25
GND(DGND) N.C
GND(DGND) N.C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112
NCC0 NCC0
(GRY) (GRY)
GND(DGND) (BLK) GND(DGND)
NCC1 (BLK) NCC1
(GRY) (GRY)
GND(DGND) GND(DGND)
NCC2 (BLK) (BLK) NCC2
(GRY) (GRY)
GND(DGND) GND(DGND)
(BLK) (BLK)
NCC3 (GRY) NCC3
GND(DGND) (GRY) GND(DGND)
JCA4
JCA4
(BLK) (BLK)
NCC4 NCC4
7
(GRY) (GRY)
GND(DGND) GND(DGND)
(BLK) (BLK)
CTC24
CTC24
key1 key1
key2 (GRY) (GRY) key2
(BLK) (BLK)
key3 BRS+(key3)
key COM (GRY) (GRY)
(BLK) (BLK) BRS-(key_com)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 1314
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 1314
1026112712 2813291430 8 24 1531
N.C
CY2
CY2
N.C
N.C N.C
N.C N.C
N.C N.C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 1314 15161718
D+5V3
(RED) GND(DGND)
JCA3
JCA3
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
1 17
To PWR8
8
A+12V2
(RED) GND-12A
(BLK)
A-12V2
JCA8
JCA8
2 18 3
(BLU)
To PWR10
N.C N.C
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
+24V12
(RED) GND-24V1
(BLK)
1632
N.C
To PWR15
N.C
N.C N.C
JCA9
JCA9
N.C N.C
N.C N.C
1 4 2 3 5 6
1 4 2 3 5 6
Plug-in Connector for Film Carrier
9
M4 round ground terminal GND(FGND)

(BLK)
19
10
11
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1
Wiring group B for the LTC22

Wiring group A for the LTC22
(RED) (GRY) Thermistor (PB7-42H-F3)
D203
D203
1 2
(WHT) (BRK)
1 21
1 21
(RED) (GRY) Peltier element (TEC1-12703)
LH201
LH201
LH201
1 2
(BLK) (BRK)
2 22
2 22
2
LED_1-/CHK
LED_1-/CHK_RTN (BLK)
L9V (ORG)
L9V (ORG)
(ORG) (ORG)
LED_IR22 (BLK)
LED_IR21 (BLK)
(BLK) (BLK)
LED_B9 (BLK)
LED_G7 (BLK)
(BLK) (BLK)
LED_R7
(BLK) (BLK)
LED_IR18 (BLK)
LED_B10 (BLK)
(BLK) (BLK)
CTC6
CTC6
LED_G8
LED1
(BLK) (BLK)
LED_R8
LED1
(BLK) (BLK)
LED_IR17 (BLK)
LED_B13 (BLK)
(BLK) (BLK)
LED_G11
(BLK) (BLK)
LED_R11
3
(BLK) (BLK)
LED_IR14
(BLK) (BLK)
LED_B14 (BLK)
LED_IR13 (BLK)
(BLK)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12131415161718
1232 1333 14341535163617 37183819392040

12 32 1333 14341535163617 37183819392040
LGND N.C (BLK)
N.C N.C
JCP1
JCP1
1 22 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213 14151617181920 21 2
LED_2-/CHK
LED_2-/CHKRTN (BLK)
LED_IR10 (BRN)
LED_B8 (BRN)
(BRN) (BRN)
LED_IR9 (BRN)
LED_R6 (BRN)
(BRN) (BRN)
LED_G6 (BRN)
(BRN)
4
LED_B11
(BRN) (BRN)
LED_IR6
LED_R9 (BRN) (BRN)
(BRN) (BRN)
LED_G9
(BRN) (BRN)
LED_B12 (BRN)
LED_IR5 (BRN)
CTC7
CTC7
LED2
(BRN) (BRN)
LED_R10
LED2
(BRN) (BRN)
LED_G10
(BRN) (BRN)
LED_B15 (BRN)
LED_IR2 (BRN)
(BRN) (BRN)
LED_IR1
(BRN) (BRN)
L9V (ORG)
L9V (ORG)
(ORG)
3 23 4 24 5 25 6 26 7 27 8 28 9 2910301131
3 23 4 24 5 25 6 26 7 27 8 28 9 2910301131
L9V N.C (ORG) N.C
L9V N.C N.C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1213 14151617181920
LGND N.C
CTC22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (3/3)
N.C N.C
1 24 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213 1415 16171819202122 23 2

5
6
D201 135 diffusion box sensor

(GRY) (GRY) (VX-014-1A3)
GND(DGND)
D201
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
(BLK) (BLK)
JCP3
JCP3
CTC10
CTC10
CTC22 Circuit Board (3/3)

D202 120 diffusion box sensor
(GRY) (GRY) (VX-014-1A3)
GND(DGND)
D202
3 4
3 4
3 4
(BLK) (BLK)
21 22
21 22
LED_3-/CHK
L9V
(ORG) (ORG)
L9V
7
(ORG) (ORG)
LED_IR15 (BLK) (BLK)
LED_IR12
(BLK) (BLK)
LED_B1 (BLK)
LED_G1 (BLK)
(BLK) (BLK)
LED_R1 (BLK)
LED_IR7 (BLK)
(BLK) (BLK)
LED_B2
(BLK) (BLK)
LED_G2
LED3
(BLK) (BLK)
LED_R2
LED3
(BLK) (BLK)
LED_IR4
CTC8
CTC8
(BLK) (BLK)
LED_B5
(BLK) (BLK)
LED_G5 (BLK)
LED_R5 (BLK)
(BLK) (BLK)
LED_IR3
LED_B6 (BLK) (BLK)
(BLK) (BLK)
LED_IR0
31113010 29 9 28 8 27 7 26 6 25 5 24 4 23 3
31113010 29 9 28 8 27 7 26 6 25 5 24 4 23 3
(BLK) (BLK)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213 1415161718
N.C N.C
N.C N.C
8
N.C N.C
N.C N.C
LGND N.C
JCP2
JCP2
N.C N.C
1 26 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 15 16171819202122 2324 25 2
LED_4-/CHK
LED_IR23
(BRN) (BRN)
LED_B0
(BRN) (BRN)
LED_IR20 (BRN)
LED_R0 (BRN)
(BRN) (BRN)
LED_G0 (BRN)
LED_B3 (BRN)
9
(BRN) (BRN)
LED_IR19 (BRN)
LED_R3 (BRN)
(BRN) (BRN)
LED_G3
(BRN) (BRN)
LED_B4 (BRN)
LED_IR16 (BRN)
LED4
(BRN) (BRN)
LED_R4
LED4
(BRN) (BRN)
LED_G4
CTC9
CTC9
(BRN) (BRN)
LED_B7 (BRN)
LED_IR11 (BRN)
(BRN) (BRN)
LED_IR8
L9V (BRN) (BRN)
(ORG) (ORG)
L9V
(ORG) (ORG)
40203919 3818 37173616351534 1433133212
40203919 3818 37173616351534 1433133212
L9V N.C N.C

L9V N.C N.C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213 14151617181920
N.C N.C
N.C N.C
N.C N.C
N.C N.C
10
LGND N.C
N.C N.C
1 28 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415 16171819202122 2324 252627 2
11
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
(RED) (RED) VCC(FU1) TS401
Cartridge setting sensor (RED) P1 processing tank temperature sensor
(GRY) D407 (0)AGND
(GRY) (WHT)
D407
D407
(GP1A73A) (PNX-24)
TS401
TS401
TS401
GND FGND N.C N.C
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK)
1 3 5
1 2 3
1 2 3
1
Cartridge box upper sensor (RED) (RED) VCC(FU1)
(GRY) D408 TS402 P2 processing tank temperature sensor
(GRY) (RED)
D408
D408
(GP1A73A) GND (0)AGND
JHO1
JHO1
4 5 6
4 5 6
4 5 6
(BLK)
1 2 3
CTP17
CTP17
(BLK) (WHT) (PNX-24)
TS402
TS402
TS402
FGND N.C N.C
1 2 3
1 2 3
2 4 6
Cartridge box lower sensor (RED) (RED) VCC(FU1)
D409
CTP12
CTP12
(GP1A73A) (GRY) (GRY)
D409
D409
GND TS403
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (RED) PS1/2 processing tank temperature sensor
N.C N.C N.C GND (0)AGND
7 8 9 10
7 8 9 10
7 8 9 10
(WHT) (PNX-24)
TS403
TS403
TS403
FGND N.C N.C
1 2 3
1 2 3
7 9 11
TS404 (RED) PS3/4 processing tank temperature sensor
(0)AGND
(WHT) (PNX-24)
TS404
TS404
TS404
FGND N.C N.C
1 2 3
1 2 3
8 10 12
2
Dryer section exit sensor (RED) (5)VCC

(GRY) D411
D411
D411
(GP1AQ36L) GND
JFS3
JFS3
TS406 Dryer temperature sensor
1 2 3
(BLK)
CTP19
CTP19
N.C N.C (RED)
(0)AGND
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
(BLK)
1 2
1 2
(WHT) (GP1AQ36L)
TS406
TS406
TS406
CTP13
CTP13
FGND
1 2 3
FS401 P1 solution level sensor

(RED)
GND
FS401
FS401
1 2
(FLS-1005)
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
3
CTP21IN CTP21 IN
(5)VCC VCC (FU1) FS402 P2 solution level sensor
(RED)
PU408 PU408 GND (FLS-1005)
FS402
FS402
3 4
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
PU409 PU409
(0)GND GND
PU410 PU410
PU411 PU411
PU401 PU401 FS403 PS1 solution level sensor
(RED)
F405 F405 GND
FS403
FS403
(FLS-1005)
5 6
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
(5)VCC VCC (FU1)
H401 H401
H402 H402
CTP15
CTP15
(0)GND GND
H403 H403 FS404 PS2 solution level sensor
(RED)
H404 H404 GND
FS404
FS404 (FLS-1005)
7 8
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
H406A H406A
H406B H406B
4
(5)VCC VCC (FU1)

Output spare Output spare 1
H407 H407 FS405 PS3 solution level sensor
GND (RED)
(0)GND GND
CTP21
PAC17
(FLS-1005)
CTP21
PAC17
FS405
FS405
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
9 10
REON REON
H408 H408
D401 D401
D402 D402
(5)VCC VCC (FU1) FS406 PS4 solution level sensor
(RED)
PAC22 Circuit Board

D403 D403 GND
FS406
FS406
(FLS-1005)
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
1112
D404 D404
(0)GND GND
D406 D406
Not used D418
+5V ON signal +5V ON signal
(0)GND GND
(5)VCC VCC (FU1)
CTP P+5V notice PACP +5V CTP16 IN
(BLK)
5
CTP P+24V notice PACP +24V GND

1 30
(0)GND GND
PACSELO PACSEL0
PACSEL1 PACSEL1 FS407 P1R upper level sensor
(RED)
CTP21OUT GND GND
FS407
FS407
(FLS-1005)
3 2
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 15161718192021 2223 24252627282930 31323334553637 3839 40

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 15161718192021 2223 24252627282930 31323334553637 3839 40
P1R lower level sensor
FS411 (RED)
FS411
FS411
GND (FLS-1005)
1 2
1 2
5 4
(BLK)
FS408 P1R upper level sensor

(RED)
VCC(FU1) GND (FLS-1005)
FS408
FS408
7 6
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
D414
D414
D414
D414
D414
(GP1A73A)
6
GND
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
CTP18
CTP18
P2RA lower level sensor

FS412
(Not used)
(RED)
D415 GND (FLS-1005)
9 8
FS412
FS412
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
GND
D415
D415
D415
N.C N.C N.C GND
CTP22 Circuit Board (1/3)
1 2 3
1 2 3
4 5 6
P2RB upper level sensor

FS409
(RED) (FLS-1005)
GND
FS409
FS409
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
11 10
19.3.5 CTP22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/3)
FS413 P2RB lower level sensor

(RED)
GND (FLS-1005)
FS413
FS413
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
13 12
7
FS410 (RED) PSR upper level sensor

GND N.C
(BLK)
15 14
(FS-08193F)
FS410
FS410
1 2 3
1 2 3
CTP16
CTP16
FS414 PSR lower level sensor

(RED) N.C
GND (BLK)
17 16
FS414
FS414
(FLS-1005)
1 2 3
1 2 3
FS415 Waste solution level sensor

(RED)
GND
1 2
1 2
(BLK) (FLS-1005)
19 18
FS415
FS415
8
FS416 External P1R level sensor

(RED)
GND
FS416
1 2
1 2
(BLK) (FS-08193F)
21 20
FS417 (RED) External P2R level sensor

GND
FS417
3 4
3 4
(BLK) (FS-08193F)
23 22
JFS1
JFS1
FS418 External PSR level sensor

(RED)
GND
FS418
9
5 6
5 6
(BLK) (FS-08193F)
25 24
FS419 External washing solution level sensor

(RED)
GND
FS419
7 8
7 8
(BLK) (FS-08193F)
27 26
FS420 (RED) External waste solution level sensor

GND N.C
(BLK)
29 28
FS420
FS420
(FLS-1005)
1 2 3
1 2 3
10
11
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
CTPIN CTP1 IN
(5 ) VCC (RD301) (RED) (RED) Paper splice sensor LED
GND GND
D301L
D301L
D301L
1 2
D301L
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
M301CLK M301CLK (GRY) (GRY)
M302CLK M302CLK
(5 ) VCC VCC (FU1)
JCU2
JCU2
M303CLK M303CLK
M304CLK M304CLK VCC (FU1)
M306CLK M306CLK (RED) (RED)
D301P Paper splice sensor
M309CLK M309CLK (GRY) (GRY)
D301P
D301P
D301P
GND
3 4 5
3 4 5
3 4 5
3 2 1
3 2 1
(BLK) (BLK)
GND GND
M310CLK M310CLK
Spare 1 CLK Spare 1 CLK
(5 ) VCC VCC (FU1)
M311CLK M311CLK
M313CLK M313CLK VCC (FU1) (RED) (RED) Paper end sensor
M403CLK M403CLK D311 (GRY) (GRY) (GP1A73A)
D311
JCU3
JCU3
M314CLK
6 7 8
1 2 3
M314CLK
1 2 3
1 2 3
GND (BLK) (BLK)
CTP2
CTP2
GND GND
M315CLK M315CLK
2
(5 ) VCC VCC (FU1)

M305CLK M305CLK
M305PD M305PD
S301 DOTSTB (301)
PIO data PIOD0 VCC (FU1)
(RED) (RED)
GND GND D306
(GRY) (GRY) Magazine ID sensor 0 (GP1A53HR)
PI1 data PIOD1 D307
(GRY) (GRY)
PI2 data PIOD2 D308 Magazine ID sensor 1,2,3 (GP1A53HR)
DTM
DTM
(GRY) (GRY)
JDTM
JDTM
(5 ) VCC VCC (FU1) D309 Magazine ID sensor 4 (GP1A53HR)
(GRY) (GRY)
PI3 data PIOD3 D310

(GRY) (GRY)
GND
DTM00 Circuit Board

PI4 data PIOD4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(BLK) (BLK)
N.C
CTP1
CTP1
PDC1
PDC1
PI5 data PIOD5 N.C
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PI6 data PIOD6
GND GND
PI7 data PIOD7
PIOSEL0 PIOA0
PDC22 Circuit Board

(5 ) VCC VCC (FU1)
PIOSEL1 PIOA1
3
PIOSEL2 PIOA2
PIOSEL3 PIOA3
PIOWR PIOWR
GND GND
PDCP+5V PDCP+5V
PDCP+24V PDCP+24V
(5 ) VCC VCC (FU1)
PDCP10 PDCPIO VCC (FU1) (RED) (RED) Back printer entrance sensor
D312 D302 (GRY) (OS-573533-710)
D302
D312 Cutter home position sensor 1 (GRY)
JHA3
JHA3
GND
1 2 3
3 2 1
1 2 3
1 2 3
D313 Cutter home position sensor 2 D313 (BLK) (BLK)
YOBBI _ OUT1 INSP1
GND GND
N.C N.C
YOBI _ IN1 ASC POF5
CTP3
CTP3
(5 ) VCC VCC (FU1) VCC (FU1)
(RED) (RED) Feed nip home position sensor
GND GND D319 (GRY) (GRY) (GP1A73A)
D319
GND GND
4 5 6
1 2 3
1 2 3
GND
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK)
JHA4
JHA4
4
GND GND
Rxd1 Rxd1 D320
(GRY) (GRY)
Txd1 Txd1 GND
7 8
4 5
4 5
(BLK) (BLK)
(5 ) VCC VCC (FU1) 70328-1Faston/172076-1 Cover
CTP1OUT GND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Back printer set sensor
N.C
D320
D320
(VX-016-1A3)
D320
1 2 3
1 2 3
Vcc (D+5V1) VCC (FU1)

(RED)
Vcc (D+5V1) VCC (FU1)
(RED) ***
D322 D322 (BLK)
CTP22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (2/3)
(GRY) CTP14 IN
D323 D323
(GRY) (5 ) VCC (RD303) Register sensor LED
D324A / D324B D324
5
(GRY) (RED) (RED)

D303L (GL514A)
D303L
D303L
D324A / D324B D325
28 1 2 3
1 2
1 2
1 2
(GRY) (BLK) (BLK)

D416A / D416B D416
(GRY)
D410 D410
PWR1
PWR1
+24V2 _ on / off N.C PINSP1
CTP10
CTP10
+24V3 _ on / off N.C PINSP2
+24V4 _ on / off 24VON D303P
(GRY) (RED) (RED) Register sensor
PONSP1 GND
1 2
N.C N.C (WHT) (WHT) (PT501B)

(GRY)
D303P
D303P
GND (DGND) PONSP2 FGND
4 5 6
3 4 5
3 4 5
(GRY)
GND (DGND) N.C PONSP3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
GND
(BLK)
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
(BLK) Flex.

(5 ) VCC (RD314) (RED) (RED) Width detecting sensor LED
(RED) (GL514A)
Flex.1
Flex.1
1 2
D314L
D314L
1 2
D314L
1 2
6 7
1 2
6 7
1 2
12 13
UL1007 24AWG (BLK) (BLK) (GRY)

D+5V1 D+5V
(RED)
GND-5D DGND
(BLK)
PWR22 Circuit Board

D+5V2 N.C D+5V
6
Flex. 3
Flex. 3
(RED)
CTP11
CTP11
D+5V2 N.C
1 3 2 4
(BLK) DGND
D+5V3 N.C D314P (RED) (RED) (RED) Width detecting sensor
(PT501B)
JRE2
JRE2
D+5V3 N.C GND

1 2
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)

Flex.2
Flex.2
PWR7
D314P
D314P
PWR7
D+5V1 FGND
3 4 5
3 4 5
1 2 3
1 2 3
14 15 16
8 9 10
8 9 10
GND-5D
GND-5D N.C
GND-5D N.C
1 4 2 7 3 8 6 9 5 10
VCC (FU1) (RED) (RED) Width detecting home position sensor
D315 (GRY) (GRY)
D315
(GP1A73A)
GND
1 2 3
17 18 19
11 12 13
11 12 13
(BLK) (BLK)
CTP _ RXD _ PCAGND (5 ) VCC (RD304LD)
(RED)
/ CTP _ RXD _ PC (GRY) D304 signal output
LDA7
LDA7
N.C N.C GND
CTP7
CTP7
N.C
1 2 3
Board
Circuit
LDA22
CTP4
CTP4
N.C GND
1 2 3 4
UL1007 26AWG UL1007 26AWG
7
VCC (FU1) (RED) (RED) Register nip home position sensor

D316 (GRY) (GP1A73A)
D316
(GRY)
1 2 3
14 15 16
GND (BLK)
20 21 22
14 15 16
(BLK)
GND
TXD0
RXD0 (5 ) VCC (RD304) Pre-exposure sensor LED
CTP23
(RED) (RED)
CTP23
NC D304L (GL514A)
1 2
D304L
D304L
7 8
1 2
1 2
NC (BLK) (BLK)
For SH3 debug
1 2 3 4 5
D304P
8
(RED) (RED) Pre-exposure sensor

GND
1 2
(WHT) (WHT) (PT501B)

D304P
D304P
FGND
3 4 5
3 4 5
9 10 11
JHU3
JHU3
VCC (FU1)
GND (RED) (RED) Sub-scanning nip home position sensor
D317
H8Txd0 (GRY) (GRY) (GP1A73A)
D317
GND
H8Rxd0
6 7 8
6 7 8
1 2 3
23 24 25
(BLK) (BLK)
CTP24
CTP24
NC
NC
For H8S debug
1 2 3 4 5
UL1007 26AWG
POONSW (D326) Power ON switch
(GRY)
9
SW
POONSWG (D326) (LB-15SKS 1 / AT-484-M)

1 2
1 2
1 2
POSW
POSW
26 27
(BLK)
/ 5VRES
GND
NC
GND
H8MD0
GND
H8MD1
GND
H8P40
GND
H8P41 (5 ) VCC (RD305)
(RED) (RED) Processor entry sensor LED
CTP25
CTP25
GND D305L
D305L
D305L
D305L
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
(GRY) (GRY)
H8P42
GND
For program download
10
H8Txd0
CTP5
CTP5
GND VCC (FU1)

(RED) (RED)
H8Rxd0 D305P Processor entry sensor
(GRY) (GRY)
D305P
D305P
D305P
VCC (FU1) GND

3 2 1
3 2 1
3 4 5
3 4 5
(BLK) (BLK)
NC GND
3 4 5 6
N.C
JSY2
JSY2
VCC (FU1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
(5 ) VCC (FU1) Exit section up/down belt home position sensor

(RED) (RED)
D321
(GRY)
D321
(GRY) GP1A73A)
GND
CTP6
CTP6
1 2 3
6 7 8
6 7 8
(BLK) (BLK)
GND
1 2 3 4
N.C
11
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1
GND (BLK)
Txd2
(GRY)
Rxd2
JGM2
Box 5
JGM2
CTP9
CTP9
To Image
NC N.C (GRY) N.C N.C
Processing
1 2 3 4
NC N.C
1 3 2 4 5
PC ON signal (Collector)
(GRY)
PC ON signal (Emitter)
PC OFF signal (BLK) N.C
(GRY)
CTP8
CTP8
GND (BLK) N.C
GND N.C N.C N.C N.C
1 2 3 4 5
PC1
PC1
JPC1
JPC1
N.C N.C N.C
N.C N.C N.C
Main Control Unit

N.C N.C
N.C
N.C
1 2 8 9 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 8 9 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
3
GND
CLK
RESET
RD
WE1
VCC(FU1)
WE3
PCMWAIT
CE2B
CSO
GND
4
GI DENB
NC
A25
A23
VCC(FU1)
A21
A19
A17
A15
GND
A13
A11
A9
3.3V(FU2)
CTP22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (3/3)
A7
A5
5
A3
A1
GND
D15
D13
D11
D9
3.3V(FU2)
D7
D5
D3
D1
GND
GND
CTP22
CTP22
/G EN
BS
6
WE0
(Used for debugging only)
WE2
VCC(FU1)
GIB22 Circuit Board
PCMINT
PCMIOIS16
CS6
RW

GND
GI DDIR
N.C.
A24
A22
VCC(FU1)
A20
A18
A16
7
A14
GND
A12
A10
A8
3.3V(FU2)
A6
A4
A2
A0
GND
D14
D12
D10
D8
8
3.3V(FU2)
D6
D4
D2
D0
GND
9
VCC(FU1)
READCLK
READCS
READODT
REOSP1
READIDT
CTP20
CTP20
(Not used)
READBU
REINSP1
REINSP2
GND
1 3 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10
TS408
AGND
TS408
TS408
1 2
TS408
TS408
FGND N.C
1 3 5
1 2 3
1 2 3
(Not used)
CTP14
CTP14
TS409
TS409
TS409
AGND
1 2
TS409
TS409
FGND N.C
2 4 6
1 2 3
1 2 3
11
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
IL+13I A+13V3
(RED)
N.C N.C N.C A+24V2
GND I13GI GND-13A
(BLK)
GND N.C N.C N.C A+8V2
LDD1
LDD1
IL+24I A+24V2
1
D0+ (ORG)
D0- N.C N.C N.C A+13V1
SCK SCK I24GI GND-24A
D1-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
RXD RXD (BLK) N.C A+13V3
D1+
DEN DEN N.C A+24V1
D2+
PCS[0] PCS[0] N.C A+8V1
D2- PCS[1] PCS[1]
D3- +24I A+24V1
PCS[2] PCS[2] 24GI (ORG) GND-24A
D3+ PCS[3] PCS[3] (BLK)
D4+ B+8I A+8V1
PWR11
PWR11
PCS[4] PCS[4] B8GI (RED) GND-8A
D4- N.C N.C (BLK)
G+81 A+8V2
PWR22
D5- (RED)
A+13V A+13V G8GI GND-8A
LDD2
LDD2
D5+ (BLK)
D6+ A+13V A+13V +13I A+13V2
AGND AGND (RED)
D6- 13GI GND-13A
AGND AGND -13I (BLK) A-13V
D7- A-13V A-13V (BLU)
D7+ 13GI GND-13A
(BLK)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A-13V A-13V N.C A+13V1
FENR+ nRESET
nRESET
LDA1
LDA1
LDD15
N.C A+13V2
LDD15
FENR-
BOX4 (ROS)
BOX4 (ROS)
TXD TXD N.C GND-13A
2
FENG-
LDA22
AGND AGND N.C A-13V
21 2 22 5 14 7 15 9 1316 1 3 4 6 1718 8 10121119202324

FENG+
21 2 22 5 14 7 15 9 1316 1 3 4 6 1718 8 101211 19 202324

AGND AGND
FENB+
N.C N.C
FENB- AGND AGND
DVAL-
AGND AGND
Image Processing Box

DVAL+ nSOS nSOS
TXCLK+
LDDERR LDDERR
TXCLK- A+13V A+13V
LREQR- +24I
A+13V A+13V (ORG)
LREQR+ AGND 24GI
LREQG+ AGND (BLK)

AGND AGND +13I
LREQG- 13GI (RED)
A-13V
LDD3
LDD3
A-13V
AOM1
AOM1
LREQB- -13I (BLK)
A-13V A-13V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1213141516 1718 19202122232425 26 27 282930

AOM Driver
LREQB+ (BLU)
AOM_ST
1 4 2 5 3 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
GND (GRY)
GND
1 19 2 20 3 21 4 22 5 23 6 24 7 25 8 26 9 27 10 28 11 29 12 30 13 31 14 32 15 33 16 34 17 35 18 36
1 19 2 20 3 21 4 22 5 23 6 24 7 25 8 26 9 27 10 28 11 29 12 30 13 31 14 32 15 33 16 34 17 35 18 36
3
F314
AGNDP (ORG)
(BLK) Laser unit cooling fan
F314
LDD4
LDD4
F314
F314
F314_ST
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
(GRY)
A+5VP
(RED)
AGND2
nSOS (BLK)
N.C (GRY) N.C
N.C
(WHT) (WHT) +24VP
THA THA AGNDP (ORG)
AGND (BLK)
AGND nPM_ON
(RED) A+5VP A+5VP PM_ST (GRY)
(RED)
THA
THA
A-13VP (GRY)
JHU4
JHU4
LDD16
LDD16
(RED) (RED) A-13VP S801
(BLU) A+13VP A+13VP AGNDP (ORG)
(BLU)
THA20
AGND (BLK)
1 2 4 3 5 6
1 2 4 3 5 6
1 2 4 3 5 6
1 2 4 3 5 6
(BLK) (BLK) AGND A+5VP
(RED)
4
AGND2
S801_S (BLK)
N.C (GRY)
N.C
LDD5
LDD5
JROS
JROS
N.C
F801_2_3
Laser unit
AGNDP (RED)
F801_S (BLK)
(GRY)
N.C N.C N.C
F801_2_3
AGNDP (RED)
(BLK)
F802_S
N.C (GRY) N.C
N.C
F801_2_3
AGNDP (RED)
(BLK)
F803_S
N.C (GRY) N.C
25 2623 2421221920 1718 151613141112 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617 1819 20212223242526
N.C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617 1819 20212223242526
5
A+5VP A+5VP BP+

AGND2 BP+
AGND2 N.C N.C N.C
The part is not necessary
LDD6
RRSCK
LDD6
BP-
***
***
RRSCK
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
(directly soldered to the circuit board). RRTXD B3P
LDD14
LDD14
RRTXD
***
***
RRRXD RRRXD
RRCS
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
RRCS
BTH+
BTH+
AGND ABND
BLD+
BLD+
AGND AGND
BPD+ BPD+
AGND
LDD7
LDD7
AGND
***
***
A+13VP A+13VP
AGND
LDD22 Circuit Board
AGND
A-13VP A-13VP
BHFM
6
BHFM
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
19.3.6 LDD22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
N.C N.C N.C

A+5VP A+5VP
AGND2
AGND2
BRSCK BRSCK
BRTXD
LDD8
LDD8
BRTXD
***
***
BRRXD BRRXD
BRCS BRCS
N.C N.C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
N.C
7
GP+ GP+
GP-
LDD9
LDD9
1 2
1 2
1 2
GP-
***
***
GTH+ GTH+
AGND AGND
GLD+ GLD+
AGND AGND
GPD+
GPD+
LDD10
LDD10
AGND
***
***
AGND
8
A+13VP
A+13VP
AGND AGND
A-13VP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A-13VP
A+5VP
A+5VP
AGND2 AGND2
GRSCK GRSCK
GRTXD GRTXD
LDD11
GRRXD
LDD11
***
***
GRRXD
GRCS GRCS
N.C N.C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
N.C
9
RPD+ RPD+
RPD- RPD-
RMODE RMODE
R-5V R-5V
AGND AGND
R+5V R+5V
RLDON
RLDON
RHFM RHFM
AGND AGND
***
***
LDD12
LDD12
RL+5V RL+5V
AGND AGND
MPX_TH MPX_TH
X_TrE X_TrE
10
R-5V
R-5V
X_TrB X_TrB
A+13VP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 121314 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12131415 16
A+13VP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12131415 16
AGND AGND
RTH+ RTH+
R_TrB R_TrB
R_TrC
LDD13
LDD13
R_TrC
***
***
AGND AGND
N.C N.C
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
N.C
11
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1
A+24V1
A+24V1
A+24V2
A+24V2
GND-24A
GND-24A
A+8V1
A+8V1
A+8V2
A+8V2
GND-8A
3
GND-8A
+13V A-13V1
(RED)
PWR12
PWR12
GND A+13V1
1 2
(BLK)
A+13V2
A+13V2
A+13V3
LTC1
LTC1
A+13V3
GND-13A PWR22 Circuit Board
-13V GND-13A
(BLU)
GND GND-13A
3 4
(BLK)
GND-13A
A-13V
4
A-13V
1 13 2 14 3 15 4 16 5 17 6 18 7 19 8 20 9 21 1022 1123 1224

5
Thermistor 1 (RED)
Thermistor 2
LTC2
LTC2
GND (Shield) (WHT)
1 2 3
board wiring (3/3)
Part A of the CT22 circuit
6
19.3.7 LTC22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
LTC22 Circuit Board

Thermo module +
(RED)
Thermo module -
LTC3
LTC3
1 2
(BLK)
board wiring (3/3)
Part B of the CT22 circuit
7
8
D203A(+) D203A
(GRY)
D203A(-) GND(DGND)
D203B(+) (BLK)
(GRY) D203B
D203B(-) GND(DGND)
(BLK)
D203C(+) (GRY) D203C
D203C(-) GND(DGND)
LTC4
LTC4
CTC11
CTC11
(BLK)
D203D(+) D203D
D203D(-) (GRY) GND(DGND)
(BLK)
LH201(+) LH201-(VCC)
LH201(-) (GRY) LH201
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2
9
(BLK)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CTC22 Circuit Board
10
11
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
D406 (+) Dryer section safety thermostat
(ORG) (RED)
D406 (-)
D406
D406
D406
JD406
JD406
(03EP-15A06B-090)
1 2
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
1 10
CTP21IN PAC21 IN (BLK)
VCC (FU1) (5 ) VCC
PU408 PU408
1
PU409 PU409 D418 (+) N.C
GND (0 ) GND D418 (-)
2 9
PU410 PU410 N.C
PU411 PU411
PU401 PU401
F405 F405
D419 (+) N.C
VCC (FU1) (5 ) VCC
D419 (-)
38
H401 H401 N.C
H402 H402
GND (0 ) GND
H403 H403
H404 H404 D401 (+) P1 safety thermostat
H406A H406A D401 (-) (ORG)
PAC14
PAC14
D401
D401
D401
(03EP-15A06B-090)
1 2
1 2
4 11
H406B H406B (BLK)
VCC (FU1) (5 ) VCC
Spare output 1 Spare output
H407 H407 D402 (+) P2 safety thermostat
GND (ORG)
2
(0 ) GND D402 (-)
D402
D402
D402
(03EP-15A06B-090)
PAC17
PAC17
CTP21
CTP21
1 2
1 2
5 12
REON REON (BLK)
H408 H408
D401 D401
D402 D402 D403 (+) PS1/2 safety thermostat
VCC (FU1) (5 ) VCC (ORG)
CTP22 Circuit Board

D403 (-)
D403
D403
D403
(03EP-15A06B-090)
1 2
1 2
6 13
D403 D403 (BLK)
D404 D404
GND (0 ) GND
D406 D406 D404 (+) PS3/4 safety thermostat
D418 Not used D404 (-) (ORG)
D404
D404
D404
(03EP-15A06B-090)
1 2
1 2
7 14
5VON signal +5V ON signal (BLK)
GND GND
VCC (FU1) (5 ) VCC
PACP+5V P+5 V notification
PACP+24V P+24 V notification
GND (0 ) GND
PACSEL0 PACSEL0 H403 (L)
(BLK) PS1/2 processing tank heater
3
PACSEL1 PACSEL1 H403 (N) N.C
1 2
H403
H403
H403
GND CTP21 OUT (WHT) (240 V / 360W)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
1 2 3
1 2 3
N.C N.C
N.C N.C
PAC5
PAC5
3 4
H404 (L) PS3/4 processing tank heater
(BLK)
H404 (N) N.C
5 6
(WHT)
H404
H404
H404
(240 V / 360W)
1 2 3
1 2 3
IL24 V (+ ) IN
(ORG)
PWR5
1 2
IL24 V (- ) IN
1 3
(BLK)
PAC15
PAC15
H401 (L)
To PWR22
(BLK) P1 processing tank heater
H401 (N) N.C
1 2
H401
H401
H401
(WHT) (240 V / 360W)
1 2 3
1 2 3
4
N.C N.C
PAC6
PAC6
H402 (L) P2 processing tank heater
(BLK)
P+21V H402 (N) N.C
4 5
H402
H402
H402
(ORG) (ORG) (WHT) (240 V / 360W)

1 2 3
PGND
1 2 3
JPS1
JPS1
1 2
1 2
3 6
PWR15
12 14
(BLK) (BLK)
To PWR22
P+5V
(RED) (RED) PGND 200V (L ) IN
Solution heater (1) 200 V input from (K1)
PWR13
8 9
1 4
(BLK) (BLK) 200V (N) IN
PAC16
PAC16
To PWR22
1 2
N.C N.C
PAC7
PAC7
JPS2
JPS2
N.C N.C
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
5
+24V30 200V (L ) IN
(ORG)
PGND Solution heater (2) 200 V input from (K3)
1 4
2 5
(BLK) N.C N.C
PWR17
To PWR22
PAC8
PAC8
200V (N) IN 1 2 3
PU408 (L) P1R replenisher pump

PU408 (N) (BLK)
(KBR-3XAU1M)
PU408
PU408
PU408
1 5
1 2
1 2
(WHT)
PAC22 Circuit Board

SSR3 (-) PU409 (L) P2RA replenisher pump
Dryer fan SSR (BLK)
SSR3 (+) PU409 (N)
1 5
(KBR-3XAU1M)
PU409
PU409
PU409
2 6
1 2
1 2
(WHT)
6
SSR2 (-)
PAC3
PAC3
Dryer SSR A
SSR2 (+)
2 6
PU410 (L) P2RB replenisher pump
19.3.8 PAC22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
PU410 (N) (BLK)

(KBR-3XAU1M)
PU410
PU410
PU410
1 2
1 2
PAC12
PAC12
3 7
SSR1 (-) (WHT)

Dryer SSR B
SSR1 (+)
3 7
Spare output (-)

Spare output Spare output (+) PU411 (L) PSR replenisher pump
(BLK)
PU411 (N)
4 8
(KBR-3XAU1M)
PU411
PU411
PU411
1 2
4 8
1 2
(WHT)
7
PU401 (L) P1 circulation pump

PU401 (N) (BLK)
1 7
(WHT) (MD-10-NL)
PU401
PU401
PU401
K6 (+ ) CRT Relay PU401G (YE L / GRN) N.C

N.C
1 2 3 4
CRT relay (K6)

1 2 3 4
K6 (- ) CRT Relay
1 6
K2 (+)
Dryer heater 1 (K2) PU402 (L)
K2 (-) P2 circulation pump
2 7
PU402 (N) (BLK)

2 8
(WHT) (MD-10-NL)
PU402
PU402
PU402
PU402G (YE L / GRN) N.C

N.C
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
K4 (+)
Dryer heater (K2)
K4 (-)
PAC13
PAC13
3 8
K1 (+) PU403 (L) PS1 circulation pump

Solution heater 1 (K1) (BLK)
K1 (-) PU403 (N)
3 9
8
4 9
(WHT) (MD-10-NL)
PU403
PU403
PU403

N.C
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
K3 (+)
Solution heater 2 (K3)
K3 (-)
5 10
PAC4
PAC4
PU404 (L) PS2 circulation pump

(BLK)
PU404 (N)
4 10
(WHT) (MD-10-NL)
PU404
PU404
PU404

N.C
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
PU405 (L) PS3 circulation pump

(BLK)
PU405 (N)
5 11
(WHT) (MD-10-NL)
PU405
PU405
PU405

N.C
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
9
Power supply section exhaust fan 1 (ORG)

F306
F306
F306
1 2
1 2
1 3
1 3
1 3
(BLK)
JF306
JF306
PAC11
PAC11
Power supply section exhaust fan 2 (ORG)

PU406 (L)
F307
F307
F307
1 2
2 4
2 4
2 4
1 2
(BLK) (BLK) PS4 circulation pump

PU406 (N)
6 12
(WHT) (MD-10-NL)
PU406
PU406
PU406

N.C
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
100V (L) DC power supply relay ON (K5)

100V (N) AC100V
1 2
PAC2
PAC2
10
100V (L)
100 VAC input from the transformer output panel mount
100V (N)
PAC1
PAC1
1 2
100V (L)
100V (N) Dummy jumper connector for OFF
PAC18
PAC18
1 2
Change the connection.

11
100V (L) Dummy jumper connector for ON

100V (N)
PAC19
19.3.9 Main Control Unit Wiring Diagram

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Power supply
section CRT
200V 100V or
200V
FG
L
N
FG
FG
B
N
CRT CRT
L
N
CRT CRT
1 2 3 4 5 6 CTP22 circuit
board
1 2 3 4 5 6
PCOFF signal
(YEL/GRN)
(LBL)
(BRN)
(BRN)
(YEL/GRN)
(LBL)
PC signal
Mouse Keyboard
GND
GND
CTP8 P1
CTP8 P1
1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 1
N.C (RED) N.C

JCRT
N.C
C JCRT
(WHT)
1 6 2 7 3 8 10 13 5 14 4 11 9 12 15
(YEL)
(BLK)
N.C
N.C
N.C
(BLK)
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
(GRY)
(GRY)
(BLK)
N.C
N.C
1 2 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 USB-B USB-B
JPC1 MOUSE-B JKEY1
JPC1 MOUSE-B JKEY1 USB USB
1 2 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
Coaxial cable (GRN)
Coaxial cable (RED)
Coaxial cable (BLU)
D
(WHT)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(GRN)
N.C (RED)
N.C (RED)
(WHT)
(BLK)
(BLK)
N.C (YEL)
(WHT)
(WHT)
(GRN)
(RED)
(GRN)
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(WHT)
(GRN)
N.C
N.C
(YEL)
(RED)
(BLU)
N.C
N.C
(BLK)
N.C
N.C
N.C
1 6 2 7 3 8 10 13 5 14 4 11 9 12 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
CRT Dsub 9P MOUSE-A KEY USB USB
CRT Dsub 9P MOUSE-A KEY USB USB
N
FG
GND
L
-DaTa
-DaTa
+DaTa
VCC
+DaTa
VCC
GND
PC0 +
PC0 -
PC -
PC +
Main Control Unit

E
PC 2 ETH SIO
PC 2 ETH SIO
1 35 2 36 3 37 4 38 5 39 6 40 7 41 8 42 9 43 10 4411 4512 46 13 47 14 48 1549 16 50 17 51 18 52 19 53 2054 21 55 22 56 23 57 24 58 2559 26 60 27 61 28 62 29 63 30 64 31653266336734 68 4 5 6 3 2 1 8 7 1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 5 10
N.C
cut
N.C
F
N.C
WHT ( • ) RED
WHT ( • ) BLK
GRY ( • ) BLK
GRY ( • ) RED
LBN ( • ) RED
LGN ( • ) RED
LBN ( • ) BLK
LGN ( • ) BLK
YEL ( • ) BLK
YEL ( • ) RED
WHT(ORG)
WHT(GRN)
WHT(BLU)
WHT(BRN)
cut
N.C
GRN
BRN
ORG
BLU
1 35 2 36 3 37 4 38 5 39 6 40 7 41 8 42 9 43 10 4411 4512 46 13 47 14 48 1549 16 50 17 51 18 52 19 53 2054 21 55 22 56 23 57 24 58 2559 26 60 27 61 28 62 29 63 30 64 31653266336734 68 4 5 6 3 2 1 8 7 1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 5 10 1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 5 10

BOX3 JETH JSIO
BOX3 JETH JSIO
GND
GND
GND
GND
SD6
SD7
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
GND
ATN
GND
GND
REQ
GND
GND
SD12
SD13
SD14
SD15
SDP1
SD10
SD11
GND
GND
GND
SD3
SD4
SD5
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
RST
MSG
SEL
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
SD0
SD1
SD2
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
BSY
ACY
GND
GND
GND
SD8
SD9
SDP0
NC
NC
C/D
I/O
G
Image Processing Box Panel
H
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
CTP1 IN CTP IN
N.C P+24V11 (0 ) GND GND
N.C F404 M301CLK M301CLK
N.C P+24V11 M302CLK M302CLK
N.C F407 (5 ) VCC VCC (FU1)
1
P+24V11 M303CLK M303CLK
GND M304CLK M304CLK
(ORG)
PDC8
PDC8
Processor control section cooling fan P+24V11 M306CLK M306CLK
(BLK) GND M309CLK M309CLK
F317
F317
F317
(109R1224H1071)
19.3.10
1 2
1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(0 ) GND GND
M310CLK M310CLK
(5 ) VCC VCC (FU1)
M311CLK M311CLK
M313CLK M313CLK
M403CLK M403CLK
M314CLK M314CLK
(0 ) GND GND
M315CLK M315CLK
(5 ) VCC VCC (FU1)
M305CLK M305CLK
24V P+24V42 M305PD M305PD
2
(ORG) (RED) S301 DOTSTB (301)
M401A
GND
M401A
GND
1 2
(BLK) (BLK) GND PIOD0 PIOD0
(BLK) (BLK) (0 ) GND GND
M401 DIR
M401
M401
171822-2
PDC11
PDC11
(ORG) (ORG) M401 ON / OFF PIOD1 PIOD1
171825-2 (ORG) (ORG)
GND PIOD2 PIOD2
1 4 2 5 6 3
1 4 2 5 6 3
1 4 6 3 2 5
N.C (BLK) (BLK) (5 ) VCC VCC (FU1)
Processor drive motor N.C PIOD3 PIOD3
N.C PIOD4 PIOD4
M401
CTP1
CTP1
PDC1
(TL1117)
PDC1
M401C
M401C
N.C PIOD5 PIOD5
N.C
M401DRIVER
PIOD6 PIOD6
N.C (0 ) GND GND
N.C PIOD7 PIOD7
M401B
M401B
PIOSELO PIOA0
DIR (5 ) VCC VCC (FU1)
PIOSEL1 PIOA1
CTP22 Circuit Board

ON / OFF PIOSEL2 PIOA2
N.C PIOSEL3 PIOA3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 10 12
PIOWR PIOWR
3
(0 ) GND GND
PDCP+5V PDCP+5V
PDCP+24V PDCP+24V
(5 ) VCC VCC (FU1)
P+24V31 PDCPIOON PDCPIO
D312 D312
S405
S405
S405
S405
1 2
1 2
1 8
D313 D313
YOBI OUT1 INSP1
(0) GND GND
N.C N.C
P+24V31 YOBI IN1 ASC POF5
S406 (5 ) VCC VCC (FU1)
S406
S406
S406
1 2
1 2
2 9
GND GND
GND GND
(0 ) GND GND
Rxd1 Rxd1
S411OUT1 Txd1 Txd1
PDC10
PDC10
GND (5 ) VCC VCC (FU1)
S411
4
S411
S411
S411OUT2 CTP1OUT GND
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
(Not used)
N.C N.C
3 4 10 11
M403-A
M403-A
M403-B
M403
M403-B
M403
M403
N.C N.C N.C N.C
N.C N.C N.C N.C
1 3 4 6 2 5
1 3 4 6 2 5
5 12 8 13 7 14
P+24V11
(ORG)
GND
5
(BLK)
TXD
(ORG)
PDC5
PDC5
RXD
(ORG)
GND
1 2 3 4 5
(BLK)
PDM
PDM
N.C
Densitometer
N.C
N.C
N.C
1 5 3 4 9 7 8 2 6
PU407
Auto washing pump (ORG)
GND
(BLK)
(PDH-05) P+24V33
PU407
PU407
PU407
(ORG)
GND
2 7 3 8
1 3 2 4
1 3 2 4
(BLK)
Plenisher cartridge opening drive motor

M402 OUT1
(TG-06E-BG-500C365,24V) (RED)
M402
M402
PDC9
M402
PDC9
M402 OUT2
1 6
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
6
P+24V11 P1/P2 processing tank heater cooling fan

F401 (ORG)
F401
F401
F401
N.C (109R1224H1071)
1 2
1 2
1 2
Sorter drive motor (BLK)

M404 OUT1
(ORG) (RED)
N.C N.C M404 OUT2
M404
M404
M404
(TG-26A-AM-60-A732)
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
N.C
5 4 9 10
(BLK)
N.C N.C P+24V11 PS processing tank heater cooling fan
(ORG)
F402
F402
F402
F402 (109R1224H1071)
1 2
1 2
JS01
JS01
3 4
N.C N.C (BLK)

(BLK)
Sorter full buzzer P+5V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
PDC22 Circuit Board (1/2)
(RED) (RED)
(HMB-06) GND
BZ401
(BLK)
BZ
BZ
PDC7
PDC6
PDC6
PDC7
N.C N.C N.C N,C

1 2 3
8
8
(BLK) P+24V11 Processing tank heater cooling fan
N.C N.C (ORG)
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
F403
F403
F403
F403 (109R1224H1071)
1 2
1 2
5 6
(BLK)
P+24V11 Processing tank exhaust tank

7
(ORG)
F406
F406
F406
F406 (109R1224H1071)
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
PDC22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/2)
N.C N.C
7 8 9
P1 rack auto washing valve P+24V31

(ORG)
S401
S401
S401
S401
1 2
(B423-804A)
1 10
(BLK)
8
P2 rack auto washing valve P+24V31

(ORG) S402
S402
S402
S402
1 2
(B423-804A)
2 11
(BLK)
PS1/2 rack auto washing valve P+24V31

(ORG) S403
S403
S403
S403
1 2
(B423-804A)
3 12
(BLK)
PS3/4 rack auto washing valve P+24V31

(ORG)
S404
S404
S404
S404
1 2
(B423-804A)
4 13
(BLK)
PDC12
PDC12
P1R cartridge washing valve P+24V32

PDC12
PDC12
(ORG)
9
S407
S407
S407
S407
1 2
(B423-804A)
5 14
(BLK)
P2RA cartridge washing valve P+24V32

(ORG)
S408
S408
S408
S408
1 2
(B423-804A)
6 15
(BLK)
P2RB cartridge washing valve P+24V32

(ORG) S409
S409
S409
S409
1 2
(B423-804A)
7 16
(BLK)
P1R stirring valve P+24V32

(ORG) S410
S4010
S4010
1 2
S4010
(B423-804A)
8 17
(BLK)
10
9 18
11
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
M301A
(RED)
+24V01 P+24V01 M301 / B Paper supply motor
9
(ORG) (YEL)
M301A
M301
M301
M301
+24V02 N.C (BLU) (XSH7126-347)
M301 / B
1 2 3 4
GND
1 7 2 8
GND-24VO
1 2 3 4
1
(ORG)
10
(BLK)
+24V11 N.C
+24V12 N.C
GND-24V1 N.C
+24V21 P+24V21
PDC16
(ORG)
PDC16
+24V22 GND
5 11 6 12
1 2
(ORG)
+24V23 N.C
GND-24V2 P+24V22 M302 A
(BLK) (RED) (RED)
GND-24V2 GND Feed drive motor 1
3 4
(BLK) M30 2 / A
(YEL) (YEL)
PDC22
PDC22
+24V01 N.C M302 B (103G770-2264)
M302
PWR16
PWR16
JHK1
(BLU) (BLU)
JHK1
+24V02 P+24V02 M30 2 / B
(ORG)
1 3 2 4
1 3 2 4
M302
M302
3 9 4 10
GND-24V0 GND (ORG) (ORG)
7 8
(BLK) N.C N.C
+24V11 N.C N.C N.C
1 3 4 6 2 5
1 3 4 6 2 5
+24V12 N.C
GND-24V1 N.C
+24V21 N.C
+24V22 N.C
+24V23 P+24V23
(ORG)
GND-24V2 GND
2
5 6
(BLK)
GND-24V2 N.C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
M304 A
(RED) (RED)
M304 / A Register drive motor
(YEL) (YEL) (103-564-5245)
M304
M304 B
(BLU) (BLU)
M304 / B
M304
M304
1 7 2 8
1 7 2 8
1 9 2 10
(ORG) (ORG)
N.C N.C
N.C N.C
1 5 2 6 3 4
1 5 2 6 3 4
+24V30 N.C
M309 A (RED) (RED)
+24V30 N.C Register nip motor
M309 / A (YEL) (YEL)
+24V31 P+24V31 (103-564-5245)
1
M309
(ORG) M309 B (BLU) (BLU)
JRE1
JRE1
+24V31 N.C
M309
M309
(BLK) M309 / B
3 11 4 12
3 9 4 10
3 9 4 10
+24V32 N.C (ORG) (ORG)
N.C N.C
+24V32 P+24V32 N.C N.C
1 5 2 6 3 4
(ORG)
1 5 2 6 3 4
GND-24V3 GND
(BLK)
PDC24
PDC24
GND-24V3 GND
PDC16
PDC16
3
+24V41 N.C N.C

+24V41 N.C N.C N.C M310 A
PWR18
PWR18
3 2 4 5 6
+24V42 (RED) (RED)
M310 / A Width detecting drive motor
+24V42 N.C (YEL) (YEL)
M310
M310 B (103-564-5245)
+24V43 N.C P+24V41 (BLU) (BLU)
M310 / B
M310
M310
(ORG)
5 13 6 14
5 11 6 12
5 11 6 12
+24V43 GND (ORG) (ORG)
(BLK) N.C N.C
GND-24V4 P+24V42 N.C N.C
1 5 2 6 3 4
1 5 2 6 3 4
(ORG)
GND-24V4 GND
1 2 3 4
(BLK)
GND-24V4
PDC23
PDC23
GND-24V4 N.C P+24V43
1 10 2 11 3 12 4 13 5 14 6 15 7 16 8 17 9 18
(ORG)
GND M315 A N.C
(BLK)
N.C N.C M315 / A
5 6 7
N.C
M315 B N.C
M315 / B N.C
PWR22 Circuit Board

7 15 8 16
4
M311 A (RED) (RED)

M311 / A Sub-scanning nip motor
P+5V1 P+5V (YEL) (YEL)
(RED)
M311
GND M311 B (BLU) (BLU) (103-564-5245)

N.C
1 2
PDC15
PDC15
PDC25
PDC25
(BLK)
M311
M311
M311 / B
1 3 2 4
(ORG) (ORG)
N.C N.C N.C N.C
N.C N.C N.C N.C N.C
1 5 2 6 3 4
1 5 2 6 3 4
JHU2
GND-5P N.C
JHU2
N.C N.C
N.C N.C N.C
1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9
1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9
N.C
N.C
PWR14
PWR14
N.C
P+24V02 Sub-scanning nip motor cooling fan
N.C (ORG) (ORG)
F301
F301
F301
TCK (F301 ) GND (119C889854A)

1 2
1 2
5 10
5 10
N.C (BLK) (BLK)

GND P+24V02 N.C
PDC22 Circuit Board (2/2)

N.C (F302 ) GND
TDO N.C
N.C
PDC22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (2/2)
VCC P+24V02 N.C

PDC19
PDC19
N.C
1 8 2 9 3 10 4 11 5 12 6 13 7 14
PLD IPS connector TMS (Spare) GND N.C
5
P+24V02 N.C
PDC25
PDC25
(Spare) GND N.C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TDI
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
S301 1
(BLK) (BLK)
S301 2
(BLK) (BLK)
S301 3
(BLK) (BLK)
S301 4
(BLK) (BLK) Back printer drive solenoid 1
S301 5
(BLK) (BLK)
S301
S301 6 (125A8413422)
(BLK) (BLK)
S301 7
S301
S301
24V P+24V23 (BLK) (BLK)

(ORG) S301 8
JHA1
JHA1
GND GND (BLK) (BLK)

(BLK) P+24V21
5V P+5V (ORG) (ORG)
4/4.5 switch (ORG) P+24V21
1 11 2 12 3 13 4 14 5 15
GND (ORG) (ORG)

(BLK) N.C N.C N.C N.C
6
(BLK) (BLK) CLK M305 CLK

PDC3
PDC3
(ORG) N.C N.C N.C N.C

5 12 3 11 2 9 4 6 7 8 1 10
5 12 3 11 2 9 4 6 7 8 1 10
(RED) (RED) PD M305 PD

Sub-scanning drive motor (BLK)
DR2
DR2
(ORG) (ORG)
M305
DR1
DR1
N.C
JHU1
JHU1
M305
M305
1 8 2 9 3 10 4 11 5 12 6 13 7 14
1 8 2 9 3 10 4 11 5 12 6 13 7 14
(YEL) (YEL) N.C

1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8
PDC4
PDC4
1 2 3 4 5
(BLU) (BLU) N.C
N.C N.C N.C
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 4 2 5 3 6
1 4 2 5 3 6
N.C N.C
S302 1
M305 Driver
N.C (BLK) (BLK)
N.C S302 2
(BLK) (BLK)
1 3 5 10 8 9 2 4 6 7 11 12
S302 3 (BLK) (BLK)

S302 4 (BLK) (BLK)
S302 5 (BLK) (BLK) Back printer drive solenoid 2
S302
S302 6 (BLK) (BLK) (125A8413422)

S302 7
S302
S302
(BLK) (BLK)
S302 8 (BLK) (BLK)
P+24V21 (ORG) (ORG)
P+24V21
6 16 7 17 8 18 9 19 10 20
1 9 2 10 3 11 4 12
1 9 2 10 3 11 4 12
(ORG) (ORG)
N.C N.C
N.C N.C
5 12 3 11 2 9 4 6 7 8 1 10
5 12 3 11 2 9 4 6 7 8 1 10
7
P+5V
JHA2
JHA2
Cutter home position sensor 1 (RED) (RED)

D312 sensor signal M303 A (RED) (RED)
(GP1A71A) (GRY) (GRY)
D312
D312
Feed drive motor 2
GND M303 / A (YEL) (YEL)
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK)
M303
M303 B (BLU) (BLU) (103G770-2264)

1 6 2 7
M303
M303
5 13 6 14
5 13 6 14
M303 / B (ORG) (ORG)

N.C N.C
PDC2
JCU4
JCU4
PDC2
N.C N.C
1 3 4 6 2 5
1 3 4 6 2 5
Cutter home position sensor 2 P+5V

(RED) (RED)
(GP1A71A) D313 sensor signal
5 10
(GRY) (GRY)
D313
D313
PDC18
PDC18
GND
1 2 3
4 5 6
4 5 6
4 5 6
(BLK) (BLK)
M313 A (RED) (RED)
M313 / A Feed nip motor
(YEL) (YEL)
M313
M313 B (BLU) (BLU) (103-564-5245)

M313
M313
3 8 4 9
7 15 8 16
7 15 8 16
M313 / B (ORG) (ORG)

N.C N.C
8
N.C N.C
1 5 2 6 3 4
1 5 2 6 3 4
P+24V02 Printer function fan 1

(ORG)
F308
F308
F308
F308 GND (109R0824H202)

1 2
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
(ORG) (ORG) M307OUT1

Cutter drive motor
1 2
M307
M307
M307
JCU1
JCU1
M307OUT2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
PDC13
PDC13
(BLK) (BLK)
P+24V02 Printer function fan 2
(ORG)
F309
F309
F309
F309 GND (109R0824H202)

3 4
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
9
PDC20
PDC20
P+24V02 Printer exhaust fan 3

(ORG)
F315
F315
F315
(109R0824H202)
1 2
1 2
5 6
(F315 ) GND (BLK)
Printer exhaust fan 4

P+24V02 (109R0824H202)
(ORG)
F316
F316
F316
(F316 ) GND
1 2
1 2
7 8
(BLK)
M306 A
Exit drive motor (RED) (RED)
M306 / A
(YEL) (YEL)
M306
(103G770-2264) M306 B Printer function fan 3

(BLU) (BLU) P+24V02 (ORG)
10
M306 / B
F310
F310
F310
M306
M306
(109R0824H202)
1 5 2 6
1 5 2 6
1 5 2 6
(ORG) (ORG)
1 2
1 2
1 2
N.C N.C F310 GND (BLK)

N.C N.C
1 3 4 6 2 5
1 3 4 6 2 5
JSY1
JSY1
PDC17
PDC17

(ORG)
F311
F311
F311
F311 GND (109R0824H202)

3 4
1 2
1 2
UL1007 24AWG (BLK)

(RED) (RED) M314 A
Exit section up/down belt motor M314 / A
(YEL) (YEL)
PDC21
PDC21
M314
(103-564-5245) (BLU) (BLU) M314 B

Printer exhaust fan 2
M314
M314
M314 / B
3 7 4 8
3 7 4 8
3 7 4 8
(ORG) (ORG) P+24V02 (ORG)

F312
F312
F312
N.C N.C (F312 ) GND (109R0824H202)

5 6
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
N.C N.C
1 5 2 6 3 4
1 5 2 6 3 4

(ORG)
F313
F313
F313
(F313 ) GND (109R0824H202)

1 2
1 2
7 8
(BLK)
11
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1
19.3.11
P+5V1
(RED)
GND-5P
(BLK) P+9V1
To CTC3
(RED) N.C P+9V2
GND-9P
(BLK) N.C
(ORG)
table
(BLK) N.C
JNDL1
To the light
N.C P+5V1
1 2 3
(RED)
PWR13
PWR13
GND-5P
(BLK) N.C P+9V1
To PAC16
3
+9V P+9V2
(RED) GND-9P
PZR1
PZR1
GND
1 2
(BLK) N.C N.C
N.C N.C
PWR22 Circuit Board
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 1314
4
X-axis on + PZ201+
(GRY) PZ201-
X-axis on -
(BLK) PZ202+
Y-axis on + (GRY)
Y-axis on - PZ202-
(BLK) PZON+
PWONon + (GRY) PZON-
PWONon - (BLK) ERR201
5
PZR2
PZR2
X-axis SNG (GRY) DGND
CTC13
CTC13
GND (BLK)
ERR202
Y-axis SNG (GRY) DGND
GND (BLK) ERRPZR
Power supply NG (GRY) DGND
PZR22 Circuit Board

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112
GND (BLK) DGND
N.C
N.C DGND
CTC22 Circuit Board
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
6
PZR22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
7
X-axis output (RED) Piezoelectric actuator 1

NC N.C N.C N.C
(AE203D16)
PZ201
(BLK) N.C
GND N.C
PZ201
PZ201
NC N.C
1 2 3 4
8
N.C N.C
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
PZR3
PZR3
X-axis output (RED) Piezoelectric actuator 2

NC N.C N.C N.C
PZ202
(BLK) N.C N.C (AE203D16)

GND
5 6 7
PZ202
PZ202
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
9
10
11
19.3.12 Exposure Section Wiring Diagram (Laser Unit)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
A (GRY)
B image data output
(GRY)
G image data output
(GRY)
R image data output
LDA22 Circuit Board

B (ORG)
(BLK)
Power supply output voltages (RED)
(BLK)
for the AOM driver (BLU)
(GRY)
(GRY) (GRY)
C (GRY)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(RED) (RED)
(GRY) (RED)
(RED) (RED)
(BLK) (BLK)
R-LD drive system (RED) (RED)
(GRY) (GRY)
(GRY) (RED)
(BLU) (RED)
(GRY) (RED) APC22 Circuit
(GRY) (RED)
(RED) (RED) Board
D (RED)
(BLK)
(GRY)
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
R-LD EEPROM I/F (GRY) (RED)
(GRY) (RED)
(GRY) (RED)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(RED) JMR22 Circuit
(GRY) (RED)
R-LD temperature control system (GRY) (RED) Board
(GRY)
(GRY) (GRY)
(GRY) (GRN)
E G-SHG drive system

(BLK)
(GRY)
(GRN)
(GRY)
(RED) (GRN)
(BLK) (GRN)
(BLU) (GRN)
(RED)
(RED) (RED)
G-SHG temperature control system (BLK) (BLK)
(RED) (RED)
(BLK) (BLK)
(GRY) (GRN) JMG22 Circuit

G-SHG EEPROM I/F (GRY) (GRN)
F (GRY)
(GRY)
(GRN)
(GRN)
Board
(GRY) (GRY)
(GRY) (BLU)
(BLK) (BLU)
(GRY) (GRY)
B-SHG drive system (RED) (BLU)
(BLK) (BLU)
(BLU) (BLU)
(BLU)
(RED)
(RED) (RED)
G B-SHG temperature control system (BLK) (BLK)
(RED) (RED)
(BLK) (BLK)
JMB22 Circuit
G-SHG EEPROM I/F (GRY) (BLU)
(GRY) (BLU) Board
(GRY) (BLU)
(GRY) (BLU)
Laser Unit
LDD22 Circuit Board JML22 Circuit Board
H
19.3.13 Exposure Section Wiring Diagram (Sensors and Mechanical System)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
A SOS Detecting Circuit Board
(RED)
(BLK)
(GRY)
JND20 Circuit Board DTA22 Circuit Board
B
(GRY)
(GRY)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(RED) (RED) Polygon Motor Circuit Board

(BLK) (BLK)
C (GRY) (GRY)
(ORG) (ORG) JND20 Circuit Board

(BLK) (BLK)
(GRY) (GRY)
(BLK) (GRY)
(ORG) (ORG) (RED)
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) Shutter solenoid
(RED) (RED) (SDC-1040)
(BLK) (BLK)
Laser unit internal mechanical (GRY) (GRY)
D system (I/O) (RED)

(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
Shutter sensor
(GP1A21)
(GRY) (GRY)
(RED) (ORG) (RED)

(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) Dustproof fan 1
(GRY) (GRY) (YEL)
(RED) (ORG)
(BLK) (BLK) (RED)
(GRY) (GRY) (BLK) Dustproof fan 2
(YEL)
E
(RED)
(BLK) Dustproof fan 3
(YEL)
Laser Unit
F (ORG)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK) Laser unit cooling fan
Laser unit cooling fan (GRY) (YEL)
Frame (Printer Section)
Exposure section temperature

sensor circuit board
G
Exposure section temperature (RED) (RED)
(BLK) (BLK)
sensor (BLU) (BLU)
(BLK) (BLK)
THA20 Circuit Board

Sub-scanning Unit
LDD22 Circuit Board
H
19.3.14 Image Processing Circuit Board Wiring Diagram

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
PWR22 Circuit Board

B ADC22 Circuit Board Main Control Unit
GND-3.3V
GND-3.3V
GND-3.3V
GND-3.3V
GND-3.3V
GND-3.3V
D+3.3V1
D+3.3V1
D+3.3V1
D+3.3V1
D+3.3V1
D+3.3V1
ADC4 PWR6 PC2
ADC4 PWR6 PC2
1 21 2 22 3 23 4 24 5 25 6 26 7 27 8 28 9 29 10 30 11 31 12 32 13 33 14 34 15 35 16 36 17 37 18 38 19 39 20 40 1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12 1 35 2 36 3 37 4 38 5 39 6 40 7 41 8 42 9 43 10 4411 4512 46 13 47 14 48 1549 16 50 17 51 18 52 19 53 20 54 21 55 22 56 23 57 24 58 2559 26 60 27 61 28 62 29 63 30 643165 3266 336734 68
N.C
N.C
C
(RED)
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(RED)
(RED)
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
1 21 2 22 3 23 4 24 5 25 6 26 7 27 8 28 9 29 10 30 11 31 12 32 13 33 14 34 15 35 16 36 17 37 18 38 19 39 20 40 1 4 2 5 3 8 6 9 7 10 1 35 2 36 3 37 4 38 5 39 6 40 7 41 8 42 9 43 10 4411 4512 46 13 47 14 48 1549 16 50 17 51 18 52 19 53 20 54 21 55 22 56 23 57 24 58 2559 26 60 27 61 28 62 29 63 30 643165 3266 336734 68

BOX1 (S CANN ER) BOX2 BOX3 (S CSI)
BOX1 (S CANN ER) BOX2 BOX3 (S CSI)
GND
3.3V
3.3V
3.3V
3.3V
GND
GND
GND
3.3V
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
SD0
SD1
GND
GND
GND
GND
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
GND
BSY
GND
GND
SD8
SD14
SD15
SDP1
SDP0
DIN12(+)
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
SD5
SD6
SD7
GND
GND
ATN
GND
GND
GND
SEL
REQ
GND
GND
GND
DIN0(+)
DIN1(-)
DIN2(+)
DIN3(+)
DIN4(-)
DIN5(+)
DIN7(-)
DIN8(+)
DIN9(-)
SDTR(-)
SDTW(+)
DIN10(+)
DIN11(-)
DIN12(-)
CLK(+)
SCK(-)
SCK(+)
DIN1(+)
DIN2(-)
DIN6(+)
DIN9(+)
SD12
SD13
SD10
SD11
DIN10(-)
DIN11(+)
DIN0(-)
DIN3(-)
DIN4(+)
DIN5(-)
DIN6(-)
DIN7(+)
DIN8(-)
CLK(-)
/HD(-)
SDTR(+)
SDTW(-)
GND
GND
SD2
SD3
SD4
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
ACY
RST
MSG
GND
GND
GND
SD9
/HD(+)
NC
NC
C/D
I/O
D
Image Processing Box Circuit Board
Enable-R(+)
OUT PORT1
OUT PORT2
Datavalid(+)
Enable-G(-)
Enable-G(+)
CPL_VCCO
Enable-B(+)
Enable-B(-)
Enable-R(-)
Datavalid(-)
CPL_VCCI
/CTC_INT
DOUT2(+)
DOUT7(+)
IN PORT2
/CTC_IRQ
DOUT4(+)
LDA_RXD
CTP_TXD
DBG_RXD
DOUT3(-)
DOUT6(-)
CLOCK(-)
B-REQ(+)
IN PORT1
DBG_TXD
DOUT5(+)
LDA_TXD
DOUT0(+)
DOUT1(+)
DOUT3(+)
DOUT6(+)
CTC_TXD
CTC_RXD
CTP_RXD
DOUT0(-)
CLOCK(+)
G-REQ(-)
R-REQ(+)
DOUT1(-)
DOUT2(-)
DOUT4(-)
DOUT5(-)
DOUT7(-)
G-REQ(+)
R-REQ(-)
B-REQ(-)
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
BOX4 (ROS) BOX5
BOX4 (ROS) BOX5
E 1 19 2 20 3 21 4 22 5 23 6 24 7 25 8 26 9 27 10 28 11 29 12 30 13 31 14 32 15 33 16 34 17 35 18 36 5 2 1 4 3 17 7 6 9 8 1112 13 1415 16 10 18192021 22 2324 25

(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5
JGM1 JGM2 JGM3 JGM4
JGM1 JGM2 JGM3 JGM4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
N.C
N.C
To DBG
F 1 19 2 20 3 21 4 22 5 23 6 24 7 25 8 26 9 27 10 28 11 29 12 30 13 31 14 32 15 33 16 34 17 35 18 36
N.C
(GRY)
(RED)
(RED)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
N.C
(BLK)
LDA1
LDA1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 3 2 4 5 1 2 3 4
CTC1 CTP9 LDA6
CTC1 CTP9 LDA6
N.C
TxD
TXD2
GND
RXD2
int out
N.C
int in
GND(DGND)
RxD
GND(DGND)
GMB_out1
GMB_out2
GHT_RxD_PAC
GHT_TxD_PAC
GMB_in1
GMB_in2
GHT_RxD_PC
GHT_TxD_PC
LDA22 Circuit Board
CTP22 Circuit LDA22 Circuit

CTC22 Circuit Board
G Board
Board
H
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
(M3_scr
FGND
1
ew) (M3_scr
ew)
19.3.15
CYS1
EHR-5
D+5V
(M3_scre
1 1
CYS1
DGND 2
2
A+12V
w)
3 3
FGND
AGND 4
4
A-12V 5
5
B5B-EH
1 D+5V
1
21 DGND 1 VCC Supply motor home
21 1 1
D114
2 A+12V 2 D114
2 2 2 position sensor
B3B-ZR
AGND GND SSD22
ZHR-3
PHDR-14VS
CYS12
22 22 3 3 3
3 3 A-12V (D114)
CYS121J 51005-0300
CYS121J 51006-0300
23 23 1 1
2
CYS2
SW1
PHR-6
4 4 2 2
CYS12
24 24 3 3
5 D123B SIO+ 1 4
5 1 4
CYS2
25 SIO- 2 5 1 VCC Door open/close sensor
25 2 5 1 1
SSB1
6 SIO+ SCLK+ 3 6 2 D112
6 3 6 2 2
S5B-ZR
SIO- SCLK- D115 (D112)
26 26 4 4 7 7 3 3 3
7 SCLK+ RST+ 5 8 4 GND
7 5 8 4 4
SSB22
SCLK- RST-
Cartridge sensor
ZHR-5
27 27 6 6 9 9 5 5 5
RST+ (D115)
B6B-PH-K-S
8 8 10 10 6 6
RST-
CYS122J 51005-0600
CYS122J 51006-0600
28 28 11 11
9 CY1-9 12
9 12
29 CY1-29 13
29 13
B14B-PHDSS
10 CY1-10 14
10 14
30 CY1-30
30
11 CY1-11 1 VCC
11 1 1
D113
31 CY1-31 2 D113
31 2 2
S4B-ZR
12 CY1-12 3 GND IPI sensor (D113)

12 3 3
SSA22
CY1-32
ZHR-4
32 32 4 4 4
13 M101-A 5
13 1 5
M101
M101-/A
CYS123J 51005-0500
CYS123J 51006-0500
33 33 2
M101-B M101
3
14 14 3 Feed motor (M101)

M101-/B
51005-0400
51006-0400
34 34 4
15 CY1-15
15
35 CY1-35
35
16 CY1-16
16
36 CY1-36
36
17 CY1-17
17
37 CY1-37
37
18 SIO2+ SIO2+ 1
18 1
CYS3
38 SIO2- SIO2- 2
38 2
19 SCLK2+ SCLK2+ 3
19 3
39 SCLK2- SCLK2- 4
39 4
20 RST2+ RST2+ 5
20 5
40 RST2- RST2- 6
40 6
B6B-PH-K-S
CY1
CY1
CYS3
D110P
PHR-6
1
DTF2
D111P 135 rear fogging sensor (D110P)
PHDR-12VS
CYS11
2
S6B-ZR
+12V
3
GND
4
1 1 4
-12V 135 front fogging sensor (D111P)
QR/P4-40S-C(01)
QR/P4-40P-C(01)
ZHR-6
2 2 5
3 3 6
CYS11
4 4
CY1-15 1 M103-A 5
1 1 5
DTF22
JMS1
JMS1
M103
CY1-35 2 M103-/A 6
2 2 6
CY1-16 3 M103-B M103 Mask motor (M103) 7 VCC
3 3 7 1
DTF1
CY1-36 M103-/B D102P 135 upstream perforation sensor (D102P)
51005-0400
51006-0400
4 4 4 8 8 2
CY1-17 5 9 VCC
5 9 3
CY1-37 6 10 D106P
6 10 4
B12B-PHDSS
135 check tape sensor (D106P)
ZHR-5
51005-0600
51006-0600
11 11 5
B5B-ZR
12 12
S101+
S101-
VCC
1 1
S101
S101 Solenoid (S101)
D101P
2 2
B4B-ZR
D101P DTE22 135 leading end sensor (D101P)
51006-0200
3
ZHR-4
51005-0200
4
5
M102
CY1-9
1
CY1-29
2
CY1-10 M102 Supply motor (M102)
PHR-3
CYS10
3
CY1-30
51006-0400
CYS10
4
AR
1 E_D107L
1 1
R_D107L-MY
51005-0400
2 2 2 135 frame sensor (D107L)
S3B-ZR
R_D107L-MR LED-Ar
3 3 3
ZHR-3
B3B-PH-K-S
M104
CY1-11
1
CY1-31
2
CY1-12 M104 Door motor (M104)
3
CY1-32
51006-0400
4
51005-0400
6
VCC
1
D105P
2
B4B-ZR
D105P DTE22 IX240 perforation sensor (D105P)

3
CYS9
ZHR-4
PHDR-10VS
4
CYS22 Circuit Board
1 1
2 2
CYS9
3 D108P
3 1
DTB1
4 D109P IX240 rear unexposed frame sensor (D108P)

4 2
B5B-ZR
5 +12V
5 3
GND
DTB22
6 6 4
-12V IX240 TAP and leading end sensor (D104P)
ZHR-5
7 7 5
8 8
9 9
B10B-PHDSS
10 10
CYS4
VCC
7
PHDR-18VS
1
D104P
2 IX240 TAP and leading end sensor (D104P)

S3B-ZR
D104P DT G22
ZHR-3
1 1 3
2 2
1 M-12V 3
3
240MAG_read2 (D116_2) MGND
MRH1
2 4 4
S6B-ZR
CYS4
3 M+12V 5
5
Auto Film Carrier NC100AC Wiring Diagram
4 MGND 6
6
5 CMRD2(D116_2) 7
MRH90
7
R-head C
240MAG_read1(D116_1) CMRD1(D116_1)
ZHR-6
6 8 8
9 9
10 10
240MAG_write1 (MG101_1) 1 VCC 11
11
2 CMWR1(MG101_1) 12
12
240MAG_W/Enable1 (MG101_2) 3 CMEN1(MG101_2) 13
13
4 CMWR2(MG101_3) 14
14
240MAG_write2 (MG101_3) 5 CMEN2(MG101_4) 15
15
B18B-PHDSS
MWH20
W-head C
GND
IL-Y-6P-S15L2-EF
6 16 16
240MAG_W/Enable2 (MG101_4) 17 VCC
17 1
MWH1 IL-Y-6S-S15C3
D103P
18 18 2
B4B-ZR
D103P DTE22 135 downstream perforation sensor (D103P)

8
3
ZHR-4
4
CYS8
PHDR-16VS
1 VCC
1 1
D117
2 D117
2 2 Mask motor home position sensor (D117)
S3B-ZR
135 downstream perforation sensor E_D103L GND

SSE22
ZHR-3
1 3 3 3
R_D103L
ZHR-2
LEE22
D103L
(D103L) 2 4 4
B2B-ZR
5 5
CYS8
6 6 Key1_< (D124)
7 D124
7 1
IX240 perforation sensor 1 E_D105L 8 D125 Key2_<< (D125)
8 2
B5B-ZR
LEE22 R_D105L D126

D105L
(D105L) 2 1 1 9 9 3
B2B-ZR
CYS5
D127 Key3_>> (D126)

ZHR-2
PHDR-20VS
2 2 10 10 4
MSC22
CYS51J
CYS51J
GND
MSC1 ZHR-5
3 3 11 11 5
IX240 rear unexposed frame sensor 4 4 1 1 12 12 Key4_> (D127)
B16B-PHDSS
1 E_D108L 5 2 13
5 2 13
LEB1
(D108L) 2 R_D108L 6 3 14
6 3 14
B4B-ZR
3 E_D109L 7 4 15 D120
IX240 front unexposed frame sensor 7 4 15 1
LEB22
D120
R_D109L GND Upper cover open/close sensor (D120)

ZHR-2
51006-0800
51005-0800
4 8 8 5 5 16 16 2 MSA22
9
S2B-ZR
CYS5
(D109L)
ZHR-4
6 6
7 7
8 8
1 E_D102L 1 9 D118
1 9 1 135 lower mask H sensor (D118)
R_D102L D119
MSB1
135 upstream perforation sensor (D102L) 2 2 2 10 10 2

B9B-ZR
LEF1
B3B-ZR
MSB22
CYS52J
CYS52J
E_D111L GND
ZHR-3
3 3 3 11 11 3 135 lower mask F sensor (D119)

135 front fogging sensor (D111L) 4 R_D111L 4 12
4 12
5 E_D110L 5 13
5 13
R_D110L
LEF22
135 rear fogging sensor (D110L) 6 6 6 14 14

7 E_D106L 7 15
7 15
B20B-PHDSS
135 check tape sensor (D106L) R_D106L

ZHR-9
8 8 8 16 16
51006-0900
51005-0900
9 9 9 17 17
18 18
19 19
CYS7
PHR-4
20 20
CYS7
1 E_D104L 1
1
CYS53J
CYS53J
IX240 TAP and leading end sensor (D104L) LEE22 R_D104L

D104L
2 2 2 1 1 1
B2B-ZR
LED1
LED101_G Status indicator LED_R (LED101_R)

ZHR-2
3 3 2 2 2
S4B-ZR
4 3 GND LED22
4 3 3
LED101_R
ZHR-4
4 4 4 Status indicator LED_G (LED101_G)

1 E_D101L
10
135 leading end sensor (D101L) R_D101L

ZHR-2
LEE22
D101L
51006-0400
51005-0400
B4B-PH-K-S
2
B2B-ZR
CYS6
PHR-7
1
135 frame sensor1 (D107P-1) D107P_1
FSP
D107P
D107P
2 1 1 1 1
B8B-ZR
CYS6
3 D107P_2 2 2
2 2
135 frame sensor2 (D107P-2) 4 D107P_3 3 3
3 3
FS-P
5 D107P_4 4 4
4 4
135 frame sensor3 (D107P-3) +12V
PHR-8
CYS13
6 5 5 5 5
GND
ZHR-8
7 6 6 6 6
135 frame sensor4 (D107P-4) -12V
51006-0700
51005-0700
8 7 7 7 7 1 1
B7B-PH-K-S
CYS13
2 2
3 3
4 4
11
5 5
6 6
for debug
7 7
8 8
B8B-PH-K-S

19.4.1 PAC22 Circuit Board Circnit Diagram (1/4)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
A
PAC01 F1 K1
1 1 2 6 A 1
5V power-up signal (+) 4
100 VAC input
2 HM20 5
2A 250V
2
TNR5V271K VD1 4 2
5V power-up signal (-) 4
K
AQV253H
1
B PAC19
2
Jumper connector for
1 1 the dummy switch
(ON)
DC power supply relay
3
ON 100 VAC
2
4 PAC18
PAC02
1 Jumper connector for

D+5V
the dummy switch
C 1
D2 EC10DS1
2 P+24V
1
D1
K
EC10DS1
A
2 G3VM-V
K2 R1
2
(OFF)
P+24V K A 6 A 1
K3 K4 5 270
1/4W 5%
1 8 1 5 4 2
Processing tank circulation pump 4
K
3 4 PAC04
F2 4 1
6 5 1 2 3 P1 circulation pump
7
G2R-1A-E-DC24V HM50 G2R-1A-DC24V
D 1
TN1
2
5A 250V
1
TN2
2
2
8
P2 circulation pump
XE1201
2 XE1201 3
F3 PS1 circulation pump
HM20 9
2A
250V D+5V ERZV07D471 VD2 4
1
2 1 PS2 circulation pump

10
U1
1 2 5
~ ~ PS3 circulation pump
E 3
+ -
G3M-202P-UTU-1-DC5V
4
P1 replenisher PU408 4 11
6
PS4 circulation pump
ERZV07D471 VD3 12
2 1
U2
1 2
~ ~
3 4
+ - P2RA replenisher PU409 4
G3M-202P-UTU-1-DC5V
F ERZV07D471
2
VD4
1
1
PAC03
U3 P1 replenisher pump
1 2 5
~ ~
3 4 2
+ - P2RB replenisher PU410 4 P2RA replenisher pump
G3M-202P-UTU-1-DC5V 6
ERZV07D471 VD5 3
2 1 P2RB replenisher pump
7
U4
G 1
3
~ ~
2
4
4
8
PSR replenisher pump
+ - PSR replenisher PU411 4
G3M-202P-UTU-1-DC5V
H
PAC22 Circuit Board Circuit Diagram (2/4)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
R2 P+24V P+5V
3.9K
1/4W
5%
R3 R4
1
3.9K 330
A
D3 1/4W 1/4W
B SML-310DT 5% 5% PC1
K
1 16
P+5V input check 4
2 15
3 14
2
PAC15 R5 3.9K 1/4W 5% P+24V input check 4

4 13
1 5 12
<24 V from PWR22> 2 R6 3.9K 1/4W 5% 6 11 Dryer safety thermostat 4
7 10
8 9 Not used
TLP281-4(GB)
C
G4W-2212P-VD-TV5-DC24V
2
1
P+24V
D4
K
D EC10DS1
A
K5
2
1
4
3
D5
K
EC10DS1 P+24V
A
PAC13 K6
2
1 G4W-2212P-VD-TV5-DC24V
CRT relay 6 1 D6 2 EC10DS1 4 2
2 K A 3 1
Dryer heater relay (1) 7
3 1 D7 2 EC10DS1
Dryer heater relay (2) 8 K A 5 6
4
E Solution heater relay (1)
Solution heater relay (2)

9
5
10
1 D8
K
1 D9
A
2 EC10DS1
2 EC10DS1
D10
D+5V
2 1
K A A K
EC10DS1
K7 R7270
6 A 1
5 1/4W 5%
4 2
REON 4
K
F G3VM-V
PAC14
1
Dryer heater thermostat 8
2 P+24V
Slit plate thermostat (1) 9
3 PC2
Slit plate thermostat (2) 10 R8 1 16
4 3.9K 1/4W 5% P1 safety thermostat 4
2 15
P1 heater thermostat 11 R9 3 14
5 3.9K 1/4W 5% P2 safety thermostat 4
4 13
P2 heater thermostat 12 R10
G PSA heater thermostat
6
13
3.9K
R11
1/4W 5%
5
6
7
12
11
10
PSA safety thermostat 4
SBP safety thermostat 4

7 3.9K 1/4W 5% 8 9
PSB heater thermostat 14
TLP281-4(GB)
H

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
D+5V
VD6 ERZV07D471
B 2 1
PAC08 F4 U5 PAC06
1 1 2 1 2 1
~ ~ P1 solution heater H401
2 HM32 3 4 2
Solution heater 200 Vin 3.2A 250V + - P1 solution heater H401 4
3 G3M-203P-UTU-1-DC5V 3
C VD7 ERZV07D471 4
2 1 P2 solution heater H402
5
F5 U6
1 2 1 2
~ ~
HM32 3 4
3.2A 250V + - P2 solution heater H402 4
D G3M-203P-UTU-1-DC5V
D+5V
VD8 ERZV07D471
E 2 1
PAC07 F6 U7 PAC05
1 1 2 1 2 1
Solution heater 200 Vin ~ ~ PSA solution heater H403
2 HM32 3 4 2
3.2A 250V + - PSA solution heater H403 4
G3M-203P-UTU-1-DC5V 3
F VD9 ERZV07D471 4
2 1
5
F7 U8 PSA solution heater H404
1 2 1 2 6
~ ~
HM32 3 4
3.2A 250V + - PSB solution heater H404 4
G G3M-203P-UTU-1-DC5V
H

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
P+5V
P+5V
B C1
0.1u
20
R12 R13 R14 R15 U11-1
D+5V 1 P+5V
VCC
D+5V 4.7k 4.7k 4.7k 4.7k G EN
1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W
PAC12 <Electrical component section SSR>
R16 330 1/4W 5% PC3 5% 5% 5% 5%
1 16 2 18 1 Dryer fan SSR
R17 330 1/4W 5% A1 Y1
2 15 5
TP1 D+5V 3 14 4 16 2
A2 Y2 Dryer SSR A
R18 330 1/4W 5% 4 13 6
5 12 6 14 3 Dryer SSR B
R19 R20 330 1/4W 5% A3 Y3
6 11 7
680 7 10 8 Y4 12 4 Output reserved for future use
A4
C 1/4W
5%
8 9
SN74LS244N
8
10
1
D11
A
SML-310VT
K
1
2
CTP22 2
communication 3 P1 replenisher PU408 1
connector 4
P2RA replenisher PU409 1
5
6 P2RB replenisher PU410 1
7 PSR replenisher PU411 1
D 8
9
10
Processing tank circulation pump 1
11
P1 solution heater H401 3 TP2 P+5V TP3 P+24V
12
P2 solution heater H402 3
13
14 P+5V P+24V
PSA solution heater H403 3
15
PSB solution heater H404 3
16
17
18 PAC16
19 1
P+5V input
20 Slit plate heater (1) H407 3 4
21 2
P+24V input
22 REON 2 5
E 23
24
25
Slit plate heater (2) H408 3
P1 safety thermostat 2
P2 safety thermostat 2
+24V 30
3
6 R21 R22
26 3.9k 680
27 1/4W 1/4W
PSA thermostat 2
1
28 + C2 + C3 5% 5% TP4 PGND
PSB thermostat 2
29 47u 47u
1
30 16V 50V
Dryer safety thermostat 2
A
31 D12 D13
Slit plate safety thermostat 2
32 5V power-up signal (+) 1 SML-310DT SML-310VT
K
33
5V power-up signal (-) 1
34
35
P+5V input check 2
2
36
P+24V input check 2
37
F 38
39
40
PAC17
TP5 DGND
PAC11
1
G Processor exhaust fan 3

2
4
H
19.4.2 PDC22 Circuit Board Circuit Diagram (1/14)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
VCC
CTP Connector
A
U1-1 74LS244
1
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
G EN
8
7
6
5
RA1 RA2 RA3 RA4 RA5 RA6 RA7 RA8 RA9
330 330 330 330 330 1K 1K 1K 1K
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 2 18
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% A1 Y1
D+5V
4 16
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
A2 Y2
6 14
A3 Y3
8 12
VCC A4 Y4
PC1
R1 1
680 7 C1
1/10W 2 0.1u
5% 3
6
4 U1-2 74LS244
1
19
G EN
A
D1 TLP2630
B SML-310LT
K
11 9 /STB 5
A1 Y1
2
13 7 BD0 3
A2 Y2
PC2 15 5 BD1 3
A3 Y3
1
7 17 3 BD2 3
A4 Y4
2
3
6
TP1 RCU00000C 4
TLP2630
1 CTP18IN
C 2
3
4
5
DGND
D+5V
M301CLK 2
M302CLK 2
1
2
PC3
6 M303CLK 2 3 U2-1 74LS244

7 M304CLK 2 6 1
G EN
8 M306CLK 2 4
9 M309CLK 2
10 TLP2630
11 M310CLK 2 2 18 BD3 3
A1 Y1
12 YOBI1CLK 2
13 4 16 BD4 3
A2 Y2
14 M311CLK 2
15 M313CLK 2 6 14 BD5 3
A3 Y3
16 M403CLK 2
17 M314CLK 2 PC4 8 12 BD6 3
A4 Y4
18 1
19 M315CLK 2 7
20 YOBI2CLK 2 2
21 3
22 6
D
M305CLK 2
23 M305PD 2 4
24
25 PIO0 TLP2630
26
27 PIO1
28 PIO2 VCC
29
30 PIO3
31 PIO4 C2
32 PIO5 0.1u
33 PIO6 PC5
34 1
35 PIO7 7 U2-2 74LS244
36 PIOSEL0 2 19
G EN
37 3
38 6
39 4
40 11 9 BD7 3
TLP2630 A1 Y1
41
42 13 7 IA0 3
A2 Y2
43 P+5V 2
E 44
45
46
47
P+24V 2
PIOON 2
D312 2
15
17
A3
A4
Y3
Y4
5
3
IA1
IA2
3
3
48 D313 2 PC6
49 YOBIOUT1 2 1
50 7
51 PIOSEL1 2 U3-1 74LS244
52 YOBIIN1 2 PIOSEL2 3 1
G EN
53 6
54 4
55
56 TLP2630 2 18 IA3 3
A1 Y1
57
58 4 16 PIOWR 3
A2 Y2
59
60 6 14
PDC1
A3 Y3
8 12
PC7 A4 Y4
1
F PIOSEL3 2
7
1
+ C3 C4 3 VCC
47u 0.1u 6
50V 4 C5 1u
2
C6
TLP2630 VCC 0.1u
U3-2 74LS244 C7 U4
19 0.1u 1 2
G EN C1+ VS+
C8 1u 3 6
PC8 C1- VS- P+24V43
4
1 C2+ C10
5
C2- C9 1u
7 11 9 11 14
A1 Y1 T1IN T1OUT
TXD1 2 10 7 1u
TP2 RCU00000C T2IN T2OUT
3 13 7 12 13
A2 Y2 R1OUT R1IN
6 9 8
R2OUT R2IN
4 15 5
A3 Y3 MAX232NS
1
D+5V TLP2630 VCC 17 3 + C11
G
A4 Y4 TXD_232c 47u
50V
2
PDC5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
1
RA10 RA11 2
2.2k 330 3
1/16W 1/16W RXD_232c 4
5% 5% 5
TP3 TP4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
8
PC9
1
RXD1 7
2
3
6
4
D+5V
VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC
5
TLP2630
C20
C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C19 C21 0.1u
H 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u

PDC22 Circuit Board Circuit Diagram (2/14)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
VCC
The PDC22 circuit board is used to communicate

with the CTP22 pulse motor clocks.
D+5V
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
RA12 RA13 RA14 RA15 RA16 RA17 RA18 RA19 RA20 RA21 VCC VCC
330 330 330 330 330 2.2k 2.2k 2.2k 2.2k 1K
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% C22 C23
0.1u 0.1u
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
U5-1 74LS244
1
G EN
PC10
1 16 2 18 M301_CLK 4
A1 Y1
2 15
1 M301CLK
3 14 4 16 M302_CLK 4
A2 Y2
4 13
1 M302CLK
5 12 6 14 M303_CLK 4
A3 Y3
6 11
1 M303CLK
7 10 8 12 M304_CLK 4
A4 Y4 U5-2 74LS244
8 9
1 M304CLK
19
TLP281-4(GB) G EN
B 1
2
PC11
16
15
11
A1 Y1
9 M306_CLK 4
1 M306CLK
3 14 13 7 M309_CLK 4
A2 Y2
4 13
1 M309CLK
5 12 15 5 M310_CLK 4
A3 Y3
6 11
1 M310CLK
7 10 17 3 M311_CLK 4
U6-1 74LS244 A4 Y4
8 9
1 M311CLK
1
TLP281-4(GB) G EN
PC12
1 16 2 18 M313_CLK 4
A1 Y1
2 15
1 M313CLK
3 14 4 16 M314_CLK 4
A2 Y2
4 13
1 M314CLK
5 12 6 14 M315_CLK 4
A3 Y3
6 11
1 M315CLK
7 10 8 12
C 1 M403CLK
8
TLP281-4(GB)
9
A4 Y4
19
U6-2
G EN
74LS244
M403_CLK 4
PC13
1 16 11 9 YOBI1_CLK 4
A1 Y1
2 15
1 YOBI1CLK
3 14 13 7
A2 Y2 Sub-scanning drive motor
4 13
1 YOBI2CLK
5 12 15 5 (M305)
A3 Y3
6 11
1 YOBIIN1 P+24V23
7 10 17 3
A4 Y4
8 9
VCC
TLP281-4(GB)
PC14
1
1
7 + C24
2 R2 R3 47u
1 M305CLK 50V PDC3
D
3 470 10k
1 M305PD
2
6 1/10W 1/10W 1
4 5% 5% 5
U7-1 2
TLP2630 6
1 2 3
7
VCC 4
74LS07 8
VCC U7-2
C25 3 4
0.1u
74LS07
5
U8 VCC
1 8
VCC
CT RESET /RESET 3,4

2 7 TP5 RCU00000C TP6 RCU00000C
VSC VSA
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
3 6 C26
OUTC VSB/RESIN 0.1u RA22 RA23
4
GND
E C27
1u
MB3771PF
1
U9-1
G EN
74LS240 TP7 RCU00000C
330
1/16W
5%
330
1/16W
5% “H” level when an abnormal
condition is detected.
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
PC15
Reset time of 100 msec 1 16 PIOON 1
2 18 2 15
3 PIOON_PDC A1 Y1
3 14 P+5V 1
4 16 4 13
A2 Y2
5 12 YOBIOUT1 1
6 14 6 11
A3 Y3
7 10 P+24V 1
8 12 8 9
VCC VCC A4 Y4
TP8 RCU00000C TLP281-4(GB)
U10-1 74LS244 TP9 RCU00000C

R4 R5 1 “H” level when the sensor detects
VCC G EN the specified condition.
2.2k 2.2k
Cutter signal 1/10W 1/10W PC16
F
5% 5% 1 16 D312 1
PDC2 2 18 2 15
A1 Y1
1 3 14 D313 1
2 4 16 4 13
A2 Y2
3 5 12
4 R6 10 1/10W 5% 6 14 6 11
A3 Y3 D312PLD 4
5 7 10
VCC 6 8 12 8 9
A4 Y4 D313PLD 4
P+24V01 P+24V21 P+24V23 P+24V31 P+24V41 P+24V43 R7 10 1/10W 5%
C28 C29 TLP281-4(GB)
0.047u 0.047u
VCC
R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 C30
6.8k 6.8k 6.8k 6.8k 6.8k 6.8k 0.1u
1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W C31
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 0.1u
TP10 RCU00000C
U10-2 74LS244
1 U11 19
G EN
G 2
3
4
8 11
A1 Y1
9
VCC VCC
5 D2
6 13 7 2 1 R14
A2 Y2 K A
11
12 74LS30 U9-2 74LS240 15 5 2 D3 1 R15
A3 Y3 SML-310MT K A 680
19
G EN 1/10W
17 3
A4 Y4 SML-310MT 5% 680
1/10W
11 9 5%
R16 R17 R18 R19 R20 R21 A1 Y1
0.82k 0.82k 0.82k 0.82k 0.82k 0.82k 13 7
1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W A2 Y2
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 15 5
A3 Y3
17 3
A4 Y4
H This circuit detects whether or not the P+24 V is turned on.

(The input voltage to 74LS30 must be between 2.24 V and 2.58 V.)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Parallel I/O
U12-1 74LS240 U13-1 74LS240

1 1
G EN G EN
A M301PD_dum 2
A1 Y1
18 M301PD 4,6 M313PD_dum 2
A1 Y1
18 M313PD 4,10
M302PD_dum 4 16 M302PD 4,6 M314PD_dum 4 16 M314PD 4,11
A2 Y2 A2 Y2
A3 Y3 A3 Y3
A4 Y4 A4 Y4
U12-2 74LS240 U13-2 74LS240

19 19
G EN G EN
M306PD_dum 11 9 M306PD 4,11 M402A_dum 11 9 M402A 7

A1 Y1 A1 Y1
B
M309PD_dum 13 7 M309PD 4,8 M402B_dum 13 7 M402B 7
A2 Y2 A2 Y2
M310PD_dum 15 5 M310PD 4,8 M404_dum 15 5 M404 7
A3 Y3 A3 Y3
M311PD_dum 17 3 M311PD 4,9 PU407_dum 17 3 PU407 7
A4 Y4 A4 Y4
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
RA24 RA25 RA26 RA27 RA28 RA29 RA30 RA31
10k 10k 10k 10k 10k 10k 10k 10k VCC VCC
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W VCC VCC
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
C32 C33
0.1u R22 R207 0.1u
22k 22k
1/10W 1/10W
5% 5%
U15-1
1 2
C 1
1
BD0
BD1
8
9
10
U14
D[0]
D[1]
P0[0]
P0[1]
30
31
32
M301PD_dum
M302PD_dum
M303PD_dum
74LS06
PLDYOBI1A 4
1 BD2 D[2] P0[2]

11 33 M304PD_dum
1 BD3 D[3] P0[3] U15-2
26 34 M306PD_dum
1 BD4 D[4] P0[4]
27 35 M309PD_dum
1 BD5 D[5] P0[5]
28 36 M310PD_dum 3 4 PLDYOBI1B 6
1 BD6 D[6] P0[6]
29 37 M311PD_dum
1 BD7 D[7] P0[7]
40 M313PD_dum
P1[0] 74LS06
18 41 M314PD_dum
1 IA0 ADR[0] P1[1]
20 42 M315PD_dum
1 IA1 ADR[1] P1[2]
21 43 M403PD_dum
1 IA2 ADR[2] P1[3]
22 44
1 IA3 ADR[3] P1[4] VCC
45 PLDYOBI2 4
P1[5]
23 46
2,4 /RESET L_SYSCLR P1[6]
14 47
15
L_CS P1[7]
48
Processor drive motor (M401)
L_RD P2[0] M301DIR 4
16 49 M304DIR 4
1 PIOWR L_WR P2[1]
50 M310DIR 4
D VCC P2[2] C34 P+24V42

51 M314DIR 4
P2[3] 0.1u
52 PLDYOBI3 4
P2[4] R23 R24
53 M307A 4
P2[5]
54 M307B 4 22k 22k
P2[6] 1/10W 1/10W
55 M307C 4
P2[7]
1
56 5% 5% + C35
P3[0] DOT11 5
57 47u PDC11
P3[1] DOT12 5
58 U15-3 50V 1
P3[2] DOT13 5
2
59 DOT14 5 4
P3[3]
60 DOT15 5 5 6 2
P3[4]
61 DOT16 5 5
P3[5]
64 DOT17 5 3
P3[6] 74LS06
65 DOT18 5 6
P3[7]
66 DOT21 5
P4[0] U15-4
67 DOT22 5
P4[1] VCC
68 DOT23 5
P4[2]
69 DOT24 5 9 8
P4[3]
70 DOT25 5
P4[4]
71 DOT26 5
P4[5] 74LS06
72 DOT27 5
P4[6]
E P4[7]
P5[0]
P5[1]
P5[2]
73
75
76
77
DOT28
M402A_dum
5
M401
M401DIR R25
22k
78 M402B_dum 1/10W PDC6
P5[3] U15-5 5%
79 M404_dum 1
P5[4]
80 PU407_dum 2
P5[5]
81 11 10 3
P5[6]
82
P5[7]
83 F401 13
P6[0] 74LS06
84 F402 13
P6[1]
85 F403 13
P6[2]
86 F404 13
P6[3]
P6[4]
87 F406 13
VCC Buzzer connector
89 F407 13
P6[5]
90
P6[6]
91
VCC VCC P6[7]
92 S401 12
P7[0] R208
93 S402 12
P7[1]
94 S403 12 22k
C36 C37 P7[2] 1/10W
F
95 S404 12
0.1u 0.1u P7[3] U15-6 5%
96 S405 12
P7[4]
97 S406 12
P7[5]
98 S407 12 13 12
P7[6]
99 S408 12
P7[7]
100 S409 12
P8[0] 74LS06
1 S410 12
P8[1]
2 S411 12
P8[2]
3 S411DIR 12
P8[3]
4
P8[4]
5
P8[5]
6
P8[6]
19 7 PIOON_PDC 2
IC P8[7]
TX180
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
G RA32
10k
1/16W
5%
RA33
10k
1/16W
5%
RA34
10k
1/16W
5%
RA35
10k
1/16W
5%
RA36
10k
1/16W
5%
RA37
10k
1/16W
5%
RA38
10k
1/16W
5%
RA39
10k
1/16W
5%
RA40
10k
1/16W
5%
RA41
10k
1/16W
5%
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
H

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
U17-1 74LS244
PLD circuitry 1
G EN
This circuitry is used to
reshape the pulse motor clocks.
2 18
A 4
6
A1
A2
Y1
Y2
16
14
1
U18-1 74LS244
G EN
A3 Y3 CUTTER_OUT1 6
8 12 CUTTER_OUT2 6 2 18 M301A 6
A4 Y4 A1 Y1
4 16 M301B 6
U17-2 74LS244 A2 Y2
19 6 14 M301/A 6
G EN A3 Y3
8 12 M301/B 6
A4 Y4
11 9 M403A 7
A1 Y1
13 7 M403B 7
A2 Y2 U18-2 74LS244
15 5 M403/A 7 19
A3 Y3 G EN
17 3 M403/B 7
A4 Y4
B R26 33 1/10W 5%
R27 33 1/10W 5%
11
13
A1
A2
Y1
Y2
9
7
M304A 8
M304B 8
R28 33 1/10W 5%
R29 33 1/10W 5% 15 5
A3 Y3 M304/A 8
VCC
R30 33 1/10W 5% 17 3
A4 Y4 M304/B 8
R31 33 1/10W 5%
R32 33 1/10W 5%
R33 33 1/10W 5%
TCK R34 33 1/10W 5%
R35 33 1/10W 5% U19-1 74LS244
R36 33 1/10W 5% 1
R37 33 1/10W 5% G EN
R38 33 1/10W 5%
2 D312PLD R39 33 1/10W 5%
2 D313PLD R40 33 1/10W 5% 2 18 M309A 8
3 M307C R41 33 1/10W 5% A1 Y1
TDO
R42 33 1/10W 5% 4 16
A2 Y2 M309B 8
C
3 PLDYOBI2 VCC 6 14 M309/A 8
VCC A3 Y3
8 12 M309/B 8
A4 Y4
121
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
U19-2 74LS244
19
TDO
I/ O
I/ O
TCK
G EN
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
VCC/3.3V
122 80 R43 33 1/10W 5%

I/O I/O
123 79
3 PLDYOBI3 I/O VCC/3.3V R44 33 1/10W 5%
128 78
2 M403_CLK I/O I/O R45 33 1/10W 5%
129 73 11 9 M310A 8
2 M315_CLK I/O I/O R46 33 1/10W 5% A1 Y1
130 72
2 M314_CLK I/O I/O R47 33 1/10W 5%
131 71 13 7 M310B 8
2 M313_CLK I/O I/O R48 33 1/10W 5% A2 Y2
132 70
2 M311_CLK I/O I/O R49 33 1/10W 5%
133 69 15 5 M310/A 8
VCC/3.3V U20 I/O R50 33 1/10W 5% A3 Y3
134 68
2 M310_CLK I/O I/O R51 33 1/10W 5%
135 67 17 3 M310/B 8
2 M309_CLK I/O EPM7128SQC160-15 I/O R52 33 1/10W 5% A4 Y4
136 65
2 M306_CLK I/O I/O R53 33 1/10W 5%
137 64
2 M304_CLK I/O I/O R54 33 1/10W 5% U21-1 74LS244
139 63
INPUT/GCLK1 I/O R55 33 1/10W 5%
D
140 62 1
2,3 /RESET INPUT/OE1 I/O R56 33 1/10W 5% G EN
141 59
INPUT/GCLRn I/O R57 33 1/10W 5%
142 58
INPUT/OE2/GCLK2 I/O R58 33 1/10W 5%
144 57
2 M303_CLK I/O I/O R59 33 1/10W 5%
145 56 2 18 M311A 9
2 M302_CLK I/O I/O A1 Y1
146 55
2 M301_CLK I/O VCC/3.3V R60 33 1/10W 5%
147 54 4 16 M311B 9
3 M307A I/O I/O R61 33 1/10W 5% A2 Y2
149 53
3 M307B I/O I/O R62 33 1/10W 5%
150 52 6 14 M311/A 9
3,6 M301PD I/O I/O R63 33 1/10W 5% A3 Y3
151 51
3 M301DIR I/O I/O R64 33 1/10W 5%
152 50 8 12 M311/B 9
3,10 M302PD I/O I/O R65 33 1/10W 5% A4 Y4
153 49
3,10 M303PD I/O I/O R66 33 1/10W 5%
158 48
3,8 M304PD I/O I/O U21-2 74LS244
VCC/3.3V
VCC/3.3V
159 43
3 M304DIR I/O I/O
160 41 19
3,11 M306PD I/O I/O G EN
TMS
I/ O
I/ O
TDI
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
VCC 11 9
A1 Y1 M313A 9
VCC VCC VCC VCC 13 7
A2 Y2 M313B 9
E C38
0.1u
C39
0.1u
C40
0.1u
C41
0.1u
15
17
A3
A4
Y3
Y4
5
3
M313/A 9
M313/B 9
TDI U22-1 74LS244

1
3,8 M309PD G EN
3,8 M310PD
3 M310DIR
3,9 M311PD
2 18 M315A 9
3,9 M313PD A1 Y1
3,11 M314PD
4 16 M315B 9
3 M314DIR A2 Y2
3,9 M315PD
6 14 M315/A 9
3,7 M403PD A3 Y3
2 YOBI1_CLK
8 12 M315/B 9
3 PLDYOBI1A U23-2 74LS244 A4 Y4
19
G EN U22-2 74LS244
F TMS
R67 33 1/10W 5% 11
A1 Y1
9 M306A 11
19
G EN
R68 33 1/10W 5% 13 7 11 9
A2 Y2 M306B 11 A1 Y1 M302A 10
R69 33 1/10W 5% 15 5 13 7
A3 Y3 M306/A 11 A2 Y2 M302B 10
R70 33 1/10W 5% 17 3 15 5
A4 Y4 M306/B 11 A3 Y3 M302/A 10
17 3 M302/B 10
A4 Y4
U24-1 74LS244 U23-1 74LS244

1 1
G EN G EN
VCC R71 33 1/10W 5% 2 18 2 18

A1 Y1 M314A 11 A1 Y1 M303A 10
VCC
R72 33 1/10W 5%
G
4 16 M314B 11 4 16 M303B 10
A2 Y2 A2 Y2
C42 R73 33 1/10W 5% 6 14 6 14
A3 Y3 M314/A 11 A3 Y3 M303/A 10
8
7
6
5
0.1u
RA42 R74 33 1/10W 5% 8 12 8 12
A4 Y4 M314/B 11 A4 Y4 M303/B 10
1K
1/16W
5%
VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC
1
2
3
4
U24-2 74LS244
1 19
G EN C43 C44 C45 C46 C47 C48 C49
2
3 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u
4
5 R75 33 1/10W 5% 11 9
A1 Y1 MYOBI1A 11
6
7 R76 33 1/10W 5% 13 7
A2 Y2 MYOBI1B 11
8
9 R77 33 1/10W 5% 15 5
A3 Y3 MYOBI1/A 11
10
PDC26
R78 33 1/10W 5% 17 3
H PLD_ISP function connector

A4 Y4 MYOBI1/B 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Back printer circuitry VCC
P+24V21
R79
A 4.7k
1/10W
5%
QA1-1
1
U25-1 74HC244
SMA5106
G
1
1 /STB G EN
D
2 ZD1
6 3 2 1
K A
S
4
2 18 R80 100 1/10W 5%
D
3 DOT11 A1 Y1 U1ZB36
G
4 16 R81 100 1/10W 5%
3 DOT12 A2 Y2
5
6 14 R82 100 1/10W 5%
3 DOT13 A3 Y3
QA1-2
8
8 12 R83 100 1/10W 5%
3 DOT14 A4 Y4 SMA5106
D
9 ZD2
7 10 2 1
4
3
2
1
K A
S
11
RA43
D
4.7K U1ZB36
G
1/16W
12
5%
5
6
7
8
P+24V21
C QA2-1
1
U25-2 74HC244
SMA5106
G
19
G EN Back printer
D
2 ZD3
6 3 2 1
K A
S
4 P+24V21
11 9 R84 100 1/10W 5%
D
G
13 7 R85 100 1/10W 5% PDC4
3 DOT16 A2 Y2
5
1
15 5 R86 100 1/10W 5% 11
3 DOT17 A3 Y3
2
QA2-2
8
17 3 R87 100 1/10W 5% 12
3 DOT18 A4 Y4 SMA5106
G
3
D
9 ZD4 13
7 10 2 1 4
4
3
2
1
K A
S
11 14
RA44 5
D
4.7K U1ZB36 15
G
D 1/16W 6
12
5% 16
7
5
6
7
8
17
8
18
9
19
10
20
VCC
P+24V21
C50
0.1u P+24V21
E QA3-1
1
U26-1 74HC244
SMA5106
G
1
G EN
1
D
2 ZD5 + C51
6 3 2 1 10000u
K A 50V
S
4
2
2 18 R88 100 1/10W 5%
D
G
4 16 R89 100 1/10W 5%
3 DOT22 A2 Y2
5
6 14 R90 100 1/10W 5%
3 DOT23 A3 Y3
R91 100 1/10W 5% 8 QA3-2
8 12
3 DOT24 A4 Y4 G
SMA5106
D 9 ZD6
7 10 2 1
4
3
2
1
K A
S
11
RA45
D
F 4.7K U1ZB36
G
1/16W
12
5%
5
6
7
8
P+24V21
QA4-1
1
U26-2 74HC244
SMA5106
G
G
19
G EN
D
2 ZD7
6 3 2 1
K A
S
4
11 9 R92 100 1/10W 5%
D
G
13 7 R93 100 1/10W 5%

3 DOT26 A2 Y2
5
15 5 R94 100 1/10W 5%

3 DOT27 A3 Y3
QA4-2
8
17 3 R95 100 1/10W 5%

3 DOT28 A4 Y4 SMA5106
G
9 ZD8
7 10 2 1
4
3
2
1
K A
S
11
VCC VCC RA46
D
4.7K U1ZB36
G
1/16W
12
H
C52 C53 5%
0.1u 0.1u
5
6
7
8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
VCC
P+24V02
Paper supply motor (M301) C54
A Feed drive motor1 (M302) 0.1u
1
+ C55
Spare motor 47u
50V
2
NF1
U27 DSS306-55FZ103N100
11 5 1 3
CVCC L SPLY
G
13 1
4 M301A PHASE1 OUT1A
2
14 17 NF2
4 M301/A ENA1 OUT1B DSS306-55FZ103N100
12 18
RC1 E1
1 3
16 G
SENSE1
2
8 2
4 M301B PHASE2 OUT2A NF3
7 4
4 M301/B ENA2 OUT2B DSS306-55FZ103N100
9 3
RC2 E2
1 3
VCC 6 G
SENSE2
1
15
B REF.
2
D12 D13
K
10 EC31QS09 EC31QS09 NF4
CGND R96 R97 DSS306-55FZ103N100
A
R98 A2918SWV 1 3
2
1
1
1k G
1/10W 2.4k 2.4k D14 D15
2
1% 1/10W 1/10W EC31QS09 EC31QS09
1% 1%
Current values 1.28/0.64
A
C56 R99 C57 R100
2
680p 27k 680p 27k C58 C59 R101
1/10W 1/10W 3300p R102 3300p 0.39
1% 1% 0.39 2W
R103 2W 2%
1k 2%
1/10W
1%
3
Q1 C
2
C
3,4 M301PD B
DTC113ZKA E
1
VCC
VCC P+24V22
C102
0.1u
R146
910 1
1/10W C103 + C104
1% 0.1u 47u
50V
2
R147
Current values 1.0/0.5
D 180
1/10W
1%
C105
0.1u
U38
NF33
DSS306-55FZ103N100
1 3
3
Q9 C R148 25 8 G
CVCC Vmm A
2 180 20
3,4 M302PD Vmm B
2
B 1/10W 2 NF34 PDC16
1% Vref A DSS306-55FZ103N100
26 10 1
DTC113ZKA E Vref B Out 1
12 1 3 7
Out 2
1
1 G 2
Vs A
27 14 8
Vs B Out 3
2
18 3
Out 4 NF35
4 9
CR DSS306-55FZ103N100
11 4
Rs A
1
1
5 17 1 3 10
4 M302A Phase A Rs B D44 D45 G
K
K
23 5
4 M302B Phase B
6 EC31QS09 EC31QS09 11
4 M302/A ENA A
2
22 6
A
A
4 M302/B ENA B NF36
24 3 12
Decay ALARM
2
2
1
1
VCC R149 DSS306-55FZ103N100
D46 D47
K
K
E
7 0.82 1 3
LG A 2W
21 13 EC31QS09 EC31QS09 G
LG B PGND 2%
A
2
R150 MTD2005
2
2
13k
1/10W R151
1% 0.82
2W
2%
C106
4700p
VCC
VCC
VCC P+24V22
C122
0.1u
F R170
1k
1/10W
1
1% C123 + C124
0.1u 47u
50V
2
R171
91 C125
Current values 0.5/0.25 1/10W 0.1u NF49
1% DSS306-55FZ103N100
U42 1 3
3
Q13 C R172 25 8 G
CVCC Vmm A
2 91 20
3 PLDYOBI1B Vmm B
2
B 1/10W 2 NF50
1% Vref A DSS306-55FZ103N100
26 10
12 1 3
Out 2
1
1 G
Vs A
G 27
Vs B Out 3
14
2
18
Out 4 NF51
4
CR DSS306-55FZ103N100
11
Rs A
1
5 17 1 3
4 MYOBI1A Phase A Rs B D60 D61
K
23 G
4 MYOBI1B Phase B
6 EC31QS09 EC31QS09
4 MYOBI1/A ENA A
2
22
A
4 MYOBI1/B ENA B NF52

24 3
Decay ALARM
2
2
1
VCC R173 DSS306-55FZ103N100

D62 D63
K
7 0.82 1 3
LG A 2W
21 13 EC31QS09 EC31QS09 G
LG B PGND 2%
A
R174 MTD2005
2
13k
1/10W R175
1% 0.82
2W
2%
C126
H 4700p

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Replenisher cartridge opening drive motor (M402) VCC
Paper reverse feed motor (M403) P+24V32
Sorter drive motor (M404)
A C62
1
0.1u + C63
47u
50V
2
U29 RT1
11 10
CVCC VS
1 4 PTH8L18AR3R3M6B790
3 M402A IN1 OUT1 P+24V31
2 8
3 M402B IN2 OUT2
12 6
ST PGND
1
TA8429H + C64 PDC9
U7-3 47u 1
50V
B 6
2
5 6 2
3 PU407
7
VCC P+24V31 3
74LS07 8
4
9
5
1
C65 + C66 10
0.1u 47u NFB2
50V
2
RXE075
0.75A
U30 RT2
11 10
CVCC VS
C 3 M404
1
2
12
IN1
IN2
OUT1
OUT2
4
8
6
PTH8L18AR3R3M6B790
ST PGND
TA8429H U7-4
9 8
74LS07
U7-5
VCC 11 10
74LS07
D C67
0.1u
U7-6
VCC P+24V42 13 12
R104 74LS07
1k
1/10W
1
1% C68 + C69
0.1u 47u
50V
2
R105
Current values 0.8/0.4 C70
150
1/10W 0.1u NF5
E 1%
U31
DSS306-55FZ103N100
1 3 M403OUTA 12
3
Q2 C R106 25 8 G
CVCC Vmm A
2 150 20
3,4 M403PD Vmm B
2
B 1/10W 2 NF6
1% Vref A DSS306-55FZ103N100
26 10
12 1 3 M403OUT/A 12
Out 2
1
1 G
Vs A
27 14
Vs B Out 3
2
18
Out 4 NF7
4
CR DSS306-55FZ103N100
11
Rs A
1
5 17 1 3 M403OUTB 12
4 M403A Phase A Rs B D16 D17
K
23 G
4 M403B Phase B
6 EC31QS09 EC31QS09
4 M403/A ENA A
2
22
A
4 M403/B ENA B NF8

24 3
Decay ALARM
2
2
1
VCC R107 DSS306-55FZ103N100

F D18 D19
K
7 0.82 1 3 M403OUT/B 12
LG A 2W
21 13 EC31QS09 EC31QS09 G
LG B PGND 2%
A
2
R108 MTD2005
2
13k
1/10W R109
1% 0.82
2W
2%
C71
4700p
H

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
VCC
Register drive motor (M304) C72

VCC P+24V22
A Register nip motor (M309)

Width detecting drive motor (M310)
0.1u
R110
1k
1/10W
1
1% C73 + C74
0.1u 47u
50V
2
R111
Current values 0.5/0.25 91 C75
1/10W 0.1u NF9
1% DSS306-55FZ103N100
U32 1 3
3
Q3 C R112 25 8 G
CVCC Vmm A
2 91 20
3,4 M304PD Vmm B
2
B 1/10W 2 NF10
1% Vref A DSS306-55FZ103N100
26 10
12 1 3
B Out 2
1
1 G
Vs A
27 14
Vs B Out 3
2
18
Out 4 NF11
4
CR DSS306-55FZ103N100
11
Rs A
1
5 17 1 3
K
23
4 M304B Phase B
6 EC31QS09 EC31QS09
4 M304/A ENA A
2
22
A
4 M304/B ENA B NF12
24 3
Decay ALARM
2
1
1
VCC R113 DSS306-55FZ103N100
D22 D23
K
7 0.82 1 3
LG A 2W
21 13 EC31QS09 EC31QS09 G
LG B PGND 2%
2
R114 MTD2005
2
13k
1/10W R115
1% 0.82
2W
2%
C VCC
C76
4700p
C77
0.1u VCC P+24V22
R116
1k
1/10W
1
1% C78 + C79
0.1u 47u
50V
2
PDC14
D Current values 0.5/0.25 R117

91
1/10W
1%
C80
0.1u NF13
DSS306-55FZ103N100
1
9
2
10
U33 1 3 3
3
Q4 C R118 25 8 G 11
CVCC Vmm A
2 91 20 4
3,4 M309PD Vmm B
2
B 1/10W 2 NF14 12
1% Vref A DSS306-55FZ103N100
26 10 5
12 1 3 13
Out 2
1
1 G 6
Vs A
27 14 14
Vs B Out 3
2
18 7
Out 4 NF15 9 M315OUTA
4 15
CR DSS306-55FZ103N100 9 M315OUT/A
11 8
Rs A 9 M315OUTB
1
1
5 17 1 3 16
4 M309A Phase A Rs B D24 D25 9 M315OUT/B
G
K
K
23
4 M309B Phase B
6 EC31QS09 EC31QS09
4 M309/A ENA A
2
22
A
A
4 M309/B ENA B NF16
24 3
Decay ALARM
2
2
1
1
VCC R119 DSS306-55FZ103N100
E D26 D27
K
K
7 0.82 1 3
LG A 2W
21 13 EC31QS09 EC31QS09 G
LG B PGND 2%
A
2
R120 MTD2005
2
2
13k
1/10W R121
1% 0.82
2W
2%
C81
VCC 4700p
C82
0.1u
VCC P+24V22
F R122
1k
1/10W
1
1% C83 + C84
0.1u 47u
50V
2
Current values 0.5/0.25 R123

91 C85
1/10W 0.1u NF17
1% DSS306-55FZ103N100
U34 1 3
3
Q5 C R124 25 8 G
CVCC Vmm A
2 91 20
3,4 M310PD Vmm B
2
B 1/10W 2 NF18
1% Vref A DSS306-55FZ103N100
26 10
12 1 3
Out 2
1
1 G
Vs A
G 27
Vs B Out 3
14
2
18
Out 4 NF19
4
CR DSS306-55FZ103N100
11
Rs A
1
5 17 1 3
4 M310A Phase A Rs B D28 D29
K
23 G
4 M310B Phase B
6 EC31QS09 EC31QS09
4 M310/A ENA A
2
22
A
4 M310/B ENA B NF20

24 3
Decay ALARM
2
2
1
VCC R125 DSS306-55FZ103N100

D30 D31
K
7 0.82 1 3
LG A 2W
21 13 EC31QS09 EC31QS09 G
LG B PGND 2%
A
R126 MTD2005
2
13k
1/10W R127
1% 0.82
2W
2%
C86
H 4700p

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Sub-scanning nip motor (M311) VCC
Pre-register drive motor (M315)
A
VCC P+24V23
C87
0.1u
R128
1k
1/10W
1
1% C88 + C89
0.1u 47u
50V
2
R129
1/10W 0.1u NF21
1% DSS306-55FZ103N100
U35 1 3
3
Q6 C R130 25 8 G
CVCC Vmm A
B 3,4 M311PD
2 91 Vmm B
20
2
B 1/10W 2 NF22 PDC15
1% Vref A DSS306-55FZ103N100
26 10 1
12 1 3 3
Out 2
1
1 G 2
Vs A
27 14 4
Vs B Out 3
2
18
Out 4 NF23
4
CR DSS306-55FZ103N100
11
Rs A
1
5 17 1 3
K
23
4 M311B Phase B
6 EC31QS09 EC31QS09
4 M311/A ENA A
2
22
A
4 M311/B ENA B NF24
24 3
Decay ALARM
2
1
1
VCC R131 DSS306-55FZ103N100
D34 D35
K
7 0.82 1 3
LG A 2W
21 13 EC31QS09 EC31QS09 G
LG B PGND 2%
A
C
2
R132 MTD2005
2
13k
1/10W R133
1% 0.82
2W
2%
C91
4700p
VCC
VCC P+24V23
C97 R140
0.1u 1k
1/10W
1
1% C98 + C99
E
0.1u 47u
50V
2
R141
Current values 0.5/0.25 C100
91
1/10W 0.1u NF29
1% DSS306-55FZ103N100
U37 1 3 M315OUTA 8
3
Q8 C R142 25 8 G
CVCC Vmm A
2 91 20
3,4 M315PD Vmm B
2
B 1/10W 2 NF30
1% Vref A DSS306-55FZ103N100
26 10
12 1 3 M315OUT/A 8
Out 2
1
1 G
Vs A
27 14
Vs B Out 3
2
18
Out 4
F 4
CR
Rs A
11
NF31
DSS306-55FZ103N100
1
1
5 17 1 3 M315OUTB 8
K
4 M315B
23
Phase B K
6 EC31QS09 EC31QS09
4 M315/A ENA A
2
22
A
4 M315/B ENA B NF32

24 3
Decay ALARM
2
2
1
1
VCC R143 DSS306-55FZ103N100
D42 D43
K
K
7 0.82 1 3 M315OUT/B 8
LG A 2W
21 13 EC31QS09 EC31QS09 G
LG B PGND 2%
A
2
R144 MTD2005
2
13k
1/10W R145
1% 0.82
2W
2%
C101
G 4700p
H

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Feed drive motor 2 (M311) VCC
Feed nip motor (M313)
A C107
0.1u
VCC P+24V22
R152
910
1/10W
1
1% C108 + C109
0.1u 47u
50V
2
R153
180 C110
Current values 1.0/0.5 1/10W 0.1u NF37
1% DSS306-55FZ103N100
B U39 1 3
3
Q10 C R154 25 8 G
CVCC Vmm A
2 180 20
3,4 M303PD Vmm B
2
B 1/10W 2 NF38
1% Vref A DSS306-55FZ103N100
26 10
12 1 3
Out 2
1
1 G
Vs A
27 14
Vs B Out 3
2
18
Out 4 NF39
4
CR DSS306-55FZ103N100
11
Rs A
1
5 17 1 3
K
23
4 M303B Phase B
6 EC31QS09 EC31QS09
4 M303/A ENA A
2
22
A
4 M303/B ENA B NF40
24 3
Decay ALARM
2
1
1
VCC R155 DSS306-55FZ103N100
D50 D51
K
7 0.82 1 3
LG A
C 21
LG B PGND
13 2W
2%
EC31QS09 EC31QS09 G
2
R156 MTD2005
2
13k
1/10W R157
1% 0.82
2W
2%
C111
4700p
PDC18
D 1
6
2
7
3
VCC 8
4
9
5
10
C92 VCC P+24V23
0.1u
R134
1k
1/10W
1
1% C93 + C94
0.1u 47u
E 50V
2
R135
1/10W 0.1u NF25
1% DSS306-55FZ103N100
U36 1 3
3
Q7 C R136 25 8 G
CVCC Vmm A
2 91 20
3,4 M313PD Vmm B
2
B 1/10W 2 NF26
1% Vref A DSS306-55FZ103N100
26 10
12 1 3
Out 2
1
1 G
Vs A
27 14
Vs B Out 3
2
18
Out 4
F 4
CR
Rs A
11
NF27
DSS306-55FZ103N100
1
5 17 1 3
K
23
4 M313B Phase B
6 EC31QS09 EC31QS09
4 M313/A ENA A
2
22
A
4 M313/B ENA B NF28

24 3
Decay ALARM
2
2
1
VCC R137 DSS306-55FZ103N100

D38 D39
K
7 0.82 1 3
LG A 2W
21 13 EC31QS09 EC31QS09 G
LG B PGND 2%
A
2
R138 MTD2005
2
13k
1/10W R139
1% 0.82
2W
2%
C96
G 4700p
H

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
VCC
Exit drive motor (M306) VCC P+24V23
A Exit section up/down belt motor (M314)

and the cutter drive motor (M307)
C112
0.1u
R158
910
1/10W
1
1% C113 + C114
0.1u 47u
50V
2
R159
1/10W 0.1u NF41
1% DSS306-55FZ103N100
U40 1 3
3
Q11 C R160 25 8 G
CVCC Vmm A
2 180 20
3,4 M306PD Vmm B
2
B
B 1/10W 2 NF42
1% Vref A DSS306-55FZ103N100
26 10
12 1 3
1 Out 2
1 G
Vs A
27 14
Vs B Out 3
2
18
Out 4 NF43
4
CR DSS306-55FZ103N100
11
Rs A
1
5 17 1 3
K
23
4 M306B Phase B
6 EC31QS09 EC31QS09
4 M306/A ENA A
2
22
A
4 M306/B ENA B NF44
24 3
Decay ALARM
2
1
1
VCC R161 DSS306-55FZ103N100
D54 D55
K
7 0.82 1 3
LG A 2W
21 13 EC31QS09 EC31QS09 G
LG B PGND 2%
2
R162 MTD2005
2
13k
C 1/10W
1%
R163
0.82
2W
2%
C116
4700p
VCC
VCC P+24V22
C117
0.1u
R164
1k
1/10W
1
1% C118 + C119
0.1u 47u
50V
2
PDC17
R165 1
91 C120 5
Current values 0.5/0.25 1/10W 0.1u NF45 2
1% DSS306-55FZ103N100 6
U41 1 3 3
3
Q12 C R166 25 8 G 7
CVCC Vmm A
2 91 20 4
3,4 M314PD Vmm B
2
B 1/10W 2 NF46 8
1% Vref A DSS306-55FZ103N100
26 10
12 1 3
Out 2
1
1 G
Vs A
27 14
Vs B Out 3
2
18
E 4
CR
Out 4
Rs A
11
NF47
DSS306-55FZ103N100
1
5 17 1 3
K
23
4 M314B Phase B
6 EC31QS09 EC31QS09
4 M314/A ENA A
2
22
A
4 M314/B ENA B NF48
24 3
Decay ALARM
2
1
1
VCC R167 DSS306-55FZ103N100
D58 D59
K
7 0.82 1 3
LG A 2W
21 13 EC31QS09 EC31QS09 G
LG B PGND 2%
2
R168 MTD2005
2
13k
1/10W R169
1% 0.82
2W
2%
C121
F 4700p
VCC P+24V02
G C60
1
0.1u + C61
47u
50V
2
NFB1
U28
11 10
CVCC VS RXE090 PDC13
1 4 0.90A 1
4 CUTTER_OUT1 IN1 OUT1
2 8 2
4 CUTTER_OUT2 IN2 OUT2
12 6
ST PGND
H
TA8429H

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
VCC P+24V31
VCC
VCC
A VCC
C127
0.1u 3 S411DIR C128
0.1u C129
1
0.1u + C130
47u
50V
2
U43-1
U44-1 74HC123 1
1 & 7
A U45
2 13 2
B Q
Two-way solenoid 3
Q
4
TC7W08F
11
CVCC VS
10
3 S411 CLR R U46-1
14 1 4 S411OUT1
Cext CX U43-2 IN1 OUT1
15 2 8 S411OUT2
R176 Rext/Cext RX/CX IN2 OUT2
1 7 5
33k 3 12 6
1/10W ST PGND
6
1% TC7W04F TA8429H
TC7W08F
B C131
1u
VCC
3
U46-2
5
P+24V31
C132
0.1u TC7W04F U44-2 74HC123
9 &
U46-3 A
10 5
B Q PDC10
12
Q
6 2 11 1
P+24V31 CLR R
6 8
Cext CX
7 2
TC7W04F Rext/Cext RX/CX
9
3
10
4
R177 11
3 S405
Solenoid valve QA5-1 7 M403OUTA
5
1
12
C 100 SMA5106 7 M403OUT/A
G
6
1/10W 7 M403OUTB
D
2 13
5% 7 M403OUT/B
6 3 7
S
4 14
D
5G
R178 100 1/10W 5% R179
3 S406
3 S401 15
R180 100 1/10W 5% 5W
QA5-2
8
5%
SMA5106
D
9
7 10
S
11
D
G
12
R181
3 S402
1
+ C133
47u
100 50V
2
1/10W
5%
P+24V32
1
+ C134
47u
50V PDC12
2
1
10
2
11
R182 3
3 S403
E QA6-1
12
1
4
100 SMA5106
G
13
1/10W
D
2 5
5% 6 3 14
S
4 6
D 15
7
G
16
5
R183 100 1/10W 5% 8

3 S404
17
R184 100 1/10W 5% 9
QA6-2
8
18
SMA5106
G
9
7 10
S
11
D
G
F
12
R185
100
1/10W
5%
P+24V32
R186
3 S407
QA7-1
1
100 SMA5106
G
1/10W
D
2
5% 6 3
S
4
D
G
G
5
R187 100 1/10W 5%

3 S408
3 S409 R188 100 1/10W 5%
QA7-2
8
SMA5106
G
9
7 10
S
11
D
G
12
R189
3 S410
100
1/10W
5%
H

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Controlled fans
A P+24V41
1
P+24V41 + C135
47u Uncontrolled fans
50V
2
R190
3 F401
QA8-1
1
PDC7
100 SMA5106
G
1 P+24V01
1/10W
D
2 2
5%
B 6 3 3
S
4 4
5
D
6
G
1
7 + C136
5
R191100 1/10W 5% 8 47u

3 F402 50V
9
2
R192100 1/10W 5%
3 F403
QA8-2
8
SMA5106
G
9
7 10
S
11
D
G
PDC19 PDC20 PDC21

12
R193100 1/10W 5% 1 1 1
3 F406
C 2
3
4
5
2
3
4
5
2
3
4
5
R194100 1/10W 5% 6 6 6
3 F404
7 7 7
QA9-1
1
PDC8 8 8 8
SMA5106
G
1
D
2 2
6 3 3 DF1EC-8P-2.5DSA DF1EC-8P-2.5DSA
S
4 4
5
D
6
G
7
5
R195100 1/10W 5% 8
3 F407
QA9-2
8
SMA5106
G
9
7 10
S
11
E
D
G
12
H

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
P+24V21
R196 D64 TP11 RCU00000C
NF53 1 2
NFM46P11C155 A K
1 3 4.7k 1/4W 5% SML-310DT
A
G
2
4
P+24V22
R197 D65 TP12 RCU00000C

NF54 1 2
NFM46P11C155 A K
1 3 4.7k 1/4W 5% SML-310DT
G
2
4
PDC22
1
P+24V23
2 R198 D66 TP13 RCU00000C
1 2
3 NF55 A K
NFM46P11C155 4.7k 1/4W 5% SML-310DT
4 1 3
G
B 5
2
4
6
P+24V02
7 R199 D67 TP14 RCU00000C
1 2
8 NF56 A K
NFM46P11C155 4.7k 1/4W 5% SML-310DT
9 1 3
G
10
2
4
P+24V01
R200 D68 TP15 RCU00000C
1 2
NF57 A K
NFM46P11C155 4.7k 1/4W 5% SML-310DT
1 3
C
G
2
4
TP16 TP17 TP18 TP19
TP20 RCU00000C
D NF58
NFM46P11C155 4.7k
R201
1/4W 5%
1
D69
A K
SML-310DT
2 TP21 RCU00000C
P+24V41
1 3
G
2
4
R202 D70 P+24V42

1 2 TP22 RCU00000C
NF59 A K
NFM46P11C155 4.7k 1/4W 5% SML-310DT
1 3
PDC23 G
1
2
4
E 2
3 R203
1
D71
2 TP23 RCU00000C
P+24V43
4 NF60 A K
NFM46P11C155 4.7k 1/4W 5% SML-310DT
5 1 3
G
6
2
4
F P+24V31
R205 D73 TP25 RCU00000C

NF62 1 2
NFM46P11C155 A K
1 3 4.7k 1/4W 5% SML-310DT
G
2
4
PDC24
1 P+24V32
R206 D74 TP26 RCU00000C
2 NF63 1 2
NFM46P11C155 A K
3 1 3 4.7k 1/4W 5% SML-310DT
G 4
G
2
4
VCC
R204 D72
1 2
A K
1
680 1/10W 5% SML-310LT TP24 RCU00000C + C137 C138

47u 0.1u
NF61 50V
2
PDC25 NFM46P11C155
1 1 3
G
H
2
2
4
19.5 List of LEDs, Fuses and Destinations for Each DC Power Supply Unit
19.5.1 DC Power System

1. Alpha 400 Power Supply Unit
Slot Voltage Fuse LED Connector Name Destination
SLOT5 D+3.3V FH16 (4A) to 20 PD17 to PD21 PWR6 GMB22 circuit board (Image processing)
SLOT4A A+24V1 FH12(4A) PD13 PWR11 LDD22 circuit board
A+24V2 FH13(4A) PD14 PWR11 LDD22 circuit board
SLOT4B A+8V1 FH14(4A) PD15 PWR11 LDD22 circuit board
SLOT3A A+13V1 FH9(4A) PD9 PWR12 LDD22 circuit board
SLOT3B A-13V1 FH11(5A) PD12 PWR11,12 LDD22 and LTC22 circuit boards
SLOT2A A+20V FH8(1.6A) PD8 PWR9 CCD22 circuit board
SLOT2B D+5V FH5(5A) PD5 PWR7 CCD22 circuit board
FH6(4A) PD6 PWR8 CCD22 circuit board
FH7(4A) PD7 PWR8 Manual carrier M69D
SLOT1A A+12V FH1(1.6A) PD1 PWR9 ADC22 circuit board
FH2(1.6A) PD2 PWR10 Manual carrier M69D
SLOT1A A-12V FH3(1.6A) PD3 PWR9 CCD22 circuit board
FH4(1.6A) PD4 PWR10 Manual carrier M69D

19.5List of LEDs, Fuses and Destinations for Each DC Power Supply Unit
2. Alpha 600 Power Supply Unit
Slot Voltage Fuse LED Connector Name Destination
SLOT5A A+5V FH38(1.6A) PD39 PWR9 CCD22 and ADC22 circuit boards
SLOT5B A-5V FH39(1.6A) PD40 PWR9 CCD22 and ADC22 circuit boards
SLOT4A P+5V1 FH35(5A) PD36 PWR13,14 CTC22 and PDC22 circuit boards
SLOT4B P+9V1 FH36(4A) PD37 PWR13 CTC22 circuit board
P+9V2 FH37(1.6A) PD38 PWR13 PZR22 circuit board
SLOT3A +24V01 FH30(4A) PD31 PWR15,16 CTC22, PDC22, and PAC22 circuit boards
+24V02 FH31(4A) PD32 PWR16 PDC22 circuit board
SLOT3B +24V11 FH32(4A) PD33 PWR15 CTC22 circuit board
+24V12 FH33(4A) PD34 PWR15 Manual carrier M69D
+24V13 FH34(1.6A) PD35 PWR13 Light table
SLOT2 +24V21 FH27(4A) PD28 PWR16 PDC22 circuit board
SLOT1A +24V30 FH21(4A) PD22 PWR17 PAC22 circuit board
SLOT1B +24V41 FH24(4A) PD25 PWR18 PDC22 circuit board

3. LED Colors
Color Function
Green AC power supplies (starts when the Start switch is pressed)
Yellow Power supplies controlled by the CPU
Red Power supplies linked to the interlock switches
4. Fuse Used
Type Rated Current Quantity
AC Power Fuse 2A 2
3.2A 4
5A 1
DC Power Fuse 0.5A 2
1A 4
1.6A 11
2A 9
3.2A 3
4A 28
5A 8
5. PWR22 Circuit Board Component Layout Drawing (1/2)

PWR22 Circuit Board Component Layout Drawing (2/2)

19.5.2 List of the LEDs and DC Voltages on the PAC22 Circuit Board
LED
LED No. Voltage coordinates Remarks
(on the circuit board)
D3 24V 4-G Not lit:

1) The interlock cover is open.
2) The 24V is not supplied from the PWR22 circuit board.
D11 D+5V 7-G Not lit: The D+5V is not supplied from the CTP22 circuit board.
D12 P+24V 5-G Not lit: The P+24V is not supplied from the PWR22 circuit board.
D13 P+5V 5-G Not lit: The P+5V is not supplied from the PWR22 circuit board.
19.5.3 List of the LEDs and DC Voltages on the PDC22 Circuit Board
LED
LED No. Voltage coordinates Load Remarks
(on the circuit board) Number
D1 5V 6-A - Used in the PDC22 circuit board.

Not lit:
When an error occurs in the CTP22 or PDC22 circuit board.
D64 24V
(24V21) 10-F S301 Back printer drive solenoid 1
S302 Back printer drive solenoid 2
D65 24V
(24V22) 10-F M302 Feed drive motor1
M303 Feed drive motor2
M304 Register drive motor
M309 Register nip motor
M310 Width sensor drive motor
M314 Exit section up/down belt motor
D66 24V
(24V23) 10-G M311 Sub-scanning nip motor
M313 Feed nip motor
M306 Exit section drive motor
D67 24V
(24V02) 10-G M301 Paper supply motor
M307 Cutter drive motor
LED
D68 24V
(24V01) 10-G F301 Sub-scanning nip motor cooling fan
F308 Printer suction fan 1
F311 Printer exhaust fan 1
F314 Laser unit cooling fan
D69 24V
(24V41) 10-E F317 Control section exhaust fan
F401 P1/P2 processing tank heater cooling fan
F402 PS processing tank heater cooling fan
F403 Processing tank heater cooling fan
F406 Processing tank exhaust fan
D70 24V
(24V42) 10-E M401 Processor drive motor
D71 24V
(24V43) 10-E - Densitometer power supply
D72 5V 10-B D312 Cutter home position sensor 1

D313 Cutter home position sensor 2
- Sorter full sensor buzzer power supply
D73 24V
(24V31) 10-B S401 P1 rack auto washing valve
S402 P2 rack auto washing valve
S403 PS1/PS2 rack auto washing valve
S404 PS3/PS4 rack auto washing valve
M404 Sorter drive motor
D74 24V
(24V32) 10-D S407 P1R cartridge washing valve
S408 P2RA cartridge washing valve
S409 P2RB cartridge washing valve
S410 P1R stirring valve
M402 Replenisher cartridge opening drive motor
19.5.4 List of the LEDs and DC Voltages on the CTP22 Circuit Board
LED
D2 3.3V 1-F - Lit: Abnormality (Refer to *1 below)
D5 3.3V 1-F - Lit: When the software starts.
D6 5V 9-B H401 Lit: When the P1 processing tank heater is turned on.
D7 5V 9-B H402 Lit: When the P2 processing tank heater is turned on.
D8 5V 9-B H403 Lit: When the PS1/PS2 processing tank heater is turned on.
D9 5V 9-B H404 Lit: When the PS3/PS4 processing tank heater is turned on.
D16 5V 9-B H406A Lit: When the Dryer heater A is turned on.
D17 - 9-B - Not used
D18 - 9-B - Not used
D19 5V 9-B H406B Lit: When the Dryer heater B is turned on.
D20 5V 8-B RESET Lit: When the circuit board is reset
D21 5V 8-B REON Lit: When the processing tank level is normal.
D22 5V 8-B CN Lit: When the contacts at the connectors CTP1, CTP4, CTP16, and
CTP21 are proper.
D31 5V 10-H - Lit: When the 5 V, which is output from the CTP22 circuit board to
an external load, is normal (D31 is not lit when FA1 is blown or
the power supply fails). (Refer to Note *2 below)
D33 A5V 11-H A+5V A+5V is used in the CTP22 circuit board.
Lit: When the power supply is normal.
*1: Confirm that there are good contacts at the following connectors:
CTP1: PDC22 circuit board
CTP4: Sub-scanning unit sensor
CTP16: Replenisher solution level sensor
CTP21: PAC22 circuit board
*2: 1) Failure in the PDC22 circuit board
2) Check D31 when the temperature does not rise while D6 to D16 are lit.
3) Abnormality with one of the sensors: D302, D306 to D313, D315 to D319, D321, D407 to D409, and D411
19.5.5 List of the LEDs and DC Voltages on the CTC22 Circuit Board
LED
D64 5V 1-A - 5V used in the internal circuitry

Not lit: The fuse is blown due to a problem in the CTC22
circuit board.
D65 5V 1-A D211 Conjugate length variable home position sensor

D212 Conjugate length variable upper limit sensor
D213 Conjugate length variable lower limit sensor
D214 Lens home position sensor
D215 Shutter home position sensor
D66 3.3V 2-G - Control voltage of the LED driver

circuit board.
D67 9V 1-G - Four LED light source power supplies

Not lit: Harness breakage or short circuit
D68 5V 3-F - Used in the internal circuitry.

circuit board.
D69 24V 7-J F201/D204 Light source cooling fan

F216/D216 CCD cooling fan
F217/D217 Image processing section cooling fan 1
F218/D218 Image processing section cooling fan 2
D70 24V 7-H M201 Conjugate length variable motor

M202 Lens drive motor
M203 Shutter drive motor
D71 24V 7-G M101 Feed motor

M102 Supply motor
M103 Mask motor
M104 Door motor
S101 Solenoid
Meaning of the LED colors

Control system power supplies (5 V, 3.3 V, etc.): Red
Power system (12 V, 24 V, etc.): Orange
Analog system (±12 V and A5V, etc.): Yellow
19.5.6 List of the LEDs and DC Voltages on the CYS22 Circuit Board
LED
D35 5V 6-A D101 135 leading end sensor

D102 135 upstream perforation sensor
D103 135 downstream perforation sensor
D104 IX240 TAP & leading end sensor
D105 IX240 perforation sensor
D106 135 check tape sensor
D108 IX240 rear unexposed frame sensor
D109 IX240 front unexposed frame sensor
D112 Door open/close sensor
D113 IPU sensor
D114 Supply motor home position sensor
D115 Cartridge sensor
D117 Mask motor home position sensor
L101 Indicator lamp
D36 12V 9-D D107 135 frame sensor

D110 135 rear fogging sensor
D111 135 front fogging sensor
D116 Magnetic head (Read)
MG101 Magnetic head (Write)
D37 -12V 8-D D107 135 frame sensor

D110 135 rear fogging sensor
D111 135 front fogging sensor
D116 Magnetic head (Read)
MG101 Magnetic head (Write)
19.6 DC Voltage Adjustment
19.6.1 DC Voltage Check List

Preparations before turning the system power on - Short-circuit Pins 2 and 3 on the CTP22 circuit board.
- Turn the five interlock switches on.
- Press the Start switch to turn the system power on.
Voltage/ Test Pin

Circuit Board Lit LED Voltage Range Remarks
Fuse +Terminal (GND)
D+5V CTP22 TP10 TP16 5.0 ± 0.1V
D+3.3V CTP22 TP14 TP16 3.3 ± 0.1V
FA1 CTP22 D31 RLED
FA2 CTP22 D1 RLED
A+5V CTP22 D33 RLED
D+5V PDC22 TP1 TP2 5.0 ± 0.1V

P+5V PDC22 TP24 TP20 5.0 ± 0.25V
P+24V31 PDC22 TP25 TP20 24.0 ± 1.2V
P+24V32 PDC22 TP26 TP20 24.0 ± 1.2V
P+24V41 PDC22 TP21 TP20 24.0 ± 1.2V
P+24V42 PDC22 TP22 TP20 24.0 ± 1.2V
P+24V43 PDC22 TP23 TP20 24.0 ± 1.2V
P+24V21 PDC22 TP11 TP20 24.0 ± 1.2V
P+24V22 PDC22 TP12 TP20 24.0 ± 1.2V
P+24V23 PDC22 TP13 TP20 24.0 ± 1.2V
P+24V02 PDC22 TP14 TP20 24.0 ± 1.2V
P+24V01 PDC22 TP15 TP20 24.0 ± 1.2V
P+24V PAC22 TP3 TP4 24.0 ± 1.2V

P+5V PAC22 TP2 TP4 5.0 ± 0.1V
D+5V PAC22 TP1 TP5 5.0 ± 0.1V
P+24V0 PAC22 PAC15-1 PAC15-2 24.0 ± 1.2V Measure at the connector
P+24V0 PAC22 PAC16-3 PAC16-6 24.0 ± 1.2V Measure at the connector
PRREF2.5V PRREF2.5V
D+5V CTC22 TP41 TP43 5.0 ± 0.1V
+3.3V CTC22 TP50 TP52 3.3 ± 0.1V
P+5V CTC22 TP57 TP58 5.0 ± 0.1V
P+9V1 CTC22 TP54 TP51 9.0 ± 0.2V

P+24V01 CTC22 TP61 TP62 24 ± 0.2V
19.6DC Voltage Adjustment
DC Voltage Check List

Voltage/ Test Pin
Circuit Board Lit LED Voltage Range Remarks
Fuse +Terminal (GND)
P+24V11 CTC22 TP65 TP62 24 ± 0.2V
FE2 CTC22 D65 RLED
FE7 CTC22 D71 OLED
P+9V1 PZR22 PZR1-1 PZR1-2 9.0 ± 0.2V Measure at the connector

D+3.3V1 Image processing CN16-1 CN16-1 3.45 ± 0.05V Measure at the connector
A+20V CCD22 JAS8-2 JAS8-1 20.0 ± 1.0V Measure at the relay connector
A-12V CCD22 JAS8-4 JAS8-3 -12.0 ± 1.0V Measure at the relay connector
A+5V CCD22 JAS8-5 JAS8-6 5.0 ± 0.25V Measure at the relay connector
A-5V CCD22 JAS8-7 JAS8-6 -5.0 ± 0.25V Measure at the relay connector
A+12V ADC22 JAS5-5 JAS5-6 12.0 ± 1.0V Measure at the relay connector
A+5V ADC22 JAS5-7 JAS5-13 5.0 ± 0.25V Measure at the relay connector
A-5V ADC22 JAS5-14 JAS5-13 -5.0 ± 0.25V Measure at the relay connector
A+13V LTC22 LTC1-1 LTC1-2 13 ± 0.6V Measure at the connector

A-13V LTC22 LTC1-3 LTC1-4 -13 ± 0.6V Measure at the connector
A+13V LDD22 A+13V AGND 13 ± 0.6V

A-13V LDD22 A-13V AGND -13 ± 0.6V
A+8VG LDD22 A+8VG AGND 8.0 ± 0.8V
A+8VB LDD22 A+8VB AGND 8.0 ± 0.8V
+V24 LDD22 +V24 AGND 24.0 ± 1.2V
IL+24V LDD22 IL+24V AGND 24.0 ± 1.2V
IL+13V LDD22 IL+13V AGND 13 ± 0.6V
L+5V LDD22 L+5V AGND 5.0 ± 0.25V
A+5V LDD22 A+5V AGND 5.0 ± 0.25V
A-5V LDD22 A-5V AGND -5.0 ± 0.25V
PR+5V LDD22 PR+5V AGND 5.0 ± 0.25V
PRREF2.5V LDD22 PRREF2.5V AGND 2.5 ± 0.05V
D+5V LDA22 D+5V GND 5.0 ± 0.3V

+3.3V LDA22 +3.3V GND 3.3 ± 0.2V
19.6DC Voltage Adjustment
19.6.2 Potentiometers Used to Adjust the DC Power

Supply Voltages
A+24V A+13V A+20V A+12V A+5V P+5V +24V0 +24V4
D+3.3V A+8V A-13V D+5V A+12V A+5V P+9V +24V1 +24V2 +24V4
SLOT5 SLOT4 SLOT3 SLOT2 SLOT1 SLOT5 SLOT4 SLOT3 SLOT2 SLOT1
CD170
20. APPENDIX
20.1 Adjustment Jigs

20.2 Required Adjustments after Parts Replacement
20.2.1 Operation Section/Carrier Section
20.2.3 Printer Section
20.2.4 Processor Section
20.2.5 Electrical Section
20.3 Index
20.1 Adjustment Jigs

See
No. Name and Shape Part Number Purpose
subsection
1 Carrier Extension Cable Connection between the carrier and 5.5.8
the scanner to enable input, output
and operation checks to be carried
out.
CD837
2 Focusing Chart Jig Focus calibration (Menu 432) 5.4.2
Optical axis adjustment (Menu 43E) 5.4.9
Optical magnification calibration 5.4.10

(Menu 43F)
CD833
3 Back Printer Head Clearance Adjusting Jig 340A8894950 Back printer head clearance 11.3.6
adjustment
EZ1814
4 Spectral Calibration Chart (for reversal and negative) Spectral calibration (Menu 43J) 5.4.13
EZ1815
5 Exposure Section Frame Locating Jig Locating the exposure section frame 12.3.1
CD1026

20.2.1 Operation Section/Carrier Section
No. Replacement Parts Ref. Adjustment Item Menu Ref.
1 Monitor 7.1.1 (1) Monitor Color Adjustment – 7.1.2
(2) Monitor Adjustment 426 5.3.5
2 Feed Motor (M101) 8.2.27 (1) Belt Tension Adjustment – 8.2.27
3 Feed Rollers/IX240 Drive Belt 8.2.28 (1) Belt Tension Adjustment – 8.2.27
4 Film Carrier – (1) Focus Position Adjustment 433 5.4.3
(2) Mask Position Adjustment 441 5.5.1
5 Carrier Table 8.5.3 (1) Optical Axis Adjustment 43E 5.4.9
(2) Focus Position Adjustment 433 5.4.3

1 Light Source Unit 9.1.1 (1) LED Light Amount Adjustment 43L 5.4.15
(2) Spectral Calibration 43J 5.4.4
(3) LED Operation Time Clear 434 5.4.4
2 LED Circuit Board Assembly 9.1.5 (1) LED Light Amount Adjustment 43L 5.4.15
(2) Spectral Calibration 43J 5.4.4
(3) LED Operation Time Clear 434 5.4.4
3 CCD Unit 9.2.4 (1) CCD Data Setup – –
(2) Piezoelectric Voltage Adjustment – 9.4.6
(3) Optical Axis Adjustment 43E 5.4.9
(4) Optical Magnification Calibration 43F 5.4.10
(5) Focus Calibration 432 5.4.2
(8) Pixel Correction – –
(9) Piezoelectric Actuator Operating Time 434 5.4.4
Clear
4 PZR22 Circuit Board 9.4.5 (1) Piezoelectric Voltage Adjustment – 9.4.6
5 Lens Unit 9.3.2 (1) Lens Registration 43D 5.4.8
(2) Carrier Inclination Display 43B 5.4.6
(3) Optical Axis Adjustment 43E 5.4.9
(4) Optical Magnification Calibration 43F 5.4.10
6 Lens Motor (M202) 9.3.3 (1) Optical Magnification Calibration 43F 5.4.10
7 Lens Home Position Sensor (D214) 9.3.1 (1) Optical Magnification Calibration 43F 5.4.10
8 Conjugate Length Variable Motor 9.4.2 (1) Focus Calibration 432 5.4.2
(M201) (3) Focus Position Adjustment 433 5.4.3
9 Conjugate Length Drive Gear 9.4.3 (1) Focus Calibration 432 5.4.2
10 Conjugate Length Variable Home 9.4.1 (1) Focus Calibration 432 5.4.2
Position Sensor (D211) (3) Focus Position Adjustment 433 5.4.3

11 Conjugate Length Variable Upper Limit 9.4.1 (1) Focus Calibration 432 5.4.2
Sensor (D212) (3) Focus Position Adjustment 433 5.4.3
12 Conjugate Length Variable Lower Limit 9.4.1 (1) Focus Calibration 432 5.4.2
Sensor (D213) (3) Focus Position Adjustment 433 5.4.3
20.2.3 Printer Section

1 Back Printer Head 11.3.5 (1) Back Printer Head Clearance Adjustment – 11.3.6
(2) Back Printing Quantity Clear 45Q 5.6.22
2 Platen 11.3.7 (1) Back Printer Head Clearance Adjustment – 11.3.6
3 Laser Unit Air Filter 2.3.1 (1) Filter Replacement History 45B 5.6.9
4 Laser Unit 12.2.1 (1) Main Scanning Position Adjustment/ 45H 5.6.15
Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjustment
(2) Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print 45J 5.6.16
(3) G, B Laser (SHG)Optimal Temperature 454 5.6.4
Setup
(4) Print Condition Upkeep 16 –
5 Sub-scanning Unit 12.3.1 (1) Nip Roller Data Entry 45M 12.3.1
6 Sub–scanning Drive Motor (M305) 12.3.3 (1) Sub-scanning Motor Operation Clear 45Q 5.6.22
7 Printer Exit Unit 13.1.1 (1) Up/Down Belt Data Entry 45M 12.3.1
8 Exit Unit Up/Down Belt and Related – (1) Up/Down Belt Height Adjustment 45M 13.1.16
parts
9 Exit Unit Lower Belt/Pulleys 13.1.14 (1) Lower Belt Height Adjustment – 13.1.15
20.2.4 Processor Section

1 Processing Tank Heater 15.2.6 (1) Heater ON Time Clear 46D 5.7.12
2 PSR Replenisher Filter 16.2.3 (1) Pump Output Measurement/Setting 461 5.7.1
3 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Replenisher Pump/ 16.2.4 (1) Pump ON Time Clear 46D 5.7.12
Valves
4 PSR Replenisher Pump/Valves 16.2.4 (1) Pump ON Time Clear 46D 5.7.12
(2) Pump Output Measurement/Setting 461 5.7.1
5 Auto Washing Pump (PU407) 16.3.1 (1) Pump ON Time Clear 46D 5.7.12
(2) Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/ 462 5.7.2
Setting
6 Rack Auto Washing Valve 16.3.3 (1) Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/ 462 5.7.2
Setting
7 Dryer Heater (H406) 17.3.3 (1) Heater ON Time Clear 46D 5.7.12
20.2.5 Electrical Section

1 DC Power Supply 18.2.5 (1) DC Voltage Adjustment – 18.2.6
19.6
2 GHT22 Circuit Board 18.3.5 (1) System Software Reinstallation – 4.3
3 CTC22 Circuit Board 18.3.7 (1) System Software Reinstallation – 4.3
4 Main Control Unit 18.4.1 (1) System Software New Installation – 4.4
5 CTP22 Circuit Board 18.5.2 (1) Reposition the jumper plug J2 from 1-2 to – 18.5.2
2-3 (backup)
(2) If backup battery has been discharged, – 18.5.3
proceed to Starting Up when Battery
Discharged
(3) Data Loading (select “All”) 45U 5.6.26
(4) System Software Reinstallation – 4.3
20.3 Index
135 Downstream Perforation Sensor (D103P) (DTE22 Belt Tension Adjustment ........................................... 17.2.4
Circuit Board) Replacement .................................. 8.2.13 B Laser (B-SHG) Data (45F) .................................... 5.6.13
135 Downstream Perforation Sensor LED (D103L) Block Diagram ............................................................. 19.2
Replacement ........................................................... 8.1.3 Blur along the periphery ........................................... 6.11.2
135 Dust Removal Roller Replacement.................... 8.2.15 Bottom Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........................ 8.2.2
135 Entrance Pressure Guide Removal/Reinstallation....... Bottom Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation............... 8.2.4
8.1.4 Bottom Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................. 8.2.3
135 Entrance Pressure Guide Section Roller Replacement Brightness Correction (43G)..................................... 5.4.11
8.1.7 Built-in Circuit Breaker (NFB1) Replacement ........... 18.1.2
135 Entrance Side Dust Removal Roller Replacement ......
8.1.8 Calibration print density is too low to be measured .. 6.10.2
135 Frame Sensor (D107P) Replacement................ 8.2.17 Cam Roller Replacement ......................................... 8.3.20
135 Frame Sensor LED (D107L) (FSP Circuit Board) Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44) ........................... 5.5
Replacement ........................................................... 8.1.5 Carrier Base Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation...... 8.5.1
135/IX240 Diffusion Box Sensor (D201/D202) Carrier Base Section ..................................................... 8.5
Replacement ........................................................... 9.1.2 Carrier Inclination Display (43B)................................. 5.4.6
135 Leading End Sensor (D101P) Replacement ..... 8.2.16 Carrier Sensor (D123) Replacement.......................... 8.5.4
135 Leading End Sensor LED (D101L) Replacement .... 8.1.2 Carrier Table Removal/Reinstallation ......................... 8.5.3
135 Lower Mask H/F Sensor (D118/D119) (MSB22 Circuit Carrier Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............. 8.1.1
Board) Replacement ............................................. 8.2.10 Cartridge Box Upper/Lower Sensor (D408/D409)
135 Upstream Perforation/Check Tape/Rear Fogging/Front Replacement......................................................... 16.1.4
Fogging Sensor (DTF22 Circuit Board) Replacement..... Cartridge Holder Replacement................................. 8.3.18
8.2.18 Cartridge Setting Sensor (D407) Replacement........ 16.1.6
135 Upstream Perforation/Check Tape/Rear Fogging/Front Cartridge Washing /P1R Stirring Valve Replacement.........
Fogging Sensor LED (LEF22 Circuit Board) 16.3.2
Replacement ........................................................... 8.1.6 CCD22/ADC22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram.......... 19.3.3
CCD Data Display (43C) ............................................ 5.4.7
AC Power Supply Wiring Diagram ............................ 19.3.1 CCD Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................... 9.2.4
ADC22 Circuit Board Replacement ............................ 9.4.4 Circuit Board Bracket Opening/Closing .................... 15.3.2
Adjustment Jigs ........................................................... 20.1 Circuit Board Circuit Diagrams .................................... 19.4
Anti-Dust Fan 1/2/3 (FAN1/FAN2/FAN3) Replacement....... Circuit Protector (CP11 to CP14) Replacement ....... 18.1.9
12.2.2 Circuit Protector (CP1 to CP10) Replacement ......... 18.1.5
AOM Driver Replacement......................................... 12.1.5 Circulation Pump Inspection....................................... 2.3.9
APPENDIX ..................................................................... 20 Circulation Pump Replacement................................ 15.2.7
Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting (462)..... 5.7.2 Circulation Pump Section Cover Removal/
Auto Film Carrier NC100AC (Main Body Section) ......... 8.2 Reinstallation ........................................................ 15.2.1
Auto Film Carrier NC100AC (Upper Cover Section)...... 8.1 Clear Error Log (41E) ................................................. 5.2.7
Auto Film Carrier NC100AC Wiring Diagram.......... 19.3.15 Clearing All Operation Data (45R)............................ 5.6.23
Auto Washing/P1R Stirring System ............................. 16.3 Clearing Selected Operation Data (46D).................. 5.7.12
Auto Washing Pump (PU407) Replacement............. 16.3.1 Clearing Selected Printer Operation Data (45Q)...... 5.6.22
Color Abnormalities ....................................................... 6.1
Back Printer Entrance Sensor (D302) Replacement .... 11.3.4 Color abnormality general .......................................... 6.1.6
Back Printer Head Clearance Adjustment ................ 11.3.6 Color becomes worse after calibration. Paper cannot be
Back Printer Head/JNE20 Circuit Board Replacement....... fed in Densitometer ............................................... 6.10.3
11.3.5 Color Misalignment........................................................ 6.2
Back Printer Section .................................................... 11.3 Command (49C)......................................................... 5.9.3
Back Printer Section Feed Roller Replacement ....... 11.2.9 Conjugate Length Variable Gear Replacement .......... 9.4.3
Back Printer Section Guide Plate Roller Replacement....... Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201) Replacement ....
11.2.8 9.4.2
Back Printer Set Sensor (D320) Replacement ......... 11.3.3 Conjugate Length Variable Section/Circuit Board Section .
Back Printer Test (45N)............................................. 5.6.20 9.4
Back Printer Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................. 11.3.1
Ball Catch Replacement ............................................. 8.5.7
20.3 Index
Conjugate Length Variable Section Home Position Sensor D109P (IX240 front unexposed frame sensor)
(D211)/Upper and Lower Limit Sensor (D212 and D213) Replacement......................................................... 8.2.21
Replacement ........................................................... 9.4.1 D109L (IX240 front unexposed frame sensor LED)
Control Circuit Board Section ...................................... 18.5 Replacement......................................................... 8.1.16
Control Section Exhaust Fan (F317) Replacement .. 18.5.5 D110P (135 rear fogging sensor) Replacement....... 8.2.18
Control Strip Processing (423) ................................... 5.3.3 D110L (135 rear fogging sensor LED)
Cover and Electrical Parts ........................................... 12.1 Replacement........................................................... 8.1.6
Crossover Rack No.1 Disassembly/Reassembly...... 14.1.1 D111P (135 front fogging sensor) Replacement...... 8.2.18
Crossover Rack No.6 Disassembly/Reassembly...... 14.1.3 D111L (135 front fogging sensor LED)
Crossover Racks.......................................................... 14.1 Replacement........................................................... 8.1.6
Crossover Racks No.2 to No.5 Disassembly/Reassembly.. D112 (Door open/close sensor) Replacement ........ 8.3.3
14.1.2 D113 (IPI sensor) Replacement ............................ 8.3.10
CTC22 Circuit Board Replacement .......................... 18.3.7 D114 (Supply motor home position sensor)
CTC22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ....................... 19.3.4 Replacement......................................................... 8.3.13
CTP22 Circuit Board Replacement........................... 18.5.2 D115 (Cartridge sensor) Replacement.................... 8.3.3
CTP22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ....................... 19.3.5 D116 (Magnetic reading head) Replacement ........ 8.1.13
CTS04 Circuit Board Replacement........................... 17.2.5 D117 (Mask motor home position sensor)
Custom Setting Regist/Delete (42M) ........................ 5.3.13 Replacement......................................................... 8.2.12
Cutter Drive Motor (M307) Replacement.................. 10.4.4 D118 (135 lower mask H sensor) Replacement .... 8.2.10
Cutter Home Position Sensor 1/2 (D312/D313) D119 (135 lower mask F sensor) Replacement .... 8.2.10
Replacement ......................................................... 10.4.3 D120 (Upper cover open/close sensor)
Cutter Inspection ........................................................ 2.3.2 Replacement........................................................... 8.2.6
Cutter Unit.................................................................... 10.4 D124 (Input key 1 (<)) Replacement........................ 8.2.7
Cutter Unit Replacement .......................................... 10.4.2 D125 (Input key 2 (<<)) Replacement ..................... 8.2.7
Cyan non-existent or too light ..................................... 6.1.2 D126 (Input key 3 (>>)) Replacement ..................... 8.2.7
CYS22 Circuit Board Removal/Reinstallation............. 8.2.8 D127 (Input key 4 (>)) Replacement........................ 8.2.7
D121 (IX240 carrier position sensor)
D101P (135 leading end sensor) Replacement ....... 8.2.16 Replacement........................................................... 8.5.2
D101L (135 leading end sensor LED) D122 (135 carrier position sensor) Replacement .... 8.5.2
Replacement ........................................................... 8.1.2 D123 (Carrier sensor) Replacement........................ 8.5.4
D102P (135 upstream perforation sensor) D201 (135 diffusion box sensor) Replacement........ 9.1.2
Replacement ......................................................... 8.2.18 D202 (120 diffusion box sensor) Replacement........ 9.1.2
D102L (135 upstream perforation sensor LED) D211 (Conjugate length variable home position sensor)
Replacement ........................................................... 8.1.6 Replacement........................................................... 9.4.1
D103P (135 downstream perforation sensor) D212 (Conjugate length variable upper limit sensor)
Replacement ......................................................... 8.2.13 Replacement........................................................... 9.4.1
D103L (135 downstream perforation sensor LED) D213 (Conjugate length variable lower limit sensor)
Replacement ........................................................... 8.1.3 Replacement........................................................... 9.4.1
D104P (IX240 TAP and leading end sensor) D214 (Lens home position sensor) Replacement ... 9.3.1
Replacement ......................................................... 8.2.20 D215 (Shutter home position sensor)
D104L (IX240 TAP and leading end sensor LED) Replacement........................................................... 9.2.5
Replacement ........................................................... 8.1.9 D301P (Paper splice sensor) Replacement ............. 10.4.1
D105P (IX240 perforation sensor) Replacement ..... 8.2.19 D301L (Paper splice sensor LED) Replacement ..... 10.4.1
D105L (IX240 perforation sensor LED) D302P (Back printer entrance sensor)
Replacement ......................................................... 8.1.10 Replacement......................................................... 11.3.4
D106P (135 check tape sensor) Replacement......... 8.2.18 D302L (Back printer entrance sensor LED)
D106L (135 check tape sensor LED) Replacement... 8.1.6 Replacement......................................................... 11.3.4
D107P (135 frame sensor) Replacement................. 8.2.17 D303P (Register sensor) Replacement ................... 12.4.4
D107L (135 frame sensor LED) Replacement........... 8.1.5 D303L (Register sensor LED) Replacement ........... 12.4.3
D108P (IX240 rear unexposed frame sensor) D304P (Pre-exposure sensor) Replacement ........... 12.3.6
Replacement ......................................................... 8.2.21 D304L (Pre-exposure sensor LED) Replacement ... 12.3.7
D108L (IX240 rear unexposed frame sensor LED) D305P (Processor entry sensor) Replacement ....... 13.1.6
Replacement ......................................................... 8.1.16 D305L (Processor entry sensor LED) Replacement 13.1.7
20.3 Index
D306 (Magazine ID sensor 0) Replacement.......... 10.1.6 DC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation... 18.2.2
D307 (Magazine ID sensor 1) Replacement.......... 10.1.6 DC Power Supply Replacement ............................... 18.2.5
D308 (Magazine ID sensor 2) Replacement.......... 10.1.6 DC Power Supply Section ........................................... 18.2
D309 (Magazine ID sensor 3) Replacement.......... 10.1.6 DC Power System .................................................... 19.5.1
D310 (Magazine ID sensor 4) Replacement.......... 10.1.6 DC Voltage Adjustment ............................................ 18.2.6
D311 (Paper end sensor) Replacement................. 10.1.4 DC Voltage Adjustment ............................................... 19.6
D312 (Cutter home position sensor 1) DC Voltage Check List.............................................. 19.6.1
Replacement ......................................................... 10.4.3 Densitometer and Calibration Print Error .................... 6.10
D313 (Cutter home position sensor 2) DI Manager Administrative Setting (41I)................... 5.2.10
Replacement ......................................................... 10.4.3 Door Drive Assembly Removal/Reinstallation ............ 8.3.5
D314P (Width detecting sensor) Replacement ........ 12.4.5 Door Drive Gear Replacement ................................. 8.3.12
D314L (Width detecting sensor LED) Door Motor (M104) Replacement............................. 8.3.11
Replacement ......................................................... 12.4.7 Door Open/Close Sensor (D112)/Cartridge Sensor (D115)
D315 (Width detecting home position sensor) (SSB22 Circuit Board) Replacement ...................... 8.3.3
Replacement ......................................................... 12.4.2 Drive Sprocket/Gear Replacement........................... 14.3.5
D316 (Register nip home position sensor) Dryer Drive Gear Replacement ................................ 14.3.7
Replacement ....................................................... 12.4.10 Dryer Fan (F405) Replacement................................ 17.3.2
D317 (Sub-scanning nip home position sensor) Dryer Fan/Heater Section............................................ 17.3
Replacement ......................................................... 12.3.4 Dryer Fan Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation .... 17.3.1
D319 (Feed nip home position sensor) Dryer Heater (H406) Replacement........................... 17.3.3
Replacement ......................................................... 11.2.3 Dryer Rack Drive Chain Lubrication ......................... 2.3.12
D320 (Back printer set sensor) Replacement ........ 11.3.3 Dryer Rack Drive Chain Replacement...................... 17.1.7
D321 (Exit section up/down belt home position sensor) Dryer Rack Drive Gear Replacement ....................... 17.1.5
Replacement ......................................................... 13.1.2 Dryer Rack Exit Roller Replacement ........................ 17.1.8
D322 (Magazine door detecting interlock switch) Dryer Rack Removal/Reinstallation.......................... 17.1.6
Replacement ......................................................... 10.1.7 Dryer Rack Roller Inspection/Cleaning ...................... 2.3.3
D323 (Feed section lower door detecting interlock Dryer Section Cover Detecting Interlock Switch (D416A)
switch) Replacement ............................................. 11.1.3 Replacement....................................................... 17.1.11
D324A/B(Feed section upper door detecting interlock Dryer Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........... 17.1.1
switch) Replacement ............................................. 11.1.2 Dryer Section Exit Sensor (D411) Replacement ...... 17.1.3
D325A/B(Front upper cover detecting interlock switch) DRYER/SORTER SECTION .......................................... 17
Replacement ......................................................... 11.1.5 Dryer Temperature Sensor (TS406) Replacement ... 17.1.4
D401 (P1 safety thermostat) Replacement............ 15.2.5 Dryer Unit .................................................................... 17.1
D402 (P2 safety thermostat) Replacement............ 15.2.5 Dryer Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D416B)
D403 (PS1/2 safety thermostat) Replacement ...... 15.2.5 Replacement....................................................... 17.1.12
D404 (PS3/4 safety thermostat) Replacement ...... 15.2.5 Dummy Head Opposite Roller Replacement ........... 8.2.24
D407 (Cartridge setting sensor) Replacement ...... 16.1.6 Dummy Head Replacement ..................................... 8.1.19
D408 (Cartridge box upper sensor)
Replacement ......................................................... 16.1.4 Each color shifts (Increments of 0.1mm).................... 6.2.2
D409 (Cartridge box lower sensor) Each color shifts perpendicular to feeding direction
Replacement ......................................................... 16.1.4 (Increments of 1 cm) ............................................... 6.2.1
D410 (Replenisher door detecting interlock switch) ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS.............................. 19
Replacement ......................................................... 16.1.3 Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout Diagrams.... 19.1
D411 (Dryer section exit sensor) Replacement ..... 17.1.3 ELECTRICAL SECTION ................................................ 18
D416A (Dryer unit detecting interlock switch A) Electrical Section...................................................... 20.2.5
Replacement ....................................................... 17.1.11 Entrance Feed Roller Replacement ....................... 12.4.17
D416B (Dryer unit detecting interlock switch B) Entrance Guide Plate Roller Replacement............... 11.2.6
Replacement ....................................................... 17.1.12 Entrance Nip Roller Replacement .......................... 12.4.14
Darkness Correction (43H)....................................... 5.4.12 Entrance Side Feed Roller Replacement ................. 11.2.7
Data Backup (417)...................................................... 5.2.6 Entrance Side Roller Replacement ........................ 17.1.10
Data Download (45U) ............................................... 5.6.26 Error Indication Rule...................................................... 3.1
Data Saving (45T)..................................................... 5.6.25 Error Information Check (415) .................................... 5.2.4
DC Offset Cancel (43K) ............................................ 5.4.14 Evaporation Correction Rate Setting (465)................. 5.7.5
20.3 Index
Exit Drive Motor (M306)/Gear Replacement............. 13.1.4 FS401 (P1 solution level sensor) Inspection ............. 2.3.4
Exit Feed Roller Replacement ................................ 11.2.11 FS401 (P1 solution level sensor) Replacement....... 15.1.2
Exit Feed Roller Replacement ................................ 12.4.18 FS402 (P2 solution level sensor) Inspection ............. 2.3.4
Exit Guide Plate Roller Replacement ..................... 11.2.10 FS402 (P2 solution level sensor) Replacement....... 15.1.2
Exit Nip Roller Replacement................................... 12.4.15 FS403 (PS1 solution level sensor) Inspection ........... 2.3.4
Exit Pressure Guide Removal/Reinstallation ............ 8.1.20 FS403 (PS1 solution level sensor) Replacement .... 15.1.2
Exit Pressure Guide Section Roller Replacement .... 8.1.21 FS404 (PS2 solution level sensor) Inspection .......... 2.3.4
Exit Section Up/Down Belt Home Position Sensor (D321) FS404 (PS2 solution level sensor) Replacement ... 15.1.2
Replacement ......................................................... 13.1.2 FS405 (PS3 solution level sensor) Inspection .......... 2.3.4
Exit Section Up/Down Belt Motor (M314) Replacement ..... FS405 (PS3 solution level sensor) Replacement .... 15.1.2
13.1.3 FS406 (PS4 solution level sensor) Inspection .......... 2.3.4
Explorer (410B)........................................................... 5.9.2 FS406 (PS4 solution level sensor) Replacement .... 15.1.2
Exposure Section Temperature Sensor (THA1) FS407 (P1R upper level sensor) Replacement ....... 16.2.8
Replacement ......................................................... 12.3.9 FS408 (P2RA upper level sensor) Replacement ..... 16.2.9
Exposure Section Wiring Diagram (Laser Unit) ...... 19.3.12 FS409 (P2RB upper level sensor) Replacement ..... 16.2.9
Exposure Section Wiring Diagram (Sensors and FS410 (PSR upper level sensor) Replacement ..... 16.2.10
Mechanical System) ............................................ 19.3.13 FS411 (P1R lower level sensor) Replacement ........ 16.2.8
FS412 (P2RA lower level sensor) Replacement...... 16.2.9
F201 (Light source cooling fan) Replacement ......... 9.1.9 FS413 (P2RB lower level sensor) Replacement...... 16.2.9
F216 (Scanner cooling fan) Replacement ............... 9.2.3 FS414 (PSR lower level sensor) Replacement...... 16.2.10
F217 (Image processing section cooling fan 1) FS415 (Waste solution level sensor) Inspection........ 2.3.5
Replacement ......................................................... 18.3.4 FS415 (Waste solution level sensor)
F218 (Image processing section cooling fan 2) Replacement......................................................... 15.3.3
Replacement ......................................................... 18.3.4 Feed Belt/Pulley Replacement ................................. 17.1.2
F301 (Sub-scanning nip motor cooling fan) Feed Drive Motor 1 (M302) Replacement ................ 11.2.5
Replacement ......................................................... 12.3.8 Feed Drive Motor 2 (M303) Replacement ................ 11.2.4
F306 (Power supply section exhaust fan 1) Feed Motor Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............... 8.2.26
Replacement ......................................................... 18.5.6 Feed Motor (M101) Replacement............................. 8.2.27
F307 (Power supply section exhaust fan 2) Feed Nip Cam Shaft Replacement......................... 11.2.12
Replacement ......................................................... 18.5.6 Feed Nip Home Position Sensor (D319) Replacement ......
F308 (Printer suction fan 1) Replacement............. 11.1.7 11.2.3
F309 (Printer suction fan 2) Replacement............. 11.1.7 Feed Nip Motor (M313) Replacement ...................... 11.2.2
F310 (Printer suction fan 3) Replacement............. 11.1.6 Feed Roller/IX240 Drive Belt Replacement.............. 8.2.28
F311 (Printer exhaust fan 1) Replacement............ 18.3.2 Feed Section Cover ..................................................... 11.1
F312 (Printer exhaust fan 2) Replacement............ 18.3.2 Feed Section Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation ... 11.1.4
F313 (Printer exhaust fan 2) Replacement............ 18.3.3 Feed Section Lower Door Detecting Interlock Switch
F314 (Laser unit cooling fan) Replacement........... 12.1.2 (D323) Replacement............................................. 11.1.3
F315 (Printer exhaust fan 3) Replacement............ 12.1.3 Feed Section Roller Replacement............................ 17.1.9
F316 (Printer exhaust fan 4) Replacement............ 12.1.3 Feed Section Upper Door Detecting Interlock Switch
F317 (Control section exhaust fan) (D324) Replacement............................................. 11.1.2
Replacement ......................................................... 18.5.5 Feed Unit ..................................................................... 11.2
F401 (P1/2 processing tank heater cooling fan) Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................ 11.2.1
Replacement ......................................................... 15.2.4 FILM CARRIER SECTION ............................................... 8
F402 (PS processing tank heater cooling fan) Film Guide Replacement............................................ 8.4.4
Replacement ......................................................... 15.2.4 Film Lane Changing Linkage Disassembly/Reassembly....
F403 (Processing tank heater cooling fan) 8.5.9
Replacement ......................................................... 15.2.3 Film Mask Replacement........................................... 8.1.22
F405 (Dryer fan) Replacement .............................. 17.3.2 Filter Replacement History (45B) ............................... 5.6.9
F406 (Processing tank exhaust fan) Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag.Setting (42D)......... 5.3.7
Replacement ......................................................... 18.5.4 Focus Calibration (432) .............................................. 5.4.2
FAN1 (Anti-dust fan 1) Replacement...................... 12.2.2 Focus Position Adjustment (433)................................ 5.4.3
FAN2 (Anti-dust fan 2) Replacement...................... 12.2.2 Focus Problems........................................................... 6.11
FAN3 (Anti-dust fan 3) Replacement ..................... 12.2.2 Fogged magenta ........................................................ 6.1.4
20.3 Index
Frame Misalignment ...................................................... 6.5 IPI Sensor (D113) (SSA22 Circuit Board) Replacement ....
Frame misalignment in both monitor and print ........... 6.5.1 8.3.10
Frame misalignment in prints, OK in monitor.............. 6.5.2 IPI Unit Disassembly/Reassembly............................ 8.3.16
Front Feed Rubber Belt Replacement .................... 12.3.11 IX240/135 Carrier Position Sensor (D121/D122)
Front Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation............... 18.1.1 Replacement........................................................... 8.5.2
Front Upper and Lower Connector Cover Removal/ IX240 Dust Removal Roller Replacement ................ 8.2.22
Reinstallation......................................................... 15.2.2 IX240 Entrance Pressure Guide Removal/Reinstallation ...
Front Upper Cover Detecting Interlock Switch (D325A/B) 8.1.15
Replacement ......................................................... 11.1.5 IX240 Entrance Pressure Guide Section Roller
Replacement......................................................... 8.1.17
G, B Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup (454) ..... 5.6.4 IX240 Entrance Side Dust Removal Roller Replacement ..
Gear Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ......................... 8.5.5 8.1.18
Gear Replacement ..................................................... 8.5.6 IX240 Guide Roller Replacement............................. 8.2.25
Ghost .......................................................................... 6.1.5 IX240 Perforation Sensor (D105P) Replacement..... 8.2.19
GHT22/GIA22/GPA22 Circuit Board Replacement... 18.3.5 IX240 Perforation Sensor LED (D105L) Replacement .......
G Laser (G-SHG) Data (45E) ................................... 5.6.12 8.1.10
GMB22 Circuit Board Replacement.......................... 18.3.6 IX240 Rear/Front Unexposed Frame Sensor (D108P/
Graininess and Jaggedness .......................................... 6.6 D109P) (DTB22 Circuit Board) Replacement ....... 8.2.21
Guide Assembly Removal/Reinstallation .................. 8.3.17 IX240 Rear/Front Unexposed Frame Sensor LED (D108L/
Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ....................... 12.4.16 D109L) (LEB22 Circuit Board) Replacement ........ 8.1.16
IX240 TAP & Leading End Sensor (D104P) (DTG22 Circuit
H401 (P1 processing tank heater) Inspection .......... 2.3.11 Board) Replacement ............................................. 8.2.20
H401 (P1 processing tank heater) Replacement ..... 15.2.6 IX240 TAP & Leading End Sensor LED (D104L)
H402 (P2 processing tank heater) Inspection .......... 2.3.11 Replacement........................................................... 8.1.9
H402 (P2 processing tank heater) Replacement ..... 15.2.6
H403 (PS1/2 processing tank heater) Inspection .... 2.3.11 Jaggedness in large-size prints/Jaggedness of
H403 (PS1/2 processing tank heater) straight line.............................................................. 6.6.2
Replacement ......................................................... 15.2.6 JML22 Circuit Board Replacement........................... 12.1.4
H404 (PS3/4 processing tank heater) Inspection .... 2.3.11
H404 (PS3/4 processing tank heater) Keyboard Replacement .............................................. 7.2.3
Replacement ......................................................... 15.2.6
H406 (Dryer section heater) Replacement .............. 17.3.3 L101 (Indicator lamp) Replacement ......................... 8.2.5
Help Update (492) ...................................................... 5.8.2 LH201 (Peltier element) Replacement ........................ 9.1.6
Holiday File Registration/Delete (42N) ..................... 5.3.14 Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print (45J)........ 5.6.16
Hose Connection ...................................................... 15.2.8 Laser Exposure Check (45C) ................................... 5.6.10
Laser History Display (45K)...................................... 5.6.17
Image Abnormality Analyzer (493) ............................. 5.8.3 Laser Unit .................................................................... 12.2
Image Correction Setup (42C).................................... 5.3.6 Laser Unit Air Filter Replacement .............................. 2.3.1
Image Processing Circuit Board Bracket Opening/Closing Laser Unit Cooling Fan (F314) Replacement ........... 12.1.2
18.3.1 Laser Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................... 12.2.1
Image Processing Circuit Board Section ..................... 18.3 LDA22 Circuit Board Replacement........................... 18.3.9
Image Processing Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ... 19.3.14 LDD22 Circuit Board Replacement ........................ 18.3.10
Image Processing Section Cooling Fan 1/2 (F217/F218) LDD22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram....................... 19.3.6
Replacement ......................................................... 18.3.4 Leakage Breaker (NFB2 to NFB4) Replacement ..... 18.1.4
Indicator Lamp (L101) Replacement .......................... 8.2.5 Leakage Breaker (NFB2 to NFB4) Test .................... 18.1.3
Ink Ribbon Drive Gear Replacement ........................ 11.3.2 LED Circuit Board Assembly Replacement ................ 9.1.5
Input Check (431) ....................................................... 5.4.1 LED Circuit Board Replacement .............................. 18.2.3
Input Key 1 to 4 (D124 to D127) Replacement ........... 8.2.7 LED Light Amount Adjustment (43L)........................ 5.4.15
Input Power Supply Section...................................... 19.1.1 Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........................... 11.1.1
Installation (46F) ....................................................... 5.7.14 Lens Drive Motor (M202) Replacement ..................... 9.3.3
Installation Information Confirmation (416)................. 5.2.5 Lens Home Position Sensor (D214) Replacement..... 9.3.1
Installation Information Setup (41F)............................ 5.2.8 Lens Registration (43D) ............................................. 5.4.8
I/O Check (43A) .......................................................... 5.4.5 Lens Unit ....................................................................... 9.3
20.3 Index
Lens Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................... 9.3.2 M404 (Sorter drive motor) Replacement ................. 17.2.1
Light Source Assembly Removal/Reinstallation ......... 9.1.3 MG101 (Magnetic writing head) Replacement ......... 8.1.14
Light Source Cooling Fan (F201) Replacement ......... 9.1.9 Magazine Door Detecting Interlock Switch (D322)
Light Source Section ..................................................... 9.1 Replacement......................................................... 10.1.7
Light Source Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation .. 9.1.7 Magazine Drive Gear Replacement ......................... 10.1.2
Light Source Unit Removal/Reinstallation .................. 9.1.1 Magazine ID Sensor (D306 to 310) Replacement.... 10.1.6
Light Table (Optional) Replacement............................ 7.2.4 Magazine ID Sensor Section Cover Removal/
List of LEDs, Fuses and Destinations for Each DC Reinstallation ........................................................ 10.1.5
Power Supply Unit .................................................... 19.5 Magazine Setting Bevel Gear Replacement............. 10.2.3
List of the LEDs and DC Voltages on the CTC22 Magazine Table Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation ... 10.2.1
Circuit Board.......................................................... 19.5.5 Magazine Table Setting Gear Replacement ............. 10.2.2
List of the LEDs and DC Voltages on the CTP22 Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........... 10.2.4
Circuit Board.......................................................... 19.5.4 Main Control Unit Replacement ............................... 18.4.1
List of the LEDs and DC Voltages on the CYS22 Main Control Unit Section............................................ 18.4
Circuit Board.......................................................... 19.5.6 Main Control Unit Wiring Diagram ............................ 19.3.9
List of the LEDs and DC Voltages on the PAC22 Main Scanning Position Adjustment/Laser Beam Sync.
Circuit Board.......................................................... 19.5.2 Rough Adjustment (45H) ...................................... 5.6.15
List of the LEDs and DC Voltages on the PDC22 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION................................ 2
Circuit Board.......................................................... 19.5.3 Maintenance and Inspection ......................................... 2.3
Lower Exit Belt Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ..... 13.1.11 MAINTENANCE MENU.................................................... 5
Lower Exit Belt Height Adjustment ......................... 13.1.16 Maintenance Schedule.................................................. 2.1
Lower Exit Belt/Pulley Replacement ....................... 13.1.15 Manual Negative Carrier M69D (Optional) .................... 8.6
Lower Pulley Drive Belt Replacement..................... 13.1.14 Mask Motor Home Position Sensor (D117) (SSE22 Circuit
Low Volume Setup (466)............................................. 5.7.6 Board) Replacement ............................................. 8.2.12
LTC22 Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ..... 9.1.8 Mask Motor (M103) Replacement ............................ 8.2.14
LTC22 Circuit Board Replacement ........................... 9.1.10 Mask Position Adjustment (441)................................. 5.5.1
LTC22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ........................ 19.3.7 MENU............................................................................... 1
Menu Table .................................................................... 1.1
M101 (Feed motor) Replacement............................ 8.2.27 Message Icon ............................................................. 3.1.2
M102 (Supply motor) Replacement........................... 8.3.9 Message Number ....................................................... 3.1.1
M103 (Mask motor) Replacement ........................... 8.2.14 MESSAGES AND ACTIONS............................................ 3
M104 (Door motor) Replacement ............................ 8.3.11 Messages and Actions .................................................. 3.2
M201 (Conjugate length variable motor) MNC Circuit Board Replacement ............................... 8.6.1
Replacement ........................................................... 9.4.2 Monitor .......................................................................... 7.1
M202 (Lens drive motor) Replacement ..................... 9.3.3 Monitor Adjustment (426) ........................................... 5.3.5
M203 (Shutter drive motor) Replacement ................. 9.2.6 Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (448) ............................... 5.5.3
M301 (Paper feed motor) Replacement................... 10.3.2 Monitor Replacement ................................................. 7.1.1
M302 (Feed drive motor 1) Replacement ................ 11.2.5 Monotone Correction Setting (42G) ........................... 5.3.9
M303 (Feed drive motor 2) Replacement ................ 11.2.4 Mouse/Keyboard ........................................................... 7.2
M304 (Register drive motor) Replacement............ 12.4.12 Mouse Replacement .................................................. 7.2.1
M305 (Sub-scanning drive motor) Replacement ..... 12.3.3
M306 (Exit drive motor) Replacement ..................... 13.1.4 NC100AC Carrier Installation Information Display (44D) ...
M307 (Cutter drive motor) Replacement ................. 10.4.4 5.5.6
M309 (Register nip motor) Replacement............... 12.4.11 NC100AC Carrier Installation Information Setup (44E) ......
M310 (Width detecting drive motor) 5.5.7
Replacement ....................................................... 12.4.13 NC100AC Fixed Feeding Setup (44R) ..................... 5.5.12
M311 (Sub-scanning drive motor) Replacement ... 12.3.10 NC100AC Input Check (442)...................................... 5.5.2
M313 (Feed nip motor) Replacement ...................... 11.2.2 NC100AC I/O Check (44F)......................................... 5.5.8
M314 (Exit section up/down belt motor) NC100AC Machine Data Setup (44K) ........................ 5.5.9
Replacement ......................................................... 13.1.3 NC100AC Magnetic Information Reading (44M) ...... 5.5.10
M401 (Processor drive motor) Replacement ........... 14.3.2 NC100AC Magnetic Verify (44N) .............................. 5.5.11
M402 (Replenisher cartridge opening drive motor) NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A) ........................... 5.5.4
Replacement ......................................................... 16.1.7 NC100AC Sensor Calibration Information (44C)........ 5.5.5
20.3 Index
Negative Mask Adjustment ......................................... 8.6.4 Paper Condition Method Setup (42J) ....................... 5.3.10
Negative Mask Detection Pin Replacement ............... 8.6.3 Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy (45L) ....... 5.6.18
Negative Press Solenoid (S10) Replacement ............ 8.6.2 Paper End Sensor (D311) Replacement .................. 10.1.4
Nest Section .................................................................. 8.3 Paper End Sensor Plate Replacement..................... 10.1.1
Nest Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............... 8.3.1 Paper Feed (455) ....................................................... 5.6.5
Nest Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................... 8.3.4 Paper Feed Check (494) ............................................ 5.8.4
New Installation ............................................................. 4.4 Paper Feed Length Adjustment (452) ........................ 5.6.2
Nip Belt Replacement ............................................. 12.3.13 PAPER FEED SECTION ................................................ 11
Nip Roller Replacement............................................ 10.1.3 Paper Magazine .......................................................... 10.1
Nip Roller Replacement.......................................... 12.3.14 Paper Magazine Registration (451)............................ 5.6.1
Noise Filter (NF1 to NF3)/Capacitor (C1 to C3) Paper Magazine Table ................................................. 10.2
Replacement ....................................................... 18.1.10 Paper scratch general ................................................ 6.3.3
Non-existent image or too light/white print.................. 6.1.1 Paper Splice Sensor (D301) Replacement............... 10.4.1
Paper Supply Drive Belt Replacement ..................... 10.3.3
Operational Procedure................................................... 5.1 Paper Supply Drive Section......................................... 10.3
Operation Information Display (434) ........................... 5.4.4 Paper Supply Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation...... 10.3.1
OPERATION SECTION .................................................... 7 Paper Supply Motor (M301) Replacement ............... 10.3.2
Operation Section/Carrier Section ............................ 20.2.1 PAPER SUPPLY SECTION ............................................ 10
Opposite Roller Replacement................................... 8.2.23 PDC22 Circuit Board Circuit Diagram ...................... 19.4.2
Optical Axis Adjustment (43E) .................................... 5.4.9 PDC22 Circuit Board Replacement.......................... 18.5.1
Optical Magnification Calibration (43F)..................... 5.4.10 PDC22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................... 19.3.10
Others .......................................................................... 6.13 Peltier Element (LH201) Replacement ....................... 9.1.6
Overall blur................................................................ 6.11.1 Periphery blur ........................................................... 6.11.3
Overall graininess ....................................................... 6.6.1 Piezo Electric Voltage Adjustment .............................. 9.4.6
Platen Replacement ................................................. 11.3.7
PU401 (P1 circulation pump) Inspection .................... 2.3.9 Plug-in Connector (on Frame) Replacement............ 9.1.11
PU401 (P1 circulation pump) Replacement ............ 15.2.7 Plug-in Connector (on Light Source Unit) Replacement ....
PU402 (P2 circulation pump) Inspection .................... 2.3.9 9.1.4
PU402 (P2 circulation pump) Replacement ............. 15.2.7 Plug-in Connector Replacement .............................. 8.2.29
PU403 (PS1 circulation pump) Inspection.................. 2.3.9 Plug-in Connector Replacement ................................ 8.5.8
PU403 (PS1 circulation pump) Replacement........... 15.2.7 Plug-in Connector Replacement ................................ 8.6.5
PU404 (PS2 circulation pump) Inspection.................. 2.3.9 Plug-in Connector Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation..
PU404 (PS2 circulation pump) Replacement........... 15.2.7 8.2.1
PU405 (PS3 circulation pump) Inspection.................. 2.3.9 Potentiometers Used to Adjust the DC Power
PU405 (PS3 circulation pump) Replacement........... 15.2.7 Supply Voltages .................................................... 19.6.2
PU406 (PS4 circulation pump) Inspection.................. 2.3.9 Power Supply Input Section ........................................ 18.1
PU406 (PS4 circulation pump) Replacement........... 15.2.7 Power Supply Section Bracket Removal/Reinstallation......
PU407 (Auto washing pump) Replacement ............. 16.3.1 18.1.6
PU408 (P1R replenisher pump) Replacement ......... 16.2.4 Power Supply Section Exhaust Fan 1 (F306/F307)
PU409 (P2RA replenisher pump) Replacement....... 16.2.4 Replacement......................................................... 18.5.6
PU410 (P2RB replenisher pump) Replacement....... 16.2.4 Precut Length Setting (45V) ..................................... 5.6.27
PU411 (PSR replenisher pump) Replacement......... 16.2.4 Pre-exposure Sensor (D304P) Replacement ........... 12.3.6
P1R Tank Replacement .......................................... 16.2.11 Pre-exposure Sensor LED (D304L) Replacement ... 12.3.7
P1R Upper/Lower Level Sensor (FS407/FS411) Preparing Processing Solutions (CP-48S) with 10L kit ......
Replacement ......................................................... 16.2.8 15.4.5
P2RA/P2RB Tank Replacement ............................. 16.2.12 Preparing Processing Solutions (CP-48S) with 4.2L kit .....
P2RA/P2RB Upper/Lower Level Sensor Replacement ...... 15.4.6
16.2.9 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)........................... 5.3
PAC22 Circuit Board Circuit Diagram ....................... 19.4.1 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)............................ 5.6
PAC22 Circuit Board Replacement......................... 18.1.12 Printer Exhaust Fan 1/2 (F311/F312) Replacement ..... 18.3.2
PAC22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ....................... 19.3.8 Printer Exhaust Fan 2 (F313) Replacement ............. 18.3.3
Paint (410A)................................................................ 5.9.1 Printer Exhaust Fan 3/4 (F315/F316) Replacement ..... 12.1.3
Paper Condition Setup (421) ...................................... 5.3.1 PRINTER EXIT SECTION.............................................. 13
20.3 Index
Printer Exit Unit............................................................ 13.1 Processor Operation Data Display (46C) ................. 5.7.11
Printer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................... 13.1.1 Processor Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........ 15.3.1
Printer Input Check (457)............................................ 5.6.7 Processor Rear Section ........................................... 19.1.3
Printer I/O Check (45A) .............................................. 5.6.8 PROCESSOR SECTION ............................................... 14
Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (45M) .............. 5.6.19 Processor Section .................................................... 20.2.4
Printer Operation Data Display (45P) ....................... 5.6.21 Processor Temperature Calibration (467)................... 5.7.7
Printer Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation .............. 18.2.1 Processor Temperature Check (422).......................... 5.3.2
Printer Rear Section ................................................. 19.1.2 Production Information 1 (411)................................... 5.2.1
Printer Section .......................................................... 20.2.3 Production Information 2 (412)................................... 5.2.2
Printer Suction Fan 1/2 (F308/F309) Replacement .. 11.1.7 PSR Tank Replacement ......................................... 16.2.13
Printer Suction Fan 3 (F310) Replacement .............. 11.1.6 PSR Upper/Lower Level Sensor (FS410/FS414)
Printer Temperature Display (456) .............................. 5.6.6 Replacement....................................................... 16.2.10
Print Size Setup (424) ................................................ 5.3.4 Pulse Motor Driver Replacement ............................. 18.3.8
Processing Chemical Handling Precautions............. 15.4.1 PWR22 Circuit Board Replacement ......................... 18.2.4
Processing Rack Drive Gear Lubrication.................... 2.3.6 PWR22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram...................... 19.3.2
Processing Rack Roller Inspection ........................... 2.3.10 PZR22 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram..................... 19.3.11
Processing Racks ........................................................ 14.2 PZR22 (Piezo Power Supply) Circuit Board Replacement .
Processing Rack Washing and Processing Solution 9.4.5
Draining ................................................................. 15.4.2
PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM.... 15 Rack Auto Washing Valve Replacement................... 16.3.3
Processing Solution Level Sensor Inspection............. 2.3.4 Rack Center Guide Replacement............................. 14.2.4
Processing Solution Replacement............................... 15.4 Rack Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation ................. 14.2.3
PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT Read Head Circuit Board Replacement ................... 8.1.12
SYSTEM ..................................................................... 16 Reading Magnetic Head (D116) Replacement......... 8.1.13
Processing Solution Replenishment System ............... 16.2 Rear Feed Rubber Belt Replacement .................... 12.3.12
Processing Tank Exhaust Fan (F406) Replacement ..... 18.5.4 Rear Lower Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation .......
Processing Tank Heater/Circulation Pump Section ..... 15.2 16.2.7
Processing Tank Heater Cooling Fan (F401/F402) Rear Upper Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation .......
Replacement ......................................................... 15.2.4 16.2.6
Processing Tank Heater Cooling Fan (F403) Replacement Red paper scratches at the leading end of black print .... 6.3.1
15.2.3 Register Drive Motor (M304) Replacement ............ 12.4.12
Processing Tank Heater Inspection .......................... 2.3.11 Register Nip Home Position Sensor (D316) Replacement.
Processing Tank Heater Replacement...................... 15.2.6 12.4.10
Processing Tank Temperature Sensor Replacement .... 15.1.1 Register Nip Motor (M309) Replacement............... 12.4.11
Processing Tank Washing and Processing Rack Register Sensor (D303P) Replacement ................... 12.4.4
Reinstallation......................................................... 15.4.3 Register Sensor LED (D303L) Replacement ........... 12.4.3
Processing Temperature Setting (463) ....................... 5.7.3 REGISTRATION AND EXPOSURE SECTIONS ............ 12
Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)....................... 5.7 Registration Unit.......................................................... 12.4
Processor Drive Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ..... 14.3.4 Registration Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................. 12.4.1
Processor Drive Chain Lubrication ............................. 2.3.7 Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table .................. 2.2
Processor Drive Chain Replacement........................ 14.3.8 Regular unevenness in feed direction (mm spacing) .... 6.12.2
Processor Drive Idler Sprocket Replacement ........... 14.3.6 Regular unevenness perpendicular to feeding
Processor Drive Motor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ..... direction (mm spacing).......................................... 6.12.1
14.3.1 Reinstallation................................................................. 4.3
Processor Drive Motor Driver Replacement ............. 14.3.3 Relay (K1 to K6) Replacement ................................. 18.1.7
Processor Drive Motor (M401) Replacement ........... 14.3.2 Repeated calibrations do not improve the result ...... 6.10.1
Processor Drive System .............................................. 14.3 Replenisher Box Door Lock Manual Releasing ........ 16.1.2
Processor Entry Sensor (D305P) Replacement ....... 13.1.6 Replenisher Cartridge Box Removal/Reinstallation...... 16.1.5
Processor Entry Sensor LED (D305L) Replacement.... 13.1.7 Replenisher Cartridge Opening Drive Motor (M402)
Processor Input Check (468) ...................................... 5.7.8 Replacement......................................................... 16.1.7
Processor I/O Check (46A)......................................... 5.7.9 Replenisher Cartridge Opening Gear Replacement..... 16.1.8
Processor Operating Condition Setup (46B) ............ 5.7.10 Replenisher Cartridge Section .................................... 16.1
Processor Operation Data Display 2 (46E)............... 5.7.13 Replenisher Cartridge Washing Nozzle Cleaning ...... 2.3.8
20.3 Index
Replenisher Door Detecting Interlock Switch (D410) Scratch restoration malfunction or image scratch
Replacement ......................................................... 16.1.3 general .................................................................... 6.3.2
Replenisher Filter Replacement ............................... 16.2.3 Self-Diagnostic (49)....................................................... 5.8
Replenisher Pump Bracket Removal/Reinstallation...... 16.2.2 Sensor Cover Removal/Reinstallation ...................... 12.3.5
Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/Setting (461)...... Set Lever Assembly Removal/Reinstallation .............. 8.3.6
5.7.1 Set Lever Stopper Replacement .............................. 8.3.19
Replenisher Pump Replacement .............................. 16.2.4 Setup confirmation when developer degraded
Replenisher Pump Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation . (Developer Degradation) ....................................... 6.13.1
16.2.1 Shipping Information Reference (41G)....................... 5.2.9
Replenisher Pump Valve Replacement .................... 16.2.5 Shop Logo Regist/Delete (42K)................................ 5.3.11
Replenisher Rate Setting (464) .................................. 5.7.4 Shutter Drive Motor (M203) Replacement.................. 9.2.6
Replenishing Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation .... 16.1.1 Shutter/Gear Replacement......................................... 9.2.7
Required Adjustments after Parts Replacement.......... 20.2 Shutter Home Position Sensor (D215) Replacement ..... 9.2.5
Reversion....................................................................... 4.5 Side Register Calibration (45S) ................................ 5.6.24
R Laser (R-LD) Data (45D)....................................... 5.6.11 Simple Upgrade............................................................. 4.1
Roller Nip Cam Arm Replacement ......................... 12.4.20 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION ........................................... 4
Roller Nip Cam Shaft Replacement........................ 12.4.19 Solenoid (S101) Replacement ................................... 8.2.9
Roller Replacement .................................................. 14.2.2 Solution Level Sensor Replacement ........................ 15.1.2
Solution Preparation Tools and Procedure ............... 15.4.4
S101 (Pressure solenoid) Replacement .................... 8.2.9 Sorter .......................................................................... 17.2
S301 (Back printer drive solenoid 1) (Printer head 1) Sorter Belt Replacement .......................................... 17.2.3
Replacement ......................................................... 11.3.5 Sorter Drive Motor (M404) Replacement ................. 17.2.1
S302 (Back printer drive solenoid 2) (Printer head 2) Sorter Full Sensor LED Replacement ...................... 17.2.6
Replacement ......................................................... 11.3.5 Sorter Full Sensor Replacement .............................. 17.2.7
S401 (P1 rack auto washing valve) Sorter Removal/Reinstallation.................................. 17.2.2
Replacement ......................................................... 16.3.3 Special Film CH Setting (42E).................................... 5.3.8
S402 (P2 rack auto washing valve) Special Operations (410)............................................... 5.9
Replacement ......................................................... 16.3.3 Spectral Calibration (43J) ......................................... 5.4.13
S403 (PS1/2 rack auto washing valve) Spool Assembly Removal/Reinstallation .................... 8.3.7
Replacement ......................................................... 16.3.3 Spool Rack Replacement ......................................... 8.3.14
S404 (PS3/4 rack auto washing valve) Spool Replacement .................................................. 8.3.15
Replacement ......................................................... 16.3.3 Spots ............................................................................. 6.9
S407 (P1R cartridge washing valve) SSR (SSR1 to SSR3) Replacement......................... 18.1.8
Replacement ......................................................... 16.3.2 Stainless Steel Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ...
S408 (P2RA cartridge washing valve) 13.1.5
Replacement ......................................................... 16.3.2 Start Switch Replacement ...................................... 18.3.11
S409 (P2RB cartridge washing valve) Start Up Procedure When Battery on CTP22 Circuit Board
Replacement ......................................................... 16.3.2 Discharged............................................................ 18.5.3
S410 (P1R stirring valve) Replacement................... 16.3.2 Step Down Transformer Replacement.................... 18.1.11
SW (Start switch) Replacement .......................... 18.3.11 Straight continuous scratch in fixed image
Safety Thermostat Replacement .............................. 15.2.5 position even if the film is exchanged...................... 6.3.2
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43) ......................... 5.4 Streak perpendicular to feed direction
Scanner Cooling Fan (F216) Replacement ................ 9.2.3 (53mm spacing) ...................................................... 6.7.1
Scanner Front Cover Unit Removal/Reinstallation...... 9.2.1 Streak perpendicular to feed direction
Scanner Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............. 9.2.2 (60mm spacing) ...................................................... 6.7.2
SCANNER SECTION ....................................................... 9 Streak perpendicular to feed direction (Black blurred
Scanner Section ............................................................ 9.2 streak at 13mm of leading end) .............................. 6.7.4
Scanner Section ....................................................... 20.2.2 Streak perpendicular to feed direction (Black blurred
Scanner Section ....................................................... 19.1.4 streak at 23mm of trailing end) ............................... 6.7.9
Scanning Position/Scanning Home Position Parameter Streak perpendicular to feed direction (Black blurred
Setup (45G)........................................................... 5.6.14 streak at 2mm of leading end) ................................ 6.7.3
Scratches....................................................................... 6.3 Streak perpendicular to feed direction (Pitch streaks
at 48mm of trailing end) ........................................ 6.7.11
20.3 Index
Streak perpendicular to feed direction (Pitch streaks Unevenness................................................................. 6.12

at 52mm and 68mm of trailing end)....................... 6.7.12 Unexposed Frame Detect Level Set (43U) ............... 5.4.16
Streak perpendicular to feed direction (Pitch streaks Update........................................................................... 4.2
at 72mm and 88mm of trailing end)....................... 6.7.13 Up/Down Arm Removal/Reinstallation ................... 13.1.10
Streak perpendicular to feed direction (Pitch streaks Up/Down Belt Height Adjustment ........................... 13.1.17
within 0 to 25mm and at 33mm of trailing end) ..... 6.7.10 Up/Down Belt Motor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation.........
Streak perpendicular to feed direction (Pitch streaks 13.1.8
within 0 to 40mm of leading end) ............................ 6.7.5 Up/Down Gear Replacement ................................... 13.1.9
Streak perpendicular to feed direction (White/black Upper Cover Open/Close Sensor (D120) (MSA22 Circuit
blurred streak at 13mm of trailing end).................... 6.7.7 Board) Replacement ............................................... 8.2.6
Streak perpendicular to feed direction (White clear Upper Exit Belt Bracket Removal/Reinstallation..... 13.1.12
streak at 13mm of trailing end)................................ 6.7.8 Upper Exit Belt/Pulley Replacement ...................... 13.1.13
Streak perpendicular to feed direction (White clear Upper Guide Disassembly/Reassembly ................... 14.2.1
streak at 4mm of trailing end).................................. 6.7.6 UPS Battery (Optional) Replacement....................... 18.4.2
Streaks .......................................................................... 6.7
Strip Film Guide Removal/Reinstallation .................... 8.3.2 Variable Mask Removal/Reinstallation ..................... 8.2.11
Sub-scanning Drive Motor (M305) Replacement...... 12.3.3 Vignetting ...................................................................... 6.4
Sub-scanning Nip Home Position Sensor (D317) Vignetting (M69D/Negative) ....................................... 6.4.2
Replacement ......................................................... 12.3.4 Vignetting (M69D/Reversal) ....................................... 6.4.3
Sub-scanning Nip Motor Cooling Fan (F301) Replacement Vignetting (NC100AC) ................................................ 6.4.1
12.3.8
Sub-scanning Nip Motor (M311) Replacement....... 12.3.10 Waste Solution Hose Replacement.......................... 15.3.5
Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replacement ..................... 12.3.2 Waste Solution Level Sensor (FS415) Replacement.... 15.3.3
Sub-scanning Unit ....................................................... 12.3 Waste Solution Level Sensor Inspection .................... 2.3.5
Sub-scanning Unit Removal/Reinstallation............... 12.3.1 Waste Solution System ............................................... 15.3
Sub-tanks .................................................................... 15.1 Waste Solution Tank Replacement........................... 15.3.4
Supply Motor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation............ 8.3.8 White Border Imprecision .............................................. 6.8
Supply Motor Home Position Sensor (D114) Replacement White border imprecision (Inclination) ........................ 6.8.3
8.3.13 White border imprecision (Shifted in feed direction)... 6.8.1
Supply Motor (M102) /Gear Replacement .................. 8.3.9 White border imprecision (Shifted perpendicular to
System Operation Setup and Check (41) ...................... 5.2 feed direction) ......................................................... 6.8.2
Width Detecting Belt Replacement........................... 12.4.9
THA1 (Exposure section temperature sensor) Width Detecting Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ..... 12.4.6
Replacement ......................................................... 12.3.9 Width Detecting Drive Motor (M310) Replacement .... 12.4.13
TS401 (P1 processing tank temperature sensor) Width Detecting Guide Shaft Replacement.............. 12.4.8
Replacement ......................................................... 15.1.1 Width Detecting Home Position Sensor (D315)
TS402 (P2 processing tank temperature sensor) Replacement......................................................... 12.4.2
Replacement ......................................................... 15.1.1 Width Sensor (D314P) Replacement ....................... 12.4.5
TS403 (PS1/2 processing tank temperature sensor) Width Sensor LED (D314L) Replacement................ 12.4.7
Replacement ......................................................... 15.1.1 Winding Gear Replacement ....................................... 8.4.2
TS404 (PS3/4 processing tank temperature sensor) Winding Section ............................................................ 8.4
Replacement ......................................................... 15.1.1 Winding Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly ................... 8.4.3
TS406 (Dryer temperature sensor) Winding Unit Removal/Reinstallation ......................... 8.4.1
Replacement ......................................................... 17.1.4 Wiring Diagrams.......................................................... 19.3
Table Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation..................... 7.2.2 Write Head Circuit Board Replacement ................... 8.1.11
Template Regist/Delete (42L) ................................... 5.3.12 Writing Magnetic Head (MG101) Replacement........ 8.1.14
Test Pattern Printing (453) .......................................... 5.6.3
Timer Setup (414)....................................................... 5.2.3 X-#### Actions ........................................................... 3.1.3
Timer Waiting Time Setup (41J) ............................... 5.2.11
Top Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation................... 12.1.1 Yellow non-existent or too light ................................... 6.1.3
Trouble Help (491) ...................................................... 5.8.1
TROUBLESHOOTING FOR ABNORMAL IMAGES ......... 6
FUJI PHOTO FILM CO., LTD.

26-30, Nishiazabu 2-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 106-8620,Japan
Ref.No.PP3-C917E TD-01.11-F G (SR) Printed in Japan

Fuji - Frontier 330 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fuji - Frontier 330 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fuji - Frontier 330 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

www.minilablaser.

System Disk Ver.1.0 First Edition

Precautions Generally Applying to All Serving Operations

Service Manual Appropriations

2. Manual usage is restricted to FUJIFILM equipment related technical and service

3. This manual contains information relating to FUJIFILM equipment and is therefore

4. FUJIFILM’s prior consent is required in regard to the following.

K Manual copying in whole or in part.

1.1 Menu Table

1.1 Menu Table

1.1 Menu Table

Classification User (Password)

1.1 Menu Table

Classification User (Password)

1.1 Menu Table

Classification User (Password)

1.1 Menu Table

Classification User (Password)

2. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

2.1 Maintenance Schedule

2.1 Maintenance Schedule

2.2 Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table

Implementation Period (Every) Refer to

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

1. Shut OFF the system after performing the

2. Open the magazine door and remove the

Front Upper Cover

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

Install the air filter in the reverse order of

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

2.3.2 Cutter Inspection

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

2. In menu 453 “Test Pattern Printing”, print

3. Check the edges of the prints. If they are

4. Measure and record the length of the grid

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

5. In menu 452 “Paper Feed Length

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

2.3.3 Dryer Rack Roller Inspection/Cleaning

2. Inspect the dryer rollers for: Spring (No Mark)

• paper passage without deflection

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

2.3.4 Processing Solution Level Sensor Inspection

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

2. Remove the circulation filter section cover.

3. Remove the screw and then the level sensor. Screw

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

4. Immerse the tip of the sensor in water and

5. Reinstall the level sensor and circulation

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

2.3.5 Waste Solution Level Sensor Inspection

2. Remove the waste solution tank cap.

Waste Solution Tank Cap

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

3. Turn ON the main power supply and the

4. Open the menu 468 “Processor Section

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

5. Immerse the tip of the sensor in water and